UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM10-K

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

(Mark One)
For the fiscal year ended:ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED December 31, 2017Commission File Number1-315652023

OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number: 001-16577
NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware06-1377322
Delaware06-1377322

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

102 Duffy Avenue, Hicksville,New York11801
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)

615 Merrick Avenue, Westbury, New York 11590

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)

(516)683-4100

(

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securitiescode: (516) 683-4100


Shares registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each classTrading SymbolName of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

per share

NYCBNew York Stock Exchange
Bifurcated Option Note Unit SecuritiESSM,andFixed-to-

Floating

NYCB PUNew York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series A Noncumulative Perpetual

Preferred Stock $0.01 par value

NYCB PANew York Stock Exchange
(Title of Class)(Name of exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes    ☒    No 


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes     ☐    No  ☒


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes      ☒    No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of RegulationS-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form10-K or any amendment to this Form10-K.  ☐


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ☒    No  


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, anon-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “accelerated filer,” “large"large accelerated filer,” “smaller" "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and “emerging"emerging growth company”company" in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated filerFilerAccelerated Filer
Non-Accelerated FilerSmaller Reporting Company
Non-Accelerated Filer  Emerging growth company
Emerging Growth Company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.




If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.


Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ☐   No  ☒


As of June 30, 2017,2023, the aggregate market value of the shares of common stock outstanding of the registrant was $6.2was $8.0 billion excluding 13,307,950 10,040,722 shares held by all directors and executive officers of the registrant. This figure is based on the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2017, $13.132023, $11.24 per share, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.


The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of February 21, 2018March 11, 2024 was 490,214,307797,921,126 shares.

Documents Incorporated by Reference


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 5, 2018May 17, 2024 are incorporated by reference into Part III.



CROSS REFERENCE INDEX


NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.
FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED December 31, 2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ITEM 1.1
GlossaryITEM 1A.3
ITEM 1B.
PART IITEM 1C.
ITEM 2.
Item 1.ITEM 3.6
Item 1A.ITEM 4.19
Item 1B.
ITEM 5.30
Item 2.ITEM 6.30
Item 3.ITEM 7.30
Item 4.ITEM 7A.30
ITEM 8.
PART IIITEM 9.
ITEM 9A.
Item 5.ITEM 9B.
ITEM 9C.
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
ITEM 15.
ITEM 16.

3


GLOSSARY OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

The following list of abbreviations and acronyms are provided as a tool for the reader and may be used throughout this Report, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes:

TermDefinitionTermDefinition
ACLAllowance for Credit LossesFHLB-NYFederal Home Loan Bank of New York
ADCAcquisition, development, and construction loanFOMCFederal Open Market for Registrant’s CommonCommittee
ALCOAsset and Liability Management CommitteeFRBFederal Reserve Board
AOCLAccumulated other comprehensive lossFRB-NYFederal Reserve Bank of New York
ASCAccounting Standards CodificationFTEsFull-time equivalent employees
ASUAccounting Standards UpdateGAAPU.S. generally accepted accounting principles
BaaSBanking as a ServiceGLBAThe Gramm Leach Bliley Act
BOLIBank-owned life insuranceGNMAGovernment National Mortgage Association
BPBasis point(s)GSEGovernment-sponsored enterprises
BTFPBank Term Funding ProgramHELOCHome Equity Related Stockholder Matters,Line of Credit
C&ICommercial and Issuer Purchasesindustrial loanHELOANHome Equity Loan
CDsCertificates of depositHPIHousing Price Index
CECLCurrent Expected Credit LossLGGLoans with government guarantees
CFPBConsumer Financial Protection BureauLHFSLoans Held-for-Sale
CMOsCollateralized mortgage obligationsLIBORLondon Interbank Offered Rate
CMTConstant maturity treasury rateLTVLoan-to-value ratio
CPIConsumer Price IndexMBSMortgage-backed securities
CPRConstant prepayment rateMSRsMortgage servicing rights
CRACommunity Reinvestment ActNIMNet interest margin
CRECommercial real estate loanNOLNet operating loss
DIFDeposit Insurance FundNPAsNon-performing assets
DFADodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection ActNPLsNon-performing loans
DSCRDebt service coverage ratioNPVNet Portfolio Value
EPSEarnings per common shareNYSENew York Stock Exchange
ERMEnterprise Risk ManagementOCCOffice of the Comptroller of the Currency
ESOPEmployee Stock Ownership PlanOREOOther real estate owned
EVEEconomic Value of Equity Securitiesat RiskPAA31Purchase accounting adjustments
Item 6.Fannie MaeFederal National Mortgage AssociationSelected Financial DataPSAs34Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units
Item 7.FASBFinancial Accounting Standards BoardManagement’s Discussion and AnalysisROURight of Financial Condition and Results of Operations35use asset
Item 7A.FDI ActFederal Deposit Insurance ActQuantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskRSAs77Restricted Stock Awards
Item 8.FDICFederal Deposit Insurance CorporationFinancial Statements and Supplementary DataSBA81Small Business Administration
Item 9.FHAFederal Housing AdministrationChanges in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial DisclosureSignature150Signature Bridge Bank, N.A.
Item 9A.FHFAFederal Housing Finance AgencyControlsSECU.S. Securities and Procedures150Exchange Commission
Item 9B.FHLBFederal Home Loan BankOther InformationSOFR151Secured Overnight Financing Rate
Freddie MacFederal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
PART IIITDR
Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance151
Item 11.Executive Compensation151
Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management, and Related Stockholder Matters151
Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence151
Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services151
PART IV
Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules152
Item 16.Form 10-K Summary (None)154
Signatures
CertificationsTroubled debt restructurings


4


GLOSSARY
BARGAIN PURCHASE GAIN

The amount by which the fair value of assets purchased exceeds the fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration given.

BASIS POINT

Throughout this filing, the year-over-year changes that occur in certain financial measures are reported in terms of basis points. Each basis point is equal to one hundredth of a percentage point, or 0.01 percent.

BOOK VALUE PER COMMON SHARE

Book value per common share refers to the amount of common stockholders’ equity attributable to each outstanding share of common stock, and is calculated by dividing total stockholders’ equity less preferred stock at the end of a period, by the number of shares outstanding at the same date.

BROKERED DEPOSITS

Refers to funds obtained, directly or indirectly, by or through deposit brokers that are then deposited into one or more deposit accounts at a bank.

CHARGE-OFF

Refers to the amount of a loan balance that has been written off against the allowance for credit losses.

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOAN

A mortgage loan secured by either an income-producing property owned by an investor and leased primarily for commercial purposes or, to a lesser extent, an owner-occupied building used for business purposes. The CRE loans in our portfolio are typically secured by either office buildings, retail shopping centers, light industrial centers with multiple tenants, or mixed-use properties.

COST OF FUNDS

The interest expense associated with interest-bearing liabilities, typically expressed as a ratio of interest expense to the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities for a given period.

CRE CONCENTRATION RATIO

Refers to the sum of multi-family, non-owner occupied CRE, and acquisition, development, and construction (“ADC”) loans divided by total risk-based capital.

DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE RATIO

An indication of a borrower’s ability to repay a loan, the DSCR generally measures the cash flows available to a borrower over the course of a year as a percentage of the annual interest and principal payments owed during that time.

DERIVATIVE

A term used to define a broad base of financial instruments, including swaps, options, and futures contracts, whose value is based upon, or derived from, an underlying rate, price, or index (such as interest rates, foreign currency, commodities, or prices of other financial instruments such as stocks or bonds).

EFFICIENCY RATIO

Measures total operating expenses as a percentage of the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.


5


GOODWILL

Refers to the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of an acquired company’s assets, net of the liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reflected as an asset on the balance sheet and is tested at least annually for impairment or when triggering events are identified.

GOVERNMENT-SPONSORED ENTERPRISES

Refers to a group of financial services corporations that were created by the United States Congress to enhance the availability, and reduce the cost of, credit to certain targeted borrowing sectors, including home finance. The GSEs include, but are not limited to, the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), and the Federal Home Loan Banks (the “FHLBs”).

GSE OBLIGATIONS

Refers to GSE mortgage-related securities (both certificates and collateralized mortgage obligations) and GSE debentures.

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

Refers to the likelihood that the interest earned on assets and the interest paid on liabilities will change as a result of fluctuations in market interest rates.

INTEREST RATE SPREAD

The difference between the yield earned on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.

LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIO

Measures the balance of a loan as a percentage of the appraised value of the underlying property.

MULTI-FAMILY LOAN

A mortgage loan secured by a rental or cooperative apartment building with more than four units.

NET INTEREST INCOME

The difference between the interest income generated by loans and securities and the interest expense produced by deposits and borrowed funds.

NET INTEREST MARGIN
Measures net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

NON-ACCRUAL LOAN

A loan generally is classified as a “non-accrual” loan when it is 90 days or more past due or when it is deemed to be impaired because we no longer expect to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, we cease the accrual of interest owed, and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. A loan generally is returned to accrual status when the loan is current and we have reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible.

NON-PERFORMING LOANS AND ASSETS

Non-performing loans consist of non-accrual loans and loans that are 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest. Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans, OREO and other repossessed assets.


6


OREO AND OTHER REPOSSESSED ASSETS

Includes real estate owned by the Company which was acquired either through foreclosure or default. Repossessed assets are similar, except they are not real estate-related assets.

RENT-REGULATED APARTMENTS

In New York City, where the vast majority of the properties securing our multi-family loans are located, the amount of rent that tenants may be charged on the apartments in certain buildings is restricted under rent-stabilization laws. Rent-stabilized apartments are generally located in buildings with six or more units that were built between February 1947 and January 1974. Rent-regulated apartments tend to be more affordable to live in because of the applicable regulations, and buildings with a preponderance of such rent-regulated apartments are therefore less likely to experience vacancies in times of economic adversity.

TROUBLED DEBT MODIFICATION

A loan for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties.

WHOLESALE BORROWINGS

Refers to advances drawn by the Bank against its line(s) of credit with the FHLBs, their repurchase agreements with the FHLBs and various brokerage firms, and federal funds purchased.

YIELD

The interest income associated with interest-earning assets, typically expressed as a ratio of interest income to the average balance of interest-earning assets for a given period.

7



For the purpose of this Annual Report on Form10-K, the words “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” are used to refer to New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries, including New York Communitysubsidiary, Flagstar Bank, and New York Commercial BankN.A. (the “Community Bank” and the “Commercial Bank,” respectively, and collectively, the “Banks”“Bank”).


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING LANGUAGE

This report, like many written and oral communications presented by New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and our authorized officers, may contain certain forward-looking statements regarding our prospective performance and strategies within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and are including this statement for purposes of said safe harbor provisions.


Forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe future plans, strategies, and expectations of the Company, are generally identified by use of the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “seek,” “strive,” “try,” or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may,” or similar expressions. Although we believe that our plans, intentions, and expectations as reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that they will be achieved or realized.


Our ability to predict results or the actual effects of our plans and strategies is inherently uncertain. Accordingly, actual results, performance, or achievements could differ materially from those contemplated, expressed, or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this report.


There are a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause actual conditions, events, or results to differ significantly from those described in our forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to:


general economic conditions, including higher inflation and its impacts, either nationally or in some or all of the areas in which we and our customers conduct our respective businesses;

conditions in the securities markets and real estate markets or the banking industry;

changes in real estate values, which could impact the quality of the assets securing the loans in our portfolio;

changes in interest rates, which may affect our net income, prepayment penalty income, and other future cash flows, or the market value of our assets, including our investment securities;

changes in the quality or composition of our loan or securities portfolios;

changes in our capital management policies, including those regarding business combinations, dividends, and share repurchases, among others;

potential increases in costs if the Company is designated a “Systemically Important Financial Institution” under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”);

heightened regulatory focus on CRE concentrationcommercial real estate and related limits that have been, or may in the future be, imposed by regulators;on commercial real estate loan concentrations;

changes in competitive pressures among financial institutions or fromnon-financial institutions;

changes in deposit flows and wholesale borrowing facilities;

changes in the demand for deposit, loan, and investment products and other financial services in the markets we serve;

our timely development of new lines of business and competitive products or services in a changing environment, and the acceptance of such products or services by our customers;

our ability to obtain timely shareholderstockholder and regulatory approvals of any merger transactions, orcapital raise transactions, corporate restructurings or other significant transactions we may propose;

our ability to successfully integrate any assets, liabilities, customers, systems, and management personnel we may acquire into our operations, and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames;frames, including those related to our recent acquisition of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and the purchase and assumption of certain assets and liabilities of Signature Bridge Bank;

changes in the estimated fair value of the assets or final settlement with the FDIC that we recorded in connection with the purchase, assumption and ongoing servicing of certain assets and liabilities of Signature Bridge Bank;
potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of companies we have acquired, may acquire, or target for acquisition;acquisition, including our recent acquisition of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and the purchase and assumption of certain assets and liabilities of Signature Bridge Bank;

failurethe ability to obtain applicableinvest effectively in new information technology systems and platforms;
the more stringent regulatory approvalsframework and prudential standards we are subject to, including with respect to reporting, capital stress testing, and liquidity risk management, as a result of our transition to a Category IV banking organization, and the expenses we will incur to develop policies, programs, and systems that comply with these enhanced standards;
changes in future allowance for the payment of future dividends;credit losses requirements under relevant accounting and regulatory requirements;


8


the ability to pay future dividends, at currently expected rates;including as a result of the failure to receive any required regulatory approval to pay a dividend, or for any other reasons;

the ability to hire and retain key personnel;personnel and qualified members of our board of directors;

the ability to attract new customers and retain existing ones in the manner anticipated;

changes in our customer base or in the financial or operating performances of our customers’ businesses;

any interruption in customer service due to circumstances beyond our control;

the outcome of pending or threatened litigation, or of investigations or any other matters before regulatory agencies, whether currently existing or commencing in the future;future, including with respect to any litigation, investigation or other regulatory actions related to (i) the business practices of acquired companies, including our recent acquisition of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and the purchase and assumption of certain assets and liabilities of Signature Bridge Bank and (ii) the capital raise transaction we completed in March of 2024;

environmental conditions that exist or may exist on properties owned by, leased by, or mortgaged to the Company;

cybersecurity incidents, including any interruption or breach of security resulting in failures or disruptions in customer account management, general ledger, deposit, loan, or other systems;systems managed either by us or third parties;

operational issues stemming from, and/or capital spending necessitated by, the potential need to adapt to industry changes in information technology systems, on which we are highly dependent;

the ability to keep pace with, and implement on a timely basis, technological changes;

changes in legislation, regulation, policies, guidance, or administrative practices, whether by judicial, governmental, or legislative action, including, but not limited to, the Dodd-Frank Act, and other changes pertaining to banking, securities, taxation, rent regulation and housing (the New York Housing Stability and Tenant Protection Act of 2019), financial accounting and reporting, environmental protection, and insurance, and the ability to comply with such changes in a timely manner;

changes in the monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;

changes in accounting principles, policies, practices, orand guidelines;

changes in our estimates of future reserves based upon the periodic review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting requirements;

changes in regulatory expectations relating to predictive models we use in connection with stress testing and other forecasting or in the assumptions on which such modeling and forecasting are predicated;

changes to federal, state, and local income tax laws;
changes in our credit ratings or in our ability to access the capital markets;

increases in our FDIC insurance premium;
legislative and regulatory initiatives related to climate change;
the potential impact to the Company from climate change, including higher regulatory compliance, increased expenses, operational changes, and reputational risks;
unforeseen or catastrophic events including natural disasters, war, terrorist activities, and pandemics, epidemics, and other health emergencies;
the impacts related to or terrorist activities;resulting from Russia’s military action in Ukraine and conflicts in the Middle East, including the broader impacts to financial markets and the global macroeconomic and geopolitical environment; and

other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, technological, and geopolitical factors affecting our operations, pricing, and services.


In addition, the timing and occurrence ornon-occurrence of events may be subject to circumstances beyond our control.


Furthermore, on an ongoing basis, we routinely evaluate opportunities to expand through mergers and acquisitions and conductopportunities for strategic combinations with other banking organizations. Our evaluation of such opportunities involves discussions with other parties, due diligence, activities in connection with such opportunities.and negotiations. As a result, acquisition discussions and, in some cases, negotiations,we may take placedecide to enter into definitive arrangements regarding such opportunities at any time,time.

In addition to the risks and acquisitions involving cashchallenges described above, these types of transactions involve a number of other risks and challenges, including:

the ability to successfully integrate branches and operations and to implement appropriate internal controls and regulatory functions relating to such activities;
the ability to limit the outflow of deposits, and to successfully retain and manage any loans;
the ability to attract new deposits, and to generate new interest-earning assets, in geographic areas that have not been previously served;
our ability to effectively manage liquidity, including our success in deploying any liquidity arising from a transaction into assets bearing sufficiently high yields without incurring unacceptable credit or interest rate risk;
the ability to obtain cost savings and control incremental non-interest expense;
the ability to retain and attract appropriate personnel;

9


the ability to generate acceptable levels of net interest income and non-interest income, including fee income, from acquired operations;
the diversion of management’s attention from existing operations;
the ability to address an increase in working capital requirements; and
limitations on the ability to successfully reposition our debt or equity securities may occur.

post-merger balance sheet when deemed appropriate.


See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors”"Risk Factors", in this annual report and in our other SEC filings for a further discussion of important risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements.


Readers should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect our expectations only as of the date of this report. We do not assume any obligation to revise or update these forward-looking statements except as may be required by law.

GLOSSARY

BASIS POINT

Throughout this filing,


10


PART I

Item 1.Business

General

New York Community Bancorp, Inc., (on a stand-alone basis, the year-over-year changes that occur“Parent Company” or, collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is the bank holding company for Flagstar Bank, N.A. (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”). The Company went public in certain financial measures are reported in terms1993 and has grown organically and through a series of basis points. Each basis point is equal to one hundredthaccretive mergers and acquisitions. Effective as of a percentage point, or 0.01%.

BOOK VALUE PER COMMON SHARE

Book value per common share refers to the amount of common stockholders’ equity attributable to each outstanding share of common stock, and is calculated by dividing total stockholders’ equity less preferred stock at the end of a period, by the number of shares outstanding at the same date.

BROKERED DEPOSITS

Refers to funds obtained, directly or indirectly, by or through deposit brokers that are then deposited into one or more deposit accounts at a bank.

CHARGE-OFF

Refers to the amount of a loan balance that has been written off against the allowance for losses onnon-covered loans.

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE (“CRE”) LOAN

A mortgage loan secured by either an income-producing property owned by an investor and leased primarily for commercial purposes or, to a lesser extent, an owner-occupied building used for business purposes. The CRE loans in our portfolio are typically secured by office buildings, retail shopping centers, light industrial centers with multiple tenants, ormixed-use properties.

COST OF FUNDS

The interest expense associated with interest-bearing liabilities, typically expressed as a ratio of interest expense to the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities for a given period.

COVERED LOANS AND OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED (“OREO”)

Refers to the loans and OREO we acquired in our AmTrust Bank (“AmTrust”) and Desert Hills Bank (“Desert Hills”) acquisitions, which are “covered” by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. See the definition of “Loss Sharing Agreements” that appears later in this glossary.

CRE CONCENTRATION RATIO

Refers to the sum of multi-family,non-owner occupied CRE, and acquisition, development, and construction (“ADC”) loans divided by total risk-based capital.

DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE RATIO (“DSCR”)

An indication of a borrower’s ability to repay a loan, the DSCR generally measures the cash flows available to a borrower over the course of a year as a percentage of the annual interest and principal payments owed during that time.

DERIVATIVE

A term used to define a broad base of financial instruments, including swaps, options, and futures contracts, whose value is based upon, or derived from, an underlying rate, price, or index (such as interest rates, foreign currency, commodities, or prices of other financial instruments such as stocks or bonds).

DIVIDEND PAYOUT RATIO

The percentage of our earnings that is paid out to shareholders in the form of dividends. It is determined by dividing the dividend paid per share during a period by our diluted earnings per share during the same period of time.

EFFICIENCY RATIO

Measures total operating expenses as a percentage of the sum of net interest income andnon-interest income.

GOODWILL

Refers to the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of an acquired company’s assets, net of the liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reflected as an asset on the balance sheet and is tested at least annually for impairment.

GOVERNMENT-SPONSORED ENTERPRISES (“GSEs”)

Refers to a group of financial services corporations that were created by the United States Congress to enhance the availability, and reduce the cost, of credit to certain targeted borrowing sectors, including home finance. The GSEs include, but are not limited to, the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), and the Federal Home Loan Banks (the “FHLBs”).

GSE OBLIGATIONS

Refers to GSE mortgage-related securities (both certificates and collateralized mortgage obligations) and GSE debentures.

INTEREST RATE LOCK COMMITMENTS (“IRLCs”)

Refers to commitments we had made to originate newone-to-four family loans at specific (i.e.,locked-in) interest rates.

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

Refers to the likelihood that the interest earned on assets and the interest paid on liabilities will change as a result of fluctuations in market interest rates.

INTEREST RATE SPREAD

The difference between the yield earned on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.

LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIO (“LTV”)

Measures the balance of a loan as a percentage of the appraised value of the underlying property.

LOSS SHARING AGREEMENTS

Refers to the agreements we entered into with the FDICDecember 1, 2022, in connection with the loans and OREO we acquired in our AmTrust and Desert Hills acquisitions. The agreements called for the FDICParent Company’s acquisition of Flagstar Bancorp, (i) Flagstar Bank, FSB converted to reimburse us for 80% of any losses (and share in 80% of any recoveries) up to specified thresholds and to reimburse us for 95% of any losses (and share in 95% of any recoveries) beyond those thresholds with respect to the acquired assets for specified periods of time. The loss sharing agreements with respect to theone-to-four family loans and home equity loans we acquired in these transactions extended for a period of ten years from the respective dates of acquisition. Such loans are referred to as “covered loans.” As of September 30, 2017, the loss sharing agreements are no longer in effect.

MORTGAGE BANKING INCOME

Refers to the income generated through our mortgage banking business, which is recorded innon-interest income. Mortgage banking income has two components: income generated from the origination ofone-to-four family loans for sale (“income from originations”) and income generated by servicing such loans (“servicing income”).

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS (“MSRs”)

The right to service mortgage loans for others is recognized as an asset, and recorded at fair value, when our loans are sold or securitized, servicing retained.

MULTI-FAMILY LOAN

A mortgage loan secured by a rental or cooperative apartment building with more than four units.

NET INTEREST INCOME

The difference between the interest income generated by loans and securities and the interest expense produced by deposits and borrowed funds.

NET INTEREST MARGIN

Measures net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

NON-ACCRUAL LOAN

A loan generally is classified as a“non-accrual” loan when it is 90 days or more past due or when it is deemednational bank to be impaired because we no longer expect to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is placed onnon-accrual status, we cease the accrual of interest owed,known as “Flagstar Bank, N.A.” and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. A loan generally is returned to accrual status when the loan is current and we have reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible.

NON-COVERED LOANS AND OREO

Refers to all of the loans and OREO in our portfolio that are not covered by our loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.

NON-PERFORMING LOANS AND ASSETS

Non-performing loans consist ofnon-accrual loans and loans that are 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest.Non-performing assets consist ofnon-performing loans and OREO.

OREO AND OTHER REPOSSESSED ASSETS

Includes real estate owned by the Company which was acquired either through foreclosure or default. Repossessed assets are similar, except they are not real estate-related assets.

RENT-REGULATED APARTMENTS

In(ii) New York City, whereCommunity Bank was merged with and into Flagstar Bank N.A., with Flagstar Bank N.A. continuing as the vast majority of the properties securing our multi-family loans are located, the amount of rent that tenants may be charged on the apartments in certain buildings is restricted under certain “rent-control” and “rent-stabilization” laws. Rent-control laws apply to apartments in buildings that were constructed prior to February 1947. An apartment is said to be “rent-controlled” if the tenant has been living continuously in the apartment for a period of time beginning prior to July 1971. When a rent-controlled apartment is vacated, it typically becomes “rent-stabilized.” Rent-stabilized apartments are generally located in buildings with six or more units that were built between February 1947 and January 1974. Rent-controlled and -stabilized (together, “rent-regulated”) apartments tend to be more affordable to live in because of the applicable regulations, and buildings with a preponderance of such rent-regulated apartments are therefore less likely to experience vacancies in times of economic adversity.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

Repurchase agreements are contracts for the sale of securities owned or borrowed by the Banks with an agreement to repurchase those securities at an agreed-upon price and date. The Banks’ repurchase agreements are primarily collateralized by GSE obligations and other mortgage-related securities, and are entered into with either the FHLBs or various brokerage firms.

SYSTEMICALLY IMPORTANT FINANCIAL INSTITUTION (“SIFI”)

A bank holding company with total consolidated assets that average more than $50 billion over the four most recent quarters is designated a “Systemically Important Financial Institution” under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) of 2010.

WHOLESALE BORROWINGS

Refers to advances drawn by the Banks against their respective lines of credit with the FHLBs, their repurchase agreements with the FHLBs and various brokerage firms, and federal funds purchased.

YIELD

The interest income associated with interest-earning assets, typically expressed as a ratio of interest income to the average balance of interest-earning assets for a given period.

PART I

ITEM 1.BUSINESS

General

surviving entity.


New York Community Bancorp, Inc. has market-leading positions in several national businesses, including multi-family lending, mortgage originations and servicing, and warehouse lending. The Company is organized under Delaware Law as a multi-bank holding company with two primary subsidiaries: New York Community Bank and New York Commercial Bank (hereinafter referred to as the “Community Bank”2nd largest multi-family portfolio lender in the country and the “Commercial Bank,” respectively, and collectively as the “Banks”). The Community Bank currently has 225 branches in Metro New York, New Jersey, Ohio, Florida, and Arizona, and the Commercial Bank currently has 30 branches in Metro New York.

Customers of the Commercial Bank may transact their business at any of our Community Bank branches, and Community Bank customers may transact their business at any of the branches of the Commercial Bank. In addition, customers of the Banks have access to their accounts through our ATMs in all five states.

On September 17, 2015, the Company submitted an application to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the New York State Department of Financial Services (the “NYSDFS”) requesting approval to merge the Commercial Bank with and into the Community Bank. The merger was approved by the NYSDFS on September 16, 2016 and, as of the date of this filing, was pending the approval of the FDIC. Upon completion of the pending merger, the 30 Commercial Bank branches will continue operations as branches of the Community Bank.

On March 17, 2017, we issued 515,000 shares of preferred stock. The offering generated capital of $502.8 million, net of underwriting and other issuance costs, for general corporate purposes, with the bulk of the proceeds being distributed to the Community Bank.

On July 28, 2017, the Company completed the previously announced sale of itsone-to-four family residential mortgage-backed assets covered under its Loss Share Agreements (“LSA”) with the FDIC, to FirstKey Mortgage, LLC, an affiliate of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. Additionally, on September 29, 2017, the Company completed the previously announced sale of its mortgage banking business, which was acquired as part of its 2009 FDIC assisted acquisition of AmTrust Bank (“AmTrust”) to Freedom Mortgage Corporation. The sale of the mortgage banking business effectively takes us out of theone-to-four family residential wholesale lending business.

New York Community Bank

Established in 1859, the Community Bank is a New York State-chartered savings bank with 225 branches that currently operate through seven local divisions. We compete for depositors in these diverse markets by emphasizing service and convenience, with a comprehensive menu of traditional andnon-traditional products and services, and access to multiple service channels, including online banking, mobile banking, and banking by phone.

In New York, we currently serve our Community Bank customers through Roslyn Savings Bank, with 44 branches on Long Island, a suburban market east of New York City comprised of Nassau and Suffolk counties; Queens County Savings Bank, with 38 branchesleading multi-family portfolio lender in the New York City boroughmarket area, where it specializes in rent-regulated, non-luxury apartment buildings. Flagstar Mortgage is the 7th largest bank originator of Queens; Richmond County Savings Bank,residential mortgages for the 12-months ended December 31, 2023, while we are the industry’s 5th largest sub-servicer of mortgage loans nationwide, servicing 1.4 million accounts with 20 branches$382.2 billion in unpaid principal balances as of December 31, 2023. Additionally, the borough of Staten Island; and Roosevelt Savings Bank, with seven branches inCompany is the borough of Brooklyn. In the Bronx, we currently have two branches that operate directly under the name “New York Community Bank.”

In New Jersey, we serve our Community Bank customers through 45 branches that operate under the name Garden State Community Bank. In Florida and Arizona, where we have 27 and 14 branches, respectively, we serve our customers through the AmTrust Bank division of the Community Bank. In Ohio, we serve our Community Bank customers through 28 branches of Ohio Savings Bank.

We also are a leading producer of multi-family loans in New York City, with an emphasis2nd largest mortgage warehouse lender nationally based onnon-luxury residential apartment buildings with rent-regulated units that feature below-market rents. In addition to multi-family loans, which are our principal asset, we originate commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans (primarily in New York City, as well as on Long Island) and, to a much lesser extent, acquisition, development, and construction (“ADC”) loans, and commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loans. C&I loans consist of specialty finance loans and leases, and other C&I loans that are typically made to small andmid-size business in Metro New York.

New York Commercial Bank

The Commercial Bank is a New York State-chartered commercial bank with 30 branches in Manhattan, Queens, Brooklyn, Westchester County, and Long Island, including 18 that operate under the name “Atlantic Bank.”

Established in December 2005, the Commercial Bank competes for customers by emphasizing personal service and by addressing the needs of small andmid-size businesses, professional associations, and government agencies, with a comprehensive menu of business solutions, including installment loans, revolving lines of credit, and cash management services. In addition, the Commercial Bank offers online banking, mobile banking, and banking by phone.

total commitments.


Online Information about the Company and the Banks

Bank


We also serve our customers through three connected websites: www.myNYCB.com, www.NewYorkCommercialBank.com, and www.NYCBfamily.com.our website: www.flagstar.com. In addition to providing our customers with24-hour access to their accounts, and information regarding our products and services, hours of service, and locations, these websites providethe website provides extensive information about the Company for the investment community. Earnings releases, dividend announcements, and other press releases are posted upon issuance to the Investor Relations portion of these websites.

the website, which can be found at www.ir.myNYCB.com.


In addition, our filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)SEC (including our annual report on Form10-K; our quarterly reports on Form10-Q; and our current reports on Form8-K), and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are available without charge, and are posted to the Investor Relations portion of our websites.website. The websiteswebsite also provideprovides information regarding our Board of Directors and management team, as well as certain Board Committee charters and our corporate governance policies. The content of our websiteswebsite shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.


Our Market

Our current market for deposits consists of the 26 counties


Flagstar Bank, N.A. operates 420 branches including strong footholds in the five states that are served by our branchNortheast and Midwest and exposure to high growth markets in the Southeast and West Coast. Flagstar Mortgage operates nationally through a wholesale network including all five boroughs of approximately 3,000 third-party mortgage originators. In addition, the Bank has 134 private banking teams located in over 10 cities in the metropolitan New York City Nassauregion and Suffolk Counties on Long Island,the West Coast, which serve the needs of high-net worth individuals and Westchester County in New York; Essex, Hudson, Mercer, Middlesex, Monmouth, Ocean, and Union Counties in New Jersey; Maricopa and Yavapai Counties in Arizona; Cuyahoga, Lake, and Summit Counties in Ohio; and Broward, Collier, Lee, Miami-Dade, Palm Beach, and St. Lucie Counties in Florida.

their businesses.


The market for the loans we produce varies, depending on the type of loan. For example, the vast majority of our multi-family loans are collateralized by rental apartment buildings in New York City, which is also home towhile the majority of the properties collateralizing our CRE and ADC loans. In contrast, ourloans are located in the Northeast and Midwest. Our specialty finance loans and leases are generally made to large corporate obligors that participate in stable industries nationwide.

nationwide and our warehouse loans are made to mortgage lenders across the country.


Competition for Deposits

The combined population of the 26 counties where


We compete for deposits and customers by placing an emphasis on convenience and service and, from time to time, by offering specific products at competitive rates. In addition to our 420 branches are located is approximately 31.5 million, and the number of banks and thrifts, we compete with currently exceeds 300. With total deposits of $29.1 billion at December 31, 2017, we ranked fourteenth among all bank and thrift depositories serving these 26 counties.have 385 ATM locations that operate 24 hours a day. Our customers also have 24-hour access to their accounts through our mobile banking app, online through our website, www.flagstar.com, or through our bank-by-phone service. We also ranked third among all banksoffer certain money market accounts, certificates of deposit and thrifts in Union County, New Jersey,checking accounts through a dedicated website: www.myBankingDirect.com.


11


In addition to checking and third among all bankssavings accounts, retirement accounts, and thrifts in Richmond, Queens,CDs for both businesses and Nassau Counties in New York. (Market share information was provided by S&P Global Market Intelligence.)consumers, we offer a suite of cash management products to address the needs of small and mid-size businesses and professional associations. We also compete for depositsby complementing our broad selection of traditional banking products with other financial institutions, including credit unions, Internet banks,an extensive menu of non-deposit investment products and brokerage firms.

insurance through a relationship with a third-party broker dealer and insurance agency.


Our ability to attract and retain deposits is not only a function of short-term interest rates and industry consolidation, but also the competitiveness of the rates being offered by other financial institutions within our marketplace.

marketplace, including credit unions, online banks, and brokerage firms. Additionally, financial technology companies, also referred to as FinTechs, are providing nontraditional, but increasingly strong competition for deposits and customers.


Competition for deposits is also influenced by several internal factors, including the opportunity to assume or acquire deposits through business combinations; the cash flows produced through loan and securities repayments and sales; and the availability of attractively priced wholesale funds. In addition, the degree to which we seek to compete for deposits is influenced by the liquidity needed to fund our loan production and other outstanding commitments.

We compete for deposits and customers by placing an emphasis on convenience and service and, from time to time, by offering specific products at highly competitive rates. In addition to our 225 Community Bank branches and 30 Commercial Bank branches, we have 271 ATM locations, including 247 that operate 24 hours a day. Our customers also have24-hour access to their accounts through ourbank-by-phone service, through mobile banking, and online through our three websites, www.myNYCB.com, www.NewYorkCommercialBank.com, and www.NYCBfamily.com. We also offer certain money market accounts, certificates of deposit (“CDs”), and checking accounts through a dedicated website: www.myBankingDirect.com.

We also compete by complementing our broad selection of traditional banking products with an extensive menu of alternative financial services, including annuities, life and long-term care insurance, and mutual funds of various third-party service providers.

In addition to checking and savings accounts, Individual Retirement Accounts, and CDs for both businesses and consumers, we offer a suite of cash management products to address the needs of small andmid-size businesses and professional associations.

Another competitive advantage is our strong community presence, with April 14, 2017 having marked the 158th year of service of our forebear, Queens County Savings Bank. We have found that our longevity, as well as our strong capital position, are especially appealing to customers seeking a strong, stable, and service-oriented bank.


Competition for Commercial and Consumer Loans

and Servicing


Our success as a lender is substantially tied to the economic health of the markets where we lend. Local economic conditions have a significant impact on loan demand, the value of the collateral securing our credits, and the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans.


The competition we face for loans also varies with the type of loan we are originating. In New York City, where the majority of the buildings collateralizing our multi-family loans are located, we compete for such loans on the basis of timely service and the expertise that stems from being a specialist in this lending niche. In addition to the money center, regional, and local banks we compete with in this market, we compete with insurance companies and other types of lenders. Certain of the banks we compete with sell the loans they produce to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.


Our ability to compete for CRE loans depends on the same factors that impact our ability to compete for multi-family credits, and the degree to which other CRE lenders choose to offer loan products similar to ours.

While


Competition for our specialty finance loans, which consist primarily of asset-based, equipment financing, and dealer floor plan loans, is driven by a variety of factors, including prevailing economic conditions and the level of interest rates. Moreover, since a majority of our customers in this category are mid-to-large size publicly traded companies, we continuealso face competition for financing from the capital markets. In addition, the majority of specialty finance loans that we originate are sourced from larger financial institutions who have many customers for these loans. Some of these customers are larger and have more capital and liquidity than the Company.

From a lending perspective, we compete with many institutions including commercial banks, national mortgage lenders, local savings banks, financial technology companies, credit unions and commercial lenders offering mortgage loans and other consumer loans.

In servicing, we compete primarily against non-bank servicers. The subservicing market in which we operate is also highly competitive and we face competition related to originate ADCsubservicing pricing and C&Iservice delivery. We compete by offering quality servicing, a robust risk and compliance infrastructure and a model where our mortgage business allows for recapture services to replenish loans for investment, suchsubservicing clients.

Monetary Policy

The Company and the Bank are affected by fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government, including those of the FRB which regulates the national money supply in order to mitigate recessionary and inflationary pressures. Among the techniques available to the FRB are engaging in open market transactions of U.S. Government securities, changing the discount rate and changing reserve requirements against bank deposits. These techniques are used in varying combinations to influence the overall growth of bank loans, represent a small portioninvestments, and deposits. Their use may also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. The effect of our loan portfolio as compared to multi-familygovernment policies on the earnings of the Company and CRE loans.

the Bank cannot be predicted.



12


Environmental Issues


We encounter certain environmental risks in our lending activities and other operations. The existence of hazardous materials may make it unattractive for a lender to foreclose on the properties securing its loans. In addition, under certain conditions, lenders may become liable for the costs of cleaning up hazardous materials found on such properties. We attempt to mitigate such environmental risks by requiring either that a borrower purchase environmental insurance or that an appropriate environmental site assessment be completed as part of our underwriting review on the initial granting of CRE and ADC loans, regardless of location, and of anyout-of-state multi-family loans we may produce. Depending on the results of an assessment, appropriate measures are taken to address the identified risks. In addition, we order an updated environmental analysis prior to foreclosing on such properties, and typically hold foreclosed multi-family, CRE, and ADC properties in subsidiaries.


Our attention to environmental risks also applies to the properties and facilities that house our bank operations. Prior to acquiring a large-scale property, a Phase 1 Environmental Property Assessment is typically performed by a licensed professional engineer to determine the integrity of, and/or the potential risk associated with, the facility and the property on which it is built. Properties and facilities of a smaller scale are evaluated by qualifiedin-house assessors, as well as by industry experts in environmental testing and remediation. Thistwo-pronged approach identifies potential risks associated with asbestos-containing material, above and underground storage tanks, radon, electrical transformers (which may contain PCBs), ground water flow, storm and sanitary discharge, and mold, among other environmental risks. These processes assist us in mitigating environmental risk by enabling us to identify and address potential issues, including by avoiding taking ownership or control of contaminated properties.


Subsidiary Activities


We conduct business primarily through our wholly-owned bank subsidiary, Flagstar Bank, N.A. The Community Bank has formed, or acquired through merger transactions, 2539 active subsidiary corporations.subsidiaries. Of these, 1826 are direct subsidiaries of the Community Bank and 713 are subsidiaries of Community Bank-owned entities.

The 18Parent Company also has four direct subsidiaries (including Flagstar Bank, N.A). NYB Realty Holding Company, LLC, a subsidiary of the Community Bank, are:

Name

Jurisdiction of
Organization

Purpose

DHB Real Estate, LLC

ArizonaOrganized to own interests in real estate

Ferry Development Holding Company

DelawareFormed to hold and manage investment portfolios for the Company

NYCB Mortgage Company, LLC

DelawareHolding company for Walnut Realty Holding Company, LLC

NYCB Specialty Finance Company, LLC

DelawareOriginates asset-based, equipment financing, and dealer-floor plan loans

Woodhaven Investments, LLC.

DelawareHolding company for Ironbound Investment Company, Inc.

Eagle Rock Investment Corp.

New JerseyFormed to hold and manage investment portfolios for the Company

Pacific Urban Renewal, Inc.

New JerseyOwns a branch building

Synergy Capital Investments, Inc.

New JerseyFormed to hold and manage investment portfolios for the Company

BSR 1400 Corp.

New YorkOrganized to own interests in real estate

Bellingham Corp.

New YorkOrganized to own interests in real estate

NYCB Insurance Agency, Inc.

New YorkReceives revenues from third parties on the sale ofnon-deposit insurance products

Main Omni Realty Corp.

New YorkOrganized to own interests in real estate

NYB Realty Holding Company, LLC

New YorkHolding company forowns interests in 10 additional active entities organized as indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries owning an interest in real estate

RCBK Mortgage Corp.

New YorkOrganized to own interests in loans

RSB Agency, Inc.

New YorkSellsnon-deposit investment products

Richmond Enterprises, Inc.

New YorkHolding company for Peter B. Cannell & Co., Inc.

Roslyn National Mortgage Corporation

New YorkFormerly operated as a mortgage loan originator and servicer and currently holds an interest in its former office space

100 Duffy Realty, LLC

New YorkOwns a back-office building

The seven subsidiaries of Community Bank-owned entities are:

Name

Jurisdiction of
Organization

Purpose

Peter B. Cannell & Co., Inc.

DelawareAdvises high net worth individuals and institutions on the management of their assets

Roslyn Real Estate Asset Corp.

Delaware

A REIT organized for the purpose of investing in

mortgage-related assets

Walnut Realty Holding Company, LLC

DelawareOwns two back-office buildings

Your New REO, LLC

DelawareOwns a website that lists bank-owned properties for sale

Ironbound Investment Company, LLC.

FloridaOrganized for the purpose of investing in mortgage-related assets

1400 Corp.

New YorkHolding company for Roslyn Real Estate Asset Corp.

Prospect Realty Holding Company, LLC

New YorkOwns a back-office building

There are 34 additional entities that are subsidiaries of a Community Bank-owned entity organized to own interests in various real estate.

estate properties.


The Commercial Bank has three active subsidiary corporations, two of which are subsidiaries of Commercial Bank-owned entities.

The one direct subsidiary of the Commercial Bank is:

Name

Jurisdiction of
Organization

Purpose

Beta Investments, Inc.

DelawareHolding company for Omega Commercial Mortgage Corp. and Long Island Commercial Capital Corp.

The two subsidiaries of Commercial Bank-owned entities are:

Name

Jurisdiction of
Organization

Purpose

Omega Commercial Mortgage Corp.

Delaware

A REIT organized for the purpose of investing in

mortgage-related assets

Long Island Commercial Capital Corp.

New York

A REIT organized for the purpose of investing in

mortgage-related assets

There are two additional entities that are subsidiaries of the Commercial Bank that are organized to own interests in real estate.

TheParent Company owns special business trusts that were formed for the purpose of issuing capital and common securities and investing the proceeds thereof in the junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. See Note 8, “Borrowed12 - Borrowed Funds, in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for a further discussion of the Company’s special business trusts.

The Parent Company also has onenon-banking subsidiary that was established in connection with the acquisition of Atlantic Bank of New York.

Personnel

York and two non-banking insurance subsidiaries that were acquired in connection with the Flagstar acquisition.


Human Capital Management

At December 31, 2017, the number2023, our workforce included 8,766 employees. None of full-time equivalentour employees (“FTEs”) was 3,096, including 1,556 branch-related FTEs. Our employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit,agreement and we considerbelieve our relationshipemployee relations to be in good standing.

We believe our employees are among our most significant resources and that our employees are critical to our continued success. We focus significant attention on attracting and retaining talented and experienced individuals to manage and support our operations. We pay our employees competitively and offer a broad range of benefits, both of which we believe are competitive with our industry peers and with other firms in the locations in which we do business. Our employees receive salaries that are subject to be good.

annual review and periodic benchmarking. Our benefits program includes a 401(k) Plan with an employer matching contribution, healthcare and other insurance benefits, flexible spending accounts and paid time off. Many of our employees are also eligible to participate in the Company’s equity award program and the Company's annual incentive program.


We are proud to strive to maintain a diverse and inclusive workforce that reflects the demographics of the communities in which we do business. Our company recognizes that the talents of a diverse workforce are a key competitive advantage. To increase diversity within our talent pool, we work with key stakeholders in our business locations to deepen our understanding of the local labor market and better position the organization to recruit and retain talent within under-represented communities.

We strive to create and foster a supportive environment for all of our employees, and we are proud to share our business success with individuals whose cultural and personal differences support an innovative and productive workplace. Approximately two-thirds of our workforce is female and nearly half of our workforce have diverse ethnic backgrounds. Our policies and practices reflect our commitment to diversity and inclusion in the workplace.

13



A diverse workforce is critical to our long-term success. We strive to build and leverage a diverse, inclusive and engaged workforce that inspires all individuals to work together towards a common goal of superior business results by embracing the unique needs and objectives of our customers and community. We strive to achieve this by hiring great people who represent the talents, experiences, background and diversity of the communities we serve. Our commitment is reflected in the policies that govern our workforce, such as our Diversity Pledge and our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Policy, and is evidenced in our recruiting strategies, diversity and inclusion training and Employee resource groups, which are key to our efforts. Our Employee resource groups provide our associates access to coaching, mentoring and professional development. As of December 31, 2023, our efforts have been focused on the following eleven employee resource groups which we intend to expand across our recently combined Company: African American, Asian-Indian, Environmental, Hispanic/Latino, Interfaith, LGBTQ, Military Veterans, Native American, People with Disabilities, Women and Young Professionals.

Our management teams and all of our employees are expected to exhibit and promote honest, ethical and respectful conduct in the workplace. All of our employees must adhere to a code of conduct that sets standards for appropriate behavior and all employees are required to complete annual training that focuses on preventing, identifying, reporting and stopping any type of unlawful discrimination.

Federal, State, and Local Taxation


The Company is subject to federal, state, and local income taxes. See the discussion of “Income Taxes”"Income Taxes" in “CriticalNote 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” later in this annual report.

Policies


Regulation and Supervision

General


The Communityfollowing is a brief summary of certain statutes and regulations that significantly affect the Company and its subsidiaries. A number of other statutes and regulations may affect the Company and the Bank but are not discussed in the following paragraphs.

General

The Bank is a New York State-chartered savings banknational banking association, subject to federal regulation and its deposit accountsoversight by the OCC. The activities of the Bank are insuredlimited to those specifically authorized under the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”)National Bank Act and related interpretations of the FDIC upOCC. The OCC has authority to applicable legal limits. The Commercialbring an enforcement action against the Bank is a New York State-chartered commercial bank and its deposit accountsfor unsafe or unsound banking practices, which could include limiting the Bank’s ability to conduct otherwise permissible activities, or imposing corrective capital or managerial requirements on the bank. We are also are insured by the DIF up to applicable legal limits. On September 17, 2015, the Company submitted an application to the FDIC and the NYSDFS requesting approval to merge the Commercial Bank with and into the Community Bank. The merger was approved by the NYSDFS on September 16, 2016 and is currently pending the approval of the FDIC.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank were subject to regulation and supervision by the NYSDFS, as their chartering agency;examination by the FDIC, as their insurerwhich insures the deposits of deposits;the Bank to the extent permitted by law and the requirements established by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”).

Federal Reserve. The Banks are requiredBank is also subject to file reports with the NYSDFS,supervision of the CFPB, which regulates the offering and provision of consumer financial products or services under federal consumer financial laws. The OCC, FDIC and the CFPB concerning theirmay take regulatory enforcement actions if we do not operate in accordance with applicable regulations, policies and directives. Proceedings may be instituted against us, or any "institution-affiliated party", such as a director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person, who engages in unsafe and unsound practices, including violations of applicable laws and regulations. The FDIC has additional authority to terminate insurance of accounts, if after notice and hearing, we are found to have engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, including violations of applicable laws and regulations. The federal system of regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which to operate and financial condition, and are periodically examined byis primarily intended for the NYSDFS, the FDIC,protection of depositors and the CFPB to assess compliance with various regulatory requirements, including with respect to safety and soundness and consumer financial protection regulations. The regulatory structure gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss allowances for regulatory purposes. Changes in such regulations or in banking legislation could haveFDIC's DIF rather than our shareholders.


As a material impact on the Company, the Banks, and their operations, as well as the Company’s shareholders.

The Company is subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), as administered by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”). Furthermore, the Company would bebank holding company, we are required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company.

In addition, the Company is periodically examined by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the“FRB-NY”), and is required to file certain reports under, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the SEC underFederal Reserve. We are required to file certain reports, and we are subject to examination by, and the enforcement authority of, the Federal Reserve. Under the federal securities laws. Certainlaws, we are also subject to the rules and regulations of the regulatory requirements applicableSEC.


Any change to the Community Bank, the Commercial Bank, and the Company are referred to below or elsewhere herein. However, such discussion is not meant to be a complete explanation of all laws and regulations, and is qualified in its entiretywhether by reference to the actual laws and regulations.

Regulatory Agencies or Congress, could have a materially adverse impact on our operations.



14


The Dodd-Frank Act

Enacted in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)


Enacted in July 2010, the DFA significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and will continue to affect, into the immediate future, the lending and investment activities and general operations of depository institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank ActDFA is complex and comprehensive legislation that impacts practically all aspects of a banking organization, and represents a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the financial services industry.



The New York Housing Stability and Tenant Protection Act of 2019

In 2019, the New York State Legislature passed the Housing Stability and Tenant Protection Act of 2019 impacting about one million rent-regulated apartment units. Among other things, the new legislation: (i) curtails rent increases from material capital improvements and Individual Apartment Improvements; (ii) all but eliminates the ability for apartments to exit rent regulation; (iii) does away with vacancy decontrol and high income deregulation; and (iv) repealed the 20 percent vacancy bonus. While it will take several years for its full impact to be known, the legislation generally limits a landlord’s ability to increase rents on rent-regulated apartments and makes it more difficult to convert rent regulated apartments to market rent apartments.

Capital Requirements


In early July 2013, the Federal Reserve BoardFRB and the FDIC approved revisions to their capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action rules to implement the revised standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, commonly called Basel III, and to address relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. “Basel III”DFA. Basel III generally refers to two consultative documents released by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2009. The “BaselBasel III Rules”rules generally refer to the rules adopted by U.S. banking regulators in December 2010 to align U.S. bank capital requirements with Basel III and with the related loss absorbency rules they issued in January 2011, which include significant changes to bank capital, leverage, and liquidity requirements.


The Basel III Rulesrules include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which became effective January 1, 2015, and revised the definition of what constitutes “capital” for the purposes of calculating those ratios. Under the

Basel III, Rules, the Company and the BanksBank are required to maintain minimum capital in accordance with the following ratios: (i) a common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%;4.5 percent; (ii) a tier 1 capital ratio of 6%6 percent (increased from 4%)4 percent); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8%8 percent (unchanged from the prior rules); and (iv) a tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%.

4 percent.


In addition, the Basel III Rulesrules assign higher risk weights to certain assets, such as the 150%150 percent risk weighting assigned to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are onnon-accrual status, and to certain commercial real estateCRE facilities that finance the acquisition, development, or construction of real property. The Basel III Rules also eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from tier 1 capital. In addition, tier 2 capital is no longer limited to the amount of tier 1 capital included in total capital. Mortgage servicing rights, certain deferred tax assets, and investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries over designated percentages of common stock will beare required, subject to limitation, to be deducted from capital. Finally, tier 1 capital will includeincludes accumulated other comprehensive income, which includes all unrealized gains and losses onavailable-for-sale debt and equity securities.

The


Basel III Rules also establishestablished a “capital conservation buffer” (consisting entirely of common equity tier 1 capital) that will be 2.5%is 2.5 percent above the new regulatory minimum capital requirements when it is fully phased in. The result will berequirements. This resulted in an increase in the minimum common equity tier 1, tier 1, and total capital ratios to 7.0%, 8.5%,7.0 percent, 8.5 percent, and 10.5%,10.5 percent, respectively. Thephase-in of the new capital conservation buffer requirement began in January 2016is now at 0.625%its fully phased-in level of risk-weighted assets and will increase by that amount each year until fully implemented in January 2019.2.5 percent. An institution can be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital levels fall below these amounts. The Basel III Rules also establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such capital distributions.

In


On September 2017,17, 2019, the Federal Reserve Board,FRB, the FDIC, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) proposedOCC issued a final rule intendeddesigned to reduce regulatory burden by simplifying several requirements in the agencies’ regulatory capital rule. Most aspects of the proposed rule would apply only to banking organizations that are not subject to the “advanced approaches” in the capital rule, which are generally firms with less than $250$250.0 billion in total consolidated assets and less than $10$10.0 billion in total foreign exposure. The proposal would simplifyrule simplifies and clarifyclarifies a number of the more complex aspects of the existing capital rule. Specifically, the proposed rule simplifies the capital treatment for certain ADC loans, mortgage servicing assets, certain deferred tax assets, investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions, and minority interest. A final rule has not yet been issued.

interests.



15


Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action


The Federal lawDeposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For such purposes, the law establishes five capital tiers: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.

The five capital tiers are described in more detail below. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, an institution that fails to remain “well capitalized” becomes subject to a series of restrictions that increase in severity as its capital condition weakens. Such restrictions may include a prohibition on capital distributions, restrictions on asset growth, or restrictions on the ability to receive regulatory approval of applications. The FDICIA also provides for enhanced supervision authority over undercapitalized institutions, including authority for the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the institution.


As a result of the Basel III Rules,rules, new definitions of the relevant measures for the five capital categories took effect on January 1, 2015. An institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10%10 percent or greater, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8%8 percent or greater, a common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5%6.5 percent or greater, and a tier 1 leverage ratio of 5%5 percent or greater, and is not subject to a regulatory order, agreement, or directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.


An institution is deemed to be “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8%8 percent or greater, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6%6 percent or greater, a common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%4.5 percent or greater, and a tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%4 percent or greater.


An institution is deemed to be “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%,8 percent, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%,6 percent, a common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.5%,4.5 percent, or a tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 4%.4 percent. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%,6 percent, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%,4 percent, a common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3%,3 percent, or a tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3%.3 percent. An institution is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.

2 percent.


“Undercapitalized” institutions are subject to growth, capital distribution (including dividend), and other limitations, and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. An institution’s compliance with such a plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the

lesser of 5%5 percent of the bank’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an undercapitalized institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” Significantly undercapitalized institutions are subject to one or more additional restrictions including, but not limited to, an order by the FDIC to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized; requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks, or dismiss directors or officers; and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers, and capital distributions by the parent holding company.


Beginning 60 days after becoming “critically undercapitalized,” critically undercapitalized institutions also may not make any payment of principal or interest on certain subordinated debt, extend credit for a highly leveraged transaction, or enter into any material transaction outside the ordinary course of business. In addition, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver is required for a critically undercapitalized institution within 270 days after it obtains such status.

Stress Testing


Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that could have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. For additional information, see the Capital section of the MD&A and Note 17 - Capital. As of December 31, 2023, each of the Bank’s capital ratios exceeded those required for an institution to be considered “well capitalized” under these regulations.

Enhanced Stress Testing for Banks with Assetsand Prudential Standards

As a result of $10 Billionthe Signature transaction, our total assets exceeded $100 billion and therefore we became classified as a Category IV banking organization under the rules issued by the federal banking agencies that tailor the application of enhanced prudential standards to $50 Billion

FDIC and FRB regulations require certain large insured depository institutions and bank holding companies and the capital and liquidity rules to conduct annual capital-adequacy stress tests. The rules apply to statenon-member banks andlarge bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of more than $10 billion (“covered institutions”).

Underand depository institutions under the rules, each covered institution with between $10 billion and $50 billion in assets is required to conduct annual stress tests, using the institution’s financial data as of December 31st of the preceding year, to assess the potential impact of different scenarios on the consolidated earnings and capital and certain related items over a nine-quarter, forward-looking planning horizon, taking into account all relevant exposures and activities. The Community BankDodd-Frank Act and the CompanyEconomic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act. As a Category IV banking organization, we are requiredsubject to report the results of theenhanced liquidity risk management requirements which include


16


reporting, liquidity stress teststesting, a liquidity buffer and resolution planning, subject to the FDIC and the FRB, respectively, onapplicable transition periods. If we were to meet or before July 31st of each year, and to subsequently publish a summary of the results between October 15th and October 31st. The rules prescribe the manner and formexceed certain other thresholds for such reports and, based on the information reported as well as other relevant information, the FDIC and FRB are expected to conduct an analysis of the quality of the respective covered institution’s stress test processes and the related results. The FDIC and FRB envision that feedback concerning such analysis would be provided to each covered institution through the supervisory process.

As discussed below, under the FRB’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) regime, additional capital stress testing requirements apply to financial institutions whose total consolidated assets average in excess of $50 billion over four consecutive quarters. At December 31, 2017, the four-quarter average of our total consolidated assets was $48.7 billion.

Stress Testing for Systemically Important Financial Institutions

Should the four-quarter average of our total consolidated assets exceed $50 billion (the current threshold for a Systemically Important Financial Institution, or “SIFI”),asset size, we would become subject to the FRB’sadditional requirements.


As a Category IV banking organization, we are subject to risk committee and risk management requirements, as well as capital planning, liquidity risk management, liquidity buffer and liquidity stress testing regulations administeredrequirements.

Stress Testing for Category IV U.S. Banking Organizations

In 2019, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Board”) finalized a framework that sorts large banking organizations into one of four categories of prudential standards based on their risk profiles (the “tailoring rule”). The most stringent prudential standards apply under its CCARCategory I (defined as U.S. Global Systemically Important Banks and their depository institution subsidiaries), and the least stringent prudential standards apply under Category IV (defined as U.S. banking organizations with $100.0 billion or more but less than $250.0 billion in total assets and have less than $75.0 billion in cross-jurisdictional activity, weighted short-term wholesale funding, nonbank assets, or off-balance sheet exposure).

In January 2021, the Board finalized a rule to update capital planning requirements for large banks to be consistent with the tailoring rule. The Board's capital planning requirements for large banks help ensure they plan for and supervisory process. Under this regime, in additiondetermine their capital needs under a range of different scenarios. The rule removes the company-run stress test requirement for banking organizations subject to reporting the resultsCategory IV standards. Therefore, banking organizations subject to Category IV standards are not required to calculate forward-looking projections of a SIFI’s own capital stress testing, the FRB uses its own models to evaluate whether each SIFI has the capital, on a total consolidated basis, necessary to continue operating under the economic and financial market conditions of stressed macroeconomic scenarios identifiedprovided by the FRB. Board.

The FRB’s analysis includes an assessmentrule also aligns the frequency of the projected losses, net income, and pro forma capital levels, and the regulatory capital ratio, tier 1 common ratio, and other capital ratios, for the SIFI, and uses such analytical techniques that the FRB determines to be appropriate to identify, measure, and monitor any riskscalculation of the SIFI that may affectstress capital buffer requirement with the financial stabilityfrequency of the United States.

Boards of directors of SIFIs are requiredsupervisory stress test (with both occurring every other year for banking organizations subject to review and approve capital plans before they are submittedCategory IV standards). The rule allows a banking organization subject to Category IV standards to elect to participate in the supervisory stress test in a year in which the banking organization would not otherwise be subject to the FRB.

supervisory stress test, and to receive an updated stress capital buffer requirement in that year.


Standards for Safety and Soundness


Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe, for the depository institutions under its jurisdiction, standards that relate to, among other things, internal controls; information and audit systems; loan documentation; credit underwriting; the monitoring of interest rate risk; asset growth; compensation; fees and benefits; and such other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. The federal banking agencies adopted final regulations and Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness

(the (the “Guidelines”) to implement these safety and soundness standards. The Guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the Guidelines, the agency may require the institution to provide it with an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard, as required by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, (the “FDI Act”).


FDIC, OCC, and FRB Regulations


The discussion that follows pertains to FDIC, OCC, and FRB regulations other than those already discussed on the preceding pages.


Additional Regulations

The following pertains to regulations other than those already discussed on the preceding pages.

Real Estate Lending Standards


The FDIC and the other federal banking agencies have adopted regulations that prescribe standards for extensions of credit that (i) are secured by real estate, or (ii) are made for the purpose of financing construction or improvements on real estate. The FDIC regulations require each institution to establish and maintain written internal real estate lending standards that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices, and appropriate to the size of the institution and the nature and scope of its real estate lending activities. The standards also must be consistent with accompanying FDIC Guidelines, which includeloan-to-value limitations for the different types of real estate loans. Institutions are also permitted to make a limited amount of loans that do not conform to the proposedloan-to-value limitations as long as such exceptions are reviewed and justified

17


appropriately. The FDIC Guidelines also list a number of lending situations in which exceptions to theloan-to-value standards are justified.


The FDIC, the OCC, and the FRB (collectively, the “Agencies”“Federal Banking Agencies”) also have issued joint guidance entitled “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices” (the “CRE Guidance”). The CRE Guidance, which addresses land development, construction, and certain multi-family loans, as well as CRE loans, does not establish specific lending limits but, rather, reinforces and enhances the Federal Banking Agencies’ existing regulations and guidelines for such lending and portfolio management. Specifically, the CRE Guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in CRE lending if (1) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100%100 percent or more of total risk-based capital; or (2) total reported loans secured by multi-family properties,non-farmnon-residential non-farm non-residential properties (excluding those that are owner-occupied), and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300%300 percent or more of total risk-based capital and the bank’s CRE loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months.capital. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address key elements, including board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of CRE lending.

Throughout this report and others filed


On December 13, 2019, the Federal Banking Agencies issued a final rule, which became effective on April 1, 2020, to modify the agencies’ capital rules for high volatility CRE (“HVCRE”) exposures, as required by the CompanyEGRRCPA. The final rule revises the definition of HVCRE exposure to disclose its consolidated financial conditionmake it consistent with the statutory definition of the term included in Section 214 of the EGRRCPA, which excludes any loan made before January 1, 2015. The revised HVCRE exposure definition differs from the previous definition primarily in two ways. First, the previous definition applied to loans that financed ADC activities, whereas the new definition only applies to loans that “primarily” finance ADC activities and results of operations, the Company refers to its loansthat are secured bynon-farmnon-residential properties as “commercial land or improved real estate”estate. This change excludes multipurpose credit facilities that primarily finance the purchase of equipment or “CRE” loans.other non-ADC activities. Second, the new definition permits the full appraised value of borrower-contributed land (less the total amount of any liens on the real property securing the HVCRE exposure) to count toward the 15 percent capital contribution of the real property’s appraised “as completed” value, which is one of the criteria for an exemption from the heightened risk weight. The final rule includes a grandfathering provision, which provides banking organizations with the option to maintain their current capital treatment for ADC loans originated on or after January 1, 2015, and before April 1, 2020. Banking organizations also will have the option to reevaluate any or all of their ADC loans originated on or after January 1, 2015, using the revised HVCRE exposure definition.

Dividend Limitations

The Parent Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to operating expenses and any share repurchases, the Parent Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to the Company’s shareholders. As a Delaware corporation, the Parent Company is able to pay dividends either from surplus or, in case there is no surplus, from net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

Various legal restrictions limit the extent to which the Company’s subsidiary bank can supply funds to the Parent Company and its non-bank subsidiaries. The Bank would require the approval of the OCC if the dividends it refersdeclares in any calendar year were to exceed the total of its loansrespective net profits for construction, land development, and other landthat year combined with its respective retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfer to paid-in capital. The term “net profits” is defined as “acquisition, development, and construction” or “ADC” loans.

Dividend Limitations

The FDIC has authoritynet income for a given period less any dividends paid during that period. As a result of our acquisition of Flagstar, we are also required to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a savings bank or commercial bankseek regulatory approval from paying dividends if, in its opinion,the OCC for the payment of any dividend to the Parent Company through at least the period ending November 1, 2024. In 2023, dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Federal law prohibitsof $580 million were paid by the paymentBank to the Parent Company.


Investment Activities

National bank investment activities are governed by the National Bank Act and OCC regulations which, consistent with safe and sound banking practices, prescribe standards under which national banks may purchase, sell, deal in, underwrite, and hold securities. The types of dividendsinvestment activities that will resultare permissible for national banks, and the calculation of limits for investments in such covered securities, are set forth in regulations promulgated by the OCC (12 CFR Part 1), as further described in the institution failingOCC’s Investment Securities Policy Statement (OCC Bulletin 1998-20). A national bank must adhere to meet applicable capital requirements on a pro forma basis. The Community Banksafe and sound banking practices and the Commercial Bank are also subject to dividend declaration restrictions imposed by, and as later discussed under, “New York State Law.”

Investment Activities

Since the enactmentspecific requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), all state-chartered financial institutions, including savings banks, commercial banks,OCC's regulations in conducting such investment activities. A bank must consider, as appropriate, the interest rate, credit, liquidity, price, foreign exchange, transaction, compliance, strategic, and their subsidiaries, have generally been limitedreputation risks presented by a proposed activity, and the particular activities undertaken by the bank must be appropriate for that bank. If the OCC determines for safety and soundness reasons that a bank should calculate its investment limits more frequently than required by the OCC's Investment Securities regulations, the OCC may provide written notice to such activities as principalthe bank


18


directing the bank to calculate its investment limitations at a more frequent interval, and equity investments of the type, and inbank must thereafter calculate its investment limits at that interval until further notice from the amount, authorized for national banks. OCC.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999GLBA and FDIC regulations also impose certain quantitative and qualitative restrictions on such activities and on a bank’s dealings with a subsidiary that engages in specified activities.


Enforcement

The OCC has authority to bring an enforcement action against the Bank for unsafe or unsound banking practices, which could include limiting the Bank’s ability to conduct otherwise permissible activities, or imposing corrective capital or managerial requirements on the bank. In 1993,addition, the Community Bank received grandfathering authority from the FDIC, which it continues to use, to invest in listed stocks and/or registered sharesParent Company is subject to the maximum permissible investments of 100% of tier 1 capital, as specified by the FDIC’s regulations, or the maximum amount permitted by New York State Banking Law, whichever is less. Such grandfathering authority is subject to termination upon the FDIC’s determination that such investments pose a safety and soundness risk to the Community Bank, or in the event that the Community Bank converts its charter or undergoes a change in control.

Enforcement

The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured banks, includingof the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank. ThisFederal Reserve. The enforcement authority of these regulatory agencies includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist orders, and to remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.


Insurance of Deposit Accounts


The deposits of the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF. The maximum deposit insurance provided by the FDIC per account owner is $250,000 for all types of accounts.


Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based upon supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital level, and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments based on the assigned risk levels. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned and certain other factors. Assessment rates range from 1.5 to 40 basis points of the institution’s assessment base, which is calculated as average total assets minus average tangible equity.

In March 2016, No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the FDIC adopted final rules to impose a surcharge on the quarterlyfederal deposit insurance assessment. Deposit insurance assessments of insured depository institutions withare based on total consolidatedaverage assets, of $10 billion or more, in orderexcluding PPP loans, less average tangible common equity. The FDIC has authority to fund the Dodd-FrankAct-mandatedincrease insurance assessments. Management cannot predict what insurance assessments rates will be in the DIF’s designated reserve ratio from 1.15% to 1.35%. The final rules became effective on July 1, 2016. The surcharge, which equals 4.5 basis points of the institution’s deposit insurance assessment base, is in effect for assessments billed after the designated reserve ratio reaches 1.15%, and will continue until the reserve ratio reaches or exceeds 1.35%, but no later than December 31, 2018.

future.


Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order, or condition imposed by the FDIC. Management does not know of any practice, condition, or violation that would lead to termination of the deposit insurance for the Bank.

On November 16, 2023, the FDIC published in the Federal Register its final rule that imposes special assessments to recover the loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund arising from the protection of eitheruninsured depositors in connection with the systemic risk determination announced on March 12, 2023, following the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank. The assessment base for the Banks.

special assessments is equal to an insured depository institution’s estimated uninsured deposits, reported as of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion in estimated uninsured deposits from the insured depository institution, or for insured depository institutions that are part of a holding company with one or more subsidiary insured depository institutions, at the banking organization level. The final rule calls for the FDIC to collect special assessments at an annual rate of approximately 13.4 basis points, over eight quarterly assessment periods. Because the estimated loss pursuant to the systemic risk determination will be periodically adjusted, the FDIC retains the ability to cease collection early, extend the special assessment collection period one or more quarters beyond the initial eight-quarter collection period to collect the difference between actual or estimated losses and the amounts collected, and impose a final shortfall special assessment on a one-time basis after the receiverships for Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank terminate. The final rule set an effective date of April 1, 2024, with special assessments collected beginning with the first quarterly assessment period of 2024 (i.e., January 1 through March 31, 2024, with an invoice payment date of June 28, 2024).


In February 2024, we received notification from the FDIC that the estimated loss attributable to the protection of uninsured depositors at Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank is $20.4 billion, an increase of approximately $4.1 billion from the estimate of $16.3 billion described in the final rule. The FDIC plans to provide institutions subject to the special assessment an updated estimate of each institution’s quarterly and total special assessment expense with its first quarter 2024 special assessment invoice, to be released in June 2024.We expect an increase in special assessment expense, which is not expected to be material, on or around June 2024 based on the FDIC’s modified loss estimate.


19


Holding Company Regulations


Federal Regulation

Regulation. The Company is currently subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting under the BHCA, as administered by the FRB.


Acquisition, Activities and Change in Control. The Company ismay only conduct, or acquire control of companies engaged in activities permissible for a bank holding company pursuant to the BHCA. Further, we generally are required to obtain the priorFederal Reserve approval of the FRB to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior FRB approval would be required for the Company to acquirebefore acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securitiesshares of anyanother bank, or bank holding company, savings associations or savings and loan holding company if after giving effect to such acquisition, itwe would directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5%5 percent of the outstanding shares of any class of voting sharessecurities of such bankthat entity. Additionally, we are prohibited from acquiring control of a depository institution that is not federally insured or bank holding company.retaining control for more than one year after the date that institution becomes uninsured.

We may not be acquired unless the transaction is approved by the Federal Reserve. In addition, before any bank acquisition can be completed, prior approval thereof may also be required to be obtainedthe GLBA generally restricts a company from other agencies having supervisory jurisdiction over the bank to be acquired, including the NYSDFS.

FRB regulations generally prohibitacquiring us if that company is engaged directly or indirectly in activities that are not permissible for a bank holding company from engagingor financial holding company.


Capital Requirements. The Company and the Bank are currently subject to the regulatory capital framework and guidelines reached by Basel III as adopted by the OCC and Federal Reserve. The OCC and Federal Reserve have risk-based capital adequacy guidelines intended to measure capital adequacy with regard to a banking organization’s balance sheet, including off-balance sheet exposures such as unused portions of loan commitments, letters of credit and recourse arrangements. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that could have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. For additional information, see the Capital section of the MD&A and Note 17 -Capital.

Holding Company Limitations on Capital Distributions. Our ability to make any capital distributions to our stockholders, including dividends and share repurchases, is subject to the oversight of the Federal Reserve and contingent upon their non-objection to such planned distributions which typically considers our capital adequacy, comprehensiveness and effectiveness of capital planning and the prudence of the proposed capital action.

Acquisition of the Holding Company

Federal Restrictions

Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act (“CIBCA”), a notice must be submitted to the FRB if any person (including a company), or acquiring, directgroup acting in concert, seeks to acquire 10 percent or indirectmore of the Company’s shares of outstanding common stock, unless the FRB has found that the acquisition will not result in a change in control of more than 5%the Company. Under the CIBCA, the FRB generally has 60 days within which to act on such notices, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer; the convenience and needs of the communities served by the Company, the Bank; and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition. Under the BHCA, any company would be required to obtain approval from the FRB before it may obtain “control” of the Company within the meaning of the BHCA. Control generally is defined to mean the ownership or power to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of the Company, the ability to control in any company engaged innon-banking activities. Onemanner the election of a majority of the principal exceptionsCompany’s directors, or the power to this prohibition is for activities found byexercise a controlling influence over the FRB to be so closely related to bankingmanagement or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Somepolicies of the principal activities thatCompany. Under the FRB has determined by regulation to be so closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain data processing services; (iii) providing discount brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment, or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings and loan association.

The FRB has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the FRB’s policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings, and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by theBHCA, an existing bank holding company appears consistent withwould be required to obtain the organization’sFRB’s approval before acquiring more than 5 percent of the Company’s voting stock. See “Holding Company Regulation” earlier in this report.


Banking Regulation

Limitation on Capital Distributions. The OCC and FRB regulate all capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. The FRB’s policies also require that a bankdistributions made by the Bank, directly or indirectly, to the holding company, serve as a source of financial strengthincluding dividend payments. An application to its subsidiary banksthe OCC by standing ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to those banks during periods of financial stress or adversity, and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary.

The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of financial strength policy and required regulations to facilitate its application. Under the prompt corrective action laws, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividendsBank may be restricted ifrequired based on a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affectnumber of factors including whether the ability of the Company to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

The status of the Company as a registered bank holding company under the BHCA doesBank would not exempt it from certain federal and state laws and regulations applicable to corporations generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws.

On January 30, 2017, the FRB issued a final rule that modified the CCAR capital plan and stress testing rules applicable to bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets. The new rule excludes the capital plans of large and noncomplex CCAR firms from CCAR’s qualitative review and provides that the capital plans of large and noncomplex CCAR firms will no longer be subject to potential objection on qualitative grounds.

The new rule also expands the transition period for new CCAR bank holding companies by (i) moving from December 31 to September 30 the cutoff date after which a new CCAR bank holding company must submit a capital plan by April 5 of the second year after it crosses the asset threshold (i.e., April 5, 2020 if it crosses the asset threshold after September 30, 2018) and (ii) providing that a new CCAR bank holding company will become subject to the CCAR stress testing rules in the yearat least adequately capitalized following the firstdistribution or if the total amount of all capital distributions (including each proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year in which it submits a capital plan (i.e., 2021 if it crossesexceeds net income for that year to date plus the asset threshold after September 30, 2018). retained net income for the preceding two years. As a result of the new rule, the Company may beour acquisition of Flagstar, we are required to expand its current capital planning beginning in 2020 and will be required to expand its current stress testing in 2021.

New York State Regulation

The Company is subject to regulation as a “multi-bank holding company” under New York State law since it controls two banking institutions. Among other requirements, this means thatseek regulatory approval from the Company must receiveOCC for the approvalpayment of the Superintendent priorany dividend to the acquisition of 10% or more ofParent Company through at least the votingperiod ending November 1, 2024, which could restrict our ability to pay the common stock of another banking institution, or to otherwise acquire a banking institution by merger or purchase.

dividend.



20


Transactions with Affiliates


Under current federal law, transactions between depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation W promulgated thereunder. Generally, Section 23A limits the extent to which the institution or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10%10 percent of the institution’s capital stock and surplus, and contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20%20 percent of such capital stock and surplus. Section 23A also establishes specific collateral requirements for loans or extensions of credit to, or guarantees or acceptances on letters of credit issued on behalf of, an affiliate. Section 23B requires that covered transactions and a broad list of other specified transactions be on terms substantially the same as, or at least as favorable to, the institution or its subsidiaries as similar transactions withnon-affiliates.


The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits loans by the Company to its executive officers and directors. However, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act contains a specific exemption for loans made by an institution to its executive officers and directors in compliance with other federal banking laws. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, and FRB Regulation O adopted thereunder, govern loans by a savings bank or commercial bank to directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders.

stockholders.


Community Reinvestment Act


Federal Regulation


Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”),CRA, as implemented by FDICOCC regulations, an institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA generally does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. InHowever, institutions are rated on their performance in meeting the needs of their communities. Performance is tested in three areas: (1) lending, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its most recent FDICassessment areas; (2) investment, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low- or moderate-income individuals and businesses; and (3) service, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices. The CRA performance evaluation,requires each federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a financial institution, to assess and assign one of four ratings to the Community Bank received overall state ratingsinstitution’s record of “Satisfactory” for Ohio, Florida, Arizona, and New Jersey, as well as for the New York/New Jersey multi-state region. Furthermore, the most recent overall FDIC CRA ratings for the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank were “Satisfactory.”

New York State Regulation

The Community Bank and the Commercial Bank also are subject to provisions of the New York State Banking Law that impose continuing and affirmative obligations upon a banking institution organized in New York State to servemeeting the credit needs of the community and to take such record into account in its local community. Such obligations are substantially similar to those imposedevaluation of certain applications by the CRA.institution, including applications for charters, branches and other deposit facilities, relocations, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions of assets or assumptions of liabilities, and bank holding company and savings and loan holding company acquisitions. The latest New York State CRA ratings receivedalso requires that all institutions make public disclosure of their CRA ratings.


On October 24, 2023, the OCC, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve issued a final rule amending the agencies’ CRA regulations.The final rule (i) encourages banks to expand access to credit, investment and banking services in low- and moderate-income communities, (ii) adapts to changes in the banking industry, including mobile and online banking, (iii) provides greater clarity and consistency in the application of CRA regulations and (iv) tailors CRA evaluations and data collection to bank size and type.Under the final rule, the agencies will evaluate bank performance across the varied activities they conduct and communities in which they operate so that the CRA continues to be an effective tool to address inequities in access to credit and financial services.The final rule also updates existing CRA regulations to evaluate lending outside traditional assessment areas generated by the Community Bankgrowth of non-branch delivery systems, such as online and mobile banking, branchless banking, and hybrid models. In addition, the final rule implements a new metrics-based approach to evaluating bank retail lending and community development financing, using benchmarks based on peer and demographic data.Most of the final rule’s requirements will become effective beginning on January 1, 2026 and the Commercial Bank were “Outstanding”remaining requirements, including the final rule’s data reporting requirements, will become effective on January 1, 2027.


21


Community Pledge Agreement with the National Community Reinvestment Coalition

On January 24, 2022, the Company and “Satisfactory,” respectively.

the National Community Reinvestment Coalition ("NCRC") announced the Company's commitment to provide $28.0 billion in loans, investments, and other financial support to communities and people of color, low- and moderate-income ("LMI") families and communities, and small businesses. The Company's Community Pledge Agreement was developed with NCRC and its members in conjunction with the Company's merger with Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. The agreement includes $22.0 billion in community lending and affordable housing commitments and $6.0 billion of residential mortgage originations to underserved and LMI borrowers, and in LMI and majority-minority neighborhoods over a five-year period. The Company will also provide $542 million in loans to small businesses with less than $1 million in revenues and in LMI and majority-minority communities; $16.5 million in philanthropic support to nonprofit organizations that meet the needs of LMI and majority-minority communities and individuals; greater access to banking products and services; and the continuation of the Company's responsible multi-family lending practices.


Bank Secrecy and Anti-Money Laundering

Federal


The Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) and other anti-money laundering laws and regulations, impose obligations on U.S.including the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act, commonly referred to as the “USA PATRIOT Act” or the “Patriot Act”. The BSA requires all financial institutions including banks and broker/dealer subsidiaries, to, implement and maintain appropriate policies, procedures, andamong other things, establish a risk-based system of internal controls that are reasonably designed to prevent detect, and report instances of money laundering and the financing of terrorism,terrorism. The BSA includes various record keeping and reporting requirements such as cash transaction and suspicious activity reporting as well as due diligence requirements. The Bank is also required to verifycomply with the identityU.S. Treasury’s Office of their customers. In addition, these provisions requireForeign Assets Control imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals, individuals, entities and others. The USA PATRIOT Act contains prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships, as well as enhanced due diligence standards intended to prevent the federaluse of the United States financial institution regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and bank holding company acquisitions. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combatsystem for money laundering and terrorist financing couldactivities. The Patriot Act requires banks and other depository institutions, brokers, dealers and certain other businesses involved in the transfer of money to establish anti-money laundering programs, including employee training and independent audit requirements meeting minimum standards specified by the Patriot Act, to follow standards for customer identification and maintenance of customer identification records, and to compare customer lists against lists of suspected terrorists, terrorist organizations and money launderers. The Patriot Act also requires federal bank regulators to evaluate the effectiveness of an applicant in combating money laundering in determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition.
We have seriousdeveloped and operate an enterprise-wide anti-money laundering program designed to enable us to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws and regulations. Our anti-money laundering program is also designed to prevent our products from being used to facilitate business in certain countries or territories, or with certain individuals or entities, including those on designated lists promulgated by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls and other U.S. and non-U.S. sanctions authorities. Our anti-money laundering and sanctions compliance programs include policies, procedures, reporting protocols, and internal controls designed to identify, monitor, manage, and mitigate the risk of money laundering and terrorist financing. These controls include procedures and processes to detect and report potentially suspicious transactions, perform consumer due diligence, respond to requests from law enforcement, and meet all recordkeeping and reporting requirements related to particular transactions involving currency or monetary instruments. Our programs are designed to address these legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

regulatory requirements and to assist in managing risk associated with money laundering and terrorist financing.


Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation


The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, foreign nationals, and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules, based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”).Control. The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with, or investment in, a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from, and exports to, a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off, or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.



22


Data Privacy

Federal Reserve System

Under FRB regulations,and state law contains extensive consumer privacy protection provisions. The GLBA requires financial institutions to periodically disclose their privacy practices and policies relating to sharing such information and enable retail customers to opt out of the Community BankCompany’s ability to share certain information with affiliates and non-affiliates for marketing and/or non-marketing purposes, or to contact customers with marketing offers. The GLBA also requires financial institutions to implement a comprehensive information security program that includes administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, and imposes certain limitations on the ability to share consumers’ nonpublic personal information with non-affiliated third-parties. Privacy requirements, including notice and opt out requirements, under the GLBA and the Commercial BankFCRA are enforced by the FTC and by the CFPB through UDAAP laws and regulations, and are a standard component of CFPB examinations. State entities also may initiate actions for alleged violations of privacy or security requirements under state law.


Furthermore, an increasing number of state, federal, and international jurisdictions have enacted, or are considering enacting, privacy laws, such as the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which became effective on January 1, 2020, and the EU General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which regulates the collection, control, sharing, disclosure and use and other processing of personal information of data subjects in the EU and the European Economic Area. The CCPA gives residents of California expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used, and also provides for civil penalties for violations and private rights of action for data breaches. Meanwhile, the GDPR provides data subjects with greater control over the collection and use of their personal information (such as the “right to be forgotten”) and has specific requirements relating to cross-border transfers of personal information to certain jurisdictions, including to the United States, with fines for noncompliance of up to the greater of 20 million euros or up to 4 percent of the annual global revenue of the noncompliant company. In addition, California approved a new privacy law in 2020, the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which significantly modifies the CCPA, including by expanding consumers’ rights with respect to certain personal information and creating a new state agency to oversee implementation and enforcement efforts.

Cybersecurity

The Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act (the “CISA”) is intended to improve cybersecurity in the U.S. through sharing of information about security threats between the U.S. government and private sector organizations, including financial institutions such as the Company. The CISA also authorizes companies to monitor their own systems, notwithstanding any other provision of law, and allows companies to carry out defensive measures on their own systems from potential cyber-attacks.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 was enacted to address, among other things, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are required to maintain reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOWcertify that our quarterly and regular checking accounts). Beginning January 2018,annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the BanksSEC under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have several requirements, including having those Officers certify that they are requiredresponsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting; that they have made certain disclosures to maintain average daily reserves equal to 3% on aggregate transaction accounts of up to $122.3 million, plus 10% on the remainder,our auditors and the first $16.0 millionAudit Committee of otherwise reservable balances, will both be exempt. These reserve requirements are subject to adjustment by the FRB. The Community BankBoard of Directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and the Commercial Bank currently arethey have included information in compliance with the foregoing requirements.

our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting.


Federal Home Loan Bank System


The Community Bank and the Commercial Bank are membersis a member of the Federal Home LoanFHLB-NY and FHLB-Indianapolis. As a member of the FHLB-NY, the Bank of New York (the“FHLB-NY”). As members of theFHLB-NY, the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank areis required to acquire and hold shares ofFHLB-NY capital stock. At December 31, 2017,2023 the Community Bank held $588.7$861 million ofFHLB-NY stock and the Commercial Bank held $15.1$329 million ofFHLB-NY stock.

New York State Law

The Community Bank and the Commercial Bank derive their lending, investment, and other authority primarily from the applicable provisions of New York State Banking Law and the regulations of the NYSDFS, as limited by FDIC regulations. Under these laws and regulations, banks, including the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank, may invest in real estate mortgages, consumer and commercial loans, certain types of debt securities (including certain corporate debt securities, and obligations of federal, state, and local governments and agencies), certain types of corporate equity securities, and certain other assets.

Under New York State Banking Law, New York State-chartered stock-form savings banks and commercial banks may declare and pay dividends out of their net profits, unless there is an impairment of capital. Approval of the Superintendent is required if the total of all dividends declared by the bank in a calendar year would exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years, less prior dividends paid.

New York State Banking Law gives the Superintendent authority to issue an order to a New York State-chartered banking institution to appear and explain an apparent violation of law, to discontinue unauthorized or unsafe practices, and to keep prescribed books and accounts. Upon a finding by the NYSDFS that any director, trustee, or officer of any banking organization has violated any law, or has continued unauthorized or unsafe practices in conducting the business of the banking organization after having been notified by the Superintendent to discontinue such practices, such director, trustee, or officer may be removed from office after notice and an opportunity to be heard. The Superintendent also has authority to appoint a conservator or a receiver for a savings or commercial bank under certain circumstances.

Interstate Branching

Federal law allows the FDIC, and New York State Banking Law allows the Superintendent, to approve an application by a state banking institution to acquire interstate branches by merger, unless, in the case of the FDIC, the state of the target institution has opted out of interstate branching. New York State Banking Law authorizes savings banks and commercial banks to open and occupy de novo branches outside the state of New York. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC is authorized to approve a state bank’s establishment of a de novo interstate branch if the intended host state allows de novo branching by banks chartered by that state. The Community Bank currently maintains 45 branches in New Jersey, 27 branches in Florida, 28 branches in Ohio, and 14 branches in Arizona, in addition to its 111 branches in New York State.

Acquisition of the Holding Company

Federal Restrictions

Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act (“CIBCA”), a notice must be submitted to the FRB if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire 10% or more of the Company’s shares of outstanding common stock, unless the FRB has found that the acquisition will not result in a change in control of the Company. Under the CIBCA, the FRB generally has 60 days within which to act on such notices, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer; the convenience and needs of the communities served by the Company, the Community Bank, and the Commercial Bank; and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition. Under the BHCA, any company would be required to obtain approval from the FRB before it may obtain “control” of the Company within the meaning of the BHCA. Control generally is defined to mean the ownership or power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company, the ability to control in any manner the election of a majority of the Company’s directors, or the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Company. Under the BHCA, an existing bank holding company would be required to obtain the FRB’s approval before acquiring more than 5% of the Company’s voting stock. See “Holding Company Regulation” earlier in this report.

New York State Change in Control Restrictions

New York State Banking Law generally requires prior approval of the New York State Banking Board before any action is taken that causes any company to acquire direct or indirect control of a banking institution which is organized in New York.

FHLB-Indianapolis shares.



23


Federal Securities Law


The Company’s common stock and certain other securities listed on the cover page of this report are registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Company is subject to the information and proxy solicitation requirements, insider trading restrictions, and other requirements under the Exchange Act.


Consumer Protection Regulations


The activities of the Company’s banking subsidiaries,subsidiary, including theirits lending and deposit gathering activities, areis subject to a variety of consumer laws and regulations designed to protect consumers. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements, and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with clients and monitor account activity when taking deposits from, making loans to, or engaging in other types of transactions with, such clients. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could lead to substantial penalties, operating restrictions, and reputational damage to the financial institution.


Applicable consumer protection laws, and their implementing regulations, include, but may not be limited to, the Dodd-Frank Act,DFA, Truth in Lending Act (Regulation Z), Truth in Savings Act (Regulation DD), Equal Credit Opportunity Act (Regulation B), Electronic Funds Transfer Act (Regulation E), Fair Housing Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (Regulation C), Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (Regulation F), Fair Credit Reporting Act (Regulation V), as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, Expedited Funds Availability (Regulation CC), Reserve Requirements (Regulation D), Insider Transactions (Regulation O), Privacy of Consumer Information (Regulation P), Margin Stock Loans (Regulation U), Right To Financial Privacy Act, Flood Disaster Protection Act, Homeowners Protection Act, Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (Regulation X), Telephone Consumer Protection Act,CAN-SPAM Act, Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, the Military Lending Act, and the John Warner National Defense AuthorizationHomeownership Counseling Act.

Additionally, we are subject to Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, which prohibits unfair and deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce, and Section 1031 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which prohibits unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices (“UDAAP”) in connection with any consumer financial product or service.


In addition, the BanksBank and theirits subsidiaries are subject to certain state laws and regulations designed to protect consumers.

Many states have consumer protection laws analogous to, or in addition to, the federal laws listed above, such as usury laws, state debt collection practices laws, and requirements regarding loan disclosures and terms, credit discrimination, credit reporting, money transmission, recordkeeping, and unfair or deceptive business practices.


Certain states have adopted laws regulating and requiring licensing, registration, notice filing, or other approval for parties that engage in certain activity regarding consumer finance transactions. Furthermore, certain states and localities have adopted laws requiring licensing, registration, notice filing, or other approval for consumer debt collection or servicing, and/or purchasing or selling consumer loans. The licensing statutes vary from state to state and prescribe different requirements, including but not limited to: restrictions on loan origination and servicing practices (including limits on the type, amount, and manner of our fees), interest rate limits, disclosure requirements, periodic examination requirements, surety bond and minimum specified net worth requirements, periodic financial reporting requirements, notification requirements for changes in principal officers, stock ownership or corporate control, restrictions on advertising, and requirements that loan forms be submitted for review. We may also be subject to supervision and examination by applicable state regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which we may offer consumer financial products or services.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau


The Banks areBank is subject to oversight by the CFPB within the Federal Reserve System. The CFPB was established under the Dodd-Frank ActDFA to implement and enforce rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer financial laws that apply to all banks, including, among other things, the authority to prohibit acts and practices that are deemed to be unfair, deceptive, or abusive. Abusive acts or practices are defined as those that (1) materially interfere with a consumer’s ability to understand a term or condition of a consumer financial product or service, or (2) take unreasonable advantage of a consumer’s (a) lack of financial savvy,understanding on the part of the consumer of the material risks, costs, or conditions of the product or service; (b) the inability of the consumer to protect himselfhis/her own interest in the selectionselecting or use of consumerusing a financial productsproduct or services,service; or (c) the reasonable reliance by the consumer on a covered entityfinancial institution to act in the consumer’s interests.

interests of the consumer.


The CFPB has exclusive examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to compliance with federal consumer financial protection laws and regulations by institutions under its supervision and is authorized, individually or jointly

24


with the federal banking agencies, to conduct investigations to determine whether any person is, or has, engaged in conduct that violates such laws or regulations. The CFPB has the authority to investigate possible violations of federal consumer financial law, hold hearings, and commence civil litigation. The CFPB can issuecease-and-desist orders against banks and other entities that violate consumer financial laws. The CFPB also may institute a civil action against an entity in violation of federal consumer financial law in order to impose a civil penalty or an injunction.

The CFPB has examinationis also authorized to collect fines and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billionprovide consumer restitution in assets,the event of violations, engage in consumer financial education, track consumer complaints, request data and promote the availability of financial services to underserved consumers and communities. The CFPB is authorized to pursue administrative proceedings or litigation for violations of federal consumer financial laws. In these proceedings, the CFPB can obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief) and monetary penalties which, for 2023, range from $6,813 per day for minor violations of federal consumer financial laws (including the CFPB’s own rules) to $34,065 per day for reckless violations and $1,362,567 per day for knowing violations. The CFPB monetary penalty amounts are adjusted annually for inflation. Also, where a company has violated Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or CFPB regulations under Title X, the Dodd-Frank Act empowers state attorneys general and state regulators to bring civil actions for the kind of cease and desist orders available to the CFPB (but not for civil penalties).

In May 2022, the CFPB issued an Interpretive Rule to clarify the authority of states to enforce federal consumer financial protections laws under the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010 (“CFPA”). Specifically, the CFPB confirmed that (1) states can enforce the CFPA, including the provision making it unlawful for covered persons or service providers to violate any provision of federal consumer financial protection law; (2) the enforcement authority of states under section 1042 of the CFPA is generally not subject to certain limits applicable to the CFPB’s enforcement authority, such that States may be able to bring actions against a broader cross-section of companies than the CFPB; and (3) state attorneys general and regulators may bring (or continue to pursue) actions under their affiliates.

CFPA authority even if the CFPB is pursuing a concurrent action against the same entity. See CFPB Interpretive Rule regarding Section 1042 of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010 (87 FR 31940, May 26, 2022).


Supervision and Regulation of Mortgage Banking Operations

Our mortgage banking business is subject to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”), the Federal Housing Administration, the Veterans’ Administration (“VA”) and Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with respect to originating, processing, selling and servicing mortgage loans. Those rules and regulations, among other things, prohibit discrimination and establish underwriting guidelines, which include provisions for inspections and appraisals, require credit reports on prospective borrowers, and fix maximum loan amounts. Lenders are required annually to submit audited financial statements to Fannie Mae, FHA and VA. Each of these regulatory entities has its own financial requirements. We are also subject to examination by Fannie Mae, FHA and VA to assure compliance with the applicable regulations, policies and procedures. Mortgage origination activities are subject to, among others, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Fair Credit Report Act, the National Flood Insurance Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and related regulations that prohibit discrimination and require the disclosure of certain basic information to mortgagors concerning credit terms and settlement costs. Our mortgage banking operations are also affected by various state and local laws and regulations and the requirements of various private mortgage investors.

Enterprise Risk Management


The Company’s and the Banks’Bank’s Boards of Directors are actively engaged in the process of overseeing the efforts made by the Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) department to identify, measure, monitor, mitigate, and report risk. The Company has established an ERM program that reinforces a strong risk culture to support sound risk management practices. The Board is responsible for the approval and oversight of the ERM program and framework. Our risk management framework is designed to conform with the principles set forth in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).


ERM is responsible for setting and aligning the Company’s Risk Appetite StatementPolicy with the goals and objectives set forth in the Strategicbudget, and Capital Plans.the strategic and capital plans. Internal controls and ongoing monitoring processes capture and address heightened risks that threaten the Company’s ability to achieve our goals and objectives, including the recognition of safety and soundness concerns and consumer protection. Additionally, ERM monitors and reports on key risk indicators against the established risk warning levels and limits, as well as elevated risks identified by the Chief Risk Officer.

ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS



25


Recent Events

Declaration of Dividend on Common Shares

On January 30, 2024, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on the Company’s common stock $0.05 per share, which represented a reduction from the prior quarterly cash dividend of $0.17 per share. The dividend was paid on February 28, 2024 to common stockholders of record as of February 14, 2024. On March 7, 2024, the Company announced that future quarterly cash dividends on shares of the Company’s common stock would be further reduced to $0.01 per share.

Equity Capital Raise

On March 7, 2024, we entered into separate investment agreements with (a) affiliates of funds managed by Liberty 77 Capital, L.P. (“Liberty”), (b) affiliates of funds managed by Hudson Bay Capital Management, LP (“Hudson Bay”), (c) affiliates of funds managed by Reverence Capital Partners L.P. (“Reverence”), and (d) certain other investors (the “Other Investors” and, collectively with Liberty, Reverence and Hudson Bay, the “Investors”, and the investments agreements entered into with each of the Investors on March 7, 2024, collectively, the “Original Investment Agreements”). On March 11, 2024, NYCB entered into separate amendments to the Original Investment Agreements with Liberty (such agreement, as amended, the “Liberty Investment Agreement”), Hudson Bay (such agreements, as amended, the “Hudson Bay Investment Agreements”) and Reverence (such agreement, as amended, the “Reverence Agreement” and, collectively with the Liberty Agreement, the Hudson Bay Agreements and the Original Investment Agreements of the Other Investors, the “Investment Agreements”).

Pursuant to the Investment Agreements, on March 11, 2024, the Investors invested an aggregate of approximately $1.05 billion in the Company in exchange for the sale and issuance by the Company of (a) 76,630,965 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price per share of $2.00, (b) 192,062 shares of a new series of our preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, designated as Series B Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), at a price per share of $2,000, each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock (or, in certain limited circumstances, one share of Series C Preferred Stock (as defined below)), (c) 256,307 shares of a new series of our preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, designated as Series C Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”, together with the Series B Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”), at a price per share of $2,000, each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock, and (d) warrants (the “Issued Warrants”), which may not be exercised until 180 days after issuance thereof, affording the holder thereof the right, until the seven-year anniversary of the issuance of such Issued Warrant, to purchase for $2,500 per share, shares of a new class of non-voting, common-equivalent preferred stock of the Company (the “Series D NVCE Stock”), each share of Series D NVCE Stock is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock (or, in certain limited circumstances, one share of Series C Preferred Stock), and all of which shares of Series D NVCE Stock, upon issuance, will represent the right (on an as converted basis) to receive 315,000,000 million shares of common stock.

On March 11, 2024, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with each Investor (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which we will provide customary registration rights to the Investors and their affiliates and certain permitted transferees with respect to, among other things, (a) the shares of our common stock purchased under the Investment Agreements, (b) shares of our common stock issued upon the conversion of shares of the Preferred Stock and exercise of the Issued Warrants purchased under the Investment Agreements, (c) in certain circumstances, the shares of Preferred Stock and (d) the Warrants. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Investors are entitled to customary shelf registration rights (which will initially be on a Form S-1) and customary piggyback registration rights, in each case, subject to certain limitations as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. Liberty and Reverence will additionally be entitled to request a certain number of marketed and unmarketed underwritten shelf takedowns and shall have the right to select the managing underwriter to administer any underwritten shelf takedowns provided the selection is reasonably acceptable to us.

The foregoing description of the Investment Agreements, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issued Warrant, and the transactions contemplated thereby are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the Investment Agreements, which are filed as Exhibits 10.18–20 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Registration Rights Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.21 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and the IssuedWarrant, which is filed as Exhibit 4.5 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and in each case incorporated by reference herein.

In connection with this capital raise, (i) Joseph Otting was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, effective as of April 1, 2024, (ii) Alessandro DiNello was named Non-Executive Chairman of the Company, effective as of April 1, 2024, (iii) the Board of Directors of the Company was reduced to ten members, and (iv) four new directors (Steven Mnuchin, Joseph Otting, Allen Puwalski and Milton Berlinski) were appointed to the Board.

Additionally, the Company announced on March 11, 2024 that it plans to submit to its stockholders a plan for the adoption and approval of at least a 1-3 reverse stock split of our common stock and to increase the number of authorized shares

26


of the Company's common stock to at least 1,700,000,000 (or at least 566,670,000 in the event of approval of the reverse stock split).

Item 1A. Risk Factors

There are various risks and uncertainties that are inherent to our business. Primary among these are (1) interest rate risk, which arises from movements in interest rates; (2) credit risk, which arises from an obligor’s failure to

meet the terms of any contract with a bank or to otherwise perform as agreed; (3) risks related to our financial statements; (4) liquidity and dividend risk, which arises from a bank’s inability to meet its obligations when they come due without incurring unacceptable losses; (4)losses, and related risks regarding our ability to pay dividends; (5) legal/compliance risk, which arises from violations of, ornon-conformance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards; (5)(6) financial and market risk, which arises from changes in the value of portfolios of financial instruments; (6)instruments, as well as other matters that may dilute the value of our securities; (7) strategic risk, which arisesis the risk of loss arising from adversethe execution of our strategic initiatives and business decisions or improper implementationstrategies, including our acquisition and integration of those business decisions; (7)other companies we acquire; (8) operational risk, which arises from problems with service or product delivery; and (8)(9) reputational risk, which arises from negative public opinion.

opinion resulting in a significant decline in stockholder value.


Following is a discussion of the material risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and the value of our shares. The failure to properly identify, monitor, and mitigate any of the below referenced risks, could result in increased regulatory risk and could potentially have an adverse impact on the Company. Additional risks that are not currently known to us, or that we currently believe to be immaterial, also may have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations. This reportAnnual Report on Form 10-K is qualified in its entirety by those risk factors.


Summary of Risk Factors

Interest Rate Risks

Changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest income and negatively impact the value of our loans, securities, and other assets and have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, financial condition, results of operations, and capital.

Credit Risks
Our allowance for credit losses might not be sufficient to cover our actual losses, which would adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Our concentration in multi-family loans and CRE loans could expose us to increased lending risks and related loan losses.
Our New York State multi-family loan portfolio could be adversely impacted by changes in legislation or regulations.
Economic weakness in the New York City metropolitan region could have an adverse impact on our financial condition.

Financial Statements Risks
Our accounting estimates and risk management processes rely on analytical and forecasting models.
Impairment in the carrying value of other intangible assets could negatively impact our financial condition.
We may fail to maintain effective internal controls, which could impact the accuracy and timeliness of financial reporting.

Liquidity and Dividend Risks
Failure to maintain an adequate level of liquidity could result in an inability to fulfill our financial obligations and also could subject us to material reputational and compliance risk.
Reduction or elimination of our quarterly cash dividend could have an adverse impact on the market price of our stock.
The inability to receive dividends from our subsidiary bank could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, and our ability to maintain or increase the current level of cash dividends we pay to our stockholders.
If we were to defer payments on our trust preferred capital debt securities or were in default under the related indentures, we would be prohibited from paying dividends or distributions on our common stock.
Dividends on our Series A, B and C Preferred Stock are discretionary and noncumulative, and may not be paid if such payment will result in our failure to comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

27


Our Series A, B, and C Preferred Stocks have preferential rights over common stockholders, potentially impacting our liquidity and financial condition.

Legal/Compliance Risks
Inability to fulfill minimum capital requirements could limit our ability to conduct or expand our business, pay a dividend, or result in termination of our FDIC deposit insurance, and thus impact our financial condition, our results of operations, and the market value of our stock.
Our results of operations could be materially affected by restrictions on our operations imposed by bank regulators, changes in bank regulation, or by our ability to comply with certain existing laws, rules, and regulations governing our industry.
As a Category IV banking organization, we are subject to stringent regulations, including reporting, capital stress testing, and liquidity risk management and non-compliance could result in regulatory risks and restrictions on our activities.
Noncompliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering statutes/regulations could result in material financial loss.
Failure to comply with OFAC regulations could result in legal and reputational risks.
Our enterprise risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating the risks to which we are subject.
If tax authorities determine that we did not adequately provide for our taxes, our income tax expense could be increased.
We are subject to numerous consumer protection laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to sanctions.
Legislative and regulatory focus on data privacy and risks can subject us to heightened scrutiny and reputational damage.

Financial and Market Risks
Declines in economic conditions could adversely affect the values of loans we originate and securities in which we invest.
Rising mortgage rates and adverse changes in mortgage market conditions could reduce mortgage revenue.
We are highly dependent on the Agencies to buy mortgage loans that we originate, and changes in these entities or in the manner or volume of loans they purchase or their current roles could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Changes in the servicing, origination, or underwriting guidelines or criteria required by the Agencies could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Future sales or issuances of our common stock or other securities (including warrants) or the issuance of securities pursuant to the exercise of warrants issued by us may dilute existing holders of our common stock and other securities, decrease the value of our common stock and other securities and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and other securities.

Strategic Risks
Extensive competition for loans and deposits could adversely affect the expansion of our business and our financial condition.
Limitations on our ability to grow our loan portfolios could adversely affect our ability to generate interest income.
The inability to engage in merger transactions, or to realize the anticipated benefits of acquisitions in which we might engage, could adversely affect our ability to compete with other financial institutions and weaken our financial performance.
We may be exposed to challenges in combining the operations of acquired or merged businesses, including our recent Flagstar acquisition and Signature acquisition, into our operations, which may prevent us from achieving the expected benefits from our merger and acquisition activities.
The success of the Signature transaction will depend on a number of uncertain factors, including our decisions regarding the fair value of the assets acquired and the bargain purchase gain recorded on the transaction, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Operational Risks
Our stress testing processes rely on analytical and forecasting models that may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate, which could adversely affect the effectiveness of our strategic planning and our ability to pursue certain corporate goals.
The Company, entities that we have acquired, and certain of our service providers have experienced information technology security breaches and may be vulnerable to future security breaches, which have resulted in, and could result in, additional expenses, exposure to civil litigation, increased regulatory scrutiny, losses, and a loss of customers.

28


We rely on third parties to perform certain key business functions, which may expose us to further operational risk.
Failure to keep pace with technological changes could have a material adverse impact on our ability to compete for loans and deposits, and therefore on our financial condition and results of operations.
The inability to attract and retain key personnel could adversely impact our operations.
The transition to a new Chief Executive Officer will be critical to our success and our business may be adversely impacted if we do not successfully manage the transition process in a timely manner.
Our operations are dependent upon the soundness of other financial intermediaries and thus could expose us to systemic risk.
We may be terminated as a servicer or subservicer or incur costs or liabilities if we do not satisfy servicing obligations.
We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans, pay fees or indemnify buyers against losses.
We utilize third-party mortgage originators which subjects us to strategic, reputation, compliance and operational risk.
We are subject to various legal or regulatory investigations and proceedings.
We may be required to pay interest on mortgage escrow accounts under state law despite Federal preemption.
We could be exposed to fraud risks that affect our operations and reputation.

Reputational Risk
Damage to our reputation could significantly harm the business we engage in, our competitive position and growth prospects.
Increasing scrutiny from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders with respect to our environmental, social, and governance practices may impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional risks.

Interest Rate Risks

Changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest income and negatively impact the value of our loans, securities, and other assets. This could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, financial condition, results of operations, and capital.

Our primary source of income is net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income generated byour interest-earning assets (consisting primarily of loans and, to a lesser extent, securities) and the interest expense produced by our interest-bearing liabilities (consisting primarily of deposits and wholesale borrowings).


The cost of our deposits and short-term wholesale borrowings is largely based on short-term interest rates, the level of which is driven by the Federal Open Market CommitteeFOMC of the FRB. However, the yields generated by our loans and securities are typically driven by intermediate-term (e.g., five-year) interest rates, which are set by the bond market and generally vary from day to day. The level of our net interest income is therefore influenced by movements in such interest rates, and the pace at which such movements occur. If the interest rates on our interest-bearing liabilities increase at a faster pace than the interest rates on our interest-earning assets, the result could be a reduction in net interest income and, with it, a reduction in our earnings. Our net interest income and earnings would be similarly impacted were the interest rates on our interest-earning assets to decline more quickly than the interest rates on ourinterest-bearing liabilities.

In addition, such changes in interest rates could affect our ability to originate loans and attract and retain deposits; the fair values of our securities and other financial assets; the fair values of our liabilities; and the average lives of our loan and securities portfolios.

Changes in interest rates also could have an effect on loan refinancing activity, which, in turn, would impact the amount of prepayment income we receive on our multi-family and CRE loans. Because prepayment income is recorded as interest income, the extent to which it increases or decreases during any given period could have a significant impact on the level of net interest income and net income we generate during that time.

Also, changes in interest rates could have an effect on the slope of the yield curve. If the yield curve were to invert or become flat, our net interest income and net interest margin could contract, adversely affecting our net income and cash flows, and the value of our assets.

Credit Risks

A decline Moreover, higher inflation could lead to fluctuations in the qualityvalue of our assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures, and could result in higherlower equity market valuations of financial services companies.


Credit Risk

Our allowance for credit losses might not be sufficient to cover our actual losses, which would adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition to mitigating credit risk through our underwriting processes, we attempt to mitigate such risk through the establishment of an allowance for credit losses. The process of determining whether or not the allowance is sufficient to cover potential credit losses is based on the current expected credit loss model or CECL. This methodology is described in detail under “Critical Accounting Estimates” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this report. CECL may result in greater volatility in the level of the ACL, depending on various assumptions and factors used in this model. If the judgments and assumptions we make with regard to the allowance are incorrect, our allowance for losses on such loans might not be sufficient, and an additional provision for credit losses might need to set aside higherbe made. Depending on the amount of such loan loss provisions, thus reducingthe adverse impact on our earnings could be material. In addition,

29


growth in our loan portfolio may require us to increase the allowance for credit losses on such loans by making additional provisions, which would reduce our net income.

Furthermore, bank regulators have the authority to require us to make provisions for credit losses or otherwise recognize loan charge-offs following their periodic review of our loan portfolio, our underwriting procedures, and our stockholders’ equity.

The inability of our borrowers to repay their loans in accordance with their terms would likely necessitate anallowance for losses on such loans. Any increase in our provision for loan losses, and therefore reduce our earnings.

The loans we originate for investment are primarily multi-family loans and, to a lesser extent, CRE loans. Such loans are generally larger, and have higher risk-adjusted returns and shorter maturities, than the other loans we produce for investment. Our credit risk would ordinarily be expected to increase with the growth of our multi-family and CRE loan portfolios.

Payments on multi-family and CRE loans generally depend on the income generated by the underlying properties which, in turn, depends on their successful operation and management. The ability of our borrowers to repay these loans may be impacted by adverse conditions in the local real estate market and the local economy. While we seek to minimize these risks through our underwriting policies, which generally require that such loans be qualified on the basis of the collateral property’s cash flows, appraised value, and debt service coverage ratio, among other factors, there can be no assurance that our underwriting policies will protect us from credit-related losses or delinquencies.

We also originate ADC and C&I loans for investment, although to a far lesser degree than we originate multi-family and CRE loans. ADC financing typically involves a greater degree of credit risk than longer-term financing on multi-family and CRE properties. Risk of loss on an ADC loan largely depends upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction or development, compared to the estimated costs (including interest) of construction. If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, the loan may be under-secured. While we seek to minimize these risksloss allowance or in loan charge-offs as required by maintaining consistent lending policies and procedures, and rigorous underwriting standards, an error in such estimates, among other factors,regulatory authorities could have a material adverse effect on the qualityour financial condition and results of operations.


Our concentration in multi-family loans and CRE loans could expose us to increased lending risks and related loan losses.

At December 31, 2023, $37.3 billion or 44.0 percent of our ADCtotal loans and leases, held for investment portfolio consisted of multi-family loans and $10.5 billion or 12.4 percent consisted of CRE loans. These types of loans generally expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful operation of the properties and the sale of such properties securing the loans. Such loans typically involve larger loan portfolio, thereby resulting in lossesbalances to single borrowers or delinquencies.

To minimize the risks involved ingroups of related borrowers compared to one-to-four family residential loans. Also, many of our specialty finance lending and leasing, we participate in syndicatedborrowers have more than one of these types of loans outstanding. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one-to-four family residential real estate loan. In addition, if loans that are brought to us,collateralized by real estate become troubled and equipment loans and leases that are assigned to us, by a select group of nationally recognized sources, and generally are made to large corporate obligors, many of which are publicly traded, carry investment grade or near-investment grade ratings, and participate in stable industries nationwide. Each of our credits is secured with a perfected first security interest in the underlying collateral and structured as senior debt or as anon-cancelable lease.

We seek to minimize the risks involved in our other C&I lending by underwriting such loans on the basisvalue of the cash flows produced by the business; by requiring that such loans be collateralized by various business assets, including inventory, equipment, and accounts receivable, among others; and by requiring personal guarantees. However, the capacity of a borrower to repay such a C&I loan is substantially dependent on the degree to which his or her business is successful. In addition, the collateral underlying other C&I loans may depreciate over time,real estate has been significantly impaired, then we may not be conduciveable to appraisal,recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.


The CRE loans we make are secured by income-producing properties such as office buildings, retail centers, mixed-use buildings, and multi-tenanted light industrial properties. At December 31, 2023, $3.4 billion, or 32.1 percent of our commercial real estate loan portfolio was secured by office buildings. We may fluctuate in value, based upon the results of operations of the business.

Althoughincur future losses on theheld-for-investmentcommercial real estate loans we produce have been comparatively limited, even during periodsdue to declines in occupancy rates and rental rates in office buildings, which could occur as a result of economic weakness in our markets, we cannot guarantee that this will be our experience in future periods. The ability of our borrowersless need for office space due to repay their loansmore people working from home or other factors.


Our New York State multi-family loan portfolio could be adversely impacted by changes in legislation or regulation which, in turn, could have a decline in real estate values and/or an increase in unemployment, which not only could result in our experiencing losses, but also could necessitate our recording a provision for losses on loans. Either of these events would have anmaterial adverse impacteffect on our financial condition and results of operations.

On June 14, 2019, the New York State legislature passed the New York Housing Stability and Tenant Protection Act of 2019. This legislation represents the most extensive reform of New York State’s rent laws in several decades and generally limits a landlord’s ability to increase rents on rent regulated apartments and makes it more difficult to convert rent regulated apartments to market rate apartments. As a result, the value of the collateral located in New York State securing the Company’s multi-family loans or the future net income.

operating income of such properties could potentially become impaired which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.


Economic weakness in the New York City metropolitan region, where the majority of the properties collateralizing our multi-family, CRE, and ADC loans, and the majority of the businesses collateralizing our other C&I loans, are located could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Unlike larger national or superregional banks that serve a broader and more diverse geographic region, our


Our business depends significantly on general economic conditions in the New York City metropolitan region, where the majority of the buildings and properties securing the multi-family, CRE, and ADC loans we originate for investment and the businesses of the customers to whom we make our other C&I loans are located.

Accordingly, the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, and the value of the collateral securing such loans, may be significantly affected by economic conditions in this region, including changes in the local real estate market. A significant decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment, acts of terrorism, extreme weather, or other factors beyond our control, could therefore have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because multi-family and CRE loans represent the majority of the loans in our portfolio, a decline in tenant occupancy or rents, due to such factors, or for other reasons, such as new legislation, could adversely impact the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans on a timely basis, which could have a negative impact on our net income.

Furthermore, economic or market turmoil could occur in the near or long term. This could negatively affect our business, our financial condition, and our results of operations, as well as our ability to maintain or increase the level of cash dividends we currently pay to our shareholders.

stockholders.


30


Financial Statements Risk

Our accounting estimates and risk management processes rely on analytical and forecasting models.

The processes we use to estimate expected losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, as well as the processes used to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on our financial condition and results of operations, depends upon the use of analytical and forecasting models. These models reflect assumptions that may not be accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Even if these assumptions are adequate, the models may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or their implementation. If the models that we use for interest rate risk and asset-liability management are inadequate, we may incur increased or unexpected losses upon changes in market interest rates or other market measures. If the models that we use for determining our expected losses are inadequate, the allowance for loan losses on loans mightmay not be sufficient to coversupport future charge-offs. If the models that we use to measure the fair value of financial instruments are inadequate, the fair value of such financial instruments may fluctuate unexpectedly or may not accurately reflect what we could realize upon sale or settlement of such financial instruments. Any such failure in our actual losses, which would adverselyanalytical or forecasting models could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Impairment in the carrying value of other intangible assets could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition to mitigating credit risk through


At December 31, 2023, other intangible assets, primarily core deposit intangibles, totaled $625 million. We review our underwriting processes, we attempt to mitigate such risk throughother intangible assets for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the establishment of an allowance for losses on loans. The process of determining whether orcarrying value may not this allowance is sufficient to cover potential loan losses is based onbe recoverable. A significant decline in deposits may necessitate taking additional charges in the methodology described in detail under “Critical Accounting Policies” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this report.

If the judgments and assumptions we make with regardfuture related to the allowance are incorrect, our allowance for losses on such loans might not be sufficient, and additional loan loss provisions might need to be made. Depending on theimpairment of other intangible assets. The amount of such loan loss provisions, the adverse impact on our earningsany impairment charge could be material.

In addition, growth in our portfolio of loans held for investment may require us to increase the allowance for losses on such loans by making additional provisions, which would reduce our net income. Furthermore, bank regulators have the authority to require us to make provisions for loan losses or otherwise recognize loan charge-offs following their periodic review of ourheld-for-investment loan portfolio, our underwriting procedures,significant and our allowance for losses on such loans. Any increase in the loan loss allowance or in loan charge-offs as required by such regulatory authorities could have a material adverse effectimpact on our financial condition and results of operations.


We may fail to maintain effective internal controls, which could impact the accuracy and timeliness of financial reporting.

We recognize the critical importance of maintaining effective internal controls over financial reporting to ensure accurate and timely financial reporting, prevent fraud, and maintain investor confidence. We have implemented a system of internal controls that is regularly reviewed and updated. However, there is a risk that we may fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, which could impair our ability to report financial results accurately and in a timely manner. These risks include human error, misconduct, inadequate processes, fraud, data breaches, and non-compliance with laws and regulations. We also acknowledge the challenges posed by changes in processes, procedures, technologies, employee turnover, and labor shortages. We have identified certain material weaknesses described in Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and may discover additional future material weaknesses or significant deficiencies, which could divert management attention and increase our expenses, in order to correct the weaknesses or deficiencies in our controls. A "material weakness" is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal controls over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Control weaknesses or failures could result in financial losses, reputational harm, loss of investor confidence, regulatory actions, and limitations on our business activities.

Liquidity and Dividend Risks


Failure to maintain an adequate level of liquidity could result in an inability to fulfill our financial obligations and also could subject us to material reputational and compliance risk.

“Liquidity” refers to our ability to generate sufficient cash flows to support our operations and to fulfill our obligations, including commitments to originate loans, to repay our wholesale borrowings and other liabilities, and to satisfy the withdrawal of deposits by our customers.


Our primary sources of liquidity are the retail and institutional deposits we gather or acquire in connection with acquisitions, and the brokered deposits we accept; borrowed funds, primarily in the form of wholesale borrowings from theFHLB-NY and various Wall Street brokerage firms; cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of loans; and cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of securities. In addition, and depending on current market conditions, we have the ability to access the capital markets from time to time to generate additional liquidity.

Deposit flows, calls of investment securities and wholesale borrowings, and the prepayment of loans and mortgage-related securities are strongly influenced by such external factors as the direction of interest rates, whether actual or perceived; local and national economic conditions; and competition for deposits and loans in the markets we serve. Deposit outflows can occur for a number of reasons, including clients seeking higher yields, clients with uninsured deposits may seek greater financial security or clients may simply prefer to do business with our competitors, or for other reasons. The withdrawal of more deposits than we anticipate could have an adverse impact on our profitability as this source of funding, if not replaced by similar deposit funding, would need to be


31


replaced with more expensive wholesale funding, the sale of interest-earning assets, other sources of funding, or a combination of the two.them all. The replacement of deposit funding with wholesale funding could cause our overall cost of funds to increase, which would reduce our net interest income and results of operations. A decline in interest-earning assets would also lower our net interest income and results of operations.

As of December 31, 2023, approximately 35.9 percent of our total deposits of $81.5 billion were not FDIC-insured.


In addition, large-scale withdrawals of brokered or institutional deposits could require us to pay significantly higher interest rates on our retail deposits or on other wholesale funding sources, which would have an adverse impact on our net interest income and net income. Furthermore, changes to the FHLB-NY’s underwriting guidelines for wholesale borrowings or lending policies may limit or restrict our ability to borrow, and therefore could have a significant adverse impact on our liquidity. A decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, and meet our expenses, or to fulfill such obligations as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands.

A downgrade Downgrades of the credit ratings of the Company and the BanksBank, such as those announced by certain credit rating agencies in both February and March 2024, could alsoresult in an acceleration in deposit outflows and additional collateral needs, which this far have been modest. They could adversely affect our access to liquidity and capital, and could significantly increase our cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements, and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to us or to purchase our securities. This could affect our growth, profitability, and financial condition, including our liquidity.

Inability


Reduction or elimination of our quarterly cash dividend could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

The holders of our common stock are only entitled to fulfill minimum liquidity requirementsreceive such dividends as our Board of Directors may declare out of funds available for such payments under applicable law and regulatory guidance, and, although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so. Furthermore, the payment of dividends falls under federal regulations that have grown more stringent in recent years. While we pay our quarterly cash dividend in compliance with current regulations, such regulations could limitchange in the future. As a result of our acquisitions of Flagstar and Signature, we are required to seek regulatory approval from the OCC for the payment of any dividend to the Parent Company through at least the period ending November 1, 2024, which could restrict our ability to conduct or expandpay the common stock dividend. In the Company’s January 31, 2024 earnings release for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2023, the Company announced that its Board of Directors reduced the Company’s quarterly cash dividend to $0.05 per common share to accelerate the building of capital to support our business, paybalance sheet as a dividend, or result in terminationCategory IV banking organization. Following the issuance of that earnings release, the market price of our FDIC deposit insurance, and thus impactcommon stock experienced a decline. On March 7, 2024, the Company announced that future quarterly cash dividends on shares of the Company's common stock would be further reduced to $0.01 per share. Any further reduction or elimination of our common stock dividend in the future due to actions to build capital or the inability to receive required regulatory approvals, or for any other reason, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

The inability to receive dividends from our subsidiary bank could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition ouror results of operations, as well as our ability to maintain or increase the current level of cash dividends we pay to our stockholders.

The Parent Company (i.e., the company on an unconsolidated basis) is a separate and distinct legal entity from the Bank, and a substantial portion of the revenues the Parent Company receives consists of dividends from the Bank. These dividends are the primary funding source for the dividends we pay on our common stock and the market value ofinterest and principal payments on our stock.

On September 3, 2014, the FRBdebt. Various federal and other banking regulators adopted final rules implementing a U.S. version of the Basel Committee’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio (the “LCR”) requirement. The LCR requirement, including the modified version applicable to bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets that have not opted to use the “advanced approaches” risk-based capital rule, requires a banking organization to maintain an amount of unencumbered “high-quality liquid assets” (“HQLAs”) to be at least equal tostate laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that a bank may pay to its total projected net cash outflows overparent company. In addition, our right to participate in a hypothetical30-day stress period. Under the rule, only specific classesdistribution of assets qualify as HQLAs (the numeratorupon the liquidation or reorganization of the LCR), with riskier classes of assets subject to haircuts and caps.

The total net cash outflow amount (the denominator of the LCR) is determined under the rule by applying outflow and inflow rates that reflect certain standardized assumptions against the balance of the banking organization’s funding sources, obligations, transactions, and assets over the hypothetical30-day stress period. Inflows that cana subsidiary may be included to offset outflows are limited to 75% of outflows (which effectively means that banking organizations must hold HQLAs equal to 25% of outflows even if outflows perfectly match inflows over the stress period).

On November 20, 2015, the FRB issued a proposed rule that would provide companies that become subject to the modified LCR rule afterprior claims of the rule’s effective date,subsidiary’s creditors. As a full yearresult of our acquisitions of Flagstar and Signature, we are required to comply withseek regulatory approval from the rule. The proposed rule was finalizedOCC for the payment of any dividend to the Bancorp through at least the period ending November 1, 2024. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Parent Company, we might not be able to service our debt, pay our obligations, or pay dividends on December 19, 2016.

The modified LCR is a minimum requirement, and the FRB can impose additional liquidity requirements as a supervisory matter.

our common stock.


If we were to defer payments on our trust preferred capital debt securities or were in default under the related indentures, we would be prohibited from paying dividends or distributions on our common stock.


The terms of our outstanding trust preferred capital debt securities prohibit us from (1) declaring or paying any dividends or distributions on our capital stock, including our common stock; or (2) purchasing, acquiring, or making a liquidation payment on such stock, under the following circumstances: (a) if an event of default has occurred and is continuing under the applicable indenture; (b) if we are in default with respect to a payment under the guarantee of the related trust preferred securities; or (c) if we have given notice of our election to defer interest payments but the related deferral period has not yet

32


commenced, or a deferral period is continuing. In addition, without notice to, or consent from, the holders of our common stock, we may issue additional series of trust preferred capital debt securities with similar terms, or enter into other financing agreements, that limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.


Dividends on theour Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock are discretionary and noncumulative, and may not be paid if such payment will result in our failure to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, or if we fail to obtain thenon-objection of the FRB with respect to the declaration of dividends.

regulations.


Dividends on theour Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock are discretionary and noncumulative. If our Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee of the Board) does not authorize and declare a dividend on (a) the Series A Preferred Stock for any dividend period, holders of the depositarydepository shares will not be entitled to receive any dividend for that dividend period, and the unpaid dividend will cease to accrue and be payable. Wepayable, or (b)Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, the holders thereof will not be entitled to receive any dividend for that dividend period. For our Series A Preferred Stock, we have no obligation to pay dividends accrued for a dividend period after the dividend payment date for that period if our Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) has not declared a dividend before the related dividend payment date, whether or not dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock or any other series of our preferred stock or our common stock are declared for any future dividend period. Dividends on our Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock are payable at a rate of 13 percent per annum, payable quarterly and in arrears. Additionally, under the FRB’s capital rules, dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock may only be paid out of our net income, retained earnings, or surplus related to other additional tier 1 capital instruments.

In addition, throughout 2017, If the Company was required to receive anon-objection from the FRB to pay cash dividends on its outstanding common stock, and the FRB has advised the Company to continue the exchange of written documentation to obtain theirnon-objection to the declaration of any dividends, including any dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. There can be no guarantee that the FRB will approve any requested dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. Further, if paymentnon-payment of dividends on Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock for any dividend period would cause the Company to fail to comply with any applicable law or regulation, or any agreement we may enter into with our regulators from time to time, then we willwould not be able to declare or pay a dividend for such dividend period. In such a case,


Our Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock initially have rights, preferences and privileges that are not held by, and are preferential to the rights of, our common stockholders, which could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

The holders of our Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock initially have the depositary shares will not be entitledright to receive a payment on account of the distribution of assets on any dividend for that dividend period,voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our business before any payment may be made to holders of our common stock. Following the satisfaction of the liquidation preference, the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock participates with our common stock on an as-converted basis in a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the unpaid dividend will cease to accrue and be payable.

In addition, if the Company were to become a SIFI, as defined in the current regulations, we would become subject to regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act that may limit the amount of capital that can be distributed by the Company from time to time. These would include a requirement to submit an annual capital planCompany. Our obligations to the FRB describing proposed capital distributions and obtaining anon-objection from the FRB. At December 31, 2017, the four-quarter averageholders of our total consolidated assets was $48.7 billion. BasedSeries A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock could limit our ability to obtain additional financing, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. The preferential rights could also result in divergent interests between the current regulations, the Company will become a SIFI ifholders of our total consolidated assets average, meets or exceeds $50 billion over four consecutive quarters.

common stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and other classes of securities.


Legal/Compliance Risks


Inability to fulfill minimum capital requirements could limit our ability to conduct or expand our business, pay a dividend, or result in termination of our FDIC deposit insurance, and thus impact our financial condition, our results of operations, and the market value of our stock.


We are subject to the comprehensive, consolidated supervision and regulation set forth by the FRB.FRB and the OCC. Such regulation includes, among other matters, the level of leverage and risk-based capital ratios we are required to maintain. Depending on general economic conditions, changes in our capital position could have a materially adverse impact on our financial condition and risk profile, and also could limit our ability to grow through acquisitions or otherwise. Compliance with regulatory capital requirements may limit our ability to engage in operations that require the intensive use of capital and therefore could adversely affect our ability to maintain our current level of business or expand.

Furthermore, it is possible that future regulatory changes could result in more stringent capital or liquidity requirements, including increases in the levels of regulatory capital we are required to maintain and changes in the way capital or liquidity is measured for regulatory purposes, either of which could adversely affect our business and our ability to expand. For example, federal banking regulations adopted under Basel III standards require bank holding companies and banks to undertake significant activities to demonstrate compliance with higher capital requirements. Any additional requirements to increase our capital ratios or liquidity could necessitate our liquidating certain assets, perhaps on terms that are unfavorable to us or that are contrary to our business plans. In addition, such requirements could also compel us to issue additional securities, thus diluting the value of our common stock.

In addition, failure to meet established capital requirements could result in the FRB and/or OCC placing limitations or


33


conditions on our activities and further restricting the commencement of new activities. The failure to meet applicable capital guidelines could subject us to a variety of enforcement remedies available to the federal regulatory authorities, including limiting our ability to pay dividends; issuing a directive to increase our capital; and terminating our FDIC deposit insurance.

Should the average of our total consolidated assets over four consecutive quarters pass the current SIFI threshold of $50 billion, we would expect to be subject to stricter prudential standards required by the Dodd-Frank Act for large bank holding companies.

Pursuant to the current requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act, a bank holding company whose total consolidated assets average more than $50 billion over the four most recent quarters is determined to be a SIFI, and therefore is subject to stricter prudential standards. In addition to capital and liquidity requirements, these standards primarily include risk-management requirements, dividend limits, and early remediation regimes.

On December 18, 2017, the Senate Banking Committee passed a bipartisan regulatory reform bill, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (S.2155). Among many other provisions, the bill would raise the designation as a SIFI to $250 billion in assets from $50 billion, end company run stress tests for banks under $250 billion in assets, and simplify capital calculations for community banks. There is no guarantee that the bill will pass or that it will pass in its current form.


Our results of operations could be materially affected by the imposition of restrictions on our operations by bank regulators, further changes in bank regulation, or by our ability to comply with certain existing laws, rules, and regulations governing our industry.


We are subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the following entities: (1) the NYSDFS, the chartering authority for both the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank;OCC; (2) the FDIC, asFDIC; (3) the insurer of the Banks’ deposits; (3) theFRB-NY, in accordance with objectives and standards of the U.S. Federal Reserve System;FRB-NY; and (4) the CFPB, which was established in 2011 under the Dodd-Frank Actas well as state licensing restrictions and given broad authority to regulate financial service providers and financiallimitations regarding certain consumer finance products.

Such regulation and supervision governsgovern the activities in which a bank holding company and its banking subsidiaries may engage, and are intended primarily for the protection of the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”),DIF, the banking system in general, and bank customers, rather than for the benefit of a company’s stockholders. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including with respect to the imposition of restrictions on the operation of a bank or a bank holding company, the imposition of significant fines, the ability to delay or deny merger or other regulatory applications, the payment of dividends, the classification of assets by a bank, and the adequacy of a bank’s allowance for loan losses, among other matters. Failure to comply (or to ensure that our agents and third-party service providers comply) with laws, regulations, or policies, including our failure to obtain any necessary state or local licenses, could result in enforcement actions or sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and/or reputational damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Penalties for such violations may also include: revocation of licenses; fines and other monetary penalties; civil and criminal liability; substantially reduced payments by borrowers; modification of the original terms of loans, permanent forgiveness of debt, or inability to, directly or indirectly, collect all or a part of the principal of or interest on loans provided by the Bank. Changes in such regulation and supervision, or changes in regulation or enforcement by such authorities, whether in the form of policy, regulations, legislation, rules, orders, enforcement actions, ratings, or decisions, could have a material impact on the Company, our subsidiary banksbank and other affiliates, and our operations. In addition, failure of the Company or the BanksBank to comply with such regulations could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and capital.

See “Regulation and Supervision” in Part I, Item 1, “Business” earlier in this filing for a detailed description of the federal, state, and local regulations to which the Company and the BanksBank are subject.


As a Category IV banking organization with over $100 billion in assets, we are subject to stringent regulations, including reporting, capital stress testing, and liquidity risk management. Non-compliance could result in regulatory risks and restrictions on our activities.

As a result of the Signature transaction, our total assets exceeded $100 billion and therefore we became classified as a Category IV banking organization under the rules issued by the federal banking agencies that tailor the application of enhanced prudential standards to large bank holding companies and the capital and liquidity rules to large bank holding companies and depository institutions under the Dodd-Frank Act and the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act. As a Category IV banking organization we are subject to enhanced liquidity risk management requirements which include reporting, liquidity stress testing, a liquidity buffer and resolution planning, subject to the applicable transition periods. If we were to meet or exceed certain other thresholds for asset size, we would become subject to additional requirements. Failure to meet these requirements could expose us to compliance risks, higher penalties, increased expectations, and limitations on our activities. As a Category IV banking organization, we are required to implement and maintain an adequate liquidity risk management and monitoring process to ensure compliance with these requirements, and our failure to ensure compliance may have adverse consequences on our operations, reputation and future profitability. We anticipate incurring significant expenses to develop policies, programs, and systems that comply with the enhanced standards applicable to us.

Noncompliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations could result in material financial loss.

The BSA and the USA Patriot Act contain anti-money laundering and financial transparency provisions intended to detect and prevent the use of the U.S. financial system for money laundering and terrorist financing activities. The BSA, as amended by the USA Patriot Act, requires depository institutions to undertake activities including maintaining an anti-money laundering program, verifying the identity of clients, monitoring for and reporting suspicious transactions, reporting on cash transactions above a certain threshold, and responding to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies. FINCEN, a unit of the U.S. Treasury Department that administers the BSA, is authorized to impose significant civil monetary penalties for violations of these requirements. If our BSA policies, procedures and systems are deemed to be deficient, or the BSA policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we acquire in the future are deficient, we would be subject to reputational risk and potential liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay

34


dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to comply with OFAC regulations could result in legal and reputational risks.

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, foreign nationals, and other potentially exposed persons. These are typically referred to as the "OFAC" rules, given their administration by the United States Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

Our enterprise risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating the risks to which we are subject, based upon the size, scope, and complexity of the Company.


As a financial institution, we are subject to a number of risks, including interest rate, credit, liquidity, legal/compliance, market, strategic, operational, and reputational. Our ERM framework is designed to minimize the risks to which we are subject, as well as any losses stemming from such risks. Although we seek to identify, measure, monitor, report, and control our exposure to such risks, and employ a broad and diverse set of risk monitoring and mitigation techniques in the process, those techniques are inherently limited because they cannot anticipate the existence or development of risks that are currently unknown and unanticipated.

For example, economic and market conditions, heightened legislative and regulatory scrutiny of the financial services industry, and increases in the overall complexity of our operations, among other developments, have resulted in the creation of a variety of risks that were previously unknown and unanticipated, highlighting the intrinsic limitations of our risk monitoring and mitigation techniques. As a result, the further development of previously unknown or unanticipated risks may result in our incurring losses in the future that could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, an ineffective ERM framework, as well as other risk factors, could result in a material increase in our FDIC insurance premiums.


If federal, state, or local tax authorities were to determine that we did not adequately provide for our taxes, our income tax expense could be increased, adversely affecting our earnings.

The amount of income taxes we are required to pay on our earnings is based on federal, state, and local legislation and regulations. We provide for current and deferred taxes in our financial statements, based on our results of operations, business activity, legal structure, interpretation of tax statutes, assessment of risk of adjustment upon audit, and application of financial accounting standards. We may take tax return filing positions for which the final determination of tax is uncertain, and our net income and earnings per share could be reduced if a federal, state, or local authority were to assess additional taxes that have not been provided for in our consolidated financial statements. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will achieve our anticipated effective tax rate. Unanticipated changes in tax laws or related regulatory or judicial guidance, or an audit assessment that denies previously recognized tax benefits, could result in our recording tax expenses that materially reduce our net income.

We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.

The CRA requires the Federal Reserve and OCC to assess our performance in meeting the credit needs of the communities we serve, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. If the Federal Reserve or OCC determines that we need to improve our performance or are in substantial non-compliance with CRA requirements, various adverse regulatory consequences may ensue. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The CFPB, the U.S. Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. The CFPB is also authorized to prescribe rules applicable to any covered person or service provider, identifying and prohibiting acts or practices that are “unfair, deceptive, or abusive” in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA, fair lending laws or regulations, or consumer lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, state attorneys general have indicated that they intend to take a more active role in enforcing consumer protection laws, including through use of Dodd-Frank Act provisions that authorize state attorneys general to enforce certain provisions of federal consumer financial laws and obtain civil money

35


penalties and other relief available to the CFPB. If we become subject to such investigation, the required response could result in substantial costs and a diversion of the attention and resources of our management.

Legislative and regulatory focus on data privacy and risks can subject us to heightened scrutiny and reputational damage.

Data privacy and cybersecurity risks have become a subject of heightened legislative and regulatory focus in recent years. Federal bank regulatory agencies have proposed regulations to enhance cyber risk management standards, which would apply to us and our third-party service providers. These regulations focus on areas such as cyber risk governance, management of dependencies, incident response, cyber resilience, and situational awareness. State-level legislation and regulations have also been proposed or adopted, requiring notification to individuals in the event of a security breach of their personal data. Examples include the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) and other state-level privacy, data protection, and data security laws and regulations. We collect, maintain, and use non-public personal information of our customers, clients, employees, and others. The sharing, use, disclosure, and protection of this information are governed by federal and state laws. Compliance with these laws is essential to protect the privacy of personal information and avoid potential liability and reputational damage. Failure to comply with privacy laws and regulations may expose us to fines, litigation, or regulatory enforcement actions. It may also require changes to our systems, business practices, or privacy policies, which could adversely impact our operating results. Privacy initiatives have imposed and will continue to impose additional operational burdens on us. These initiatives may limit our ability to pursue desirable business initiatives and increase the risks associated with any future use of personal data. New privacy and data protection initiatives, such as the CCPA, may require changes to policies, procedures, and technology for information security and data segregation. Non-compliance with these initiatives may make us more vulnerable to operational failures and subject to monetary penalties, litigation, or regulatory enforcement actions.

Financial and Market Risks


A decline in economic conditions could adversely affect the value of the loans we originate and the securities in which we invest.

Although we take steps to reduce our exposure to the risks that stem from adverse changes in economic conditions, such changes nevertheless could adversely impact the value of the loans we originate, the securities we invest in, and our loan portfolios.


Declines in real estate values and home sales, and an increase in the financial stress on borrowers stemming from high unemployment or other adverse economic conditions, could negatively affect our borrowers and, in turn, the repayment of the loans in our portfolio. Deterioration in economic conditions also could subject us and our industry to increased regulatory scrutiny, and could result in an increase in loan delinquencies, an increase in problem assets and foreclosures, and a decline in the value of the collateral for our loans, which could reduce our customers’ borrowing power. Deterioration in local economic conditions could drive the level of loan losses beyond the level we have provided for in our loan loss allowances;allowance; this, in turn, could necessitate an increase in our provisions for loan losses, which would reduce our earnings and capital. Furthermore, declines in the value of our investment securities could result in our having to record losses based on the other-than-temporary impairment of securities, which would reduce our earnings and also could reduce our capital. In addition, continued economic weakness could reduce the demand for our products and services, which would adversely impact our liquidity and the revenues we produce.


Rising mortgage rates and adverse changes in mortgage market conditions could reduce mortgage revenue.

The residential real estate mortgage lending business is sensitive to changes in interest rates, especially long-term interest rates. Lower interest rates generally increase the volume of mortgage originations, while higher interest rates generally cause that volume to decrease. Therefore, our mortgage performance is typically correlated to fluctuations in interest rates, primarily the 10-year U.S. Treasury rate. Historically, mortgage origination volume and sales for the Bank and for other financial institutions have risen and fallen in response to these and other factors. An increase in interest rates and/or a decrease in our mortgage production volume could have a materially adverse effect on our operating results. The 10-year U.S. Treasury rate was 3.97 percent at December 31, 2023, and averaged 2.96 percent during 2023, 101 basis points higher than average rates experienced during 2022. The sustained higher rates experienced throughout 2023 negatively impacted the mortgage market priceincluding our loan origination volume and liquidityrefinancing activity. In addition to being affected by interest rates, the secondary mortgage markets are also subject to investor demand for residential mortgage loans and investor yield requirements for these loans. These conditions may fluctuate or worsen in the future. Adverse market conditions, including increased volatility, changes in interest rates and mortgage spreads and reduced market demand, could result in greater risk in retaining mortgage loans pending their sale to investors. A prolonged period of secondary market illiquidity may result in a reduction of our loan mortgage production volume and could have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our mortgage origination business is also subject to the cyclical and seasonal trends of the real estate market. The cyclical nature of our industry could lead to periods of growth in the mortgage and real estate markets followed by periods of declines

36


and losses in such markets. Seasonal trends have historically reflected the general patterns of residential and commercial real estate sales, which typically peak in the spring and summer seasons. One of the primary influences on our mortgage business is the aggregate demand for mortgage loans, which is affected by prevailing interest rates, housing supply and demand, residential construction trends, and overall economic conditions. If we are unable to respond to the cyclical nature of our industry by appropriately adjusting our operations or relying on the strength of our other product offerings during cyclical downturns, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected. Additionally, the fair value of our MSRs is highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and changes in market implied interest rate volatility. Decreases in interest rates can trigger an increase in actual repayments and market expectation for higher levels of repayments in the future which have a negative impact on MSR fair value. Conversely, higher rates typically drive lower repayments which results in an increase in the MSR fair value. We utilize derivatives to manage the impact of changes in the fair value of the MSRs. We may have basis risk and our risk management strategies, which rely on assumptions or projections, may not adequately mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates, interest rate volatility, convexity, credit spreads, or prepayment speeds, and, as a result, the change in the fair value of MSRs may negatively impact earnings.

We are highly dependent on the Agencies to buy mortgage loans that we originate. Changes in these entities and changes in the manner or volume of loans they purchase or their current roles could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We generate mortgage revenues primarily from gains on the sale of single-family residential loans pursuant to programs currently offered by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and other investors. These entities account for a substantial portion of the secondary market in residential mortgage loans. Any future changes in these programs, our eligibility to participate in such programs, their concentration limits with respect to loans purchased from us, the criteria for loans to be accepted or laws that significantly affect the activity of such entities could, in turn, result in a lower volume of corresponding loan originations or other administrative costs which may have a materially adverse effect on our results of operations or could cause us to take other actions that would be materially detrimental. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac remain in conservatorship and a path forward for them to emerge from conservatorship is unclear. Their roles could be reduced, modified or eliminated as a result of regulatory actions and the nature of their guarantees could be limited or eliminated relative to historical measurements. The elimination or modification of the traditional roles of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac could create additional competition in the market and significantly and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in the servicing, origination, or underwriting guidelines or criteria required by the Agencies could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are required to follow specific guidelines or criteria that impact the way we originate, underwrite or service loans. Guidelines include credit standards for mortgage loans, our staffing levels and other servicing practices, the servicing and ancillary fees that we may charge, modification standards and procedures, and the amount of non-reimbursable advances. We cannot negotiate these terms, which are subject to change at any time, with the Agencies. A significant change in these guidelines, which decreases the fees we charge or requires us to expend additional resources in providing mortgage services, could decrease our revenues or increase our costs, adversely affecting our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, changes in the nature or extent of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac or the insurance provided by the FHA could also have broad adverse market implications. The fees that we are required to pay to the Agencies for these guarantees have changed significantly over time and any future increases in these fees would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Future sales or issuances of our common stock could be adversely affected if the economy were to weakenor other securities (including warrants) or the capital markets wereissuance of securities pursuant to experience volatility.

Thethe exercise of warrants issued by us may dilute existing holders of our common stock and other securities, decrease the value of our common stock and other securities and adversely affect the market price of our common stock could beand other securities.


During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company took decisive actions to build capital, reinforce our balance sheet, strengthen our risk management processes, and better align the Company with relevant bank peers. We significantly built our reserve levels by recording a $552 million provision for loan losses, bringing our allowance for credit losses to $992 million at December 31, 2023, reflecting our actions to build reserves during the quarter to address weakness in the office sector, potential repricing risk in the multi-family portfolio and an increase in classified assets, which better aligns the Company with its relevant bank peers, including Category IV banks. We are also subject to significant fluctuations dueregulatory capital requirements and regulatory changes could result in more stringent capital or liquidity requirements, including increases in the levels of regulatory capital we are required to maintain and changes in investor sentiment regardingthe way capital or liquidity is measured for regulatory purposes. Accordingly, we may seek to raise additional capital, including by pursuing or effecting additional issuances of our operations or business prospects. Amongsecurities. Our ability to

37


raise additional capital (and the associated terms) depends on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions, and a number of other factors, these risks may be affected by:

Operating results that vary from the expectations of our management or of securities analysts and investors;

Developments in our business or inincluding investor perceptions regarding the financial services sector generally;

Regulatory or legislative changes affecting ourand banking industry, generally or our business and operations;

Operating and securities price performance of companies that investors consider to be comparable to us;

Changes in estimates or recommendations by securities analysts or rating agencies;

Announcements of strategic developments, acquisitions, dispositions, financings, and other material events by us or our competitors;

Changes or volatility in global financial markets and economies, general market conditions interest or foreign exchange rates, stock, commodity, credit, or asset valuations; and

Significant fluctuations in the capital markets.

Economic or market turmoil could occur in the near or long term, which could negatively affect our business, governmental activities, and on our financial condition and our results of operations, as well as volatilityperformance.


On March 11, 2024, we completed an approximately $1.05 billion equity investment in the priceCompany in connection with which we sold and trading volumeissued (a) 76,630,965 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price per share of $2.00, (b) 192,062 shares of a new series of our preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, designated as Series B Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, at a price per share of $2,000, each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock, (c) 256,307 shares of a new series of our preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, designated as Series C Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, at a price per share of $2,000, each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock, and (d) warrants, which may not be exercised until 180 days after issuance thereof, affording the holder thereof the right, until the seven-year anniversary of the issuance of such warrant, to purchase for $2,500 per share, shares of a new class of non-voting, common-equivalent preferred stock of the Company, each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock, and all of which shares of Series D NVCE Stock, upon issuance, will represent the right (on an as converted basis) to receive 315 million shares of common stock.

Additionally, if the Company is not able to obtain certain approvals from our stockholders on or before September 9, 2024, then the Company will be required to issue to the investors in the March 2024 capital raise cash-settled warrants, which would become exercisable 60 days after their issuance if the such stockholder approvals still have not been obtained at such time, that provide the holder thereof the right, until the ten-year anniversary of the issuance of such warrant, to receive from the Company cash in an amount equal to (i) from issuance thereof until (and including) November 5, 2024, 160 percent of such holder’s investment in the Company in the March 2024 capital raise; (ii) on (and including) November 6, 2024 until (and including) January 4, 2025, 180 percent of such holder’s investment in the Company in the March 2024 capital raise; (iii) on (and including) January 5, 2025 until (and including) March 5, 2025, 200 percent of such holder’s investment in the Company in the March 2024 capital raise; and (iv) from and after March 6, 2025, 220 percent of such holder’s investment in the Company in the March 2024 capital raise, in each case, net of the exercise price (which is the amount of such holder’s investment in the Company in the March 2024 capital raise).


Our Board of Directors has the authority, in many situations, to issue additional shares of authorized but unissued stock (including securities convertible or exchangeable for stock) in public or private offerings without any vote of our shareholders. If, in the future, the Company is required or otherwise determines to raise additional capital (including through the issuance of additional securities), any such capital raise or issuance may dilute the percentage of ownership interest of existing shareholders, may dilute the per share book value of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and other securities. No assurance can be given that, in the future, the Company will be able to (i) raise any required capital or (ii) raise capital on terms that are beneficial to shareholders.

Strategic Risks


Extensive competition for loans and deposits could adversely affect our ability to expand our business, as well as our financial condition and results of operations.

We face significant competition for loans and deposits from other banks and financial institutions, both within and beyond our local markets. We also compete with companies that solicit loans and deposits over the Internet.


Because our profitability stems from our ability to attract deposits and originate loans, our continued ability to compete for depositors and borrowers is critical to our success. Our success as a competitor depends on a number of factors, including our ability to develop, maintain, and build long-term relationships with our customers by providing them with convenience, in the form of multiple branch locations, extended hours of service, and access through alternative delivery channels; a broad and diverse selection of products and services; interest rates and service fees that compare favorably with those of our competitors; and skilled and knowledgeable personnel to assist our customers by addressing their financial needs. External factors that may impact our ability to compete include, among others, the entry of new lenders and depository institutions in our current markets and, with regard to lending, an increased focus on multi-family and CRE lending by existing competitors.


Limitations on our ability to grow our loan portfolios of multi-family and CRE loans could adversely affect our ability to generate interest income, as well our financial condition and results of operations, perhaps materially.

Although we also originate ADC and C&I loans, and invest in securities, our


Our portfolios of multi-family and CRE loans represent the largest portion of our asset mix (92.2%(56 percent of total loans held for investment as of December 31, 2017)2023). Our leadership position in these markets has been instrumental to our production of solid earnings and our consistent record of exceptional asset quality. In view of the heightened regulatory focus on CRE concentration, weWe monitor the ratio of our multi-family, CRE, and ADC loans (as defined in the CRE Guidance) to our total risk-based capital for compliance with regulatory guidance. Any inability to ensure that it remains within the 850% limit we have agreed to with our regulators. Were the ratio to exceed that limit, we would act to rectify it, either by reducinggrow our multi-family and CRE and ADC loan production and/or by raising additional capital. Either of these actionsportfolios, could have an adversenegatively impact on our net interest income andability to grow our earnings capacity, as would any further regulatory limitations on our CRE lending. (See the discussion on CRE Guidance that appears in “FDIC Regulations – Real Estate Lending Standards” under “Regulation and Supervision” earlier in this report.)

per share.



38


The inability to engage in merger transactions, or to realize the anticipated benefits of acquisitions in which we might engage, could adversely affect our ability to compete with other financial institutions and weaken our financial performance.

Mergers and acquisitions have contributed significantly to our growth and it is possible that we will look to acquire other financial institutions, financial service providers, or branches of banks in the future.


Our ability to engage in future mergers and acquisitions would dependdepends on our ability to identify suitable merger partners and acquisition opportunities, our ability to finance and complete negotiated transactions at acceptable prices and on acceptable terms, and our ability to obtain the necessary shareholderstockholder and regulatory approvals.

If we are unable to engage in or complete a desired acquisition or merger transaction, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted. As acquisitions have been a significant source of deposits, the inability to complete a business combination could require that we increase the interest rates we pay on deposits in order to attract such funding through our current branch network, or that we increase our use of wholesale funds. Increasing our cost of funds could adversely impact our net interest income and our net income. Furthermore, the absence of acquisitions could impact our ability to fulfill our loan demand.

Mergers and acquisitions involve a number of risks and challenges, including:

Our ability to successfully integrate the branches and operations we acquire, and to adopt appropriate internal controls and regulatory functions relating to such activities;

Our ability to limit the outflow of deposits held by customers in acquired branches, and to successfully retain and manage any loans we acquire;

Our ability to attract new deposits, and to generate new interest-earning assets, in geographic areas we have not previously served;

Our success in deploying any cash received in a transaction into assets bearing sufficiently high yields without incurring unacceptable credit or interest rate risk;

Our ability to control the incrementalnon-interest expense from acquired operations;

Our ability to retain and attract the appropriate personnel to staff acquired branches and conduct any acquired operations;

Our ability to generate acceptable levels of net interest income andnon-interest income, including fee income, from acquired operations;

The diversion of management’s attention from existing operations;

Our ability to address an increase in working capital requirements; and

Limitations on our ability to successfully reposition the post-merger balance sheet when deemed appropriate.

In addition, mergers and acquisitions can lead to uncertainties about the future on the part of customers and employees. Such uncertainties could cause customers and others to consider changing their existing business relationships with the company to be acquired, and could cause its employees to accept positions with other companies before the merger occurs. As a result, the ability of a company to attract and retain customers, and to attract, retain, and motivate key personnel, prior to a merger’s completion could be impaired.

Furthermore, no assurance can be given that acquired operations would not adversely affect our existing profitability; that we would be able to achieve results in the future similar to those achieved by our existing banking business; that we would be able to compete effectively in the market areas served by acquired branches; or that we would be able to manage any growth resulting from a transaction effectively. In particular, our ability to compete effectively in new markets would be dependent on our ability to understand those markets and their competitive dynamics, and our ability to retain certain key employees from the acquired institution who know those markets better than we do.

If


We may be exposed to challenges in combining the operations of acquired or merged businesses, including our goodwill were determinedrecent Flagstar acquisition and Signature acquisition, into our operations, which may prevent us from achieving the expected benefits from our merger and acquisition activities.

We may not be able to be impaired, it would result in a charge against earningsfully achieve the strategic objectives and thus a reductionoperating efficiencies that we anticipate in our stockholders’ equity.

merger and acquisition activities. Inherent uncertainties exist in integrating the operations of an acquired business. We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis,may lose our customers or more frequently, if necessary. If we were to determine that the carrying amountcustomers of our goodwill exceeded its implied fair value, we would be required to write down the valueacquired entities as a result of the goodwillacquisitions. We may also lose key personnel from the acquired entity as a result of an acquisition. We may not discover all known and unknown factors when examining a company for acquisition or merger during the due diligence period. These factors could produce unintended and unexpected consequences for us including, but not limited to, increased compliance and legal risks, including increased litigation or regulatory actions such as fines or restrictions related to the business practices or operations of the combined business. Undiscovered factors as a result of an acquisition or merger could bring civil, criminal, and financial liabilities against us, our management, and the management of those entities we acquire or merge with. In addition, if difficulties arise with respect to the integration process, we may incur higher integration expenses than anticipated and the economic benefits expected to result from the acquisition, including revenue growth and cost savings, might not occur or might not occur to the extent we expected. Failure to successfully integrate businesses that we acquire or merge with could have an adverse effect on our balance sheet, adversely affectingprofitability, return on equity, return on assets, or our earnings as well asability to implement our capital.

The inability to receive dividends from our subsidiary banksstrategy, any of which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition orand results of operations.


The success of the Signature transaction will depend on a number of uncertain factors, including our decisions regarding the fair value of the assets acquired and the bargain purchase gain recorded on the transaction, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations as well as our ability to maintain or increaseand future prospects.

Our acquisition of certain assets of Signature Bank in March 2023 was an FDIC-assisted transaction and the current level of cash dividends we pay to our shareholders.

The Parent Company (i.e., the company on an unconsolidated basis) is a separate and distinct legal entity from the Banks, and a substantial portionexpedited nature of the revenuesFDIC-assisted transaction did not allow bidders the Parent Company receives consiststime and access to information customarily associated with preparing for and evaluating a negotiated transaction. As a result, fair value estimates we have made in connection with the Signature transaction may be inaccurate and subject to change, which could adversely impact our financial condition, results of dividends from the Banks. These dividends are the primary funding source for the dividends we pay on our common stockoperations and the interest and principal payments on our debt. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of

dividends that a bank may pay to its parent company.future prospects. In addition, our right to participatewe may obtain additional information and evidence during the period of one year from March 20, 2023, the date we completed the Signature transaction, that may result in a distribution of assets upon the liquidation or reorganization of a subsidiary may be subjectchanges to the prior claimsestimated amounts recorded as of the subsidiary’s creditors. If the Banks are unable to pay dividends to the Parent Company, we might not be able to service our debt, pay our obligations, or pay dividends on our common stock.

Reduction or elimination of our quarterly cash dividendDecember 31, 2023, which could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors may declare out of funds available for such payments under applicable law and regulatory guidance, and although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so. Furthermore, the payment of dividends falls under federal regulations that have grown more stringent in recent years. Throughout 2017, the Company was required to receive anon-objection from the FRB to pay cash dividends on its outstanding common stock, and the FRB has advised the Company to continue the exchange of written documentation to obtain theirnon-objection to the declaration of dividends. While we pay our quarterly cash dividend in compliance with current regulations, such regulations could change in the future. In addition, if the Company were to become a SIFI institution, as defined in the current regulations, we would become subject to regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act that limit the amount of capitalthe bargain purchase gain we have recorded. Adjustments to this gain may be recorded based on additional information received after the acquisition date that can be distributed byaffect the Company from time to time. Any reduction or eliminationmeasurement of our common stock dividendthe assets acquired and liabilities assumed and any decrease in the amount of bargain purchase gain we have recorded could also adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and future could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

prospects.



39


Operational Risks


Our stress testing processes rely on analytical and forecasting models that may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate, which could adversely affect the effectiveness of our strategic planning and our ability to pursue certain corporate goals.

In accordance with the Dodd-Frank Act, banking organizations with $10 billion to $50 billion in assets currently are required to perform annual capital stress tests and to report the results of such tests.

The results of our capital stress tests and the application of certain capital rules may result in constraints being placed on our capital distributions or require that we increase our regulatory capital under certain circumstances.

In addition, the processes we use to estimate the effects of changing interest rates, real estate values, and economic indicators such as unemployment on our financial condition and results of operations depend upon the use of analytical and forecasting models. These models reflect assumptions that may not be accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Furthermore, even if our assumptions are accurate predictors of future performance, the models they are based on may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or implementation. If the models we use in the process of managing our interest rate and other risks prove to be inadequate or inaccurate, we could incur increased or unexpected losses which, in turn, could adversely affect our earnings and capital. Additionally, failure by the Company to maintain compliance with strict capital, liquidity, and other stress test requirements under banking regulations could subject us to regulatory sanctions, including limitations on our ability to pay dividends.


The occurrence of any failure, breach, or interruption in service involving our systems or thoseCompany, entities that we have acquired, and certain of our service providers have experienced information technology security breaches and may be vulnerable to future security breaches. These incidents have resulted in, and could damage our reputation, cause losses, increase our expenses, and result in, additional expenses, exposure to civil litigation, increased regulatory scrutiny, losses, and a loss of customers, an increase in regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possibly financial liability, any of which could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, and the market price of our stock.


Communication and information systems are essential to the conduct of our business, as we use such systems, and those maintained and provided to us by third partythird-party service providers, to manage our customer relationships, our general ledger, our deposits, and our loans. In addition, our operations rely on the secure processing, storage, and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. Although we, and entities we have acquired, take and have taken protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, the security of our computer systems, software, and networks, as well as the security of the computer systems, software, and networks of certain of our service providers, have been, and may in the future be, vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other malicious code and cyber-attacks that have had and could have an impact on information security. With the rise and permeation of online and mobile banking, the financial services industry in particular faces substantial cybersecurity risk due to the type of sensitive information provided by customers. We, and our third-party service providers, have been and may in the future be subject to cybersecurity incidents, including those that involve the unauthorized access to customer information affecting other financial institutions and industry groups. Our systems and those of our third-party service providers and customers are under constant threat,regularly the subject of attempted attacks that are increasingly sophisticated, and it is possible that we or they could experience a significant event in the future that could adversely affect our business or operations.

In addition, breaches of security have in the past and may in the future occur through intentional or unintentional acts by those having authorized or unauthorized access to our confidential or other information, or that of our customers, clients, or counterparties. If one or more ofCertain previously identified cyber incidents have resulted, and future such events were to occur,could result, in the breach of confidential and other information processed and stored in and transmitted through, our computer systems and networksnetworks. These events could potentially be jeopardized, or could otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or the operations of our customers, clients, or counterparties. Further, we may not know that an attack occurred until well after the event. Even after discovering an attempt or breach occurred, we may not know the extent of the impact of the attack for some period of time. This could cause us significant reputational damage or result in our experiencing significant losses.


While we diligently assess applicable regulatory and legislative developments affecting our business, laws and regulations relating to cybersecurity have been frequently changing, imposing new requirements on us, such as the recently adopted New York State Department of Financial Services’ Cybersecurity Requirements for Financial Services Companies regulation.us. In light of these conditions, we face the potential for additional regulatory scrutiny that will lead to increasing compliance and technology expenses and, in some cases, possible limitations on the achievement of our plans for growth and other strategic objectives.

Furthermore, we We may also be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures arising from operational and security risks. Additional expenditures may be requiredrisks, including expenses for third-party expert consultants or outside counsel.

We are currently subject to litigation regarding cyber incidents, and we also may be subject to future litigation and financial losses that either are not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance we maintain.

maintain or any third-party indemnification or insurance. We believe that the impact of any previously identified cyber incidents, including those subject to ongoing investigation and remediation, will not have a material financial impact.


In addition, we routinely transmit and receive personal, confidential, and proprietary information by e-mail and other electronic means. We have discussed, and worked with our customers, clients, and counterparties to develop secure transmission capabilities, but we do not have, and may be unable to put in place, secure capabilities with all of these constituents, and we may not be able to ensure that these third parties have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of such information. We maintain disclosure controls and procedures to ensure we will timely and sufficiently

40


notify our investors of material cybersecurity risks and incidents, including the associated financial, legal, or reputational consequence of such an event, as well as reviewing and updating any prior disclosures relating to the risk or event.

While we have established information security policies, procedures and procedures,controls, including an Incident Response Plan, to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures and interruptions, we may not be able to anticipate all possible security breaches that could affect our systems or information and there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or will be adequately prevented or mitigated by our policies, procedures and controls if they do.

We maintain policies and procedures to prevent directors, certain officers, and corporate insiders from trading stock after being made aware of a material cybersecurity incident and to control the distribution of information about cybersecurity events that could constitute material information to the Company; however, we cannot be certain that a corporate insider who becomes aware of a Company material cybersecurity incident does not undertake to buy or sell Company stock before information about the incident becomes publicly available.


The Company and the BanksBank rely on third parties to perform certain key business functions, which may expose us to further operational risk.


We outsource certain key aspects of our data processing to certain third-party providers. While we have selected these third-party providers carefully, we cannot control their actions. Our ability to deliver products and services to our customers, to adequately process and account for our customers’ transactions, or otherwise conduct our business could be adversely impacted by any disruption in the services provided by these third parties; their failure to handle current or higher volumes of usage; or any difficulties we may encounter in communicating with them. Replacing these third-party providers also could entail significant delay and expense.

Our third-party providers may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes, and other security breaches. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other third-party providers and their personnel. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to protect against the threat of such security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by such security breaches or viruses. To the extent that the activities of our third-party providers or the activities of our customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, regulatory scrutiny, litigation, and other possible liabilities.

These types of third-party relationships are subject to increasingly demanding regulatory requirements and oversight by federal bank regulators (such as the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation) and the CFPB. As a result, if our regulators conclude that we have not exercised adequate oversight and control over vendors and subcontractors or other ongoing third-party business relationships or that such third-parties have not performed appropriately, we could be subject to enforcement actions, including civil money penalties or other administrative or judicial penalties or fines, as well as requirements for consumer remediation. In addition, the Company may not be adequately insured against all types of losses resulting from third-party failures, and our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all losses resulting from systems failures or other disruptions to our banking services.


Failure to keep pace with technological changes could have a material adverse impact on our ability to compete for loans and deposits, and therefore on our financial condition and results of operations.


Financial products and services have become increasingly technology-driven. To some degree, ourOur ability to meet the needs of our customers competitively, and in a cost-efficient manner, is dependent on our ability to keep pace with technological advances and to invest in new technology as it becomes available. Many of our competitors have greater resources to invest in technology than we do and may be better equipped to invest in and market new technology-driven products and services.

If federal, state, or local tax authorities were to determine that we did not adequately provide for our taxes, our income tax expense could be increased, adversely affecting our earnings.

The amount of income taxes we are required to pay on our earnings is based on federal, state, and local legislation and regulations. We provide for current and deferred taxes in our financial statements, based on our results of operations, business activity, legal structure, interpretation of tax statutes, assessment of risk of adjustment upon audit, and application of financial accounting standards. We may take tax return filing positions for which the final determination of tax is uncertain, and our net income and earnings per share could be reduced if a federal, state, or local authority were to assess additional taxes that have not been provided for in our consolidated financial statements. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will achieve our anticipated effective tax rate. Unanticipated changes in tax laws or related regulatory or judicial guidance, or an audit assessment that denies previously recognized tax benefits, could result in our recording tax expenses that materially reduce our net income.


The inability to attract and retain key personnel could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.


To a large degree, our success depends on our ability to attract and retain key personnel whose expertise, knowledge of our markets, and years of industry experience would make them difficult to replace. Competition for skilled leaders in our industry can be intense, and we may not be able to hire or retain the people we would like to have working for us. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business, given the specialized knowledge of such personnel and the difficulty of finding qualified replacements on a timely basis. Furthermore, our ability to attract and retain personnel with the skills and knowledge to support our business may require that we offer additional compensation and benefits that would reduce our earnings.


The transition to a new Chief Executive Officer will be critical to our success and our business may be adversely impacted if we do not successfully manage the transition process in a timely manner.

Our success depends, in part, on the effectiveness of our transition to our new CEO, Joseph M. Otting, on April 1, 2024. The new CEO will be critical to executing on and achieving our vision, strategic direction, culture, products, and technology. If we are unable to execute an orderly transition and successfully integrate the new CEO into our leadership team, our operations and financial conditions may be adversely affected.


41


Many aspects of our operations are dependent upon the soundness of other financial intermediaries and thus could expose us to systemic risk.


The soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of relationships between them involving credit, trading, execution of transactions, and the like. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses, or defaults by other institutions. As such “systemic risk” may adversely affect the financial intermediaries with which we interact on a daily basis (such as clearing agencies, clearing houses, banks, and securities firms and exchanges), we could be adversely impacted as well.


We may be terminated as a servicer or subservicer or incur costs, liabilities, fines and other sanctions if we fail to satisfy our servicing obligations, including our obligations with respect to mortgage loan foreclosure actions.

At December 31, 2023, we had relationships with10 owners of MSRs, excluding ourselves, for which we act as subservicer for the mortgage loans they own. Due to the limited number of relationships, discontinuation of existing agreements with those third parties or adverse changes in contractual terms could have a significant negative impact to our mortgage servicing revenue. The terms and conditions in which a master servicer may terminate subservicing contracts are broad and could be exercised at the discretion of the master servicer without requiring cause. Additionally, the master servicer directs the oversight of custodial deposits associated with serviced loans and, to the extent allowable, could choose to transfer the oversight of the Bank's custodial deposits to another depository institution. Further, as servicer or subservicer of loans, we have certain contractual obligations, including foreclosing on defaulted mortgage loans or, to the extent applicable, considering alternatives to foreclosure. If we commit a material breach of our obligations as servicer, we may be subject to termination if the breach is not cured within a specified period of time following notice, causing us to lose servicing income.

We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans, pay fees or indemnify buyers against losses.

When selling mortgage loans, we provide customary representations and warranties to purchasers, guarantors and insurers, including the Agencies, regarding loan originations. Agreements may require repurchasing, substituting mortgage loans, or indemnify buyers against losses, in the event we breach these representations or warranties. We may also face litigation and associated costs. With respect to loans that are originated through our broker or correspondent channels, the remedies against originating brokers or correspondents may be limited, posing financial risk. If repurchase and indemnity demands increase, our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition may also be adversely affected. Additionally, servicing errors may lead to reimbursement obligations, we may have a significant reduction to noninterest income or an increase to noninterest expense. We may incur legal and document-related expenses from foreclosure actions. These challenges could harm our reputation or negatively affect our servicing business and, as a result, our profitability.

The pipeline represents the UPB for loans the Agencies identified as potentially needing to be repurchased, and the estimated probable loss associated with these loans is included in our representation and warranty reserve. While we believe the level of the reserve to be appropriate, the reserve may not be adequate to cover losses for loans that we have sold or securitized for which we may be subsequently required to repurchase, pay fines or fees, or indemnify purchasers and insurers because of violations of customary representations and warranties. Additionally, the pipeline could increase substantially without warning. Our regulators, as part of their supervisory function, may review our representation and warranty reserve for losses and may recommend or require us to increase our reserve, based upon their judgment, which may differ from that of Management.

We utilize third-party mortgage originators which subjects us to strategic, reputation, compliance, and operational risk.

We utilize third-party mortgage originators, i.e. mortgage brokers and correspondent lenders, who are not our employees. These third parties originate mortgages or provide services to many different banks and other entities. Accordingly, they may have relationships with, or loyalties to, such banks and other parties that are different from those they have with or to us. Failure to maintain good relations with such third-party mortgage originators could have a negative impact on our market share which would negatively impact our results of operations. We rely on third-party mortgage originators to originate and document the mortgage loans we purchase or originate. While we perform due diligence on the mortgage companies with whom we do business as well as review the loan files and loan documents we purchase to attempt to detect any irregularities or legal noncompliance, we have less control over these originators than employees of the Bank. Due to regulatory scrutiny, our third-party mortgage originators could choose or be required to either reduce the scope of their business or exit the mortgage origination business altogether. The TILA-RESPA Integrated Disclosure Rule issued by the CFPB establishes comprehensive mortgage disclosure requirements for lenders and settlement agents in connection with most closed-end consumer credit transactions secured by real property. The rule requires certain disclosures to be provided to consumers in connection with applying for and closing on a mortgage loan. The rule also mandates the use of specific disclosure forms, timing of

42


communicating information to borrowers, and certain record keeping requirements. The ongoing administrative burden and the system requirements associated with complying with these rules or potential changes to these rules could impact our mortgage volume and increase costs. These arrangements with third-party mortgage originators and the fees payable by us to such third parties could also be subject to future regulatory scrutiny and restrictions.

The Equal Credit Opportunity Act, The Consumer Protection Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit discriminatory and other lending practices by lenders, including financial institutions. Mortgage and consumer lending practices raise compliance risks resulting from the detailed and complex nature of mortgage and consumer lending laws and regulations imposed by federal Regulatory Agencies as well as the relatively independent and diverse operating channels in which loans are originated. As we originate loans through various channels, we, and our third-party originators, are especially impacted by these laws and regulations and are required to implement appropriate policies and procedures to help ensure compliance with fair lending laws and regulations and to avoid lending practices that result in the disparate treatment of, or disparate impact to, borrowers across our various locations under multiple channels. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations, by us, or our third-party originators, could result in the Bank being liable for damages to individual borrowers, changes in business practices, or other imposed penalties.

We are subject to various legal or regulatory investigations and proceedings.

At any given time, we are involved with a number of legal and regulatory examinations as a part of reviews conducted by regulators and other parties, which may involve banking, securities, consumer protection, employment, tort, and numerous other laws and regulations. Proceedings or actions brought against us may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions, business improvement orders, consent orders, supervisory agreements, restrictions on our business activities, or other results adverse to us, which could materially and negatively affect our business. If such claims and other matters are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of us and our products and services as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. Some of the laws and regulations to which we are subject may provide a private right of action that a consumer or class of consumers may pursue to enforce these laws and regulations. We are currently subject to stockholder class and derivative actions which seek significant damages and other relief, and may be subject to similar actions in the future. Any financial liability or reputational damage could have a materially adverse effect on our business and, in turn, on our financial condition and results of operations. Claims asserted against us can be highly complicated and slow to develop, making the outcome of such proceedings difficult to predict or estimate early in the process. As a participant in the financial services industry, it is likely that we will be exposed to a high level of litigation and regulatory scrutiny relating to our business and operations. Although we establish accruals for legal or regulatory proceedings when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, we do not have accruals for all legal or regulatory proceedings where we face a risk of loss. Due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of the outcome of legal and regulatory proceedings, amounts accrued may not represent the ultimate loss to us from the legal and regulatory proceedings in question. As a result, our ultimate losses may be significantly higher than the amounts accrued for legal loss contingencies. For further information, see Note 19 - Commitments and Contingencies and Item 3 - Legal Proceedings.

We may be required to pay interest on certain mortgage escrow accounts in accordance with certain state laws despite the Federal preemption under the National Bank Act.

In 2018, the Ninth Circuit Federal Court of Appeals held that California state law requiring mortgage servicers to pay interest on certain mortgage escrow accounts was not, as a matter of law, preempted by the National Bank Act (Lusnak v. Bank of America). This ruling goes against the position that regulators, national banks, and other federally-chartered financial institutions have taken regarding the preemption of state-law mortgage escrow interest requirements. The opinion issued by the Ninth Circuit Federal Court of Appeals is legal precedent only in certain parts of the western United States. We are defending similar litigation in California, and are currently appealing a federal district court judgment against us in that case to the Ninth Circuit. We are arguing that the Lusnak case was wrongly decided; we believe our situation can be distinguished from Lusnak as a matter of law and California’s interest on escrow law should be preempted as a matter of fact. If the Ninth Circuit’s holding is more broadly adopted by other Federal Circuits, including those covering states that currently have enacted, or in the future may enact, statutes requiring the payment of interest on escrow balances or if we would be required to retroactively credit interest on escrow funds, the Company’s earnings could be adversely affected.


43


We could be exposed to fraud risks that affect our operations and reputation.

We face significant risks related to fraud, which could result in financial loss, expensive litigation, and damage to our reputation. Our organization is exposed to various types of fraud, including fraud or theft by colleagues or outsiders and unauthorized transactions. We rely heavily on information provided by clients and third parties, and misrepresentations in this information can lead to funding loans that do not meet our expectations or on unfavorable terms. We bear the risk of loss associated with misrepresentations, and it can be challenging to recover any monetary losses suffered. We have implemented various controls and security measures, but the failure of any of these controls could result in a failure to detect or mitigate fraud risks in a timely manner. We are committed to ongoing investments and attention to combat fraud and enhance our security measures to protect against these risks.

Reputational Risk


Damage to our reputation could significantly harm the businesses we engage in, as well as our competitive position and prospects for growth.


Our ability to attract and retain investors, customers, clients, and employees could be adversely affected by damage to our reputation resulting from various sources, including employee misconduct, litigation, or regulatory outcomes; failure to deliver minimum standards of service and quality; compliance failures; unintentional disproportionate assessment of fees to customers of protected classes; unethical behavior; unintended disclosure of confidential information; and the activities of our clients, customers, and/or counterparties. Actions by the financial services industry in general, or by certain entities or individuals within it, also could have a significantly adverse impact on our reputation.

Our actual or perceived failure to identify and address various issues also could give rise to reputational risk that could significantly harm us and our business prospects, including failure to properly address operational risks. These issues include legal and regulatory requirements; consumer protection, fair lending, and privacy issues; properly maintaining customer and associated personal information; record keeping; protecting against money laundering; sales and trading practices; and ethical issues.


Increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders with respect to our environmental, social, and governance practices may impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional risks.

Companies are facing increasing scrutiny from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders related to their environmental, social, and governance ("ESG") practices and disclosure. Investor advocacy groups, investment funds, and influential investors are also increasingly focused on these practices, especially as they relate to the environment, health and safety, diversity, labor conditions, and human rights. Increased ESG-related compliance costs could result in increases to our overall operational costs. Failure to adapt to or comply with regulatory requirements or investor or stakeholder expectations and standards could negatively impact our reputation, ability to do business with certain partners, and our stock price. New government regulations could also result in new or more stringent forms of ESG oversight and expanding mandatory and voluntary reporting, diligence, and disclosure. Additionally, concerns over the long-term impacts of climate change have led and will continue to lead to governmental efforts around the world to mitigate those impacts. Investors, consumers, and businesses also may change their behavior on their own as a result of these concerns. The Company and its customers will need to respond to new laws and regulations as well as investor, consumer and business preferences resulting from climate change concerns. The Company and its customers may face cost increases, asset value reductions, and operating process changes, among other impacts. The impact on the Company’s customers will likely vary depending on their specific attributes, including reliance on or role in carbon intensive activities. In addition, the Company would face reductions in credit worthiness on the part of some customers or in the value of assets securing loans. Investors could determine not to invest in the Company’s securities due to various climate change related considerations. The Company’s efforts to take these risks into account in making lending and other decisions may not be effective in protecting the Company from the negative impact of new laws and regulations or changes in investor, consumer or business behavior.

ITEM
Item 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTSUnresolved Staff Comments


None.


ITEM 2.
Item 1C.PROPERTIESCybersecurity


Risk Management and Strategy

44



The importance of protecting against unauthorized access to or use of customer data that has been entrusted to us as part of the various services provided to our customers; as well as operational disruptions caused by cybersecurity events, is of paramount importance to us. The Bank relies upon a formalized Information/Cybersecurity Program (“ICP”) to ensure we are protecting the confidentiality, integrity and availability of confidential information. The ICP is approved by the Board of Directors or a Committee thereof annually, and is designed to identify reasonably foreseeable internal and external threats, assess the likelihood and potential damage these threats could cause, and assess the appropriateness of policies, standards and procedures used to identify and mitigate risk levels to within the documented risk appetite. The ICP has been designed to align with industry best practices, as well as Regulatory guidelines and laws; and leverages both the Secure Control and the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity frameworks as its baselines.

The ICP incorporates formal policies and procedures to ensure established controls are subjected to testing and independent effective challenge, to provide for appropriate due diligence and ongoing oversight of third parties who have access to our confidential information and/or systems, and to provide information and cybersecurity training to our employee population to ensure awareness of risks facing the institution and latest techniques used by malicious actors. A key component of the training program is the performance of phishing and social engineering campaign, the result of which are used to gauge the training program’s effectiveness, as well as to identify employees that pose a potential higher level of phishing/social engineering susceptibility risk, with all such employees provided additional targeted training. The ICP also includes subject matter expert review of third-party servicing agreements to ensure provisions adequately protect the bank in the event of a cybersecurity event whenever the relationship involves sensitive customer information. Internal auditors and third-party security experts are relied upon to review and ensure that established controls are appropriately designed, effectively implemented, and operating as intended; with such reviews undertaken as part of the Bank’s internal audit and third-party penetration testing programs.

The information/cybersecurity risk management program relies upon a layered security model to protect against both internal and external threats; and is a component of the Bank’s formalized enterprise risk management program (“ERM Program”), which is reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors or Committee thereof at least annually. The ERM Program sets forth enterprise-wide operational practices to ensure consistency in the organizations approach to risk identification, documentation, measurement, management, and mitigation with all aspects of risk management documented within a centrally maintained risk management platform (“RMP”). A key aspect of the ERM Program is the risk and control self-assessment (“RCSA”) process, which is used to evaluate the mitigation effectiveness of implemented controls through an independent effective challenge program. Gaps or control weaknesses identified as part of the RCSA process require creation of issues and remediation strategies, both of which are formally documented within the RMP, where remediation efforts are managed and monitored from initial creation through ultimate completion of the respective work effort. Independent effective challenge has been embedded throughout this process and ensures that remediation efforts will, and have satisfactorily addressed the identified issue.

A formal Incident Response Plan (“Plan”) is maintained by the Information Security Department, and approved by the Board of Directors or designated Committee thereof at least annually. The Plan sets forth the Bank’s information/cybersecurity incident response framework, which has been designed to ensure a consistent, repeatable response to any actual or threatened cybersecurity incident (“Incident”). The framework sets forth the team structure utilized for the coordination, monitoring, oversight, and internal and external reporting in connection with any identified Incident; and delineates responsibilities for all team members involved in response activities, as well as guidance for all employees in connection with defining, discovering, reporting, investigating, containing, and recovering from an Incident. During the reporting period, we did not experience any cybersecurity risks or incidents that have materially or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Bank; including its business strategy, result of operations, or financial condition.

We believe that the impact of any previously identified cyber incidents, including those subject to ongoing investigation and remediation, will not have a material impact on the Company, including business strategy, results of operations or financial condition.

Governance

The Board of Directors, through its Risk Assessment (“RAC”) and Technology (“TEC”) Committees, (together the “Committees”) provides direction and oversight of both the enterprise risk management and information/cybersecurity risk management programs. The Committees meet monthly to review and discuss overall state, current developments, management and performance metrics, risk identification and mitigation status, and new initiatives associated with both the Enterprise Risk Management and Information/Cybersecurity Programs. The Committees rely upon various management level committees (e.g.

45


Enterprise Risk Management, Operational Risk Management, and Technology Management) for oversight and direct management of the overarching risk management framework, which includes the information/cybersecurity risk management program and direct reporting by the Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”).

The CISO is responsible for administration, management, and oversight of the Information/Cybersecurity Program; and is supported by a team of individuals that possess various levels of educational and technical hands-on expertise to carry out daily responsibilities and to ensure the Program’s success and continued maturation. The CISO reports directly to the Chief Risk Officer, and has over 15 years of direct experience in designing, implementing, and maturing information and cybersecurity strategies within the financial sector. Prior to joining the Bank, the CISO served as a technology examiner for one of the three Federal banking regulatory agencies, with over ten years of experience performing technology examinations of financial institutions (“FI”) and FI service providers primarily within the New York metropolitan area.

Item 2.Properties

We own certain of our branch offices, as well as our headquarters on Long Island and certain other back-office buildings in New York, Ohio, Florida and Florida.Michigan. We also utilize other branch and back-office locations in those states, and in New Jersey, Arizona, California, Indiana, and Arizona,Wisconsin under various lease and license agreements that expire at various times. (See Note 10, “Commitments and Contingencies: Lease Commitments”8 - Leases in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”) We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our present and immediately foreseeable needs.


ITEM
Item 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGSLegal Proceedings


The Company is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of its business. All such actions in the aggregate involve amounts that are believed by management to be immaterial to the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


The Company and its President and Chief Executive Officer and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer have been named as defendants in a shareholder class action captioned Lemm, Jr. v. New York Community Bancorp, Inc., et al., Case No. 1:24-cv-00903, filed on February 6, 2024 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. This action, which seeks unspecified compensatory damages to be proven at trial, alleges violations of the federal securities laws, including Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and SEC Rule 10b-5, with respect to disclosures concerning the Company’s business, operations and prospects, particularly regarding the impact of the Flagstar and Signature transactions and the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio and related matters, that were made in the Company’s public SEC filings and press releases during the period beginning on March 1, 2023 and ending on January 30, 2024. The Company intends to vigorously defend this action and any related actions.

The Company and its President and Chief Executive Officer and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer have also been named as defendants in a second shareholder class action captioned Miskey v. New York Community Bancorp, Inc., et al., Case No. 1:24-cv-01118, filed on February 13, 2024 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. This action also seeks unspecified compensatory damages to be proven at trial and alleges violations of the federal securities laws, including Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and SEC Rule 10b-5, with respect to disclosures concerning the Company’s business, operations and prospects, particularly regarding the impact of the Flagstar and Signature transactions and the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio and related matters, that were made in the Company’s public SEC filings and press releases during the period beginning on March 1, 2023 and ending on February 5, 2024. The Company intends to vigorously defend this action and any related actions.

The Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, as well as all of the Company’s current directors, have also been named as defendants in a shareholder derivative action captioned Hauser v. Cangemi, et al., Case No. 1:24-cv-01207, filed on February 15, 2024 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. This action, which also names the Company as a nominal defendant and seeks unspecified compensatory damages and certain corporate governance and internal procedures reforms, alleges claims of breach of fiduciary duty, gross mismanagement, waste of corporate assets, unjust enrichment, aiding and abetting with respect to the director defendants, and violations of Sections 10(b) and 21D of the Exchange Act with respect to the officer defendants. The allegations in the complaint relate to disclosures concerning the Company’s business, operations and prospects, particularly regarding the impact of the Flagstar and Signature transactions and the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio and related matters, that were made in the Company’s public SEC filings and press releases during the period beginning on March 1, 2023 and ending on January 31, 2024, as well as the defendants’ management of the Company during such period. The Company intends to vigorously defend this action and any related actions.


46


The outcome of the pending litigation described above is uncertain. There can be no assurance (i) that we will not incur material losses due to damages, penalties, costs and/or expenses as a result of such litigation, (ii) that the reserves we have established will be sufficient to cover such losses, or (iii) that such losses will not materially exceed such reserves and have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. The Company may incur significant legal expenses in defending the litigation described above during the pendency of these matters, and in connection with any other potential cases, including expenses for the potential reimbursement of legal fees of officers and directors under indemnification obligations.


ITEM
Item 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURESMine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.


None.


47


PART II


ITEM
Item 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIESMarket For the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases


The common stock of New York Community Bancorp, Inc. trades on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “NYCB.”


At December 31, 2017,2023, the number of outstanding shares was 488,490,352722,066,370 and the number of registered owners was approximately 11,868.11,746. The latter figure does not include those investors whose shares were held for them by a bank or broker at that date.

Dividends Declared per Common Share and Market Price of Common Stock

The following table sets forth the dividends declared per common share, and theintra-day high/low price range and closing prices for the Company’s common stock, as reported by the NYSE, in each of the four quarters of 2017 and 2016:

       Market Price 
   Dividends
Declared per
Common Share
   High   Low   Close 

2017

        

1st Quarter

   $0.17   $16.26   $13.67   $13.97 

2nd Quarter

   0.17    14.12    12.61    13.13 

3rd Quarter

   0.17    13.48    11.67    12.89 

4th Quarter

   0.17    13.76    11.94    13.02 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016

        

1st Quarter

   $0.17   $16.17   $14.32   $15.90 

2nd Quarter

   0.17    15.97    14.25    14.99 

3rd Quarter

   0.17    15.49    14.05    14.23 

4th Quarter

   0.17    17.67    13.74    15.91 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See the discussion of “Liquidity” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” for information regarding restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay dividends.

On June 16, 2017, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Joseph R. Ficalora, submitted to the NYSE his Annual CEO certification confirming our compliance with the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards, as required by Section 303A.12(a) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.


Stock Performance Graph

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any of the Company’s previous filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that might incorporate future filings, including this Form10-K, in whole or in part, the following stock performance graph shall not be incorporated by reference into any such filings.


The following graph compares the cumulative total return on the Company’s stock in the five years ended December 31, 20172023 with the cumulative total returns on a broad market index (the S&PMid-Cap 400 Index) and a peer group index (the SNLS&P U.S. Bank and ThriftBMI Banks Index) during the same time. The S&PMid-Cap 400 Index was chosen as the broad market index in connection with the Company’s trading activity on the NYSE; the SNLS&P U.S. Bank and ThriftBMI Banks Index currently is comprised of 395258 bank and thrift institutions, including the Company. S&P Global Market Intelligence provided us with the data for both indices.


The performance graph is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

The cumulative total returns are based on the assumption that $100.00 was invested in each of the three investments on December 31, 20122018 and that all dividends paid since that date were reinvested. Such returns are based on historical results and are not intended to suggest future performance.

Comparison of5-Year Cumulative Total Return

Among New York Community Bancorp, Inc.,

S&PMid-Cap 400 Index, and SNL U.S. Bank and Thrift Index

ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON



48



CUMULATIVE TOTAL STOCKHOLDER RETURN
COMPARED WITH PERFORMANCE OF SELECTED INDICES
DECEMBER 31, 2012

ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTED

FISCAL YEAR ENDING2018 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2017

  12/31/2012  12/31/2013  12/31/2014  12/31/2015   12/31/2016   12/31/2017 

New York Community Bancorp, Inc.

 $100.00  $137.85  $139.58  $151.05   $154.30   $132.87 

S&PMid-Cap 400 Index

 $100.00  $133.50  $146.54  $143.35   $173.08   $201.20 

SNL U.S. Bank and Thrift Index

 $100.00  $136.92  $152.85  $155.94   $196.86   $231.49 

2023

2199023257926
12/31/201812/31/201912/31/202012/31/202112/31/202212/31/2023
New York Community Bancorp, Inc.$100.00 $135.38 $127.51 $156.41 $118.03 $149.75 
S&P Mid-Cap 400 Index$100.00 $126.20 $143.44 $178.95 $155.58 $181.15 
S&P U.S. BMI Banks Index$100.00 $137.36 $119.83 $162.92 $135.13 $147.41 

Share Repurchases


Shares Repurchased Pursuant to the Company’s Stock-Based Incentive Plans


Participants in the Company’s stock-based incentive plans may have shares of common stock withheld to fulfill the income tax obligations that arise in connection with their exercise of stock options and the vesting of their stock awards. Shares that are withheld for this purpose are repurchased pursuant to the terms of the applicable stock-based incentive plan, rather than pursuant to the share repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors, described below.

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, the Company allocated $18.5 million toward the repurchase of shares of its common stock, including $7.5 million in the fourth quarter, as indicated in the following table:

(dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Period

  Total Shares of Common
Stock Repurchased
   Average Price Paid
per Common Share
   Total
Allocation
 

First Quarter 2017

   648,793    $15.62   $10,132 

Second Quarter 2017

   37,414    13.43    502 

Third Quarter 2017

   26,670    12.89    344 

Fourth Quarter 2017:

      

October

   7,399    12.88    95 

November

   2,686    12.86    35 

December

   561,411    13.10    7,355 
  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Fourth Quarter 2017

   571,496    13.10    7,485 
  

 

 

     

 

 

 

2017 Total

   1,284,373    $14.37   $18,463 
  

 

 

     

 

 

 


Shares Repurchased Pursuant to the Board of Directors’ Share Repurchase Authorization


On April 20, 2004,October 23, 2018, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to five$300 million shares of the Company’s common stock. Of this amount, 1,659,816 shares were still available for repurchase at December 31, 2017. Under said authorization, shares may be repurchased on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. No shares have been repurchasedAs of December 31, 2023, the Company has approximately $9 million remaining under this authorization since August 2006.

repurchase authorization.



49


Shares that are repurchased pursuant to the Board of Directors’ authorization, and those that are repurchased pursuant to the Company’s stock-based incentive plans, are held in our Treasury account and may be used for various corporate purposes, including, but not limited to, merger transactions and the vesting of restricted stock awards.


During the year December 31, 2023, the Company repurchased $12 million or 1 million shares of its common stock:

(dollars in millions, except share data)
PeriodTotal Shares of Common Stock RepurchasedAverage Price Paid per Common ShareTotal AllocationTotal Shares of Common Stock Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
First Quarter 2023976,454 $9.33 $0
Second Quarter 2023190,177 10.3620
Third Quarter 202333,956 12.5000
Fourth Quarter 2023
October 1 - 31, 20231,525 10.29 0— 
November 1 - 30, 20234,897 9.34 — — 
December 1 - 31, 202350,526 9.92 — 
Total Fourth Quarter 202356,948 $16.57 — 
2023 Total1,257,535 $9.59 $12 — 

ITEM
Item 6.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATAReserved

   At or For the Years Ended December 31, 
(dollars in thousands, except share data)  2017  2016  2015  2014  2013 

EARNINGS SUMMARY:

      

Net interest income(1)

  $1,130,003  $1,287,382  $408,075  $1,140,353  $1,166,616 

Provision for (recovery of) losses onnon-covered loans

   60,943   11,874   (3,334  —     18,000 

(Recovery of) provision for losses on covered loans

   (23,701  (7,694  (11,670  (18,587  12,758 

Non-interest income

   216,880   145,572   210,763   201,593   218,830 

Non-interest expense:

      

Operating expenses(2)

   641,218   638,109   615,600   579,170   591,778 

Amortization of core deposit intangibles

   208   2,391   5,344   8,297   15,784 

Debt repositioning charge

   —     —     141,209   —     —   

Merger-related expenses

   —     11,146   3,702   —     —   

Totalnon-interest expense

   641,426   651,646   765,855   587,467   607,562 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   202,014   281,727   (84,857  287,669   271,579 

Net income (loss)(3)

   466,201   495,401   (47,156  485,397   475,547 

Preferred stock dividends

   24,621   —     —     —     —   

Net income available to common shareholders

   441,580   495,401   (47,156  485,397   475,547 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share(3)

   $0.90   $1.01   $(0.11  $1.09   $1.08 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share(3)

   0.90   1.01   (0.11  1.09   1.08 

Dividends paid per common share

   0.68   0.68   1.00   1.00   1.00 

SELECTED RATIOS:

      

Return on average assets(3)

   0.96  1.00  (0.10)%   1.01  1.07

Return on average common stockholders’ equity(3)

   7.12   8.19   (0.81  8.41   8.46 

Average common stockholders’ equity to average assets

   12.76   12.28   11.90   12.01   12.66 

Operating expenses to average assets(2)

   1.32   1.29   1.26   1.21   1.33 

Efficiency ratio(1)(2)

   47.61   44.53   99.48   43.16   42.71 

Net interest rate spread(1)

   2.47   2.85   0.69   2.57   2.90 

Net interest margin(1)

   2.59   2.93   0.94   2.67   3.01 

Common dividend payout ratio

   75.56   67.33   —     91.74   92.59 

BALANCE SHEET SUMMARY:

      

Total assets

  $49,124,195  $48,926,555  $50,317,796  $48,559,217  $46,688,287 

Loans, net of allowances for loan losses

   38,265,183   39,308,016   38,011,995   35,647,639   32,727,507 

Allowance for losses onnon-covered loans

   158,046   158,290   147,124   139,857   141,946 

Allowance for losses on covered loans

   —     23,701   31,395   45,481   64,069 

Securities

   3,531,427   3,817,057   6,173,645   7,096,450   7,951,020 

Deposits

   29,102,163   28,887,903   28,426,758   28,328,734   25,660,992 

Borrowed funds

   12,913,679   13,673,379   15,748,405   14,226,487   15,105,002 

Common stockholders’ equity

   6,292,536   6,123,991   5,934,696   5,781,815   5,735,662 

Common shares outstanding

   488,490,352   487,056,676   484,943,308   442,587,190   440,809,365 

Book value per common share

   $12.88   $12.57   $12.24   $13.06   $13.01 

Common stockholders’ equity to total assets

   12.81  12.52  11.79  11.91  12.29

ASSET QUALITY RATIOS (excluding covered assets andnon-covered purchased credit-impaired loans):

      

Non-performingnon-covered loans to totalnon-covered loans

   0.19  0.15  0.13  0.23  0.35

Non-performingnon-covered assets to totalnon-covered assets

   0.18   0.14   0.13   0.30   0.40 

Allowance for losses onnon-covered loans tonon-performingnon-covered loans

   214.50   277.19   310.08   181.75   137.10 

Allowance for losses onnon-covered loans to totalnon-covered loans

   0.41   0.42   0.41   0.42   0.48 

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans(4)

   0.16   0.00   (0.02  0.01   0.05 

ASSET QUALITY RATIOS (including covered assets andnon-covered purchased credit-impaired loans): (5)

      

Totalnon-performing loans to total loans

   0.19  0.48  0.49  0.66  0.97

Totalnon-performing assets to total assets

   0.18   0.44   0.45   0.68   0.91 

Allowances for loan losses to totalnon-performing loans

   214.50   96.39   96.51   78.92   65.40 

Allowances for loan losses to total loans

   0.41   0.47   0.47   0.52   0.63 


(1)
Item 7.The 2015 amount reflects the impactManagement's Discussion and Analysis of a $773.8 million debt repositioning charge recorded as interest expense in the fourth quarterFinancial Condition and Results of the year.Operations
(2)The 2015 amount includes state and localnon-income taxes of $5.4 million resulting from the debt repositioning charge.
(3)The 2015 amount reflects the $546.8 millionafter-tax impact of the debt repositioning charge recorded as interest expense andnon-interest expense, combined.
(4)Average loans include covered loans.
(5)At December 31, 2017, the Company had no covered assets.

ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

For the purpose of this discussion and analysis, the words “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” are used to refer to New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries, including New York Community Bank (the “Community Bank”) and New York Commercial Bank (the “Commercial Bank”) (collectively, the “Banks”).

Executive Summary

New York Community Bancorp, Inc. is the holding company for New York Community Bank, with 225 branches in Metro New York, New Jersey, Ohio, Florida, and Arizona, and New York Commercial Bank, with 30 branches in Metro New York. 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

At December 31, 2017, we had2023, total assets were $114.1 billion, up $23.9 billion compared to December 31, 2022. Total deposits were $81.5 billion at December 31, 2023, up $22.8 billion from December 31, 2022. These year-to-date increases were primarily due to our March 20, 2023, assumption of $49.1 billion, including total loansa substantial amount of $38.4 billion, totalthe deposits of $29.1 billion, and total stockholders’ equity of $6.8 billion.

Chartered in the State of New York, the Community Bankcertain identified liabilities and the Commercialacquisition of certain assets and lines of business of Signature Bridge Bank, are subject to regulation byfrom the Federal Deposit Insurance CorporationFDIC as receiver for Signature Bridge Bank (the “FDIC”), the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, and the New York State Department of Financial Services (the “NYSDFS”“Signature Transaction”). In addition, the holding company is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”), the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), andSee Note 3 - Business Combinations to the requirements ofConsolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the New York Stock Exchange, where shares of our common stock are traded under the symbol “NYCB.”

As a publicly traded company, our mission is to provide our shareholders with a solid return on their investment by producing a strong financial performance, maintaining a solid capital position, and engaging in corporate strategies that enhance the value of their shares. Signature Transaction.


For the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2017, the Company reported2023, net loss was $79 million as compared to net income of $466.2$650 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Net loss available to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $112 million, compared to $495.4net income $617 million for the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2016, down 6%. Net income available to common shareholders2022. Diluted (loss) earnings per share totaled $441.6 million, down 11% from the $495.4 million reported$(0.16) for the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2016. Diluted earnings per common share were $0.902023 compared to $1.26 for the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2017, as compared to $1.01 per diluted common share2022.

The net loss for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, down 11%.

Additionally, we maintained our status as2023 primarily reflects a well-capitalized institution with regulatory capital ratios that rose year-over-year. We also engaged in strategies that were consistent with our business model, as further described below:

We Resumed Our Balance Sheet Growth

After not growing our balance sheet over the past three years, the Company resumed its organic balance sheet strategygoodwill impairment of $2.4 billion recorded in the fourth quarter of 2017. Compared topartially offset by a $2.1 billion bargain gain on the third quarter of 2017, total assets grew at an annualized rate of 5.5% to $49.1 billion. This growth was achieved through a combination of securities and loan growth. Total securities increased by $500.4 million or 16.5% (not annualized) to $3.5 billion, while totalnon-covered loans held for investment increased by $881.8 million, or 9.4% annualized. At the same time, we significantly curtailed the practice of selling loans to other financial institutions. While we recorded strong growth to end the year, we still managed to stay below the Systemically Important Financial Institution (“SIFI”) threshold of $50 billion. For the four quarters ended December 31, 2017, the Company’s total consolidated assets averaged $48.7 billion.

We Maintained a Strong Presence in our Multi-Family Lending Niche

In 2017, we originated $8.9 billion of loans for investment, including $5.4 billion of our core multi-family product, $1.0 billion of commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans, and $1.8 billion of specialty finance loans. The increase occurred in the latter half of the year, with most of it arising inSignature Transaction. During the fourth quarter of 2017,2023, management also took decisive actions to build capital, reinforce our balance sheet, strengthen our risk management processes, and better align ourselves with the relevant bank peers. We significantly built our reserve levels by recording a $552 million provision for loan losses, bringing our allowance for credit losses to $992 million at December 31, 2023, reflecting our actions to build reserves during the quarter to address weakness in the office sector, potential repricing risk in the multi-family portfolio and conditions leading to increases in classified assets, which better aligns the Company with its relevant bank peers, including Category IV banks. In addition, we added on-balance sheet liquidity as we prepare for the enhanced prudential standards that apply to banks with $100 billion or more in total originationsassets.


Loan Portfolio

At December 31, 2023, total C&I loans were $25.3 billion compared to $12.3 billion at December 31, 2022. The majority of held-for-investmentthe increase is attributable to the $9.9 billion of C&I loans acquired in the Signature Transaction along with continued growth through new originations.


50


The multi-family loan portfolio was $37.3 billion at December 31, 2023, down slightly compared to $38.1 billion at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023, multi-family loans represented 44 percent of total loans, compared to 55 percent at December 31, 2022, further demonstrating the reduction of our concentration in this asset class.

Commercial loans (commercial real estate and acquisition, development and construction loans) increased 52%$2.9 billion at December 31, 2023 to $13.4 billion compared to $10.5 billion at December 31, 2022 largely attributable to the Signature Transaction and growth in our home builder finance portfolio.

One-to-four family residential loans totaled $6.1 billion at December 31, 2023, representing 7 percent of total loans compared to $5.8 billion or eight percent of total loans at December 31, 2022. Other loans totaled $2.7 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2022. The other loan portfolio consists mostly of HELOC and other consumer loans.

Loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2023 totaled $1.2 billion, up from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2022.

Deposit Base

Deposits at December 31, 2023 totaled $81.5 billion, up $22.8 billion compared to $58.7 billion at December 31, 2022 primarily driven by the Signature Transaction.

Our deposit base includes $29.3 billion of uninsured deposits at December 31, 2023, up $12.9 billion as compared to December 31, 2022 largely due to the fourth quarter of 2016.Signature Transaction. This includes origination growth of 76% for our multi-family loans, 21% for our CRE loans, and 53% for our specialty finance loans.

Strategic Asset Sale

On June 27, 2017, the Company announced that it had entered into an agreement to sell its mortgage banking business, which was acquired as part of its 2009 FDIC-assisted acquisition of AmTrust Bank (“AmTrust”), to Freedom Mortgage Corporation. This sale included both our origination and servicing platforms, as well as our mortgage servicing rights portfolio. Additionally, the Company received approval from the FDIC to sell the assets covered under our Loss Share Agreements (“LSA”) and entered into an agreement to sell the majorityrepresents 35.9 percent of ourone-to-four family residential mortgage-related assets, including those covered under total deposits. These amounts were determined based on the LSA, to an affiliate of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”). Both transactions were completed duringsame methodologies and assumptions used for regulatory reporting purposes and exclude internal accounts. At December 31, 2023 total liquidity (cash and cash equivalents, unpledged securities, and FHLB and FRB borrowing capacity) was $27.9 billion.


Net Interest Income

For the third quarter.

We Maintained our Record of Exceptional Asset Quality

Non-performingnon-covered assets represented $90.1 million, or 0.18%, of totalnon-covered assets at the end of this December, andnon-performingnon-covered loans represented $73.7 million, or 0.19%, of totalnon-covered loans. While our level ofnon-performing assets was modestly higher than the year-earlier level, the increase stemmed from the transfer tonon-accrual status of certain taxi medallion-related loans. The performance of our multi-family and CRE loans, which are our principal assets, continued to be exceptional over the course of the year.

Also reflecting the quality of our assets was the level of net charge-offs we recorded in the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2017. Net charge-offs represented $61.2 million,2023, net interest income totaled $3.1 billion, up $1.7 billion or 0.16%120 percent compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily the result of average loans, and largely consisted of taxi medallion-related loans.

External Factors

The following is a discussion of certain external factors that tend to influence our financial performancethe Flagstar acquisition, which closed in late 2022, and the strategic actions we take.

Interest Rates

AmongSignature transaction, which closed in late March of 2023.


For the external factors that tendyear ended December 31, 2023, net interest margin was 2.99 percent, up sixty-four basis points compared to influence our performance, the interest rate environment is key. Just as short-term interest rates affectyear ended December 31, 2022. The year-over-year increase was primarily the costresult of our deposits and that ofa larger balance sheet driven by both the funds we borrow, market interest rates affect the yields on the loans we produce for investmentFlagstar acquisition and the securitiesSignature transaction, and due to organic loan growth, along with the impact of higher interest rates.

Asset Quality

At December 31, 2023, NPA to total assets equaled 0.39 percent compared to 0.17 percent at December 31, 2022 while NPL to total loans equaled 0.51 percent compared to 0.20 percent at December 31, 2022. The increase in which we invest.

As further discussed under “Loans Held for Investment” later onNPLs was primarily driven by a $125 million increase in this discussion, the interest rates on our multi-family loans and CRE credits generally are based on the five-year Constant Maturity Treasury Rate (the “CMT”). The following table summarizes the high, low, and average five- andten-year CMT ratesa $108 million in 2017 and 2016:

   Constant Maturity Treasury Rates 
   Five-Year  Ten-Year 
   2017  2016  2017  2016 

High

   2.26  2.10  2.62  2.60

Low

   1.63   0.94   2.05   1.37 

Average

   1.91   1.33   2.33   1.84 

Because the multi-family and CRE loans we produce generate income when they prepay (which is recorded as interest income), the impactcommercial real estate loans. Repossessed assets of repayment activity can be especially meaningful. In 2017, prepayment income from loans contributed $47.0$14 million were slightly higher compared to interest income;$12 million in the prior year, the contribution was $60.9 million.

Economic Indicators

While we attribute our asset quality to the natureyear.


Recent Events

Declaration of the loans we produce and our conservative underwriting standards, the quality of our assets can also be impacted by economic conditions in our local markets and throughout the United States. The information that follows consists of recent economic data that we consider to be germane to our performance and the markets we serve.

The following table presents the generally downward trend in unemployment rates, as reported by the U.S. Department of Labor, both nationally and in the various markets that comprise our footprint, for the months indicated:

   December 
   2017  2016 

Unemployment rate:

 

 

United States

   3.9  4.5

New York City

   3.9   4.4 

Arizona

   4.6   4.7 

Florida

   3.7   4.7 

New Jersey

   4.1   4.2 

New York

   4.4   4.5 

Ohio

   4.5   4.8 

The Consumer Price Index (the “CPI”) measures the average change over time in the prices paid by urban consumers for a market basket of consumer goods and services. The following table indicates the change in the CPI for the twelve months ended at each of the indicated dates:

   For the Twelve Months Ended
December
 
   2017  2016 

Change in prices:

   2.1  2.1

Economic activity also is indicated by the Consumer Confidence Index®, which moved up to 122.1 in December 2017 from 113.7 in December 2016. An index level of 90 or more is considered indicative of a strong economy.

The residential rental vacancy rate in New York, as reported by the U.S. Department of Commerce, and the office vacancy rate in Manhattan, as reported by a leading commercial real estate broker (Jones Lang LaSalle), are important in view of the fact that 63.6% of our multi-family loans and 69.3% of our CRE loans are secured by properties in New York City, with Manhattan accounting for 26.4% and 50.7% of our multi-family and CRE loans, respectively.

As reflected in the following table, the residential rental vacancy rate in New York and the office vacancy rate in Manhattan were both lower in the three months ended December 31, 2017 than they were in the three months ended December 31, 2016:

   For the Three Months Ended
December 31,
 
   2017  2016 

Residential rental vacancy rate in New York

   4.9  5.4

Manhattan office vacancy rate

   10.1   10.4 

Recent Events

Dividend Declaration

on Common Shares


On January 30, 2018,2024, the Company's Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per share on the Company’sCompany's common stock of $0.17 per share,stock. The dividend is payable on February 27, 201828, 2024 to common shareholdersstockholders of record atas of February 14, 2024.

Appointment of Executive Chairman

On February 6, 2024, the closeCompany appointed Alessandro (Sandro) DiNello as Executive Chairman, effective as of business on February 13, 2018.

Critical Accounting Policies

We consider certain accounting policies to be critically important to7, 2024.In this capacity, Mr. DiNello serves as the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations, since they require management to make complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. The inherent sensitivity of our consolidated financial statements to these critical accounting policies, and the judgments, estimates, and assumptions used therein, could have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

We have identified the following to be critical accounting policies: the determinationmost senior executive officer of the allowances for loan losses; the determination of the amount, if any, of goodwill impairment; and the determination of the valuation allowance, if any, for deferred tax assets.

The judgments used by management in applying these critical accounting policies may be influenced by adverse changes in the economic environment, which may result in changes to future financial results.

Allowances for Loan Losses

Allowance for Losses onNon-Covered Loans

The allowance for losses onnon-covered loans represents our estimate of probable and estimable losses inherent in thenon-covered loan portfolio as of the date of the balance sheet. Losses onnon-covered loans are charged against, and recoveries of losses onnon-covered loans are credited back to, the allowance for losses onnon-covered loans.

Althoughnon-covered loans are held by either the Community Bank or the Commercial Bank, and a separate loan loss allowance is established for each, the total of the two allowances is available to cover all losses incurred. In addition, except as otherwise noted in the following discussion, the process for establishing the allowance for losses onnon-covered loans is largely the same for each of the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank.

The methodology used for the allocation of the allowance fornon-covered loan losses at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was generally comparable, whereby the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank segregated their loss factors (used for both criticized andnon-criticized loans) into a component that was primarily based on historical loss rates and a component that was primarily based on other qualitative factors that are probable to affect loan collectability. In determining the respective allowances fornon-covered loan losses, management considers the Community Bank’s and the Commercial Bank’s current business strategies and credit processes, including compliance with applicable regulatory guidelines and with guidelines approved by the respective Boards of Directors with regard to credit limitations, loan approvals, underwriting criteria, and loan workout procedures.

The allowance for losses onnon-covered loans is established based on management’s evaluation of incurred losses in the portfolio in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and is comprised of both specific valuation allowances and general valuation allowances.

Specific valuation allowances are established based on management’s analyses of individual loans that are considered impaired. If anon-covered loan is deemed to be impaired, management measures the extent of the impairment and establishes a specific valuation allowance for that amount. Anon-covered loan is classified as “impaired” when, based on current information and/or events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. We apply this classification as necessary tonon-covered loans individually evaluated for impairment in our portfolios. Smaller-balance homogenous loans and loans carried at the lower of cost or fair value are evaluated for impairment on a collective, rather than individual, basis. Loans to certain borrowers who have experienced financial difficulty and for which the terms have been modified, resulting in a concession, are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) and are classified as impaired.

We generally measure impairment on an individual loan and determine the extent to which a specific valuation allowance is necessary by comparing the loan’s outstanding balance to either the fair value of the collateral, less the estimated cost to sell, or the present value of expected cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Generally, when the fair value of the collateral, net of the estimated cost to sell, or the present value of the expected cash flows is less than the recorded investment in the loan, any shortfall is promptly charged off.

We also follow a process to assign general valuation allowances tonon-covered loan categories. General valuation allowances are established by applying our loan loss provisioning methodology, and reflect the inherent risk in outstandingheld-for-investment loans. This loan loss provisioning methodology considers various factors in determining the appropriate quantified risk factors to use to determine the general valuation allowances. The factors assessed begin with the historical loan loss experience for each major loan category. We also take into account an estimated historical loss emergence period (which is the period of time between the event that triggers a loss and the confirmation and/orcharge-off of that loss) for each loan portfolio segment.

The allocation methodology consists of the following components: First, we determine an allowance for loan losses based on a quantitative loss factor for loans evaluated collectively for impairment. This quantitative loss factor is based primarily on historical loss rates, after considering loan type, historical loss and delinquency experience, and loss emergence periods. The quantitative loss factors applied in the methodology are periodicallyre-evaluated and adjusted to reflect changes in historical loss levels, loss emergence periods, or other risks. Lastly, we allocate an allowance for loan losses based on qualitative loss factors. These qualitative loss factors are designed to account for losses that may not be provided for by the quantitative loss component due to other factors evaluated by management, which include, but are not limited to:

Company.
Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, andcharge-off and recovery practices;

Changes in international, national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of the portfolio, including the condition of various market segments;

Changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and in the terms of loans;51

Changes in the volume and severity ofpast-due loans, the volume ofnon-accrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;


Changes in the quality of our loan review system;

Changes in the value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;

The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations;

Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; and

The effect of other external factors, such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements, on the level of estimated credit losses in the existing portfolio.

By considering the factors discussed above, we determine an allowance fornon-covered loan losses that is applied to each significant loan portfolio segment to determine the total allowance for losses onnon-covered loans.

The historical loss period we use to determine the allowance for loan losses onnon-covered loans is a rolling 28-quarter look-back period, as we believe this produces an appropriate reflection of our historical loss experience.

The process of establishing the allowance for losses onnon-covered loans also involves:

Periodic inspections of the loan collateral by qualifiedin-house and external property appraisers/inspectors;

Regular meetings of executive management with the pertinent Board committee, during which observable trends in the local economy and/or the real estate market are discussed;

Assessment of the aforementioned factors by the pertinent members of the Boards of Directors and management when making a business judgment regarding the impact of anticipated changes on the future level of loan losses; and

Analysis of the portfolio in the aggregate, as well as on an individual loan basis, taking into consideration payment history, underwriting analyses, and internal risk ratings.

In order to determine their overall adequacy, each of the respectivenon-covered loan loss allowances is reviewed quarterly by management and the Board of Directors of the Community Bank or the Commercial Bank, as applicable.

We charge off loans, or portions of loans, in the period that such loans, or portions thereof, are deemed uncollectible. The collectability of individual loans is determined through an assessment of the financial condition and repayment capacity of the borrower and/or through an estimate of the fair value of any underlying collateral. Fornon-real estate-related consumer credits, the followingpast-due time periods determine when charge-offs are typically recorded:(1) Closed-end credits are charged off in the quarter that the loan becomes 120 days past due;(2) Open-end credits are charged off in the quarter that the loan becomes 180 days past due; and (3) Bothclosed-end andopen-end credits are typically charged off in the quarter that the credit is 60 days past the date we received notification that the borrower has filed for bankruptcy.

The level of future additions to the respectivenon-covered loan loss allowances is based on many factors, including certain factors that are beyond management’s control, such as changes in economic and local market conditions, including declines in real estate values, and increases in vacancy rates and unemployment. Management uses the best available information to recognize losses on loans or to make additions to the loan loss allowances; however, the Community Bank and/or the Commercial Bank may be required to take certain charge-offs and/or recognize further additions to their loan loss allowances, based on the judgment of regulatory agencies with regard to information provided to them during their examinations of the Banks.

An allowance for unfunded commitments is maintained separate from the allowances fornon-covered loan losses and is included in “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

See Note 6, “Allowances for Loan Losses” for a further discussion of our allowance for losses on covered loans, as well as additional information about our allowance for losses onnon-covered loans.

Goodwill Impairment

We have significant intangible assets related to goodwill. In connection with our acquisitions, assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their estimated fair values. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price

of our acquisitions over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired, including other identified intangible assets. Our goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually as ofyear-end or more frequently if conditions exist that indicate that the value may be impaired. Our determination of whether or not goodwill is impaired requires us to make significant judgments and requires us to use significant estimates and assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows. If we change our strategy or if market conditions shift, our judgments may change, which may result in adjustments to the recorded goodwill balance.

We test our goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. These impairment evaluations are performed by comparing the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit to its estimated fair value. We allocate goodwill to reporting units based on the reporting unit expected to benefit from the business combination. We had previously identified two reporting units: our Banking Operations reporting unit, and our Residential Mortgage Banking reporting unit. On September 29, 2017, the Company sold the Residential Mortgage Banking reporting unit. Our reporting units are the same as our operating segments and reportable segments.

For annual goodwill impairment testing, we have the option to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill and other intangible assets. If we conclude that this is the case, we must perform thetwo-step test described below. If we conclude based on the qualitative assessment that it is notmore likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we have completed our goodwill impairment test and do not need to perform thetwo-step test.

Step one requires the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value in order to identify potential impairment. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of its net assets, goodwill is not considered impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, potential impairment is indicated at the reporting unit level and step two of the impairment test is performed.

Step two requires that when potential impairment is indicated in step one, we compare the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Determining the implied fair value of goodwill requires a valuation of the reporting unit’s tangible and(non-goodwill) intangible assets and liabilities in a manner similar to the allocation of the purchase price in a business combination. Any excess in the value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is referred to as the implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

As of December 31, 2017, we had goodwill of $2.4 billion. During the year ended December 31, 2017, no triggering events were identified that indicated that the value of goodwill may be impaired. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment assessment as of December 31, 2017 using step one of the quantitative test and found no indication of goodwill impairment at that date.

Income Taxes

In estimating income taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of our tax position. In this process, management also relies on tax opinions, recent audits, and historical experience. Although we use the best available information to record income taxes, underlying estimates and assumptions can change over time as a result of unanticipated events or circumstances such as changes in tax laws and judicial guidance influencing our overall or transaction-specific tax position.

On December 22, 2017 the federal Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, (the “Tax Reform Act”) was enacted into law. The Tax Reform Act significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, among other things, lowering of the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. U.S. GAAP requires that the impact of tax legislation be recognized in the period in which the law was enacted. As a result of the Tax Reform Act, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $42 million due to the net impact of remeasurement of tax attributes affected by the Tax Reform Act.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and the carryforward of certain tax attributes such as net operating losses. A valuation allowance is maintained for deferred tax assets that we estimate are more likely than not to be unrealizable, based on available evidence at the time the estimate is made. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we estimate future taxable income, considering the prudence and feasibility of tax planning strategies and the realizability of tax loss carryforwards.

Valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets can be affected by changes to tax laws, statutory tax rates, and future taxable income levels. In the event we were to determine that we would not be able to realize all or a portion of our net deferred tax assets in the future, we would reduce such amounts through a charge to income tax expense in the period in which that determination was made. Conversely, if we were to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the net carrying amounts, we would decrease the recorded valuation allowance through a decrease in income tax expense in the period in which that determination was made. Subsequently recognized tax benefits associated with valuation allowances recorded in a business combination would be recorded as an adjustment to goodwill.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Balance Sheet Summary

At December 31, 2017, we recorded total assets of $49.1 billion, a $197.6 million increase from the balance at December 31, 2016. Loans, net, and securities represented $38.3 billion and $3.5 billion, respectively, of the December 31st balance and were down $1.0 billion and $285.6 million, respectively, from the prioryear-end balances. The main reason for the decline in loan balances was due to the sale, during the year, of our covered loan portfolio, which totaled $1.7 billion at December 31, 2016. Excluding this sale, totalnon-covered loans, net, were $38.3 billion at the current year-end, up $631.6 million or 1.7% from the prioryear-end.

Total deposits and borrowed funds were $29.1 billion and $12.9 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2017. Deposits increased $214.3 million, or 0.7%, as compared to the prioryear-end, while wholesale borrowings declined 5.7% or $760.0 million versus the balance at December 31, 2016.

Total stockholders’ equity rose $671.4 million from theyear-end 2016 balance, due primarily to a $502.8 million preferred stock offering in March of 2017. Common stockholders’ equity represented 12.81% of total assets at December 31, 2017 compared to 12.52% at December 31, 2016. Book value per common share was $12.88 at December 31, 2017 compared to $12.57 at December 31, 2016.

Loans

Total loans declined $1.0 billion year-over-year to $38.4 billion, representing 78.2% of total assets at December 31, 2017. Included in the 2016year-end amount were covered loans of $1.7 billion. Given the sale of those loans during 2017, the Company did not have any covered loans as of December 31, 2017 and only $35.3 million ofnon-covered loans held for sale compared tonon-covered loans held for sale of $409.2 million at December 31, 2016.

Covered Loans

As previously discussed, the Company sold its covered loan portfolio during the third quarter of 2017; therefore, the Company does not have any covered loans outstanding as of December 31, 2017. Covered loans at December 31, 2016 were $1.7 billion.

Non-Covered Loans Held for Investment

The majority of the loans we produce are loans held for investment and most of theheld-for-investment loans we produce are multi-family loans. Our production of multi-family loans began several decades ago in the five boroughs of New York City, where the majority of the rental units currently consist of rent-regulated apartments featuring below-market rents.

In addition to multi-family loans, our portfolio of loans held for investment contains a large number of CRE credits, most of which are secured by income-producing properties located in New York City and on Long Island.

In addition to multi-family loans and CRE loans, our portfolio includes substantially smaller balances ofone-to-four family loans, ADC loans, and other loans held for investment, with commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loans comprising the bulk of the other loan portfolio. Specialty finance loans and leases account for most of our C&I credits, with the remainder consisting primarily of loans to small andmid-size businesses, referred to as other C&I loans.

At December 31, 2017, loans secured by multi-family,non-owner occupied CRE, and ADC properties represented 742.1% of the consolidated Banks’ total risk-based capital, within our limit of 850%.

In 2017, we originated $8.9 billion ofheld-for-investment loans, a $264.0 million decrease from the prior year. A major reason for this decline was related to a drop inone-to-four family originations, as we exited that business in the third quarter of the year. During 2017, we sold $429.4 million ofheld-for-investment loans, largely through participations, as compared to $1.7 billion in 2016. The decline in loan sales is consistent with the Company’s strategy of resuming growth in the second half of 2017. In 2017, sales of such loans produced net gains of $1.2 million as compared to $15.8 million in 2016.

Multi-Family Loans

Multi-family loans are our principal asset. The loans we produce are primarily secured bynon-luxury residential apartment buildings in New York City that feature rent-regulated units and below-market rents—a market we refer to as our “primary lending niche.” Consistent with our emphasis on multi-family lending, multi-family loan originations represented $5.4 billion, or 60.3%, of the loans we produced for investment in 2017. The latter amount was $307.2 million, or 5%, lower than the prior year’s volume.

At December 31, 2017, multi-family loans represented $28.1 billion, or 73.2%, of totalnon-covered loans held for investment, reflecting a year-over-year increase of $1.1 billion, or 4.2%.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, the average multi-family loan had a principal balance of $5.8 million and $5.5 million; the expected weighted average life of the portfolio was 2.6 years and 2.9 years at the respective dates.

The majority of our multi-family loans are made to long-term owners of buildings with apartments that are subject to rent regulation and feature below-market rents. Our borrowers typically use the funds we provide to make building-wide improvements and renovations to certain apartments, as a result of which they are able to increase the rents their tenants pay. In doing so, the borrower creates more cash flows to borrow against in future years.

In addition to underwriting multi-family loans on the basis of the buildings’ income and condition, we consider the borrowers’ credit history, profitability, and building management expertise. Borrowers are required to present evidence of their ability to repay the loan from the buildings’ current rent rolls, their financial statements, and related documents.

While a small percentage of our multi-family loans areten-year fixed rate credits, the vast majority of our multi-family loans feature a term of ten or twelve years, with a fixed rate of interest for the first five or seven years of the loan, and an alternative rate of interest in years six through ten or eight through twelve. The rate charged in the first five or seven years is generally based on intermediate-term interest rates plus a spread. During the remaining years, the loan resets to an annually adjustable rate that is tied to the prime rate of interest, plus a spread. Alternately, the borrower may opt for a fixed rate that is tied to the five-year fixed advance rate of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (the“FHLB-NY”), plus a spread. The fixed-rate option also requires the payment of one percentage point of the then-outstanding loan balance. In either case, the minimum rate at repricing is equivalent to the rate in the initialfive-or seven-year term. As the rent roll increases, the typical property owner seeks to refinance the mortgage, and generally does so before the loan reprices in year six or eight.

Multi-family loans that refinance within the first five or seven years are typically subject to an established prepayment penalty schedule. Depending on the remaining term of the loan at the time of prepayment, the penalties normally range from five percentage points to one percentage point of the then-current loan balance. If a loan extends past the fifth or seventh year and the borrower selects the fixed-rate option, the prepayment penalties typically reset to a range of five points to one point over years six through ten or eight through twelve. For example, aten-year multi-family loan that prepays in year three would generally be expected to pay a prepayment penalty equal to three percentage points of the remaining principal balance. A twelve-year multi-family loan that prepays in year one or two would generally be expected to pay a penalty equal to five percentage points.

Because prepayment penalties are recorded as interest income, they are reflected in the average yields on our loans and interest-earning assets, our net interest rate spread and net interest margin, and the level of net interest income we record. No assumptions are involved in the recognition of prepayment income, as such income is only recorded when cash is received.

Our success as a multi-family lender partly reflects the solid relationships we have developed with the market’s leading mortgage brokers, who are familiar with our lending practices, our underwriting standards, and our long-standing practice of basing our loans on the cash flows produced by the properties. The process of producing such loans is generally four to six weeks in duration and, because the multi-family market is largely broker-driven, the expense incurred in sourcing such loans is substantially reduced.

At December 31, 2017, the majority of our multi-family loans were secured by rental apartment buildings. In addition, 63.6% of our multi-family loans were secured by buildings in New York City and 5.3% were secured by buildings elsewhere in New York State. The remaining multi-family loans were secured by buildings outside these markets, including in the four other states served by our retail branch offices.

Our emphasis on multi-family loans is driven by several factors, including their structure, which reduces our exposure to interest rate volatility to some degree. Another factor driving our focus on multi-family lending has been the comparative quality of the loans we produce. Reflecting the nature of the buildings securing our loans, our underwriting standards, and the generally conservativeloan-to-value ratios (“LTVs”) our multi-family loans feature at origination, a relatively small percentage of the multi-family loans that have transitioned tonon-performing status have actually resulted in losses, even when the credit cycle has taken a downward turn.

We primarily underwrite our multi-family loans based on the current cash flows produced by the collateral property, with a reliance on the “income” approach to appraising the properties, rather than the “sales” approach. The sales approach is subject to fluctuations in the real estate market, as well as general economic conditions, and is therefore likely to be more risky in the event of a downward credit cycle turn. We also consider a variety of other factors, including the physical condition of the underlying property; the net operating income of the mortgaged premises prior to debt service; the debt service coverage ratio (“DSCR”), which is the ratio of the property’s net operating income to its debt service; and the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value (i.e., the LTV) of the property.

In addition to requiring a minimum DSCR of 120% on multi-family buildings, we obtain a security interest in the personal property located on the premises, and an assignment of rents and leases. Our multi-family loans generally represent no more than 75% of the lower of the appraised value or the sales price of the underlying property, and typically feature an amortization period of 30 years. In addition, our multi-family loans may contain an initial interest-only period which typically does not exceed two years; however, these loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis.

Accordingly, while our multi-family lending niche has not been immune to downturns in the credit cycle, the limited number of losses we have recorded, even in adverse credit cycles, suggests that the multi-family loans we produce involve less credit risk than certain other types of loans. In general, buildings that are subject to rent regulation have tended to be stable, with occupancy levels remaining more or less constant over time. Because the rents are typically below market and the buildings securing our loans are generally maintained in good condition, they have been more likely to retain their tenants in adverse economic times. In addition, we exclude any short-term property tax exemptions and abatement benefits the property owners receive when we underwrite our multi-family loans.

Commercial Real Estate Loans

At December 31, 2017, CRE loans represented $7.3 billion, or 19.1%, of total loans held for investment, as compared to $7.7 billion, or 20.7%, at December 31, 2016. The growth of the portfolio was tempered by prepayment activity during the year. The average CRE loan had a principal balance of $5.7 million at the end of this December, as compared to $5.6 million at the prioryear-end. In addition, the portfolio had an expected weighted average life of 3.0 years and 3.4 years at the corresponding dates.

CRE loans represented $1.0 billion, or 11.7%, of the loans we produced in 2017 for investment, as compared to $1.2 billion, or 12.9%, in the prior year.

The CRE loans we produce are secured by income-producing properties such as office buildings, retail centers,mixed-use buildings, and multi-tenanted light industrial properties. At December 31, 2017, 69.3% of our CRE loans were secured by properties in New York City, while properties on Long Island accounted for 11.8%. Other parts of New York State accounted for 2.6% of the properties securing our CRE credits, while all other states accounted for 16.3%, combined.

The terms of our CRE loans are similar to the terms of our multi-family credits. While a small percentage of our CRE loans featureten-year fixed-rate terms, they primarily feature a fixed rate of interest for the first five or seven years of the loan that is generally based on intermediate-term interest rates plus a spread. During years six through ten or eight through twelve, the loan resets to an annually adjustable rate that is tied to the prime rate of

interest, plus a spread. Alternately, the borrower may opt for a fixed rate that is tied to the five-year fixed advance rate of theFHLB-NY plus a spread. The fixed-rate option also requires the payment of an amount equal to one percentage point of the then-outstanding loan balance. In either case, the minimum rate at repricing is equivalent to the rate in the initial five- or seven-year term.

Prepayment penalties apply to our CRE loans, as they do our multi-family credits. Depending on the remaining term of the loan at the time of prepayment, the penalties normally range from five percentage points to one percentage point of the then-current loan balance. If a loan extends past the fifth or seventh year and the borrower selects the fixed rate option, the prepayment penalties typically reset to a range of five points to one point over years six through ten or eight through twelve. Our CRE loans tend to refinance within three to four years of origination, as reflected in the expected weighted average life of the CRE portfolio noted above.

The repayment of loans secured by commercial real estate is often dependent on the successful operation and management of the underlying properties. To minimize our credit risk, we originate CRE loans in adherence with conservative underwriting standards, and require that such loans qualify on the basis of the property’s current income stream and DSCR. The approval of a loan also depends on the borrower’s credit history, profitability, and expertise in property management, and generally requires a minimum DSCR of 130% and a maximum LTV of 65%. In addition, the origination of CRE loans typically requires a security interest in the fixtures, equipment, and other personal property of the borrower and/or an assignment of the rents and/or leases. In addition, our CRE loans may contain an interest-only period which typically does not exceed three years; however, these loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis.

One-to-Four Family Loans

At December 31, 2017,one-to-four family loans represented $477.2 million, or 1.2%, of total loans held for investment, as compared to $381.1 million, or 1.0%, at the prioryear-end. The year-over-year increase was due to certain mixed use CRE loans with less than five residential units being classified asone-to-four family loans. Other than these types of loans, we do not currently expect to originateone-to-four family loans.

The majority of theone-to-four family loans we produced for investment were prime jumbo adjustable-rate mortgage loans made at conservative LTVs to borrowers with high credit ratings. Originations ofone-to-four family loans dropped $179.1 million year-over-year to $124.8 million, as we exited this line of business. Such loans continued to represent a small portion (1.4%) of theheld-for-investment loans we produced in 2017.

Acquisition, Development, and Construction Loans

At December 31, 2017, ADC loans represented $435.8 million, or 1.1%, of total loans held for investment, as compared to $381.2 million, or 1.0%, at the prioryear-end. Originations of ADC loans totaled $77.2 million in 2017, down $73.0 million from the year-earlier amount.

At December 31, 2017, 43.1% of the loans in our ADC portfolio were for land acquisition and development; the remaining 56.9% consisted of loans that were provided for the construction of commercial properties and owner-occupied homes. Loan terms vary based upon the scope of the construction, and generally range from 18 months to two years. They also feature a floating rate of interest tied to prime, with a floor. At December 31, 2017, 77.4% of our ADC loans were for properties in New York City.

Because ADC loans are generally considered to have a higher degree of credit risk, especially during a downturn in the credit cycle, borrowers are required to provide a guarantee of repayment and completion. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we recovered losses against guarantees of $601,000 and $337,000, respectively. The risk of loss on an ADC loan is largely dependent upon the accuracy of the initial appraisal of the property’s value upon completion of construction; the developer’s experience; the estimated cost of construction, including interest; and the estimated time to complete and/or sell or lease such property.

When applicable, as a condition to closing an ADC loan, it is our practice to require that properties meetpre-sale orpre-lease requirements prior to funding.

C&I Loans

Our C&I loans are divided into two categories: specialty finance loans and leases, and other C&I loans, as further described below.

Specialty Finance Loans and Leases

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, specialty finance loans and leases represented $1.5 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, of total loans held for investment, and $1.8 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, of the C&I loans produced over the course of those years.

We produce our specialty finance loans and leases through a subsidiary that is staffed by a group of industry veterans with expertise in originating and underwriting senior securitized debt and equipment loans and leases. The subsidiary participates in syndicated loans that are brought to them, and equipment loans and leases that are assigned to them, by a select group of nationally recognized sources, and are generally made to large corporate obligors, many of which are publicly traded, carry investment grade or near-investment grade ratings, and participate in stable industries nationwide.

The specialty finance loans and leases we fund fall into three categories: asset-based lending, dealer floor-plan lending, and equipment loan and lease financing. Each of these credits is secured with a perfected first security interest in, or outright ownership of, the underlying collateral, and structured as senior debt or as anon-cancelable lease. Asset-based and dealer floor-plan loans are priced at floating rates predominately tied to LIBOR, while our equipment financing credits are priced at fixed rates at a spread over Treasuries.

Since launching our specialty finance business in the third quarter of 2013, no losses have been recorded on any of the loans or leases in this portfolio.

Other C&I Loans

In the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, other C&I loans declined $132.1 million to $500.8 million, and represented $511.4 million of theheld-for-investment loans we produced. Included in the balance atyear-end 2017 were taxi medallion-related loans of $99.1 million. The portfolio of taxi medallion-related loans represented 0.26% of totalheld-for-investment loans at December 31, 2017.

In contrast to the loans produced by our specialty finance subsidiary, the other C&I loans we produce are primarily made to small andmid-size businesses in the five boroughs of New York City and on Long Island. Such loans are tailored to meet the specific needs of our borrowers, and include term loans, demand loans, revolving lines of credit, and, to a much lesser extent, loans that are partly guaranteed by the Small Business Administration.

A broad range of other C&I loans, both collateralized and unsecured, are made available to businesses for working capital (including inventory and accounts receivable), business expansion, the purchase of machinery and equipment, and other general corporate needs. In determining the term and structure of other C&I loans, several factors are considered, including the purpose, the collateral, and the anticipated sources of repayment. Other C&I loans are typically secured by business assets and personal guarantees of the borrower, and include financial covenants to monitor the borrower’s financial stability.

The interest rates on our other C&I loans can be fixed or floating, with floating-rate loans being tied to prime or some other market index, plus an applicable spread. Our floating-rate loans may or may not feature a floor rate of interest. The decision to require a floor on other C&I loans depends on the level of competition we face for such loans from other institutions, the direction of market interest rates, and the profitability of our relationship with the borrower.

Other Loans

At December 31, 2017, other loans totaled $8.5 million and consisted primarily of a variety of consumer loans, most of which were overdraft loans, and loans to non-profit organizations. We currently do not offer home equity loans or lines of credit.

Lending Authority

The loans we originate for investment are subject to federal and state laws and regulations, and are underwritten in accordance with loan underwriting policies approved by the Management Credit Committee, the Mortgage and Real Estate Committee of the Community Bank (the “Mortgage Committee”), the Credit Committee of the Commercial Bank (the “Credit Committee”), and the respective Boards of Directors of the Banks.

Prior to 2017, all loans originated by the Banks were presented to the Mortgage Committee or the Credit Committee, as applicable. Furthermore, all loans of $20.0 million or more originated by the Community Bank, and all loans of $10.0 million or more originated by the Commercial Bank, were reported to the applicable Board of Directors.

Effective January 27, 2017, all loans other than C&I loans less than or equal to $3.0 million are required to be presented to the Management Credit Committee for approval. All multi-family, CRE, and other C&I loans in excess of $5.0 million, and specialty finance loans in excess of $15.0 million, are also required to be presented to the Mortgage Committee or the Credit Committee, as applicable, so that the Committees can review the loans’ associated risks. The Committees have authority to direct changes in lending practices as they deem necessary or appropriate in order to address individual or aggregate risks and credit exposures in accordance with the Bank’s strategic objectives and risk appetites.

All mortgage loans in excess of $50.0 million and all other C&I loans in excess of $5.0 million require approval by the Mortgage Committee or the Credit Committee. Credit Committee approval also is required for specialty finance loans in excess of $15.0 million.

In addition, all loans of $20.0 million or more originated by the Community Bank, and all loans of $10.0 million or more originated by the Commercial Bank, continue to be reported to the applicable Board of Directors, and all C&I loans less than or equal to $3.0 million continue to be approved byline-of-business personnel.

In 2017, 172 loans of $10.0 million or more were originated by the Banks, with an aggregate loan balance of $4.2 billion at origination. In 2016, by comparison, 176 loans of $10.0 million or more were originated, with an aggregate loan balance at origination of $5.1 billion.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the largest loan in our portfolio was a loan originated by the Community Bank on June 28, 2013 to the owner of a commercial office building located in Manhattan. As of the date of this report, the loan has been current since origination. The balance of the loan was $287.5 million at both year-ends.

Geographical Analysis of the Portfolio ofNon-Covered Loans Held for Investment

The following table presents a geographical analysis of the multi-family and CRE loans in ourheld-for-investment loan portfolio at December 31, 2017:

   At December 31, 2017 
   Multi-Family Loans  Commercial Real Estate Loans 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Percent
of Total
  Amount   Percent
of Total
 

New York City:

       

Manhattan

  $7,399,409    26.36 $3,712,116    50.70

Brooklyn

   4,340,472    15.46   563,867    7.70 

Bronx

   3,783,194    13.48   95,758    1.31 

Queens

   2,252,315    8.02   647,774    8.84 

Staten Island

   78,513    0.28   55,721    0.76 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total New York City

  $17,853,903    63.60 $5,075,236    69.31
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long Island

   517,651    1.84   862,888    11.79 

Other New York State

   971,697    3.46   191,797    2.62 

All other states

   8,731,458    31.10   1,192,305    16.28 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $28,074,709    100.00 $7,322,226    100.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, the largest concentration of ADC loans held for investment was in New York City, with a total of $337.4 million at that date. The majority of our other C&I loans held for investment were secured by properties and/or businesses located in Metro New York.

Loan Maturity and Repricing Analysis:Non-Covered Loans Held for Investment

The following table sets forth the maturity or period to repricing of our portfolio ofnon-covered loans held for investment at December 31, 2017. Loans that have adjustable rates are shown as being due in the period during which their interest rates are next subject to change.

   Non-Covered Loans Held for Investment
at December 31, 2017
 
(in thousands)  Multi-Family   Commercial
Real Estate
   One-to-Four
Family
   Acquisition,
Development,
and
Construction
   Other   Total
Loans
 

Amount due:

 

          

Within one year

  $1,170,796   $858,534   $8,985   $374,369   $1,071,480   $3,484,164 

After one year:

            

One to five years

   18,470,347    4,567,130    119,823    52,414    536,467    23,746,181 

Over five years

   8,433,566    1,896,562    348,420    9,042    441,087    11,128,677 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total due or repricing after one year

   26,903,913    6,463,692    468,243    61,456    977,554    34,874,858 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amounts due or repricing, gross

  $28,074,709   $7,322,226   $477,228   $435,825   $2,049,034   $38,359,022 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2017, the dollar amount of allnon-covered loans held for investment that are due after December 31, 2018, and indicates whether such loans have fixed or adjustable rates of interest:

   Due after December 31, 2018 
(in thousands)  Fixed   Adjustable   Total 

Mortgage Loans:

 

  

Multi-family

  $2,817,144   $24,086,769   $26,903,913 

Commercial real estate

   506,207    5,957,485    6,463,692 

One-to-four family

   20,337    447,906    468,243 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   666    60,790    61,456 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans

   3,344,354    30,552,950    33,897,304 

Other loans

   26,788    950,766    977,554 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $3,371,142   $31,503,716   $34,874,858 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Covered Loans Held for Sale

At December 31, 2017,non-covered loans held for sale were $35.3 million, down $373.9 million from the amounts at December 31, 2016. The decline is largely attributable to our exit from the residential mortgage banking business, earlier in the year.

Loan Origination Analysis

The following table summarizes our production of loans held for investment and loans held for sale in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

   For the Years Ended December 31, 
   2017  2016 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Percent
of Total
  Amount   Percent
of Total
 

Mortgage Loans Originated for Investment:

       

Multi-family

  $5,377,600    50.77 $5,684,838    41.10

Commercial real estate

   1,039,105    9.81   1,180,430    8.54 

One-to-four family residential

   124,763    1.18   303,877    2.20 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   77,153    0.73   150,177    1.09 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans originated for investment

   6,618,621    62.49   7,319,322    52.93 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Loans Originated for Investment:

       

Specialty finance

   1,784,549    16.85   1,266,362    9.16 

Other commercial and industrial

   511,416    4.83   592,250    4.28 

Other

   3,159    0.03   3,856    0.03 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other loans originated for investment

   2,299,124    21.71   1,862,468    13.47 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans originated for investment

  $8,917,745    84.20 $9,181,790    66.40

Loans originated for sale

   1,674,123    15.80   4,646,773    33.60 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans originated

  $10,591,868    100.00 $13,828,563    100.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan Portfolio Analysis

The following table summarizes the composition of our loan portfolio at eachyear-end for the five years ended December 31, 2017:

  At December 31, 
  2017  2016  2015  2014  2013 
(dollars in thousands) Amount  Percent
of Total
Loans
  Percent
ofNon-
Covered
Loans
  Amount  Percent
of Total
Loans
  Percent
ofNon-
Covered
Loans
  Amount  Percent
of Total
Loans
  Percent
ofNon-
Covered
Loans
  Amount  Percent
of Total
Loans
  Percent
ofNon-
Covered
Loans
  Amount  Percent
of Total
Loans
  Percent
ofNon-
Covered
Loans
 

Non-Covered Mortgage Loans:

               

Multi-family

 $28,074,709   73.12  73.12 $26,945,052   68.28  71.35 $25,971,629   68.04  71.93 $23,831,846   66.54  71.39 $20,699,927   62.89  68.71

Commercial real estate

  7,322,226   19.07   19.07   7,724,362   19.57   20.45   7,857,204   20.58   21.76   7,634,320   21.32   22.87   7,364,231   22.37   24.44 

One-to-four family

  477,228   1.24   1.24   381,081   0.97   1.01   116,841   0.31   0.32   138,915   0.39   0.41   560,730   1.70   1.86 

Acquisition, development, and construction

  435,825   1.14   1.14   381,194   0.97   1.01   311,676   0.82   0.86   258,116   0.72   0.77   344,100   1.05   1.14 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Totalnon-covered mortgage loans

  36,309,988   94.57   94.57   35,431,689   89.79   93.82   34,257,350   89.75   94.87   31,863,197   88.97   95.44   28,968,988   88.01   96.15 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-Covered Other Loans:

               

Specialty finance

  1,539,733   4.01   4.01   1,267,530   3.21   3.36   880,673   2.31   2.44   632,827   1.77   1.89   172,698   0.52   0.57 

Other commercial and industrial

  500,841   1.31   1.31   632,915   1.60   1.68   569,883   1.49   1.58   476,394   1.33   1.43   640,993   1.95   2.13 

Other loans

  8,460   0.02   0.02   24,067   0.06   0.06   32,583   0.09   0.09   31,943   0.09   0.10   39,036   0.12   0.13 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Totalnon-covered other loans

  2,049,034   5.34   5.34   1,924,512   4.87   5.10   1,483,139   3.89   4.11   1,141,164   3.19   3.42   852,727   2.59   2.83 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Totalnon-covered loans held for investment

 $38,359,022   99.91   99.91  $37,356,201   94.66   98.92  $35,740,489   93.64   98.98  $33,004,361   92.16   98.86  $29,821,715   90.60   98.98 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

  35,258   0.09   0.09   409,152   1.04   1.08   367,221   0.96   1.02   379,399   1.06   1.14   306,915   0.93   1.02 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Totalnon-covered loans

 $38,394,280   100.00   100.00 $37,765,353   95.70   100.00 $36,107,710   94.60   100.00 $33,383,760   93.22   100.00 $30,128,630   91.53   100.00
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Covered loans

  —     —      1,698,133   4.30    2,060,089   5.40    2,428,622   6.78    2,788,618   8.47  
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total loans

 $38,394,280   100.00  $39,463,486   100.00  $38,167,799   100.00  $35,812,382   100.00  $32,917,248   100.00 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net deferred loan origination costs

  28,949     26,521     22,715     20,595     16,274   

Allowance for losses onnon-covered loans

  (158,046    (158,290    (147,124    (139,857    (141,946  

Allowance for losses on covered loans

  —       (23,701    (31,395    (45,481    (64,069  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total loans, net

 $38,265,183    $39,308,016    $38,011,995    $35,647,639    $32,727,507   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Outstanding Loan Commitments

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had outstanding loan commitments of $1.9 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively. Loans held for investment represented $1.9 billion of theyear-end 2017 amount and $1.8 billion of theyear-end 2016 amount. We had no commitments for loans held for sale at the end of this December, as compared to $242.5 million at the prioryear-end.

We also had commitments to issue letters of credit totaling $339.4 million and $324.3 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The fees we collect in connection with the issuance of letters of credit are included in “Fee income” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

The letters of credit we issue consist of performancestand-by, financialstand-by, and commercial letters of credit. Financialstand-by letters of credit primarily are issued for the benefit of other financial institutions, municipalities, or landlords on behalf of certain of our current borrowers, and obligate us to guarantee payment of a specified financial obligation. Performancestand-by letters of credit are primarily issued for the benefit of local municipalities on behalf of certain of our borrowers. These borrowers are mainly developers of residential subdivisions with whom we currently have a lending relationship. Performance letters of credit obligate us to make payments in the event that a specified third party fails to perform undernon-financial contractual obligations. Commercial letters of credit act as a means of ensuring payment to a seller upon shipment of goods to a buyer. Although commercial letters of credit are used to effect payment for domestic transactions, the majority are used to settle payments in international trade. Typically, such letters of credit require the presentation of documents that describe the commercial transaction, and provide evidence of shipment and the transfer of title.

For more information about our outstanding loan commitments and commitments to issue letters of credit at the end of this December, see the discussion of “Liquidity” later in this discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations.

Asset Quality

Non-Covered Loans Held for Investment andNon-Covered Repossessed Assets

Non-performingnon-covered assets represented $90.1 million, or 0.18%, of totalnon-covered assets at the end of this December, as compared to $68.1 million, representing 0.14% of totalnon-covered assets, at December 31, 2016. Total non-accrualnon-covered loans increased $17.2 million driven by a $30.0 million increase innon-accrualnon-covered other loans due to a $31.5 million increase innon-accrual taxi medallion-related loans. This was partially offset by a $12.8 million decline in non-accrualnon-covered mortgage loans.

Non-covered repossessed assets increased $4.8 million to $16.4 million atyear-end 2017. This increase was also largely driven by an increase in taxi medallion-related loans.

The following table presents ournon-performingnon-covered loans by loan type and the changes in the respective balances from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017:

   December 31,   Change from
December 31, 2016
to
December 31, 2017
 
(dollars in thousands)  2017   2016   Amount   Percent 

Non-PerformingNon-Covered Loans:

        

Non-accrualnon-covered mortgage loans:

        

Multi-family

  $11,078   $13,558   $(2,480   (18.29)% 

Commercial real estate

   6,659    9,297    (2,638   (28.37

One-to-four family residential

   1,966    9,679    (7,713   (79.69

Acquisition, development, and construction

   6,200    6,200    —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Totalnon-accrualnon-covered mortgage loans

   25,903    38,734    (12,831   (33.13

Non-accrualnon-covered other loans (1)

   47,779    17,735    30,044    169.41 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Totalnon-performingnon-covered loans

  $73,682   $56,469   $17,213    30.48 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

(1)Includes $46.7 million and $15.2 million ofnon-accrual taxi medallion-related loans at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

At the end of this December, taxi medallion-related loans totaled $99.1 million, representing 0.26% of our totalheld-for-investment loan portfolio. Last December, taxi medallion-related loans totaled $150.7 million, representing 0.40% of our totalheld-for-investment loan portfolio

The following table sets forth the changes innon-performingnon-covered loans over the twelve months ended December 31, 2017:

(in thousands)    

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $56,469 

Newnon-accrual

   78,743 

Charge-offs

   (24,971

Transferred to other real estate owned

   (8,233

Loan payoffs, including dispositions and principalpay-downs

   (28,236

Restored to performing status

   (90
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $73,682 
  

 

 

 

A loan generally is classified as a“non-accrual” loan when it is 90 days or more past due or when it is deemed to be impaired because we no longer expect to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is placed onnon-accrual status, we cease the accrual of interest owed, and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, all of ournon-performing loans werenon-accrual loans. A loan is generally returned to accrual status when the loan is current and we have reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible.

We monitornon-accrual loans both within and beyond our primary lending area in the same manner. Monitoring loans generally involves inspecting andre-appraising the collateral properties; holding discussions with the principals and managing agents of the borrowing entities and/or retained legal counsel, as applicable; requesting financial, operating, and rent roll information; confirming that hazard insurance is in place or force-placing such insurance; monitoring tax payment status and advancing funds as needed; and appointing a receiver, whenever possible, to collect rents, manage the operations, provide information, and maintain the collateral properties.

It is our policy to order updated appraisals for allnon-performing loans, irrespective of loan type, that are collateralized by multi-family buildings, CRE properties, or land, in the event that such a loan is 90 days or more past due, and if the most recent appraisal on file for the property is more than one year old. Appraisals are ordered annually until such time as the loan becomes performing and is returned to accrual status. It is not our policy to obtain updated appraisals for performing loans. However, appraisals may be ordered for performing loans when a borrower requests an increase in the loan amount, a modification in loan terms, or an extension of a maturing loan. We do not analyze current LTVs on a portfolio-wide basis.

Non-performing loans are reviewed regularly by management and discussed on a monthly basis with the Mortgage Committee, the Credit Committee, and the Boards of Directors of the respective Banks, as applicable. In accordance with ourcharge-off policy, collateral-dependentnon-performing loans are written down to their current appraised values, less certain transaction costs. Workout specialists from our Loan Workout Unit actively pursue borrowers who are delinquent in repaying their loans in an effort to collect payment. In addition, outside counsel with experience in foreclosure proceedings are retained to institute such action with regard to such borrowers.

Properties and other assets that are acquired through foreclosure are classified as repossessed assets, and are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, less the estimated cost of selling the property. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the assets are charged to earnings and are included innon-interest expense. It is our policy to require an appraisal and an environmental assessment of properties classified as OREO before foreclosure, and tore-appraise the properties on anas-needed basis, and not less than annually, until they are sold. We dispose of such properties as quickly and prudently as possible, given current market conditions and the property’s condition.

To mitigate the potential for credit losses, we underwrite our loans in accordance with credit standards that we consider to be prudent. In the case of multi-family and CRE loans, we look first at the consistency of the cash flows being generated by the property to determine its economic value using the “income approach,” and then at the market value of the property that collateralizes the loan. The amount of the loan is then based on the lower of the two values, with the economic value more typically used.

The condition of the collateral property is another critical factor. Multi-family buildings and CRE properties are inspected from rooftop to basement as a prerequisite to approval, with a member of the Mortgage or Credit

Committee participating in inspections on multi-family loans to be originated in excess of $7.5 million, and a member of the Mortgage or Credit Committee participating in inspections on CRE loans to be originated in excess of $4.0 million. Furthermore, independent appraisers, whose appraisals are carefully reviewed by our experiencedin-house appraisal officers and staff, perform appraisals on collateral properties. In many cases, a second independent appraisal review is performed.

In addition, we work with a select group of mortgage brokers who are familiar with our credit standards and whose track record with our lending officers is typically greater than ten years. Furthermore, in New York City, where the majority of the buildings securing our multi-family loans are located, the rents that tenants may be charged on certain apartments are typically restricted under certain rent-control or rent-stabilization laws. As a result, the rents that tenants pay for such apartments are generally lower than current market rents. Buildings with a preponderance of such rent-regulated apartments are less likely to experience vacancies in times of economic adversity.

Reflecting the strength of the underlying collateral for these loans and the collateral structure, a relatively small percentage of ournon-performing multi-family loans have resulted in losses over time.

To further manage our credit risk, our lending policies limit the amount of credit granted to any one borrower, and typically require minimum DSCRs of 120% for multi-family loans and 130% for CRE loans. Although we typically lend up to 75% of the appraised value on multi-family buildings and up to 65% on commercial properties, the average LTVs of such credits at origination were below those amounts at December 31, 2017. Exceptions to these LTV limitations are minimal and are reviewed on acase-by-case basis.

The repayment of loans secured by commercial real estate is often dependent on the successful operation and management of the underlying properties. To minimize our credit risk, we originate CRE loans in adherence with conservative underwriting standards, and require that such loans qualify on the basis of the property���s current income stream and DSCR. The approval of a CRE loan also depends on the borrower’s credit history, profitability, and expertise in property management. Given that our CRE loans are underwritten in accordance with underwriting standards that are similar to those applicable to our multi-family credits, the percentage of ournon-performing CRE loans that have resulted in losses has been comparatively small over time.

Multi-family and CRE loans are generally originated at conservative LTVs and DSCRs, as previously stated. Low LTVs provide a greater likelihood of full recovery and reduce the possibility of incurring a severe loss on a credit; in many cases, they reduce the likelihood of the borrower “walking away” from the property. Although borrowers may default on loan payments, they have a greater incentive to protect their equity in the collateral property and to return their loans to performing status. Furthermore, in the case of multi-family loans, the cash flows generated by the properties are generally below-market and have significant value.

With regard to ADC loans, we typically lend up to 75% of the estimatedas-completed market value of multi-family and residential tract projects; however, in the case of home construction loans to individuals, the limit is 80%. With respect to commercial construction loans, we typically lend up to 65% of the estimatedas-completed market value of the property. Credit risk is also managed through the loan disbursement process. Loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses, and as warranted by inspection reports provided to us by our own lending officers and/or consulting engineers.

To minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, each of our credits is secured with a perfected first security interest or outright ownership in the underlying collateral, and structured as senior debt or as anon-cancellable lease. To further minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, were-underwrite each transaction. In addition, we retain outside counsel to conduct a further review of the underlying documentation.

Other C&I loans are typically underwritten on the basis of the cash flows produced by the borrower’s business, and are generally collateralized by various business assets, including, but not limited to, inventory, equipment, and accounts receivable. As a result, the capacity of the borrower to repay is substantially dependent on the degree to which the business is successful. Furthermore, the collateral underlying the loan may depreciate over time, may not be conducive to appraisal, and may fluctuate in value, based upon the operating results of the business. Accordingly, personal guarantees are also a normal requirement for other C&I loans.

In addition, at December 31, 2017,one-to-four family loans, ADC loans, and other loans represented 1.2%, 1.1%, and 5.3%, of totalnon-covered loans held for investment, as compared to 1.0%, 1.0%, and 5.1%, respectively, at December 31, 2016. Furthermore, while 2.3% of our other loans werenon-performing at the end of this December, 1.4% of our ADC loans and 0.41% of ourone-to-four family loans werenon-performing at that date.

The procedures we follow with respect to delinquent loans are generally consistent across all categories, with late charges assessed, and notices mailed to the borrower, at specified dates. We attempt to reach the borrower by telephone to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for repayment. When contact is made with a borrower at any time prior to foreclosure or recovery against collateral property, we attempt to obtain full payment, and will consider a repayment schedule to avoid taking such action. Delinquencies are addressed by our Loan Workout Unit and every effort is made to collect rather than initiate foreclosure proceedings.

The following table presents ournon-covered loans 30 to 89 days past due by loan type and the changes in the respective balances from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017:

   December 31,   Change from
December 31, 2016
to
December 31, 2017
 
(dollars in thousands)  2017   2016   Amount   Percent 

Non-Covered Loans30-89 Days Past Due:

        

Multi-family

  $1,258   $28   $1,230    4,392.86

Commercial real estate

   13,227    —      13,227    —   

One-to-four family residential

   585    2,844    (2,259   (79.43

Other loans(1)

   2,719    7,511    (4,792   (63.80
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Totalnon-covered loans30-89 days past due

  $17,789   $10,383   $7,406    71.33 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

(1)Includes $2.7 million and $6.8 million ofnon-accrual taxi medallion-related loans at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Fair values for all multi-family buildings, CRE properties, and land are determined based on the appraised value. If an appraisal is more than one year old and the loan is classified as eithernon-performing or as an accruing TDR, then an updated appraisal is required to determine fair value. Estimated disposition costs are deducted from the fair value of the property to determine estimated net realizable value. In the instance of an outdated appraisal on an impaired loan, we adjust the original appraisal by using a third-party index value to determine the extent of impairment until an updated appraisal is received.

While we strive to originate loans that will perform fully, adverse economic and market conditions, among other factors, can negatively impact a borrower’s ability to repay. Historically, our level of charge-offs has been relatively low in downward credit cycles, even when the volume ofnon-performing loans has increased. In 2017, we recorded net charge-offs of $61.2 million, as compared to net charge-offs of $708,000 in the prior year. Taxi medallion-related net charge-offs accounted for $59.6 million of this year’s amount and $2.5 million of last year’s amount.

Partially reflecting the net charge-offs noted above, and the provision of $60.9 million for the allowance fornon-covered loan losses, the allowance for losses onnon-covered loans remained relatively unchanged, equaling $158.0 million at the end of this December from $158.3 million at December 31, 2016. Reflecting the increase innon-performingnon-covered loans cited earlier in this discussion, the allowance for losses onnon-covered loans represented 214.50% ofnon-performingnon-covered loans at December 31, 2017, as compared to 277.19% at the prioryear-end.

Based upon all relevant and available information at the end of this December, management believes that the allowance for losses onnon-covered loans was appropriate at that date.

The following table presents information about our five largestnon-performing loans at December 31, 2017, all of which arenon-coveredheld-for-investment loans:

   Loan No. 1(2)  Loan No. 2  Loan No. 3  Loan No. 4  Loan No. 5
Type of Loan  C&I  Multi-Family  ADC  CRE  Multi-Family
Origination date  4/29/14  1/05/06  7/07/04  1/19/07  4/24/07
Origination balance  $13,325,000  $12,640,000  $6,200,000  $3,000,000  $2,000,000
Full commitment balance(1)  $13,325,000  $12,640,000  $6,200,000  $3,000,000  $2,000,000
Balance at December 31, 2017  $7,677,946  $7,434,196  $6,200,000  $2,513,830  $1,780,488
Associated allowance  None  None  None  None  None
Non-accrual date  June 2017  March 2014  October 2016  December 2017  July 2017
Origination LTV  N/A  79%  57%  63%  54%
Current LTV  N/A  57%  67%  50%  68%
Last appraisal  N/A  February 2017  April 2017  December 2017  September 2017

(1)There are no funds available for further advances on the five largestnon-performing loans.
(2)As of June 30, 2017, this loan has been restructured as a TDR.

The following is a description of the five loans identified in the preceding table. It should be noted that no allocation for thenon-covered loan loss allowance was needed for any of these loans, as determined by using the fair value of collateral method defined in ASC310-10 and-35.

No. 1 –The borrower is an owner of a finance company based in Delaware. The loan is collateralized by various taxi medallion-related loans, which in turn, are collateralized by taxi medallions in New York City and Chicago.
No. 2 –The borrower is an owner of real estate and is based in New Jersey. The loan is collateralized by a multi-family complex with 314 residential units and four retail stores in Atlantic City, New Jersey.
No. 3 –The borrower is an owner of real estate and is based in Maryland. The loan is collateralized by 1,031 acres of vacant land in La Plata, Maryland.
No. 4 –The borrower is an owner of real estate and is based in New York. The loan is collateralized by a retail building containing 22,120 square feet of rental area in Nanuet, New York.
No. 5 –The borrower is an owner of real estate and is based in Connecticut. The loan is collateralized by a multi-family building with 80 residential units in Waterbury, Connecticut.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

In an effort to proactively manage delinquent loans, we have selectively extended such concessions as rate reductions and extensions of maturity dates, as well as forbearance agreements, to certain borrowers who have experienced financial difficulty. In accordance with GAAP, we are required to account for such loan modifications or restructurings as TDRs.

The eligibility of a borrower forwork-out concessions of any nature depends upon the facts and circumstances of each transaction, which may change from period to period, and involve management’s judgment regarding the likelihood that the concession will result in the maximum recovery for the Company.

Loans modified as TDRs are placed onnon-accrual status until we determine that future collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured. This generally requires that the borrower demonstrate performance according to the restructured terms for at least six consecutive months.

At December 31, 2017, loans modified as TDRs totaled $45.6 million, including accruing loans of $9.7 million andnon-accrual loans of $35.9 million. At the prioryear-end, loans modified as TDRs totaled $19.9 million, including accruing loans of $3.5 million andnon-accrual loans of $16.5 million.

Analysis of Troubled Debt Restructurings

The following table sets forth the changes in our TDRs over the twelve months ended December 31, 2017:

(in thousands)  Accruing   Non-Accrual   Total 
Balance at December 31, 2016  $3,466   $16,454   $19,920 

New TDRs

   8,960    38,433    47,393 

Transferred to other real estate owned

   —      (877   (877

Charge-offs

   —      (11,956   (11,956

Transferred from accruing tonon-accrual

   (1,881   1,881    —   

Loan payoffs, including dispositions and principalpay-downs

   (892   (8,032   (8,924
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Balance at December 31, 2017  $9,653   $35,903   $45,556 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans on which concessions were made with respect to rate reductions and/or extensions of maturity dates totaled $44.6 million and $17.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 2017 and 2016; loans in connection with which forbearance agreements were reached amounted to $1.0 million and $2.8 million at the respective dates.

Multi-family and CRE loans accounted for $8.9 million and $368,000 of TDRs at the end of this December, as compared to $10.7 million and $1.9 million, respectively, at the prioryear-end. Based on the number of loans performing in accordance with their revised terms, our success rate for restructured multi-family loans was 67%; for CRE and ADC loans it was100%, and forone-to-four loans it was 50% at the end of this December; our success rate for other loans was 87%, at that date.

On a limited basis, we may provide additional credit to a borrower after the loan has been placed onnon-accrual status or modified as a TDR if, in management’s judgment, the value of the property after the additional loan funding is greater than the initial value of the property plus the additional loan funding amount. In 2017, no such additional credit was provided. Furthermore, the terms of our restructured loans typically would not restrict us from cancelling outstanding commitments for other credit facilities to a borrower in the event ofnon-payment of a restructured loan.

For additional information about our TDRs at December 31, 2017 and 2016, see the discussion of “Asset Quality” in Note 5, “Loans” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Except for thenon-accrual loans and TDRs disclosed in this filing, we did not have any potential problem loans at December 31, 2017 that would have caused management to have serious doubts as to the ability of a borrower to comply with present loan repayment terms and that would have resulted in such disclosure if that were the case.

Asset Quality Analysis (Excluding Covered Loans, Covered OREO,Non-Covered Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans, andNon-Covered Loans Held for Sale)

The following table presents information regarding our consolidated allowance for losses onnon-covered loans, ournon-performingnon-covered assets, and ournon-covered loans 30 to 89 days past due at eachyear-end in the five years ended December 31, 2017. Covered loans andnon-covered purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans are considered to be performing due to the application of the yield accretion method, as discussed elsewhere in this report. Therefore, covered loans andnon-covered PCI loans are not reflected in the amounts or ratios provided in this table.

   At or for the Years Ended December 31, 
(dollars in thousands)  2017  2016  2015  2014  2013 
Allowance for Losses onNon-Covered Loans:      
Balance at beginning of year  $156,524  $145,196  $139,857  $141,946  $140,948 
Provision for (recovery of) losses onnon-covered loans   60,943   12,036   (2,846  —     18,000 
Recovery from allowance on PCI loans   1,766   —     —     —     —   
Charge-offs:      

Multi-family

   (279  —     (167  (755  (12,922

Commercial real estate

   —     —     (273  (1,615  (3,489

One-to-four family residential

   (96  (170  (875  (410  (351

Acquisition, development, and construction

   —     —     —     —     (1,503

Other loans

   (62,975  (3,413  (1,273  (5,296  (7,092
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Total charge-offs   (63,350  (3,583  (2,588  (8,076  (25,357
Recoveries   2,163   2,875   10,773   5,987   8,355 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Net (charge-offs) recoveries   (61,187  (708  8,185   (2,089  (17,002
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Balance at end of year  $158,046  $156,524  $145,196  $139,857  $141,946 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Non-PerformingNon-Covered Assets:      
Non-accrualnon-covered mortgage loans:      

Multi-family

  $11,078  $13,558  $13,904  $31,089  $58,395 

Commercial real estate

   6,659   9,297   14,920   24,824   24,550 

One-to-four family residential

   1,966   9,679   12,259   11,032   10,937 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   6,200   6,200   27   654   2,571 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Totalnon-accrualnon-covered mortgage loans   25,903   38,734   41,110   67,599   96,453 
Non-accrualnon-covered other loans   47,779   17,735   5,715   9,351   7,084 
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest   —     —     —     —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Totalnon-performingnon-covered loans(1)  $73,682  $56,469  $46,825  $76,950  $103,537 
Non-covered repossessed assets(2)   16,400   11,607   14,065   61,956   71,392 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Totalnon-performingnon-covered assets  $90,082  $68,076  $60,890  $138,906  $174,929 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Asset Quality Measures:      

Non-performingnon-covered loans to totalnon-covered loans

   0.19  0.15  0.13  0.23  0.35

Non-performingnon-covered assets to totalnon-covered assets

   0.18   0.14   0.13   0.30   0.40 

Allowance for losses onnon-covered loans tonon-performingnon-covered loans

   214.50   277.19   310.08   181.75   137.10 

Allowance for losses onnon-covered loans to totalnon-covered loans

   0.41   0.42   0.41   0.42   0.48 

Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period to average loans outstanding during the period(3)

   0.16   0.00   (0.02  0.01   0.05 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Non-Covered Loans30-89 Days Past Due:      

Multi-family

  $1,258  $28  $4,818  $464  $33,678 

Commercial real estate

   13,227   —     178   1,464   1,854 

One-to-four family residential

   585   2,844   1,117   3,086   1,076 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   —     —     —     —     —   

Other loans

   2,719   7,511   492   1,178   481 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Total loans30-89 days past due(4)  $17,789  $10,383  $6,605  $6,192  $37,089 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, and 2013 amounts exclude loans 90 days or more past due of $131.5 million, $137.2 million, $157.9 million, and $211.5 million, respectively, that are covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements. The December 31, 2016 and 2015 amounts also exclude $869,000 and $969,000, respectively, ofnon-covered PCI loans.
(2)The December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, and 2013 amounts exclude OREO of $17.0 million, $25.8 million, $32.0 million, and $37.5 million, respectively, that were covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements.
(3)Average loans include covered loans.
(4)The December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, and 2013 amounts exclude loans 30 to 89 days past due of $22.6 million, $32.8 million, $41.7 million, and $57.9 million, respectively, that are covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements. The December 31, 2016 amount also excludes $6 thousand ofnon-covered PCI loans. There were nonon-covered PCI loans 30 to 89 days past due at any of the prior year-ends.

The following table sets forth the allocation of the consolidated allowance for losses onnon-covered loans, excluding the allowance for losses onnon-covered PCI loans, at eachyear-end for the five years ended December 31, 2017:

  2017  2016  2015  2014  2013 
(dollars in thousands) Amount  Percent of
Loans in Each
Category

to Total
Non-Covered
Loans Held for
Investment
  Amount  Percent of
Loans in Each
Category

to Total
Non-Covered
Loans Held for
Investment
  Amount  Percent of
Loans in Each
Category

to Total
Non-Covered
Loans Held for
Investment
  Amount  Percent of
Loans in Each
Category

to Total
Non-Covered
Loans Held for
Investment
  Amount  Percent of
Loans in Each
Category

to Total
Non-Covered
Loans Held for
Investment
 

Multi-family loans

 $93,651   73.19 $91,590   72.13 $93,977   72.67 $96,212   72.21 $79,745   69.41

Commercial real estate loans

  20,572   19.09   20,943   20.68   19,721   21.98   19,546   23.13   34,702   24.70 

One-to-four family loans

  1,360   1.24   1,484   1.02   612   0.33   562   0.42   1,755   1.88 

Acquisition, development, and
construction loans

  12,692   1.14   9,908   1.02   8,402   0.87   6,296   0.78   7,789   1.15 

Other loans

  29,771   5.34   32,599   5.15   22,484   4.15   17,241   3.46   17,955   2.86 
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans

 $158,046   100.00 $156,524   100.00 $145,196   100.00 $139,857   100.00 $141,946   100.00
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Each of the preceding allocations was based upon an estimate of various factors, as discussed in “Critical Accounting Policies” earlier in this report, and a different allocation methodology may be deemed to be more appropriate in the future. In addition, it should be noted that the portion of the allowance for losses onnon-covered loans allocated to eachnon-covered loan category does not represent the total amount available to absorb losses that may occur within that category, since the total loan loss allowance is available for the entirenon-covered loan portfolio.

Asset Quality Analysis (Including Covered Loans, Covered OREO, andNon-Covered PCI Loans)

As previously discussed, we sold the covered loan portfolio during the third quarter of 2017, accordingly, the following table presents information regarding ournon-performing assets and loans past due at December 31, 2016 only, including covered loans and covered OREO (collectively, “covered assets”), andnon-covered PCI loans:

(dollars in thousands)  At or For the
Year Ended
December 31, 2016

Covered Loans andNon-Covered PCI Loans 90 Days or More Past Due:

   

Multi-family

   $—  

Commercial real estate

    612

One-to-four family

    125,076

Acquisition, development, and construction

    —  

Other

    6,646
   

 

 

 

Total covered loans andnon-covered PCI loans 90 days or more
past due

   $132,334

Covered other real estate owned

    16,990
   

 

 

 

Total covered assets andnon-covered PCI loans

   $149,324
   

 

 

 

TotalNon-Performing Assets:

   

Non-performing loans:

   

Multi-family

   $13,558

Commercial real estate

    9,909

One-to-four family

    134,755

Acquisition, development, and construction

    6,200

Othernon-performing loans

    24,381
   

 

 

 

Totalnon-performing loans

   $188,803

Other real estate owned

    28,598
   

 

 

 

Totalnon-performing assets

   $217,401
   

 

 

 

Asset Quality Ratios (including the allowance for losses oncovered loans andnon-covered PCI loans):

   

Totalnon-performing loans to total loans

    0.48%

Totalnon-performing assets to total assets

    0.44

Allowance for loan losses to totalnon-performing loans

    96.39

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

    0.47

Covered Loans andNon-Covered PCI Loans30-89 Days Past Due:

   

Multi-family

   $—  

Commercial real estate

    —  

One-to-four family

    21,112

Acquisition, development, and construction

    —  

Other loans

    1,542
   

 

 

 

Total covered loans andnon-covered PCI loans30-89 days past due

   $22,654
   

 

 

 

Total Loans30-89 Days Past Due:

   

Multi-family

   $28

Commercial real estate

    —  

One-to-four family

    23,956

Acquisition, development, and construction

    —  

Other loans

    9,053
   

 

 

 

Total loans30-89 days past due

   $33,037
   

 

 

 

The following table presents a geographical analysis of ournon-performing loans at December 31, 2017:

(in thousands)    

New York

  $52,705 

New Jersey

   10,976 

Maryland

   6,200 

Connecticut

   1,781 

Arizona

   1,174 

All other states

   846 
  

 

 

 

Totalnon-performing loans

  $73,682 
  

 

 

 

Securities

Securities represented $3.5 billion, or 7.2%, of total assets at the end of this December, as compared to $3.8 billion, or 7.8%, of total assets at December 31, 2016. During the second quarter of 2017, the Company repositioned its“Held-to-Maturity” securities portfolio by designating the entire portfolio as“Available-for-Sale.” In addition, it took advantage of favorable bond market conditions and sold approximately $521.0 million of securities, resulting in apre-tax gain on sale of $26.9 million. We do not foresee designating securities purchases as“Held-to-Maturity” in the near future.

At December 31, 2017,available-for-sale securities represented $3.5 billion and had an estimated weighted average life of 5.2 years. Included in theyear-end amount were mortgage-related securities of $2.6 billion and other securities of $912.7 million.

At the prioryear-end,available-for-sale securities represented $104.3 million, or 2.7%, of total securities, and had an estimated weighted average life of 13.1 years. Mortgage-related securities accounted for $7.3 million of theyear-end balance, with other securities accounting for the remaining $97.0 million.

The investment policies of the Company and the Banks are established by the respective Boards of Directors and implemented by their respective Investment Committees, in concert with the respective Asset and Liability Management Committees. The Investment Committees generally meet quarterly or on anas-needed basis to review the portfolios and specific capital market transactions. In addition, the securities portfolios are reviewed monthly by the Boards of Directors as a whole. Furthermore, the policies guiding the Company’s and the Banks’ investments are reviewed at least annually by the respective Investment Committees, as well as by the respective Boards. While the policies permit investment in various types of liquid assets, neither the Company nor the Banks currently maintains a trading portfolio.

Our general investment strategy is to purchase liquid investments with various maturities to ensure that our overall interest rate risk position stays within the required limits of our investment policies. We generally limit our investments to GSE obligations (defined as GSE certificates; GSE collateralized mortgage obligations, or “CMOs”; and GSE debentures) and U.S. Treasury obligations. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, GSE obligations and U.S. Treasury obligations together represented 94.4% and 93.0% of total securities, respectively. The remainder of the portfolio at those dates was comprised of corporate bonds, trust preferred securities, and municipal obligations. None of our securities investments are backed by subprime orAlt-A loans.

Depending on management’s intent at the time of purchase, securities are classified as either “held to maturity” or “available for sale.”Held-to-maturity securities are securities that management has the positive intent to hold to maturity. In addition to generating cash flows from repayments, securities held to maturity are a source of earnings and serve as collateral for our wholesale borrowings.

During the second quarter of 2017, the Company designated its entire securities portfolio asavailable-for-sale.Available-for-sale securities are securities that management intends to hold for an indefinite period of time. In addition to generating cash flows from sales and from repayments of principal and interest, such securities serve as a source of liquidity for future loan production, the reduction of higher-cost funding, and general operating activities. A decision to purchase or sellavailable-for-sale securities is based on economic conditions, including changes in interest rates, liquidity, and our asset and liability management strategy.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

As members of theFHLB-NY, the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank are required to acquire and hold shares of its capital stock. At December 31, 2017, the Community Bank heldFHLB-NY stock in the amount of $588.7 million; the Commercial Bank heldFHLB-NY stock of $15.1 million at that date.

At December 31, 2016, the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank heldFHLB-NY stock in the amount of $574.5 million and $16.4 million, respectively.

Dividends from theFHLB-NY to the Community Bank totaled $31.4 million and $26.2 million, respectively, in 2017 and 2016; dividends from theFHLB-NY to the Commercial Bank totaled $933,000 and $1.4 million in the corresponding years.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) is recorded at the total cash surrender value of the policies in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, and the income generated by the increase in the cash surrender value of the policies is recorded in“Non-interest income” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Reflecting an increase in the cash surrender value of the underlying policies, our investment in BOLI rose $18.1 million year-over-year to $967.2 million at December 31, 2017.

Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangibles

We record goodwill and core deposit intangibles (“CDI”) in our consolidated statements of condition in connection with certain of our business combinations.

Goodwill, which is tested at least annually for impairment, refers to the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of an acquired company’s assets, net of the liabilities assumed. CDI refers to the fair value of the core deposits acquired in a business combination, and is typically amortized over a period of ten years from the acquisition date.

While goodwill totaled $2.4 billion at both December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance of CDI declined from $208,000 to zero as a result of amortization over the twelve-month period.

For more information about the Company’s goodwill, see the discussion of “Critical Accounting Policies” earlier in this report.

Sources of Funds

The Parent Company (i.e., the Company on an unconsolidated basis) has four primary funding sources for the payment of dividends, share repurchases, and other corporate uses: dividends paid to the Parent Company by the Banks; capital raised through the issuance of securities; funding raised through the issuance of debt instruments; and repayments of, and income from, investment securities.

On a consolidated basis, our funding primarily stems from a combination of the following sources: retail, institutional, and brokered deposits; borrowed funds, primarily in the form of wholesale borrowings; cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of loans; and cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of securities.

In 2017, loan repayments and sales generated cash flows of $11.7 billion, as compared to $12.5 billion in 2016. Cash flows from repayments accounted for $7.8 billion and $6.4 billion of the respective totals and cash flows from sales accounted for $3.9 billion and $6.2 billion, of the respective totals.

In 2017, cash flows from the repayment and sale of securities respectively totaled $563.1 million and $1.0 billion, while the purchase of securities amounted to $1.2 billion for the year. By comparison, cash flows from the repayment and sale of securities totaled $2.5 billion and $323.3 million, respectively, in 2016, and were offset by the purchase of securities totaling $492.6 million.

In 2017, the cash flows from loans and securities were primarily deployed into the production of multi-family loans held for investment, as well asheld-for-investment CRE loans and specialty finance loans and leases.

Deposits

Deposits totaled $29.1 billion and $28.9 billion, and represented 59.2% and 59.0% of total assets, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. On a year-over-year basis, the deposit mix shifted as interest-bearing checking and money market accounts declined 3.4%, savings accounts declined 1.3%, andnon-interest-bearing accounts dropped 12.3%. This was offset by growth in our certificates of deposit (“CDs”), which increased 14.1% fromyear-end 2016.

While the vast majority of our deposits are retail in nature (i.e., they are deposits we have gathered through our branches or through business combinations), institutional deposits and municipal deposits are also part of our deposit mix. Retail deposits rose $383.6 million year-over-year to $21.9 billion, while institutional deposits declined $567.2 million to $2.2 billion atyear-end. Municipal deposits represented $999.4 million of total deposits at the end of this December, a $361.7 million increase from the balance at December 31, 2016.

Depending on their availability and pricing relative to other funding sources, we also include brokered deposits in our deposit mix. Brokered deposits accounted for $4.0 billion of our deposits at the end of this December, as compared to $3.9 billion at December 31, 2016. Brokered money market accounts represented $2.6 billion of total brokered deposits at December 31, 2017 and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2016; brokered interest-bearing checking accounts represented $793.7 million and $1.4 billion, respectively, at the corresponding dates. At December 31, 2017, we had $567.8 million of brokered CDs. We had no brokered CDs at December 31, 2016.

Borrowed Funds

The majority of our borrowed funds are wholesale borrowings and consist ofFHLB-NY advances, repurchase agreements, and federal funds purchased, and, to a far lesser extent, junior subordinated debentures. Reflecting a $760.0 million decline in wholesale borrowings to $12.6 billion, the total balance of borrowed funds were $12.9 billion at December 31, 2017.

Wholesale Borrowings

Wholesale borrowings totaled $12.6 billion and $13.3 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, representing 25.6% and 27.2% of total assets at the respective dates.FHLB-NY advances accounted for $12.1 billion of theyear-end 2017 balance, as compared to $11.7 billion at the prioryear-end. Pursuant to blanket collateral agreements with the Banks, ourFHLB-NY advances and overnight advances are secured by pledges of certain eligible collateral in the form of loans and securities. (For more information regarding ourFHLB-NY advances, see the discussion that appears earlier in this report regarding our membership and our ownership of stock in theFHLB-NY.) None of our wholesale borrowings had callable features at December 31, 2017 or 2016.

Also included in wholesale borrowings were repurchase agreements of $450.0 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $1.5 billion at December 31, 2016. Repurchase agreements are contracts for the sale of securities owned or borrowed by the Banks with an agreement to repurchase those securities at agreed-upon prices and dates.

Our repurchase agreements are primarily collateralized by GSE obligations, and may be entered into with theFHLB-NY or certain brokerage firms. The brokerage firms we utilize are subject to an ongoing internal financial review to ensure that we borrow funds only from those dealers whose financial strength will minimize the risk of loss due to default. In addition, a master repurchase agreement must be executed and on file for each of the brokerage firms we use.

We had no federal funds purchased at December 31, 2017. Federal funds purchased represented $150.0 million of wholesale borrowings at December 31, 2016.

Junior Subordinated Debentures

Junior subordinated debentures totaled $359.2 million at December 31, 2017, slightly higher than the balance at the prioryear-end.

See Note 8, “Borrowed Funds,” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a further discussion of our wholesale borrowings and our junior subordinated debentures.

Liquidity, Contractual Obligations andOff-Balance Sheet Commitments, and Capital Position

Liquidity

We manage our liquidity to ensure that our cash flows are sufficient to support our operations, and to compensate for any temporary mismatches between sources and uses of funds caused by variable loan and deposit demand.

We monitor our liquidity daily to ensure that sufficient funds are available to meet our financial obligations. Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, which totaled $2.5 billion and $557.9 million, respectively, at December 31, 2017 and 2016. As in the past, our loan and securities portfolios provided meaningful liquidity in 2017, with cash flows from the repayment and sale of loans totaling $11.7 billion and cash flows from the repayment and sale of securities totaling $1.6 billion.

Additional liquidity stems from deposits and from our use of wholesale funding sources, including brokered deposits and wholesale borrowings. In addition, we have access to the Banks’ approved lines of credit with various counterparties, including theFHLB-NY. The availability of these wholesale funding sources is generally based on the amount of mortgage loan collateral available under a blanket lien we have pledged to the respective institutions and, to a lesser extent, the amount of available securities that may be pledged to collateralize our borrowings. At December 31, 2017, our available borrowing capacity with theFHLB-NY was $7.1 billion. In addition, the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank hadavailable-for-sale securities of $3.5 billion, of which, $2.3 billion is unpledged.

Furthermore, the Banks both have agreements with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the“FRB-NY”) that enable them to access the discount window as a further means of enhancing their liquidity. In connection with these agreements, the Banks have pledged certain loans and securities to collateralize any funds they may borrow. At December 31, 2017, the maximum amount the Community Bank could borrow from theFRB-NY was $1.3 billion; the maximum amount the Commercial Bank could borrow at that date was $79.5 million. There were no borrowings against either line of credit at December 31, 2017.

Our primary investing activity is loan production, and the volume of loans we originated for sale and for investment totaled $10.6 billion in 2017. During this time, the net cash provided by investing activities totaled $1.1 billion; the net cash provided by our operating activities totaled $1.3 million. Our financing activities used net cash of $418.1 million.

CDs due to mature or reprice in one year or less from December 31, 2017 totaled $6.8 billion, representing 78.8% of total CDs at that date. Our ability to attract and retain retail deposits, including CDs, depends on numerous factors, including, among others, the convenience of our branches and our other banking channels; our customers’ satisfaction with the service they receive; the rates of interest we offer; the types of products we feature; and the attractiveness of their terms.

Our decision to compete for deposits also depends on numerous factors, including, among others, our access to deposits through acquisitions, the availability of lower-cost funding sources, the impact of competition on pricing, and the need to fund our loan demand.

The Parent Company is a separate legal entity from each of the Banks and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to operating expenses and any share repurchases, the Parent Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to our shareholders. As a Delaware corporation, the Parent Company is able to pay dividends either from surplus or, in case there is no surplus, from net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

In each of the four quarters of 2017, the Company was required to receive anon-objection from the FRB to pay all dividends;non-objections were received from the FRB in all four quarters of the year. The Company expects to continue the exchange of written documentation to obtain the FRB’snon-objection to the declaration of dividends in 2018. The Company has received all necessarynon-objections from the FRB for the dividends declared as of the date of this report.

The Parent Company’s ability to pay dividends may also depend, in part, upon dividends it receives from the Banks. The ability of the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank to pay dividends and other capital distributions to the Parent Company is generally limited by New York State Banking Law and regulations, and by certain regulations of the FDIC. In addition, the Superintendent of the New York State Department of Financial Services (the “Superintendent”), the FDIC, and the FRB, for reasons of safety and soundness, may prohibit the payment of dividends that are otherwise permissible by regulations.

Under New York State Banking Law, a New York State-chartered stock-form savings bank or commercial bank may declare and pay dividends out of its net profits, unless there is an impairment of capital. However, the approval of the Superintendent is required if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year would exceed the total of a bank’s net profits for that year, combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years. In 2017, the Banks paid dividends totaling $336.0 million to the Parent Company, leaving $379.5 million that they could dividend to the Parent Company without regulatory approval atyear-end. Additional sources of liquidity available to the Parent Company at December 31, 2017 included $90.5 million in cash and cash equivalents. If either of the Banks were to apply to the Superintendent for approval to make a dividend or capital distribution in excess of the dividend amounts permitted under the regulations, there can be no assurance that such application would be approved.

Contractual Obligations andOff-Balance Sheet Commitments

In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of contractual obligations in order to manage our assets and liabilities, fund loan growth, operate our branch network, and address our capital needs.

For example, we offer CDs with contractual terms to our customers, and borrow funds under contract from theFHLB-NY and various brokerage firms. These contractual obligations are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Condition under “Deposits” and “Borrowed funds,” respectively. At December 31, 2017, we had CDs of $8.6 billion and long-term debt (defined as borrowed funds with an original maturity in excess of one year) of $12.9 billion.

We also are obligated under certainnon-cancelable operating leases on the buildings and land we use in operating our branch network and in performing our back-office responsibilities. These obligations are not included in the Consolidated Statements of Condition and totaled $159.5 million at December 31, 2017.

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth the maturity profile of the aforementioned contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017:

(in thousands)  Certificates of
Deposit
   Long-Term Debt (1)
   Operating
Leases
   Total 

One year or less

  $5,897,172    $  4,173,500   $29,786   $10,100,458 

One to three years

   2,671,236    7,781,000    46,636    10,498,872 

Three to five years

   64,392    600,000    16,523    680,915 

More than five years

   10,846    359,179    66,555    436,580 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $8,643,646    $12,913,679   $159,500   $21,716,825 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes FHLB advances, repurchase agreements, and junior subordinated debentures.

At December 31, 2017, we also had commitments to extend credit in the form of mortgage and other loan originations, as well as commercial, performancestand-by, and financialstand-by letters of credit, totaling $2.3 billion. Theseoff-balance sheet commitments consist of agreements to extend credit, as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract under which the loan is made. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee.

The following table summarizes ouroff-balance sheet commitments to extend credit in the form of loans and letters of credit at December 31, 2017:

(in thousands)    

Mortgage Loan Commitments:

  

Multi-family and commercial real estate

  $377,782 

One-to-four family

   3,819 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   239,504 
  

 

 

 

Total mortgage loan commitments

  $621,105 

Other loan commitments(1)

   1,314,170 
  

 

 

 

Total loan commitments

  $1,935,275 

Commercial, performancestand-by, and financialstand-by letters of credit

   339,403 
  

 

 

 

Total commitments

  $2,274,678 
  

 

 

 

(1)Includes unadvanced lines of credit.

Of the total loan commitments noted in the preceding table, all $1.9 billion were for loans held for investment.

Based upon our current liquidity position, we expect that our funding will be sufficient to fulfill these obligations and commitments when they are due.

At December 31, 2017, we had commitments to purchase GNMA securities of $29.4 million.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We used various financial instruments, including derivatives, in connection with our strategies to mitigate or reduce our exposure to losses from adverse changes in interest rates. Our derivative financial instruments consisted of financial forward and futures contracts, interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”), swaps, and options, and related to our mortgage banking operations, MSRs, and other related risk management activities. These activities will vary in scope based on the level and volatility of interest rates, the types of assets held, and other changing market conditions. At December 31, 2017, we held no derivative financial instruments. (See Note 15, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a further discussion of our use of such financial instruments.)

Capital Position

On March 17, 2017, we issued 515,000 shares of preferred stock. The offering generated capital of $502.8 million, net of underwriting and other issuance costs, for general corporate purposes, with the bulk of the proceeds being distributed to the Community Bank.

Total stockholders’ equity rose $671.4 million, or 11.0%, year-over-year to $6.8 billion; common stockholders’ equity represented 12.81% of total assets and a book value per common share of $12.88 at December 31, 2017. At the prioryear-end, total stockholders’ equity totaled $6.1 billion, and common stockholders’ equity represented 12.52% of total assets and a book value per common share of $12.57.

Tangible common stockholders’ equity rose $168.8 million year-over-year to $3.9 billion, after the distribution of four quarterly cash dividends totaling $332.1 million. Theyear-end 2017 balance represented 8.26% of tangible common assets and a tangible common book value per common share of $7.89. At the prioryear-end, tangible common stockholders’ equity totaled $3.7 billion, representing 7.93% of tangible common assets and a tangible common book value per common share of $7.57.

We calculate tangible common stockholders’ equity by subtracting the amount of goodwill, CDI, and preferred stock recorded at the end of a period from the amount of stockholders’ equity recorded at the same date. While goodwill totaled $2.4 billion at December 31, 2017 and 2016, CDI was zero and $208,000 at the corresponding dates. Preferred stock was $502.8 million at the end of 2017. The Company had no preferred stock in 2016. (See the discussion and reconciliations of stockholders’ equity and tangible common stockholders’ equity, total assets and tangible assets, and the related financial measures that appear on the last page of this discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations.)

Stockholders’ equity and tangible common stockholders’ equity both include accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCL”), which is comprised of the net unrealized gain or loss onavailable-for-sale securities; the net unrealized loss on thenon-credit portion of OTTI securities; and the Company’s pension and post-retirement obligations at the end of a period. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, AOCL totaled $15.2 million and $56.7 million, respectively. The decline in AOCL was largely the net effect of a $1.6 million decrease in net pension and post-retirement obligations to $49.1 million and the $39.9 million difference between the net unrealized loss on securities available for sale recorded at the end of this December and the net unrealized gain on securities available for sale recorded at December 31, 2016.

As reflected in the following table, our capital measures continued to exceed the minimum federal requirements for a bank holding company at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

At December 31, 2017  Actual  Minimum
Required Ratio
 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Ratio  

Common equity tier 1 capital

  $3,869,129    11.36  4.50

Tier 1 risk-based capital

   4,371,969    12.84   6.00 

Total risk-based capital

   4,877,208    14.32   8.00 

Leverage capital

   4,371,969    9.58   4.00 
At December 31, 2016  Actual  Minimum
Required Ratio
 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Ratio  

Common equity tier 1 capital

  $3,748,231    10.62  4.50

Tier 1 risk-based capital

   3,748,231    10.62   6.00 

Total risk-based capital

   4,277,759    12.12   8.00 

Leverage capital

   3,748,231    8.00   4.00 

At December 31, 2017, the capital ratios for the Company, the Community Bank, and the Commercial Bank continued to exceed the levels required for classification as “well capitalized” institutions, as defined under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, and as further discussed in Note 18, “Capital,” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 2017 AS COMPARED TO 2016

Earnings Summary

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, the Company reported diluted earnings per common share of $0.90, as compared to diluted earnings per common share of $1.01 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of 11%. Net income available to common shareholders totaled $441.6 million in 2017 as compared to $495.4 million in 2016, also down 11%. Net income for 2017 was $466.2 million, down 6% from 2016.

OPERATIONS


Net Interest Income


Net interest income is our primary source of income. Its level is a function of the average balance of our interest-earning assets, the average balance of our interest-bearing liabilities, and the spread between the yield on such assets and the cost of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of our interest-earning assets and our interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by various external factors, including the local economy, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the Federal Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors (the “FOMC”),FOMC, and market interest rates.


The cost of our deposits and borrowed funds is largely based on short-term rates of interest, the level of which is partially impacted by the actions of the FOMC. The FOMC reduces, maintains, or increases the target federal funds rate (the rate at which banks borrow funds overnight from one another) as it deems necessary. In 2017, the FOMC increased the target federal funds rate three times for a total of 75 basis points, to a target range of 1.25% to 1.50%.


While the target federal funds rate generally impacts the cost of our short-term borrowings and deposits, the yields on ourheld-for-investment loans and other interest-earning assets are typically impacted bynot as sensitive to intermediate-term market interest rates. In 2017, the five-year CMT ranged from a low of 1.63% to a high of 2.26% with an average rate of 1.91% for the year. In 2016, the five-year CMT ranged from a low of 0.94% to a high of 2.40% with an average rate of 1.33% for the year.


Another factor that impacts the yields on our interest-earning assets—and our net interest income—is the income generated by our multi-family and CRE loans and securities when they prepay. Since prepayment income is recorded as interest income, an increase or decrease in its level will also be reflected in the average yields (as applicable) on our loans, securities, and interest-earning assets, and therefore in our net interest income, our net interest rate spread, and our net interest margin.


It should be noted that the level of prepayment income on loans recorded in any given period depends on the volume of loans that refinance or prepay during that time. Such activity is largely dependent on such external factors as current market conditions, including real estate values, and the perceived or actual direction of market interest rates. This impact is most prevalent in our multi-family and CRE portfolios, and to a lesser extent in our C&I and ADC portfolios. In addition, while a decline in market interest rates may trigger an increase in refinancing and, therefore, prepayment income, so too may an increase in market interest rates. It is not unusual for borrowers to lock in lower interest rates when they expect, or see, that market interest rates are rising rather than risk refinancing later at a still higher interest rate.

In 2017, The impact of prepayments on the current quarter and year was minimal.


Year-over-Year Comparison

For the year ended December 31, 2023, net interest income decreased 12% to $1.1totaled $3.1 billion, asup $1.7 billion or 120 percent compared to $1.3$1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022.The year-over-year increase was primarily the result of the Flagstar acquisition, which closed late last year, and the Signature Transaction, which closed in 2016. Similarlate March of this year.

Interest income on mortgages and other loans increased $2.7 billion driven by a $32.5 billion or 65.8 percent increase in average loan balances to $81.9 billion. This is primarily driven by the fourth quarter 2017 trends,December 2022 acquisition of Flagstar and the declineMarch 2023 Signature Transaction. Additionally, we had a 177 basis point increase in the full-year 2017 netaverage loan yield to 5.5 percent in the current year primarily due to higher yields on acquired loans and the rising interest rate environment. Prepayments in 2023 were $9 million.

Interest income on securities increased $244 million driven by a 149 basis point increase in the average yield to 4.2 percent from 2.7 percent along with a $3.2 billion or 42.5 percent increase in the average securities balance to $10.6 billion. The increase was driven by higher rates on new purchase and higher yields on acquired Flagstar securities.

Interest-earning cash and cash equivalents increased $487 million reflecting a 17%367 basis point increase in interest expense duethe average yield to 5.1 percent driven by higher funding costs.

Year-Over-Year Comparison

The following factors contributed to the year-over-year reduction in net interest income:

Interest income fell $92.6 million year-over-year as a $37.8 million decline in interest income from securitiesshort-term market rates and money market investments was coupled with a $54.8 million decline in interest income from loans.

The decline in interest income from loans was largely due to a $676.3 million declinean increase in the average balance driven by the Signature Transaction and an eight-basis point decline inbolstering our on-balance sheet liquidity.

Interest expense on average interest-bearing deposits increased $1.4 billion to $1.8 billion during the average yield. In addition, prepayment income contributed $47.0 million to the interest income from loans and 12 basis points to the average yield on such assets compared to $60.9 million and 16 basis points in 2016.

The year-over-year reduction in interest income from securities wasyear ended December 31, 2023, driven by a $936.0 million decrease in the average balance, coupled with a40-basis206 basis point drop in the average yield.

As a result, the average balance of interest-earning assets declined $396.5 million from the year-earlier level and the average yield fell 18 basis points.

Interest expense rose $64.7 million year-over-year as interest expense on deposits rose $58.8 million and the interest expense on borrowed funds rose $6.0 million.

The year-over-year rise in interest expense stemming from deposits was due to a23-basis point riseincrease in the average cost of such fundsinterest-bearing deposits due to higher short-termrising interest rates, offsetrates. Average interest earning deposits grew $20.3 billion, or 56.4 percent, to $56.3 billion. The balance growth primarily reflects the December acquisition of Flagstar and the March Signature Transaction.


52


Interest expense on borrowed funds increased $343 million or 109.6 percent to $656 million driven by a $14.5 million decrease in the average balance. Additionally, the average balance of lower cost deposits such as savings accounts, interest-bearing checking and money market accounts declined, while the average balance of higher cost CDs increased by $1.3 billion.

The162 basis point increase in the interest income from borrowed funds was driven byrates in addition to a19-basis point rise in the average cost of such funding and mitigated by a $1.2 $2.5 billion declineor 16.5 percent increase in the average balance from the year-earlier amount.to $17.9 billion.

As a result, the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities fell $1.2 billion and the average cost of funds rose 20 basis points year-over-year.

Net Interest Margin

The direction of the Company’s net interest margin was consistent with that of its net interest income, and generally was driven by the same factors as those described above. At 2.59%, the margin was 34-basis points narrower than the margin recorded for full-year 2016. The reduction was due, in part, to a decline in prepayment income from the levels recorded in the prior year, as reflected in the table below. Adjusted net interest margin is anon-GAAP financial measure, as more fully discussed below.

   For the Twelve Months Ended    
   Dec. 31,
2017
  Dec. 31,
2016
  Change (%) 

(dollars in thousands)

    

Total Interest Income

  $1,582,239  $1,674,869   -6

Prepayment Income:

    

Loans

  $47,004  $60,891   -23

Securities

   8,130   33,509   -76
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total prepayment income

  $55,134  $94,400   -42
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

GAAP Net Interest Margin

   2.59  2.93  -34 bp 

Less:

    

Prepayment income from loans

   11 bp   14 bp   -3 bp 

Prepayment income from securities

   2   8   -6 bp 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total prepayment income contribution to net interest margin

   13 bp   22 bp   -9 bp 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Adjusted Net Interest Margin(non-GAAP)

   2.46  2.71  -25 bp 

RECONCILIATION OF NET INTEREST MARGIN AND ADJUSTED NET INTEREST MARGIN

While our net interest margin, including the contribution of prepayment income, is recorded in accordance with GAAP, adjusted net interest margin, which excludes the contribution of prepayment income, is not. Nevertheless, management uses thisnon-GAAP measure in its analysis of our performance, and believes that thisnon-GAAP measure should be disclosed in this report and other investor communications for the following reasons:

1.

Adjusted net interest margin gives investors a better understanding of the effect of prepayment income on our net interest margin. Prepayment income in any given period depends on the volume of loans that

refinance or prepay, or securities that prepay, during that period. Such activity is largely dependent on external factors such as current market conditions, including real estate values, and the perceived or actual direction of market interest rates.

2.Adjusted net interest margin is among the measures considered by current and prospective investors, both independent of, and in comparison with, our peers.

Adjusted net interest margin should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net interest margin, which is calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate thisnon-GAAP measure may differ from that of other companies reporting anon-GAAP measure with a similar name.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our average balance sheet for the yearsperiods indicated, including the average yields on our interest-earning assets and the average costs of our interest-bearing liabilities. Average yields are calculated by dividing the interest income produced by the average balance of interest-earning assets. Average costs are calculated by dividing the interest expense produced by the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The average balances for the yearperiods are derived from average balances that are calculated daily. The average yields and costs include fees, as well as premiums and discounts (includingmark-to-market adjustments from acquisitions), that are considered adjustments to such average yields and costs.

Net Interest Income Analysis

  For the Years Ended December 31, 
  2017  2016  2015 
(dollars in thousands) Average
Balance
  Interest  Average
Yield/
Cost
  Average
Balance
  Interest  Average
Yield/
Cost
  Average
Balance
  Interest  Average
Yield/
Cost
 

ASSETS:

         

Interest-earning assets:

         

Mortgage and other loans, net (1)

 $38,400,003  $1,417,237   3.69 $39,076,298  $1,472,020   3.77 $36,343,407  $1,441,462   3.97

Securities and money market investments (2)(3)

  5,213,859   165,002   3.16   4,934,058   202,849   4.11   7,278,562   250,122   3.44 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

  43,613,862   1,582,239   3.63   44,010,356   1,674,869   3.81   43,621,969   1,691,584   3.88 

Non-interest-earning assets

  5,011,020     5,289,245     5,248,236   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total assets

 $48,624,882    $49,299,601    $48,870,205   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

      

Interest-bearing liabilities:

         

Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts

 $12,787,703  $98,980   0.77 $13,322,346  $62,166   0.47 $12,674,236  $46,467   0.37

Savings accounts

  5,170,342   28,447   0.55   5,915,020   31,982   0.54   7,546,417   50,776   0.67 

Certificates of deposit

  8,164,518   102,355   1.25   6,899,706   76,875   1.11   5,698,437   62,906   1.10 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

  26,122,563   229,782   0.88   26,137,072   171,023   0.65   25,919,090   160,149   0.62 

Borrowed funds

  12,836,919   222,454   1.73   14,059,543   216,464   1.54   14,275,818   1,123,360(4)   7.87(4) 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  38,959,482   452,236   1.16   40,196,615   387,487   0.96   40,194,908   1,283,509(5)   3.19(5) 

Non-interest-bearing deposits

  2,782,155     2,860,532     2,660,220   

Other liabilities

  279,466     190,403     201,441   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total liabilities

  42,021,103     43,247,550     43,056,569   

Stockholders’ equity

  6,603,779     6,052,051     5,813,636   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 $48,624,882    $49,299,601    $48,870,205   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Net interest income/interest rate spread

  $1,130,003   2.47  $1,287,382   2.85  $408,075(6)   0.69%(6) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest margin

    2.59    2.93    0.94%(7) 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

    1.12 x     1.09x     1.09x 
   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)Amounts are net of net deferred loan origination costs/(fees) and the allowances for loan losses, and include loans held for sale andnon-performing loans.
(2)Amounts are at amortized cost.
(3)Includes FHLB stock.
(4)The debt repositioning charge accounted for $773.8 million of the interest expense on borrowed funds and for 542 basis points of the average cost in 2015.
(5)The debt repositioning charge accounted for $773.8 million of the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities and for 192 basis points of the average cost in 2015.
(6)The debt repositioning charge reduced our 2015 net interest income by $773.8 million and our net interest rate spread by 192 basis points.
(7)The debt repositioning charge reduced our 2015 net interest margin by 177 basis points.



For the Years Ended December 31,
202320222021
(dollars in millions)Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield/CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/Cost
ASSETS:
Interest-earning assets:
Mortgage and other loans and leases , net (1)
$81,855 $4,509 5.51 %$49,376 $1,848 3.74 %$43,200 $1,525 3.53 %
Securities (2) (3)
10,6114444.18 %7,448 200 2.69 %6,625 156 2.35 %
Reverse repurchase agreements388225.77 %460 15 3.24 %430 1.05 %
Interest-earning cash and cash equivalents10,0255165.14 %1,988 29 1.47 %2,016 0.17 %
Total interest-earning assets$102,879 $5,491 5.34 %$59,272 $2,092 3.53 %$52,271 $1,689 3.23 %
Non-interest-earning assets7,6165,130 5,275 
Total assets$110,495 $64,402 $57,546 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$29,286 $943 3.22 %$17,910 $226 1.26 %$12,829 $31 0.24 %
Savings accounts9,9411691.70 %9,336 60 0.64 %7,612 28 0.36 %
Certificates of deposit17,0976463.78 %8,772 97 1.11 %9,094 55 0.60 %
Total interest-bearing deposits$56,324 $1,758 3.12 %$36,018 $383 1.06 %$29,535 $114 0.38 %
Short term borrowed funds7,2633054.20 %2,408 56 2.32 %2,343 0.34 %
Other borrowed funds10,6713513.29 %12,982 257 1.99 %13,366 278 2.08 %
Total borrowed funds$17,934 $656 3.66 %$15,390 $313 2.04 %$15,709 $286 1.82 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities$74,258 $2,414 3.25 %$51,408 $696 1.35 %$45,244 $400 0.88 %
Non-interest-bearing deposits21,5835,124 4,578 
Other liabilities4,073787 790 
Total liabilities$99,914 $57,319 $50,612 
Stockholders’ equity10,5817,083 6,934 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$110,495 $64,402 $57,546 
Net interest income/interest rate spread$3,077 2.09 %$1,396 2.17 %$1,289 2.35 %
Net interest margin2.99 %2.35 %2.47 %
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities1.39 x1.15 x1.16 x
(1)Amounts are net of net deferred loan origination costs/(fees) and includes loans held for sale and non-performing loans.
(2)Amounts are at amortized cost.
(3)Includes FHLB stock and FRB stock.

53


The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities affected our interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) the changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) the changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.

Rate/Volume Analysis

   Year Ended
December 31, 2017
Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2016
  Year Ended
December 31, 2016
Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 
   Increase/(Decrease)  Increase/(Decrease) 
   Due to     Due to    
(in thousands)  Volume  Rate  Net  Volume  Rate  Net 

INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:

       

Mortgage and other loans, net

  $(25,239 $(29,544 $(54,783 $92,003  $(61,445 $30,558 

Securities and money market investments

   12,369   (50,216  (37,847  (121,091  73,818   (47,273
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   (12,870  (79,760  (92,630  (29,088  12,373   (16,715
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:

       

Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts

  $(2,388 $39,202  $36,814  $2,478  $13,221  $15,699 

Savings accounts

   (4,109  574   (3,535  (9,847  (8,947  (18,794

Certificates of deposit

   15,141   10,339   25,480   13,379   590   13,969 

Borrowed funds

   (13,498  19,488   5,990   (16,766  (890,130  (906,896
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   (4,854  69,603   64,749   (10,756  (885,266  (896,022
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

  $(8,016 $(149,363 $(157,379 $(18,332 $897,639  $879,307 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Provision for (Recoveries of) Loan Losses

Provision for (Recovery of) Lossesrate onNon-Covered Loans

The provision for losses onnon-covered loans, like the recovery ofnon-covered loan losses, is based on the methodology used by management in calculating the allowance for losses on such loans. Reflecting this methodology, which is discussed in detail under “Critical Accounting Policies” earlier in this report. each separate line.


For the Years Ended December 31,
2023 compared to Year Ended 2022
Increase/(Decrease) Due to:
2022 compared to Year Ended 2021
Increase/(Decrease) Due to:
(in millions)VolumeRateNetVolumeRateNet
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Mortgage and other loans and leases, net$1789 $872 $2661 $231 $92 $323 
Securities132 112 244 22 22 44 
Reverse repurchase agreements(4)11 10 11 
Interest Earning cash and cash equivalents413 74 487 — 25 25 
Total interest-earnings assets2,327 1,0723,399 247 156 403 
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts366 351 717 64 131 195 
Savings accounts10 99 109 11 21 32 
Certificates of deposit315 234 549 (4)46 42 
Short term borrowed funds204 45 249 46 48 
Other borrowed funds(76)170 94 (8)(13)(21)
Total interest-bearing liabilities743 975 1,718 83 213 296 
Change in net interest income$1,584 $97 $1,681 $164 $(57)$107 

For the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2017,2023, the Company reported a $60.9 million provision for losses onnon-covered loans asnet interest margin was 2.99 percent, up 64 basis points compared to $11.9 million for the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2016.2022. The year-over-year increase was relatedprimarily the result of a larger balance sheet with loans at higher yields driven by both the Flagstar acquisition and the Signature Transaction along with the impact of higher interest rates. Average interest-earning assets increased $43.6 billion, or 74 percent, on a year-over-year basis to $102.9 billion for the aforementioned taxi medallion-related charge-offs duringyear ended December 31, 2023, while the third quarteraverage yield rose 181 basis points to 5.34 percent.

Average loan balances rose $32.5 billion, or 66 percent, to $81.9 billion while the average loan yield rose 177 basis points to 5.51 percent on a year-over-year basis. Average cash balances increased $8.0 billion to $10.0 billion, while the average yield rose to 5.14 percent from 1.47 percent. Average securities increased $3.2 billion, or 42 percent, to $10.6 billion, while the average yield improved to 4.18 percent from 2.69 percent.

Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $22.9 billion, or 44 percent, to $74.3 billion while the average cost increased to 3.25 percent from 1.35 percent. Average interest-bearing deposits rose $20.3 billion, or 56 percent, while the average cost of 2017.

Reflecting the 2017 provision and twelve-month net charge-offs of $61.2 million, the allowance for losses onnon-covered loans of $158.0 million was relatively unchanged at the end of this Decemberdeposits increased to 3.12 percent compared to $158.31.06 percent. Average borrowed funds increased $2.5 billion to $17.9 billion while the average cost rose to 3.66 percent from 2.04 percent. Average non-interest-bearing deposits rose $16.5 billion to $21.6 billion.


Provision for Credit Losses

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

The year ended December 31, 2023 provision for credit losses was $833 million at the prioryear-end.

Recovery of Losses on Covered Loans

For full-year 2017, the Company recovered $23.7 million on certain pools of acquired loans covered by FDIC loss-sharing agreements, as compared to $7.7$133 million for full-year 2016. The recoveries recorded in the respective years were largely offset by FDIC indemnification expense of $19.0 million and $6.2 million recorded in“Non-interest income.”

On July 28, 2017, the Company completed the sale of its covered loans to an affiliate of Cerberus. Accordingly, atyear ended December 31, 2017, the Company no longer had any covered2022. The 2023 provision primarily reflects an initial $132 million provision for credit losses for acquired loans and related FDIC loss share receivablecommitments from the Signature Transaction and a net $483 million increase in ACL and unfunded commitment reserves which reflects our actions to build reserves during the fourth quarter to address weakness in the office sector, potential repricing risk in the multi-family portfolio and conditions leading to increases in classified assets. Lastly, the Company recorded a net $10 million provision related to net charge-offs on AFS securities.


Total net loan charge-offs amounted to $208 million, including $112 million for a co-operative loan, $40 million for a CRE loan, and $30 million for commercial loans, mainly from two C&I loans in the fourth quarter. The charged-off co-

54


operative loan was subsequently transferred to held-for-sale status. On February 29, the loan was sold, realizing a gain of $26 million from its balance sheet.

previously written-down fair value estimate. This gain on sale will be recognized in the first quarter of 2024. For additional information about our methodologiesa more detailed discussion and analysis of the total allowance for recording recoveries of, and provisions for, loancredit losses, see the discussion"Credit Quality" section of the respective loan loss allowances under “Critical Accounting Policies”this MD&A and the discussion of “Asset Quality” that appear earlier in this report.

"Note 7 - Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases".


Non-Interest Income


We generatenon-interest income through a variety of sources, including—among others—fee income (in the form of retail deposit fees and charges on loans); net return on our MSR asset; net gain on loan sales and securitizations, net loan administration income (including loan subservicing income); income from our investment in BOLI; gains on sales of securities; and “other” sources, including the revenues produced through the sale of third-party investment products and those produced throughproducts.

The following table summarizes our subsidiary, Peter B. Cannell & Co., Inc. (“PBC”), an investment advisory firm.

non-interest income for the respective periods:

For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Bargain purchase gain$2,131 $159 $— 
Fee income1722723
Net return on mortgage servicing rights1036
Net gain on loan sales and securitizations895
Other68179
Bank-owned life insurance433229
Net loan administration income823
Net loss on securities(1)(2)
Total non-interest income$2,687 $247 $61 

Non-interest income increased $71.3 million year-over-year to $216.9 million in$2.4 billion for the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2017.2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to the bargain purchase gain of $2.1 billion related to the Signature Transaction. Excluding bargain purchase gains, non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $556 million as compared to $88 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. For the year ended December 31, 2023, net gains on loan sales, net return on mortgage servicing rights and net loan administration income totaled $274 million compared to $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, all driven by a full year of the Flagstar acquisition. The two acquisitions also drove higher fee income, loan administration income and other income driven by mortgage and FDIC loan servicing along with a higher volume of customer based fees.

Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense increased $4.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, driven by goodwill impairment in the fourth quarter totaling $2.4 billion. Additionally, merger related expenses increased $223 million due to the closing of the Signature transaction and ongoing integration costs. Excluding the goodwill impairment and merger related expenses, non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $2.2 billion as compared to $0.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 were up approximately $1.5 billion compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by a full-year of Flagstar activity and the Signature transaction, which closed in late March of 2023. Included in total operating expenses is a $49 million expense for the FDIC special assessment issued to certain banks nationally related to deposit insurance fund shortfalls, including the assessment issued by the FDIC in February 2024..

Income Tax Expense

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company reported a provision for income taxes of $29 million, compared to $176 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Income tax expense for the current year was impacted by the bargain purchase gain arising from the Signature transaction.


55


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 2022 AS COMPARED TO 2021

The results of operations comparison of 2022 compared to 2021 can be found in the Company’s previously filed Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year-ended December 31, 2022 under Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”- Results of Operations: 2022 As Compared to 2021.”

Signature Transaction - Certain Financial Information

In accordance with the guidance provided in Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1:K, “Financial Statements of Acquired Troubled Financial Institutions” (“SAB 1:K”) the Company has omitted certain financial information on the Signature Transaction required by Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X and Article 11 of Regulation S-X. SAB 1:K provides relief from the requirements of Rule 3-05 and Article 11 of Regulation S-X under certain circumstances, including a transaction such as the Signature Transaction, in which the registrant engages in an acquisition of a troubled financial institution for which historical financial statements are not reasonably available or relevant and in which federal assistance is an essential and significant part of the transaction.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Balance Sheet Summary

Total assets increased $23.9 billion to $114.1 billion as of December 31, 2023, compared to $90.1 billion at December 31, 2022 due to the Signature Transaction, which closed on March 20, 2023, and organic growth.

The Company acquired approximately $11.7 billion of loans, net of purchase accounting adjustments ("PAA"), $33.5 billion of deposits, net of PAA, and $2.1 billion of other liabilities related to the Signature Transaction.

Total loans and leases held for investment were $84.6 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $69.0 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase was driven by the aforementioned loans acquired from the Signature Transaction and organic loan growth.

The securities portfolio totaled $9.2 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $9.1 billion at December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has no held-to-maturity securities portfolio and all of the Company’s securities were designated as “Available-for-Sale”, consistent with December 31, 2022.

Total deposits grew $22.8 billion, or 39 percent to $81.5 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $58.7 billion at December 31, 2022 primarily attributabledriven by the deposits assumed in the Signature Transaction. Included in the December 31, 2023 balance are $247 million in non-interest-bearing custodial deposits related to the Signature Transaction.

Wholesale borrowings at December 31, 2023 remained flat at $20.3 billion when compared to December 31, 2022.


56


Loans held-for-investment

The following factors:

table summarizes the composition of our loan portfolio:
An $82.0 million gain
At December 31,
20232022
(in millions)AmountPercent of Loans Held for InvestmentAmountPercent of Loans Held for Investment
Mortgage Loans:
Multi-family$37,265 44.0 %$38,130 55.3 %
Commercial real estate10,47012.4 %8,52612.4 %
One-to-four family first mortgage6,0617.2 %5,8218.4 %
Acquisition, development, and construction2,9123.4 %1,9962.8 %
Total mortgage loans$56,708 67.0 %$54,473 78.9 %
Other Loans:
Commercial and industrial$25,254 29.9 %$12,276 17.8 %
Other loans2,6573.1 %2,2523.3 %
Total other loans held for investment$27,911 33.0 %$14,528 21.1 %
Total loans and leases held for investment$84,619 100.0 %$69,001 100.0 %
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases(992)(393)
Total loans and leases held for investment, net$83,627 $68,608 
Loans held for sale1,1821,115
Total loans and leases, net$84,809 $69,723 

Loan Maturity and Repricing Analysis

The following table sets forth the maturity or period to repricing of our portfolio of loans held for investment at December 31, 2023. Loans that have adjustable rates are shown as being due in the period during which their interest rates are next subject to change.

(in millions)Multi- FamilyCommercial Real EstateOne-to- Four FamilyAcquisition, Development, and ConstructionOtherTotal Loans
Amount due:
Within one year$3,530 $1,233 $14 $1,049 $8,323 $14,149 
After one year:
One to five years28,419 7,946 54 1,775 14,973 53,167 
Over five years to fifteen years5,314 1,263 297 25 3,280 10,179 
Over fifteen years28 5,696 63 1,335 7,124 
Total due or repricing after one year33,735 9,237 6,047 1,863 19,588 70,470 
Total amounts due or repricing, gross$37,265 $10,470 $6,061 $2,912 $27,911 $84,619 


57


The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2023, the dollar amount of all loans held for investment that are due after December 31, 2024, and indicates whether such loans have fixed or adjustable rates of interest:

(in millions)FixedAdjustableTotal
Mortgage Loans:
Multi-family$8,758 $24,977 $33,735 
Commercial real estate3,381 5,856 9,237 
One-to-four family first mortgage2,201 3,846 6,047 
Acquisition, development, and construction121 1,742 1,863 
Total mortgage loans14,461 36,421 50,882 
Other loans9,836 9,752 19,588 
Total loans$24,297 $46,173 $70,470 

The following table summarizes our production of loans held for investment:

For the Years Ended December 31,
20232022
(in millions)AmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
Mortgage Loan Originated for Investment:
   Multi-family$839 4.0 %$8,387 49.2 %
Commercial real estate1,0925.3 %1,0866.4 %
One-to-four family first mortgage3,73918.1 %3281.9 %
Acquisition, development, and construction1,5717.6 %1490.9 %
Total mortgage loans originated for investment$7,241 35.0 %$9,950 58.4 %
Other Loans Originated for Investment:
Specialty finance$7,326 35.4 %$6,001 35.2 %
Commercial and industrial4,94223.9 %1,0166.0 %
Other1,1785.7 %830.4 %
Total other loans originated for investment$13,446 65.0 %$7,100 41.6 %
Total loans originated for investment$20,687 100.0 %$17,050 100.0 %

Multi-Family Loans

The multi-family loans we produce are primarily secured by non-luxury residential apartment buildings in New York City that feature rent-regulated units and below-market rents.

The multi-family loan portfolio was $37.3 billion at December 31, 2023, down slightly compared to $38.1 billion at December 31, 2022 due to a combination of higher interest rates and our loan diversification strategy.

The majority of our multi-family loans were secured by rental apartment buildings.

At December 31, 2023, $21.1 billion or 57 percent of the Company’s total multi-family loan portfolio is secured by properties in New York State, of which $18.3 billion are subject to rent regulation laws.Of the $18.3 billion properties subject to rent regulation, approximately 38 percent are currently in an interest only period.The weighted average LTV of the New York State rent regulated multi-family portfolio was 58 percent as of December 31, 2023 as compared to 57 percent atDecember 31, 2022.

In addition to underwriting multi-family loans on the salebasis of the buildings’ income and condition, we consider the borrowers’ credit history, profitability, and building management expertise. Borrowers are required to present evidence of their ability to repay the loan from the buildings’ current rent rolls, their financial statements, and related documents.

While a percentage of our coveredmulti-family loans are ten-year fixed rate credits, the vast majority of our multi-family loans feature a term of ten or twelve years, with a fixed rate of interest for the first five or seven years of the loan, and an alternative

58


rate of interest in years six through ten or eight through twelve. The rate charged in the first five or seven years is generally based on intermediate-term interest rates plus a spread.

During the remaining years, the loan resets to an annually adjustable rate that is indexed to CME Term SOFR or Prime, plus a spread. Alternately, the borrower may opt for a fixed rate that is tied to the five-year fixed advance rate of the FHLB-NY, plus a spread. The fixed-rate option also requires the payment of one percentage point of the then-outstanding loan balance. In either case, the minimum rate at repricing is equivalent to the rate in the initial five-or seven-year term. As the rent roll increases, the typical property owner seeks to refinance the mortgage, and generally does so before the loan reprices in year six or eight.

Multi-family loans that refinance within the first five or seven years are typically subject to an established prepayment penalty schedule. Depending on the remaining term of the loan at the time of prepayment, the penalties normally range from five percentage points to one percentage point of the then-current loan balance. If a loan extends past the fifth or seventh year and the borrower selects the fixed-rate option, the prepayment penalties typically reset to a range of five points to one point over years six through ten or eight through twelve. For example, a ten-year multi-family loan that prepays in year three would generally be expected to pay a prepayment penalty equal to three percentage points of the remaining principal balance. A twelve-year multi-family loan that prepays in year one or two would generally be expected to pay a penalty equal to five percentage points.

Because prepayment penalties assessed to the borrower are recorded as interest income, they are reflected in the average yields on our loans and mortgage banking operations.

A $26.6 million increaseinterest-earning assets, our net interest rate spread and net interest margin, and the level of net interest income we record. No assumptions are involved in the recognition of prepayment income, as such income is recorded when the cash is received.
Our success as a multi-family lender partly reflects the solid relationships we have developed with the market’s leading mortgage brokers and generational direct relationships, who are familiar with our lending practices, our underwriting standards, and our long-standing practice of basing our loans on the cash flows produced by the properties. The process of producing such loans is generally four to six weeks in duration.
We primarily underwrite our multi-family loans based on the current cash flows produced by the collateral property, with a reliance on the “income” approach to appraising the properties, rather than the “sales” approach. We also consider a variety of other factors, including the physical condition of the underlying property; the net gain on saleoperating income of securities. This was duethe mortgaged premises prior to debt service; the DSCR, which is the ratio of the property’s net operating income to its debt service; and the ratio of the loan amount to the previously mentioned securitiesappraised value (i.e., the LTV) of the property.

In addition to requiring a minimum DSCR of 120 percent on multi-family buildings at origination, we obtain a security interest in the personal property located on the premises, and an assignment of rents and leases. Our multi-family loans generally represent no more than 75 percent of the lower of the appraised value or the sales price of the underlying property, and typically feature an amortization period of 30 years. In addition, our multi-family loans may contain an initial interest-only period which typically does not exceed two years; however, these loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis. Exceptions to these levels are made to borrowers on a case by case basis and approved by the joint authority of credit and lending officers and when necessary, the Board Credit Committee of the Board.

We continue to monitor our loans held for investment portfolio repositioning and subsequent salethe related allowance for credit losses, particularly given the economic pressures facing the commercial real estate and multi-family markets. In general, buildings that are subject to rent regulation have historically tended to be stable, with occupancy levels remaining more or less constant over time. Because the rents are typically below market and the buildings securing our loans are generally maintained in good condition, they have been more likely to retain their tenants in adverse economic times. In addition, we generally exclude any short-term property tax exemptions and abatement benefits the property owners receive when we underwrite our multi-family loans.


59


The following table presents a geographical analysis of securitiesthe multi-family loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio:

At December 31, 2023
Multi-Family Loans
(in millions)AmountPercent of Total
New York City:
Manhattan$6,893 18 %
Brooklyn5,840 16 %
Bronx3,619 10 %
Queens2,831 %
Staten Island133 — %
Total New York City$19,316 52 %
New Jersey5,064 14 %
Long Island509 %
Total Metro New York$24,889 67 %
Other New York State1,233 %
Pennsylvania3,682 10 %
Florida1,681 %
Ohio1,085 %
Arizona434 %
All other states4,261 11 %
Total$37,265 100 %

Commercial Real Estate

At December 31, 2023, CRE loans represented $10.5 billion, or 12 percent, of total loans held for investment, reflecting a $2.0 billion increase when compared to $8.5 billion at December 31, 2022. Approximately $1.9 billion of CRE loans were acquired in the Signature Transaction.

CRE loans represented $1.1 billion, or 5 percent, of the loans we originated for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $1.1 billion, or 6 percent for the year ended December 31, 2022.

The CRE loans we produce are secured by income-producing properties such as office buildings, retail centers, mixed-use buildings, and multi-tenanted light industrial properties. At December 31, 2023, the largest concentration of CRE loans were secured by properties in the metro New York City area. Refer to the Geographical Analysis table included below for additional details.

Approximately $3.4 billion of the CRE portfolio are office properties with an average balance of approximately $10 million and located primarily in the New York metro area.

The terms of more than half of our CRE loans primarily feature a fixed rate of interest for the first five years of the loan that is generally based on intermediate-term interest rates plus a spread. In addition to customary fixed rate terms, we now also offer floating rates advances indexed to CME Term SOFR. These products are generally offered in combination with interest rate cap or swaps that provide borrowers with additional optionality to manage their interest rate risk. Following the initial fixed rate period, the loan resets to an adjustable interest rate that is indexed to CME Term SOFR or Prime, plus a spread. Alternately, the borrower may opt for a fixed rate that is tied to the five-year fixed advance rate of the FHLB-NY plus a spread. The fixed-rate option also requires the payment of an amount equal to one percentage point of the then-outstanding loan balance. In either case, the minimum rate at repricing is equivalent to the rate in the initial five- or seven-year term.

Prepayment penalties apply to certain of our CRE loans. Depending on the remaining term of the loan at the time of prepayment, the penalties normally range from five percentage points to one percentage point of the then-current loan balance.

60


If a loan extends past the fifth or seventh year and the borrower selects the fixed rate option, the prepayment penalties typically reset to a range of five points to one point over years six through ten or eight through twelve.

We originate CRE loans in adherence with underwriting standards, and require that such loans qualify on the basis of the property’s current income stream and DSCR. The approval of a loan primarily depends on the borrower’s credit history, profitability, and expertise in property management, and generally requires a minimum DSCR of 130 percent and a maximum LTV of 65 percent. In addition, the origination of CRE loans typically requires a security interest in the fixtures, equipment, and other personal property of the borrower and/or an assignment of the rents and/or leases. In addition, certain of our CRE loans may contain an interest-only period which typically does not exceed three years; however, these loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis.

The following table presents a geographical analysis of the CRE loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio:

At December 31, 2023
Commercial Real Estate Loans
(in millions)AmountPercent of Total
New York$5,319 51 %
Michigan1,000 10 %
New Jersey580 %
Florida457 %
Texas105 %
Pennsylvania374 %
Ohio132 %
All other states2,503 24 %
Total$10,470 100 %

Acquisition, Development, and Construction Loans

At December 31, 2023, our ADC loans represented $2.9 billion, or 3 percent, of total loans held for investment, reflecting an increase of $916 million compared to December 31, 2022.

Because ADC loans are generally considered to have a higher degree of credit risk, especially during a downturn in the second quarter.credit cycle, borrowers are required to provide a guarantee of repayment and completion. The risk of loss on an ADC loan is largely dependent upon the accuracy of the initial appraisal of the property’s value upon completion of construction; the developer’s experience; the estimated cost of construction, including interest; and the estimated time to complete and/or sell or lease such property.

Mortgage banking income fell $7.9
When applicable, as a condition to closing an ADC loan, it is our practice to require that properties meet pre-sale or pre-lease requirements prior to funding.

C&I Loans

At December 31, 2023 C&I loans totaled $25.3 billion or 30 percent of total loans held-for-investment. Included in this portfolio is $5.1 billion in warehouse loans that allow mortgage lenders to fund the closing of residential mortgage loans.

The non-warehouse C&I loans we produce are primarily made to small and mid-size businesses and finance companies. Such loans are tailored to meet the specific needs of our borrowers, and include term loans, demand loans, revolving lines of credit, and, to a much lesser extent, loans that are partly guaranteed by the Small Business Administration.

A broad range of C&I loans, both collateralized and unsecured, are made available to businesses for working capital (including inventory and accounts receivable), business expansion, the purchase of machinery and equipment, and other general corporate needs. In determining the term and structure of C&I loans, several factors are considered, including the purpose, the collateral, and the anticipated sources of repayment. C&I loans are typically secured by business assets and personal guarantees of the borrower, and include financial covenants to monitor the borrower’s financial stability.


61


Also included in our C&I portfolio is our national warehouse lending platform with relationship managers across the country. We offer warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders which allow the lender to fund the closing of residential mortgage loans. Each extension, advance, or draw-down on the line is fully collateralized by residential mortgage loans and is paid off when the lender sells the loan to an outside investor or, in some instances, to the Bank.

Underlying mortgage loans are predominantly originated using the agencies' underwriting standards. The guideline for debt to tangible net worth is 15 to 1. At December 31, 2023, we had $5.1 billion outstanding warehouse loans to other mortgage lenders and have relationships in place to lend up to $11.8 billion at our discretion.

The interest rates on our C&I loans can be fixed or floating, with floating-rate loans being tied to SOFR, prime or some other market index, plus an applicable spread. Our floating-rate loans may or may not feature a floor rate of interest. The decision to require a floor on C&I loans depends on the level of competition we face for such loans from other institutions, the direction of market interest rates, and the profitability of our relationship with the borrower.

Specialty Finance

At December 31, 2023, specialty finance loans and leases totaled $5.2 billion or 6 percent of total loans held for investment, up $769 million year-over-yearor 17 percent compared to $19.3 million,December 31, 2022.

We produce our specialty finance loans and leases through a subsidiary that is staffed by a group of industry veterans with expertise in originating and underwriting senior securitized debt and equipment loans and leases. The subsidiary participates in syndicated loans that are brought to them, and equipment loans and leases that are assigned to them, by a select group of nationally recognized sources, and are generally made to large corporate obligors, many of which are publicly traded, carry investment grade or near-investment grade ratings, and participate in stable industries nationwide.

The specialty finance loans and leases we fund fall into three categories: asset-based lending, dealer floor-plan lending, and equipment loan and lease financing. Each of these credits is secured with a perfected first security interest in, or outright ownership of, the underlying collateral, and structured as we exited this linesenior debt or as a non-cancelable lease. As of December 31, 2023, 84 percent of specialty finance loan commitments are structured as floating rate obligations which will benefit in a rising rate environment.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company originated $7.3 billion of specialty finance loans and leases, representing 35 percent of total originations compared to $6.0 billion for the same period in 2022, representing 35 percent of total originations.

Since launching our specialty finance business in the third quarter of 2013, no losses have been recorded on any of the year.loans or leases in this portfolio.


One-to-Four Family Loans

At December 31, 2023, one-to-four family loans represented $6.1 billion, including $996 million of LGG, or 7 percent, of total loans held for investment. As of December 31, 2023, the repurchase liability on LGG loans was $456 million. As of December 31, 2022 one-to-four family loans totaled $5.8 billion. These loans include various types of conforming and non-conforming fixed and adjustable rate loans underwritten using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines for the purpose of purchasing or refinancing owner occupied and second home properties. We typically hold certain mortgage loans in LHFI that do not qualify for sale to the Agencies and that have an acceptable yield and risk profile. The LTV requirements on our residential first mortgage loans vary depending on occupancy, property type, loan amount, and FICO scores. Loans with LTVs exceeding 80 percent are required to obtain mortgage insurance. As of December 31, 2023, non-government guaranteed loans in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 741 and an average LTV of 53.

Substantially all LGG are insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Nonperforming repurchased loans in this portfolio earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate from the time the underlying loan becomes 60 days delinquent until the loan is conveyed to HUD (if foreclosure timelines are met), which is not paid by the FHA until claimed. The Bank has a unilateral option to repurchase loans sold to GNMA if the loan is due, but unpaid, for three consecutive months (typically referred to as 90 days past due) and can recover losses through a claims process from the guarantor. These loans are recorded in loans held for investment and the liability to repurchase the loans is recorded in other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Certain loans within our portfolio may be subject to indemnifications and insurance limits which expose us to limited credit risk. We have reserved for these risks within other assets and as a component of our ACL on residential first mortgages.

62



Other Loans

At December 31, 2023, other loans totaled $2.7 billion and consisted primarily of home equity lines of credit, boat and recreational vehicle indirect lending, point of sale consumer loans and other consumer loans, including overdraft loans.

Our home equity portfolio includes HELOANs, second mortgage loans, and HELOCs. These loans are underwritten and priced in an effort to ensure credit quality and loan profitability. Our debt-to-income ratio on HELOANs and HELOCs is capped at 43 percent and 45 percent, respectively. We currently limit the maximum CLTV to 89.99 percent and FICO scores to a minimum of 700. Second mortgage loans and HELOANs are fixed rate loans and are available with terms up to 20 years. HELOC loans are primarily variable-rate loans that contain a 10-year interest only draw period followed by a 20-year amortizing period. As of December 31, 2023, loans in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 751.

As of December 31, 2023, loans in our indirect portfolio had an average current FICO score of 743. Point of sale loans consist of unsecured consumer installment loans originated primarily for home improvement purposes through a third-party financial technology company who also provides us a level of credit loss protection.
Loans Held for Sale

Loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2023 totaled $1.2 billion, up from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2022. The Signature Transaction contributed $360 million of Small Business Administration ("SBA") loans to this increase. We classify loans as held for sale when we originate or purchase loans that we intend to sell. We have elected the fair value option for nearly all of this portfolio, except the SBA loans. We estimate the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans, where available, or by discounting estimated cash flows using observable inputs inclusive of interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral.

Credit Quality

A loan generally is classified as a “non-accrual” loan when it is 90 days or more past due or when it is deemed to be impaired because we no longer expect to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, we cease the accrual of interest owed, and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, all of our non-performing loans were non-accrual loans. A loan is generally returned to accrual status when the loan is current and we have reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible.

We monitor non-accrual loans both within and beyond our primary lending area in the same manner. Monitoring loans generally involves inspecting and re-appraising the collateral properties; holding discussions with the principals and managing agents of the borrowing entities and retain legal counsel, as applicable; requesting financial, operating, and rent roll information; confirming that hazard insurance is in place or force-placing such insurance; monitoring tax payment status. advancing funds as needed; and seeking approval from the courts to appoint a receiver, when necessary to protect the Bank’s interests, including to collect rents, manage property operations, and ensure maintenance of the collateral properties.

It is our policy to order updated appraisals for all non-performing loans 90 days or more past due that are collateralized by multi-family buildings, CRE properties, or land, if the most recent appraisal on file for the property is more than one year old. Appraisals are ordered annually until such time as the loan becomes performing and is returned to accrual status. It is not our policy to obtain updated appraisals for performing loans. However, appraisals may be ordered for performing loans when a borrower requests an increase in the loan amount, a modification in loan terms, or an extension of a maturing loan.

Non-performing loans are reviewed regularly by management and discussed on a monthly basis with the Board Credit Committee, and the Board of Directors of the Bank, as applicable. In accordance with our charge-off policy, collateral-dependent non-performing loans are written down to their current appraised values, less certain transaction costs. Workout specialists from our Loan Workout Unit actively pursue borrowers who are delinquent in repaying their loans in an effort to collect payment. In addition, outside counsel with experience in foreclosure proceedings are retained to institute such action with regard to such borrowers.

Properties and other assets that are acquired through foreclosure are classified as repossessed assets, and are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, less the estimated cost of selling the property. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the assets are charged to earnings and are included in non-interest income expense. It is our policy to require an appraisal and an

63


environmental assessment of properties classified as OREO before foreclosure, and to re-appraise the properties on an as-needed basis, and not less than annually, until they are sold. We dispose of such properties as quickly and prudently as possible, given current market conditions and the property’s condition.

To mitigate the potential for credit losses, we underwrite our loans in accordance with credit standards that we consider to be prudent. In the case of multi-family and CRE loans, we look first at the consistency of the cash flows being generated by the property to determine its economic value using the “income approach,” and then at the market value of the property that collateralizes the loan. The amount of the loan is then based on the lower of the two values, with the economic value more typically used.

The condition of the collateral property is another critical factor. Multi-family buildings and CRE properties are inspected from rooftop to basement as a prerequisite to approval. Furthermore, independent appraisers, whose appraisals are carefully reviewed by our experienced in-house appraisal officers and staff, perform appraisals on collateral properties.

In addition, we work with a select group of mortgage brokers who are familiar with our credit standards and whose track record with our lending officers is typically greater than ten years. Furthermore, in New York City, where the majority of the buildings securing our multi-family loans are located, the rents that tenants may be charged on certain apartments are typically restricted under certain rent-control or rent-stabilization laws. As a result, the rents that tenants pay for such apartments are generally lower than current market rents. Buildings with a preponderance of such rent-regulated apartments are less likely to experience vacancies in times of economic adversity.

To further manage our credit risk, our lending policies limit the amount of credit granted to any one borrower, and typically require minimum DSCRs of 120 percent for multi-family loans and 130 percent for CRE loans. At origination, we typically lend up to 75 percent of the appraised value on multi-family buildings and up to 65 percent on commercial properties. Exceptions to these DSCR and LTV limitations are minimal and approved by the joint authority of credit and lending officers and when necessary, the Board Credit Committee of the Board.

With regard to ADC loans, we typically lend up to 75 percent of the estimated as-completed market value of multi-family and residential tract projects; however, in the case of home construction loans to individuals, the limit is 80 percent. With respect to commercial construction loans, we typically lend up to 65 percent of the estimated as-completed market value of the property. Credit risk is also managed through the loan disbursement process. Loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses, and as warranted by inspection reports provided to us by our own lending officers and/or consulting engineers.

To minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, each of our credits is secured with a perfected first security interest or outright ownership in the underlying collateral, and structured as senior debt or as a non-cancellable lease. To further minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, we re-underwrite each transaction. In addition, we retain outside counsel to conduct a further review of the underlying documentation.

Other C&I loans generally represent loans to commercial businesses which meet certain desired client characteristics and credit standards.The credit standards for commercial borrowers are based on numerous criteria, including historical and projected financial information, strength of management, acceptable collateral, and market conditions and trends in the borrower’s industry.These loans are generally variable rate loans in which the interest rate fluctuates with a specified index rate.

The procedures we follow with respect to delinquent loans are generally consistent across all categories, with late charges assessed, and notices mailed to the borrower, at specified dates. We attempt to reach the borrower by telephone to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for repayment. When contact is made with a borrower at any time prior to foreclosure or recovery against collateral property, we attempt to obtain full payment, and will consider a repayment schedule to avoid taking such action. Delinquencies are addressed by our Loan Workout Unit and every effort is made to collect rather than initiate foreclosure proceedings.

Fair values for all multi-family buildings, CRE properties, and land are determined based on the appraised value. If an appraisal is more than one year old and the loan is classified as either non-performing or as an accruing TDM, then an updated appraisal is required to determine fair value. Estimated disposition costs are deducted from the fair value of the property to determine estimated net realizable value. In the instance of an outdated appraisal on an impaired loan, we adjust the original appraisal by using a third-party index value to determine the extent of impairment until an updated appraisal is received.


64


Asset Quality Measures

The following table presents the Company's asset quality measures at the respective dates:

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Non-performing loans to total loans held for investment0.51 %0.20 %
Non-performing assets to total assets0.39 0.17 
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to non-performing loans231.51 278.87 
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to total loans held for investment1.17 0.57 

Non-Performing Loans

The following table presents our non-performing loans held for investment by loan type and the changes in the respective balances:

Change from
December 31, 2022
to
December 31, 2023
(in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022Amount
Non-Performing Loans(1)(2):
Non-accrual mortgage loans:
Multi-family$138 $13 $125 
Commercial real estate128 20 108 
One-to-four family first mortgage95 92 
Acquisition, development, and construction$$— 
Total non-accrual mortgage loans$363 $125 238 
Commercial and industrial43 40 
Other non-accrual loans(3)
22 13 
Total non-performing loans$428 $141 287 
Repossessed assets14 12 
Total non-performing assets$442 $153 289 
(1)Excludes LGG that are insured by U.S government agencies.
(2)Unpaid principal balance.
(3)Includes home equity, consumer and other loans.

The following table sets forth the changes in non-accrual loans for the year ended December 31, 2023:

(in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2022$141 
New non-accrual, including acquired from acquisition466 
Charge-offs(97)
Transferred to repossessed assets(3)
Loan payoffs, including dispositions and principal pay-downs(36)
Restored to performing status(43)
Balance at December 31, 2023$428 

At December 31, 2023 total non-accrual mortgage loans increased $238 million to $44.5$363 million, while commercial and industrial loans increased $40 million to $43 million and other non-accrual loans increased $9 million to $22 million compared to December 31, 2022.

At December 31, 2023, NPA to total assets equaled 0.39 percent compared to 0.17 percent at December 31, 2022 while NPL to total loans equaled 0.51 percent compared to 0.20 percent at December 31, 2022. The increase in NPLs was primarily driven by a $125 million increase in multi-family loans and a $108 million in commercial real estate loans, primarily office. Repossessed assets of $14 million were slightly higher compared to $12 million in the twelve monthsprior year.


65


Delinquencies

The following table presents our loans, 30 to 89 days past due by loan type and the changes in the respective balances:

Change from
December 31, 2023
to
December 31, 2022
(in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022AmountPercent
Loans 30 to 89 Days Past Due(1):
Multi-family$121 $34 $87 256 %
Commercial real estate28 26 1300 %
One-to-four family first mortgage40 21 19 90 %
Acquisition, development, and construction— NM
Commercial and industrial37 35 1750 %
Other loans22 11 11 100 %
Total loans 30-89 days past due$250 $70 180 257 %
(1)Excludes LGG that are insured by U.S government agencies.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The following table sets forth the allocation of the consolidated allowance for losses on loans, at each year-end:

At December 31,
202320222021
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of Total Loans and LeasesAmountPercent of Total Loans and LeasesAmountPercent of Total Loans and Leases
Multi-family loans$307 44 %$178 55 %$159 76 %
Commercial real estate loans36612 4612 1715 
One-to-four family first mortgage loans48461— 
Acquisition, development, and construction loans36202— 
Commercial and industrial13230 — — 
Other loans10310321 20
Total loans$992 100 %$393 100 %$199 100 %
(1)Percentages represent the percentage of each loan and lease category to total loans and leases

The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases increased $599 million from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2023. The day 1 impact of the Signature Transaction that closed on March 20, 2023 added $127 million to the reserve. The remaining net increase of approximately $472 million primarily reflects our actions to build reserves during the fourth quarter to address weakness in the office sector, potential repricing risk in the multi-family portfolio and conditions leading to increases in classified assets, which better aligns the Company with its relevant bank peers, including Category IV banks. The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases represented 232 percent of non-performing loans at December 31, 2023, as compared to 279 percent at the prior year-end.

Based on the acceleration of asset quality metric deterioration and collateral value trends observed during 4Q23, predominantly in office, management employed its judgment and qualitative reserves were increased to the higher end of the range as of December 31, 2023. In applying this judgement, management also considered the severity of emerging risks such as feedback from regulators, market information, the impact of potential internal loan review weaknesses on the identification of emerging risks, deterioration in collateral values or borrower financial statements, trends or indications of degradation in asset quality metrics such as problem loans, charge-offs and nonaccruals, and market indications.

Charge-offs

For the year ended December 31, 2017 from $41.62023, our gross charge-offs were $223 million and net charge-offs were $208 million, compared to gross charge-offs of $7 million and net recoveries of $4 million over the same period in 2022.


66


The following table presents information on the Company's net charge-offs:
For the Years Ended December 31,
20232022
(in millions)
Charge-offs:
Multi-family$119 $
Commercial real estate56 
One-to-four family residential— 
Commercial and industrial30 — 
Other14 
Total charge-offs$223 $
Recoveries:
Commercial real estate— (4)
One-to-four family residential— — 
Commercial and industrial(11)(7)
Other(4)— 
Total recoveries$(15)$(11)
Net charge-offs (recoveries)$208 $(4)



































67


The following table presents information on the Company's net charge-offs as compared to average loans held for investment outstanding:

For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Multi-family
Net charge-offs during the period$119 $$
Average amount outstanding$37,839 $36,292 $32,424 
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.31 %0.00 %0.00 %
Commercial real estate
Net charge-offs during the period$56 $— $
Average amount outstanding$9,905 $6,964 $5,489 
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.57 %0.00 %0.04 %
One-to-Four Family first mortgage
Net charge-offs during the period$$— $
Average amount outstanding$5,907 $516 $191 
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.06 %0.00 %0.52 %
Acquisition, Development and Construction
Net charge-offs during the period$— $— $— 
Average amount outstanding$2,530 $203 $152 
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.00 %0.00 %0.00 %
Commercial and Industrial Loans
Net charge-offs during the period$19 $(7)$— 
Average amount outstanding$21,460 $— $— 
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.09 %0.00 %0.00 %
Other Loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$10 $(5)$(6)
Average amount outstanding$2,552 $5,401 $4,944 
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.38 %(0.09)%(0.12)%
Total loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$208 $(4)$(2)
Average amount outstanding$80,193 $49,376 $43,200 
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.26 %(0.01)%0.00 %

Lending Authority

We maintain credit limits in compliance with regulatory requirements. Under regulatory guidance, the Bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15 percent of Tier 1 plus Tier 2 capital and any portion of the ACL not included in Tier 2 capital. We have a tracking and reporting process to monitor lending concentration levels, and all new commercial real estate credit exposures to relationships that exceed $200 million and all other commercial credit exposures to relationships that exceed $100 million must be approved by the Board Credit Committee of the Board. Exceptions to these levels are made to borrowers on a case by case basis, with the approval of the Board Credit Committee of the Board. Relationships less than the aforementioned limits including those discussed throughout the loans held for investment section of this document, are approved by the joint authority of credit officers and lending officers. The Board Credit Committee has authority to direct changes in lending practices as they deem necessary or appropriate in order to address individual or aggregate risks, including regulatory considerations, and credit exposures in accordance with the Bank’s strategic objectives and risk appetites.


68


At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the largest mortgage loan in our portfolio was a $329 million multi-family loan, which is collateralized by properties located in Brooklyn, New York. As of the date of this report, the loan has been current since origination.
Securities

Total securities were $9.2 billion, or 8 percent, of total assets at December 31, 2023, compared to $9.1 billion, or 10 percent of total assets at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, all of our securities were designated as “Available-for-Sale”. At December 31, 2023, 12 percent of our portfolio are floating rate securities.

As of December 31, 2023, the net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of tax, was $581 million as compared to $626 million at December 31, 2022, reflecting the rising interest rate environment.

At December 31, 2023, available-for-sale securities had an estimated weighted average life of six years. Included in the twelve months ended December 31, 2016.

The net gain on salesquarter-end amount were mortgage-related securities of loans, primarily through participations, fell $14.7 million year-over-year to $1.2 million.$6.6 billion and other debt securities of $2.6 billion.

Non-Interest Income Analysis


At the prior year-end, available-for-sale securities were $9.1 billion, and had an estimated weighted average life of six years. Mortgage-related securities accounted for $4.8 billion of the year-end balance, with other debt securities accounting for the remaining $4.3 billion.

The following table summarizes our sourcesthe weighted average yields ofnon-interest income debt securities for the maturities indicated at December 31, 2023:
Mortgage-
Related
Securities
U.S.
Government
and GSE
Obligations
State,
County,
and
Municipal
Other
Debt
Securities (2)
Available-for-Sale Debt Securities: (1)
Due within one year— %4.65 %— %— %
Due from one to five years3.33 5.42 — 5.53 
Due from five to ten years2.73 1.61 3.16 5.05 
Due after ten years4.18 — — 5.74 
Total debt securities available for sale4.09 2.27 3.16 5.56 
(1)The weighted average yields are calculated by multiplying each carrying value by its yield and dividing the sum of these results by the total carrying values and are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis.
(2)Includes corporate bonds, capital trust notes, foreign notes, and asset-backed securities.

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

At December 31, 2023 the Company had $861 million and $329 million of FHLB-NY stock, at cost, and FHLB-Indianapolis stock, at cost, respectively. At December 31, 2022, the Company had $762 million and $329 million of FHLB-NY stock, at cost and FHLB-Indianapolis stock, at cost, respectively. The Company maintains an investment in FHLB-NY stock and, as a result of the Flagstar acquisition, FHLB-Indianapolis stock, partly in conjunction with its membership in the twelve months endedFHLB and partly related to its access to the FHLB funding it utilizes. In addition, the Company had Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost, of $203 million and $176 million at December 31, 2017, 2016,2023 and 2015:

   For the Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016   2015 

Mortgage banking income

  $19,337   $27,281   $54,113 

Fee income

   31,759    32,665    34,058 

BOLI income

   27,133    31,015    27,541 

Net gain on sales of loans

   1,156    15,806    26,133 

Net gain on sales of securities

   29,924    3,347    4,054 

FDIC indemnification expense

   (18,961   (6,155   (9,336

Gain on sale of covered loans and mortgage banking operations

   82,026    —      —   

Other income:

      

Peter B. Cannell & Co., Inc.

   22,026    22,537    26,771 

Third-party investment product sales

   12,771    11,658    13,292 

Recovery of OTTI securities

   1,120    1,214    242 

Other

   8,589    6,204    33,895 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

   44,506    41,613    74,200 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totalnon-interest income

  $216,880   $145,572   $210,763 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense has two primary components: operating expenses, which include compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment, and general and administrative (“G&A”) expenses;December 31, 2022, respectively.


Bank-Owned Life Insurance

BOLI is recorded at the total cash surrender value of the policies in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, and the amortizationincome generated by the increase in the cash surrender value of the CDI stemming frompolicies is recorded in “Non-interest income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. Reflecting an increase in the cash surrender value of the underlying policies, our investment in BOLI at December 31, 2023 rose $19 million to$1.6 billion compared to December 31, 2022.


69


Goodwill

We record goodwill in our consolidated statements of condition in connection with certain of our business combinations.

Non-interest expense totaled $641.4 million in Goodwill, which is tested at least annually for impairment, refers to the twelve months endeddifference between the purchase price and the fair value of an acquired company’s assets, net of the liabilities assumed. As of December 31, 2017,2023, the Company identified a triggering event and applied a market approach using the end of day stock price. We evaluated those conditions known and knowable by the Company and how a market participant would view the control premium as confirmed by the subsequent confirming market evidence. This adjusted market capitalization was then compared to $651.6 millionthe carrying value to determine the extent of the shortfall which was calculated to be in excess of the year-earlier twelve-month period. Whilenon-interest expense declined year-over-year,goodwill balance. The Company’s assessment concluded that goodwill from historical transactions (2007 and prior) was fully impaired as of December 31, 2023. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of the entire goodwill balance of $2.4 billion.



Parent Company Liquidity

The Parent Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. At December 31, 2023 the Parent Company held cash and cash equivalents of $158 million. In addition to operating expenses, increased modestlythe Parent Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to $641.2 millionour common and preferred stockholders. As a Delaware corporation, the Parent Company is able to pay dividends either from $638.1 millionsurplus or, in 2016.

Compensationcase there is no surplus, from net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.


The Parent Company has three primary funding sources for the payment of dividends, share repurchases, and benefits expense accounted for $9.5 millionother corporate uses: dividends paid to the Parent Company by the Bank; capital raised through the issuance of equity; and funding raised through the issuance of debt instruments.

Various legal restrictions limit the extent to which the Company’s subsidiary bank can supply funds to the Parent Company and its non-bank subsidiaries. The Bank would require the approval of the year-over-year increase, having grownOCC if the dividends it declares in any calendar year were to $361.0 million in 2017.exceed the total of its respective net profits for that year combined with its respective retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfer to paid-in capital. The increase was driven byterm “net profits” is defined as net income for a combination of factors, including an increase in stock-based compensation expense, normal salary increases, and the addition of senior level staff in various departments. This was offset by a $6.9 million decline in G&A expense to $181.3 million, primarily reflecting a $3.8 million decrease in FDIC deposit insurance premiums to $57.3 million.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense includes federal, New York State, and New York City income taxes, as well asnon-material income taxes from other jurisdictions where we operate our branches and/or conduct our mortgage banking business.

In the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, we recorded income tax expense of $202.0 million, reflectingpre-tax income of $668.2 million and an effective tax rate of 30.2%. The decrease in both the effective tax rate and income tax expense was due to the recently enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. This resulted in the Company recording aone-time net benefitgiven period less any dividends paid during the fourth quarter of the year, to income tax expense of $42 million, including that portion related to there-measurement of our net deferred tax liabilities. Our effective income tax rate in 2018 is expected to be approximately 26.5%.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 2016 AS COMPARED TO 2015

Earnings Summary

In the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, we generated earnings of $495.4 million, or $1.01 per diluted share, representing a 1.00% return on average assets and an 8.19% return on average stockholders’ equity.

In the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, we recorded a net loss of $47.2 million, or $0.11 per diluted share. The net loss was attributable to a debt repositioning charge incurred in the fourth quarter in connection with the prepayment of $10.4 billion of wholesale borrowings. On apre-tax basis, the charge was $915.0 million; on anafter-tax basis, the charge was $546.8 million, or $1.17 per diluted share. In accordance with ASC470-50, $773.8 million of thepre-tax charge was recorded as interest expense and $141.2 million was recorded asnon-interest expense.

The benefit of the debt repositioning is reflected in our 2016 Consolidated Results of Operations, including the interest expense on, and average cost of, borrowed funds; the interest expense on, and average cost of, interest-bearing liabilities; our net interest income; our net interest rate spread; and our net interest margin.

Our 2016 and 2015 results also reflect certain expenses incurred in connection with the Astoria Financial merger agreement, which was announced on October 29, 2015 and terminated effective January 1, 2017 by mutual agreement of the companies’ Boards. In 2016, merger-related expenses totaled $11.1 million, as compared to $3.7 million in the prior year.

Net Interest Income

As the debt repositioning charge had no impact on our interest income or the interest expense stemming from our interest-bearing deposits in 2015, a comparison of the 2016 and 2015 amounts and measures is provided below:

Interest Income

In 2016, interest income fell $16.7 million year-over-year to $1.7 billion, as the benefit of a $30.6 million increase in the interest income produced by loans was substantially exceeded by the impact of a $47.3 million decline in the interest income produced by securities and money market investments.

The increase in the interest income produced by loans was driven by a $2.7 billion rise in the average balance of such assets to $39.1 billion and tempered by a20-basis point drop in the average yield to 3.77%. The increase in interest income on loans was also partly offset by a $36.4 million decline in the contribution of prepayment income to $60.9 million, and by an11-basis point decrease in the contribution to the average yield to 16 basis points.

The decline in the interest income produced by securities and money market investments was driven by a $2.3 billion reduction in the average balance of such assets to $4.9 billion, primarily reflecting the aforementioned high volume of securities calls.period. As a result of such calls, prepayment incomeour acquisition of Flagstar, we are also required to seek regulatory approval from securities rose $14.1the OCC for the payment of any dividend to the Parent Company through at least the period ending November 1, 2024. In connection with receiving regulatory approval from the OCC for the Signature Transaction, the Bank has committed that (i) for a period of two years from the date of the Signature Transaction, it will not declare or pay any dividend without receiving a prior written determination of no supervisory objection from the OCC and (ii) it will not declare or pay dividends on the amount of retained earnings that represents any net bargain purchase gain that is subject to a conditional period that may be imposed by the OCC.In 2023, dividends of $580 million year-over-yearwere paid by the Bank to $33.5 millionthe Parent Company.

At December 31, 2023, we believe the Company has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

Bank Liquidity

We manage our liquidity to ensure that our cash flows are sufficient to support our operations, and to compensate for any temporary mismatches between sources and uses of funds caused by variable loan and deposit demand.

We monitor our liquidity daily to ensure that sufficient funds are available to meet our financial obligations. The following table presents available sources of liquidity as of December 31, 2023:

(Dollars in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents$11,475 
Unencumbered investment securities6,300 
FHLB borrowing availability8,400 
Federal Reserve Bank borrowing availability through the discount window1,700 
Total Ready Liquidity$27,875 
On a consolidated basis, our funding primarily stems from a combination of the following sources: retail, institutional, and brokered deposits; borrowed funds, primarily in the form of wholesale borrowings; cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of loans; and cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of securities.

70



CDs due to mature or reprice in one year or less from December 31, 2023 totaled $17.3 billion, representing 80 percent of total CDs at that date. Our ability to attract and retain retail deposits, including CDs, depends on numerous factors, including, among others, the convenience of our branches and our other banking channels; our customers’ satisfaction with the service they receive; the rates of interest we offer; the types of products we feature; and the contributionattractiveness of prepayment incometheir terms.
Our decision to compete for deposits also depends on numerous factors, including, among others, our access to deposits through acquisitions, the average yieldavailability of lower-cost funding sources, the impact of competition on securitiespricing, and money market investments rose 41 basis pointsthe need to 68 basis points. Largely reflectingfund our loan demand.

Deposits

Our ability to retain and attract deposits depends on numerous factors, including customer satisfaction, the increaserates of interest we pay, the types of products we offer, and the attractiveness of their terms. The vast majority of our deposits are retail in prepayment income, the average yieldnature (i.e., they are deposits we have gathered through our branches or through business combinations).

Depending on securitiestheir availability and money market investments rose 67 basis pointspricing relative to 4.11% year-over-year.

Interest Expense

In 2016, the interest expense on interest-bearingother funding sources, we also include brokered deposits rose $10.9 million year-over-yearin our deposit mix. Brokered deposits accounted for $9.5 billion of our deposits at December 31, 2023, compared to $171.0 million, as a $218.0 million rise in the average balance to $26.1$5.1 billion was accompanied by a three-basis point rise in the average cost to 0.65%. While the average balance of savings accounts fell $1.6 billion year-over-year to $5.9 billion, the decrease was exceeded by the combination of a $1.2 billion rise in CDs to $6.9 billion and a $648.1 million rise in NOW andat December 31, 2022. Brokered money market accounts represented $1.3 billion of total brokered deposits at December 31, 2023 and $2.8 billion at December 31, 2022; brokered interest-bearing checking accounts represented $1.6 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2023, we had $6.6 billion of brokered CDs, compared to $13.3 billion. Similarly, while$1.3 billion at December 31, 2022.

Our uninsured deposits are the average costportion of savingsdeposit accounts fell 13 basis points year-over-year,that exceed the benefit was exceeded by the impact of aone-basis point rise in the average cost of CDs and aten-basis point rise in the average cost of NOW and money market accounts.

(Recoveries of) Provision for Losses on Loans

Provision for (Recovery of) Losses onNon-Covered Loans

The provision for losses onnon-covered loans, like the recovery ofnon-covered loan losses, isFDIC insurance limit (currently $250,000). These amounts were estimated based on the methodologysame methodologies and assumptions used by management in calculating the allowance for losses on such loans. Reflecting this methodology, which is discussed in detail under “Critical Accounting Policies” earlier in this report, we recorded an $11.9 million provision fornon-covered loan losses in the twelve months endedregulatory reporting purposes and excludes internal accounts. At December 31, 20162023 our deposit base includes $29.3 billion of uninsured deposits, a net increase of $12.9 billion as compared to a $3.3 million recovery ofnon-covered loan losses in the twelve months ended December 31, 2015.

Reflecting the 2016 provision and twelve-month net charge-offs of $708,000, the allowance for losses onnon-covered loans rose to $158.3 million at the end of this December from $147.1 million at the prioryear-end.

Recovery of Losses on Covered Loans

When an improvement in the credit quality of certain loan portfolios acquired in our FDIC-assisted transactions leads us to believe that the cash flows from those portfolios will exceed our expectations, we reverse the previously established covered loan loss allowance by recording a recovery. In accordance with this methodology, we recovered $7.7 million and $11.7 million, respectively, from the covered loan loss allowance in the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Reflecting the recoveries recorded in 2016, the allowance for losses on covered loans fell to $23.7 million from $31.4 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2015.

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest income fell $65.2 million year-over-year to $145.6 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2016. The reduction was primarily attributable2022 due to the following factors:

Mortgage banking income fell $26.8 million year-over-year to $27.3 million, primarily due to a first-quarter change in the assumptions used to calculate the valueSignature Transaction. This represents 36 percent of our MSRs, together with an increase in loan payments and curtailments.total deposits.

Othernon-interest income fell to $41.6 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 from $74.2 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2015. While certain components of othernon-interest income declined year-over-year, including revenues from PBC and the sale of third-party investments, the bulk of the year-over-year reduction was due to certain gains recorded in the prior year. The amount of othernon-interest income recorded in 2015 was boosted by the combination of a $13.3 million gain on the sale of a bank-owned property and a $7.8 million gain on the sale of a multi-family property that had been classified as OREO. As no comparable gains were recorded in 2016, these two factors accounted for $21.1 million of the $32.6 million decline in othernon-interest income from the level recorded in 2015.

The net gain on sales of loans, primarily through participations, fell $10.3 million year-over-year to $15.8 million.

Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense totaled $651.6 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $765.9 million in the year-earlier twelve-month period. Included in the 2015 amount was $141.2 million of the debt repositioning charge recorded in the fourth quarter; no comparable charge was recorded in 2016.

In addition, merger-related charges accounted for $11.1 million ofnon-interest expense in 2016, as compared to $3.7 million in the prior year.

Whilenon-interest expense declined year-over-year, operating expenses rose $22.5 million to $638.1 million from the level recorded in 2015. Compensation and benefits expense accounted for $8.8 million of the year-over-year increase, having grown to $351.4 million in 2016. The increase was driven by a combination of factors, including an increase in medical benefits expense, back-office staff expansion, normal salary increases, and the granting of stock awards. In addition, G&A expense rose $17.6 million year-over-year to $188.1 million, primarily reflecting a $14.8 million increase in FDIC deposit insurance premiums to $61.1 million, as well as an increase in legal and professional fees. These increases, which included fees incurred in connection with our preparations for SIFI status, were only partly offset by a $3.9 million decrease in occupancy and equipment expense to $98.5 million, primarily representing an increase in rental income.

Income Tax Expense

In the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, we recorded income tax expense of $281.7 million, reflectingpre-tax income of $777.1 million and an effective tax rate of 36.25%. In the prior year, we recorded an income tax benefit of $84.9 million as a result of having recorded a $132.0 millionpre-tax loss.

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly financial data forindicates the years endedamount of time deposits, by account, that are in excess of the FDIC insurance limit (currently $250,000) by time remaining until maturity:


(in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Portion of U.S. time deposits in excess of insurance limit$7,893 $3,749 
Time deposits otherwise uninsured with a maturity of:
3 months or less1,675 969 
Over 3 months through 6 months1,623 604 
Over 6 months through 12 months2,325 1,269 
Over 12 months2,271 907 
Total time deposits otherwise uninsured$7,894 $3,749 

Borrowed Funds

The majority of our borrowed funds are wholesale borrowings (FHLB-NY and FHLB-Indianapolis advances), Bank Term Funding Program of the FRB of New York and, to a lesser extent, junior subordinated debentures and subordinated notes. At December 31, 20172023, total borrowed funds decreased $65 million to $21.3 billion compared to the balance at December 31, 2022.

Wholesale Borrowings

Wholesale borrowings totaled $20.3 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2016:

(in thousands, except per share data) 2017   2016 
 4th  3rd  2nd  1st   4th   3rd   2nd   1st 

Net interest income

 $270,974  $276,343  $287,769  $294,917   $315,520   $318,423   $325,573   $327,866 

Provision for (recoveries of) loan losses

  2,926   44,585   (6,261  (4,008   3,516    (55   895    (176

Non-interest income

  25,343   108,928   50,437   32,172    32,374    40,595    37,366    35,237 

Non-interest expense

  148,484   162,234   163,765   166,943    170,602    161,685    160,911    158,448 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

  144,907   178,452   180,702   164,154    173,776    197,388    201,133    204,831 

Income tax expense

  8,386   67,984   65,447   60,197    60,043    72,089    74,673    74,922 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

 $136,521  $110,468  $115,255  $103,957   $113,733   $125,299   $126,460   $129,909 

Preferred stock dividends

  8,207   8,207   8,207   —      —      —      —      —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 $128,314  $102,261  $107,048  $103,957   $113,733   $125,299   $126,460   $129,909 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

  $0.26   $0.21   $0.22   $0.21    $0.23    $0.26    $0.26    $0.27 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

  $0.26   $0.21   $0.22   $0.21    $0.23    $0.26    $0.26    $0.27 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

IMPACT OF INFLATION

The consolidated financial statements2022.


FHLB-NY and notes thereto presented in this report have been prepared in accordanceFHLB-Indianapolis advances accounted for $19.3 billion and $20.3 billion at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Pursuant to blanket collateral agreements with GAAP, which requires that we measurethe Bank, our financial conditionFHLB-NY, FHLB-Indianapolis advances and operating results in termsovernight advances are secured by pledges of historical dollars, without considering changescertain eligible collateral in the relative purchasing powerform of money over time due to inflation. loans and securities. At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, $2.0 billion and $6.8 billion of our wholesale borrowings had callable features, respectively.


71


The impactCompany’s wholesale borrowings also include the $1.0 billion drawn on the BTFP. The BTFP draw is secured by pledges of inflation is reflectedcertain eligible collateral in the increased costform of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, nearly allsecurities eligible for purchase by the Federal Reserve Banks in open market operations (for example, U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency securities, and U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities).

We had no federal funds outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

Junior Subordinated Debentures

Junior subordinated debentures totaled $579 million at December 31, 2023 compared to $575 million at December 31, 2022.

Subordinated Notes

At December 31, 2023, the balance of a bank’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, the impact of interest rates on our performance is greater than the impact of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction, orsubordinated notes was $438 million compared to the same extent, as the prices of goods and services.

IMPACT OF RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Refer to$432 million at December 31, 2022.


See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,12 - Borrowed Funds,” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,”Data” for a further discussion of our wholesale borrowings, our junior subordinated debentures and subordinated debt.

Contractual Obligations

In the impactnormal course of recent accounting pronouncementsbusiness, we enter into a variety of contractual obligations in order to manage our assets and liabilities, fund loan growth, operate our branch network, and address our capital needs. These obligations include commitments to extend credit in the form of mortgage and other loan originations, as well as commercial, performance stand-by, and financial stand-by letters of credit.

These commitments consist of agreements to extend credit, as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract under which the loan is made. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee.

The letters of credit we issue consist of performance stand-by, financial stand-by, and commercial letters of credit. Financial stand-by letters of credit primarily are issued for the benefit of other financial institutions, municipalities, or landlords on behalf of certain of our current borrowers, and obligate us to guarantee payment of a specified financial obligation.

Performance stand-by letters of credit are primarily issued for the benefit of local municipalities on behalf of certain of our borrowers. Performance letters of credit obligate us to make payments in the event that a specified third party fails to perform under non-financial contractual obligations. Commercial letters of credit act as a means of ensuring payment to a seller upon shipment of goods to a buyer.

Such letters of credit typically require the presentation of documents that describe the commercial transaction, and provide evidence of shipment and the transfer of title. Fees collected in connection with the issuance of letters of credit are included in “Fee income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions that we expect to have a material effect on our financial condition, and results of operations.

RECONCILIATIONS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, COMMON STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, AND TANGIBLE COMMON STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY; TOTAL ASSETS AND TANGIBLE ASSETS; AND THE RELATED MEASURES

While stockholders’ equity, common stockholders’ equity, totaloperations or cash flows.


At December 31, 2023, we had no commitments to purchase securities.

Regulatory Capital

The Bank is subject to regulation, examination, and supervision by the OCC and the Federal Reserve (the “Regulators”). The Bank is also governed by numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991, which established five categories of capital adequacy ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Such classifications are used by the FDIC to determine various matters, including prompt corrective action and each institution’s FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to the Regulators’ qualitative judgments about the components of capital and risk weightings, among other factors.

The quantitative measures established to ensure capital adequacy require that banks maintain minimum amounts and ratios of leverage capital to average assets and book value perof common shareequity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital, and total capital to risk-weighted

72


assets (as such measures are financialdefined in the regulations). At December 31, 2023, our capital measures continued to exceed the minimum federal requirements for a bank holding company and for a bank. The following table sets forth our common equity tier 1, tier 1 risk-based, total risk-based, and leverage capital amounts and ratios on a consolidated basis and for the Bank on a stand-alone basis, as well as the respective minimum regulatory capital requirements, at that are recordeddate:
The following tables present the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company:

Risk-Based Capital
December 31, 2023Common Equity Tier 1Tier 1TotalLeverage Capital
(in millions)AmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatio
Total capital$8,009 9.05 %$8,512 9.62 %$10,415 11.77 %$8,512 7.75 %
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,983 4.50 5,310 6.00 7,081 8.00 4,392 4.00 
Excess$4,026 4.55 %$3,202 3.62 %$3,334 3.77 %$4,120 3.75 %
December 31, 2022
Total capital$6,335 9.06 %$6,838 9.78 %$8,154 11.66 %$6,838 9.70 %
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,146 4.50 4,195 6.00 5,593 8.00 2,819 4.00 
Excess$3,189 4.56 %$2,643 3.78 %$2,561 3.66 %$4,019 5.70 %

The following tables present the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Bank:

Risk-Based Capital
December 31, 2023Common Equity Tier 1Tier 1TotalLeverage Capital
(dollars in millions)AmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatio
Total capital$9,305 10.52 %$9,305 10.52 %$10,271 11.61 %$9,305 8.48 %
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,980 4.50 5,307 6.00 7,076 8.00 4,389 4.00 
Excess$5,325 6.02 %$3,998 4.52 %$3,195 3.61 %$4,916 4.48 %
December 31, 2022
Total capital$7,653 10.96 %$7,653 10.96 %$7,982 11.43 %$7,653 10.87 %
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,142 4.50 4,189 6.00 5,585 8.00 2,817 4.00 
Excess$4,511 6.46 %$3,464 4.96 %$2,397 3.43 %$4,836 6.87 %

At December 31, 2023, our total risk-based capital ratio exceeded the minimum requirement for capital adequacy purposes by 377 basis points and the fully phased-in capital conservation buffer by 127 basis points.

The Bank also exceeded the minimum capital requirements to be categorized as “Well Capitalized.” To be categorized as well capitalized, a bank must maintain a minimum common equity tier 1 ratio of 6.50 percent; a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent; a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10 percent; and a minimum leverage capital ratio of 5 percent.

On July 27, 2023, the Federal Banking Agencies, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve, and the OCC, released a notice of proposed rulemaking that would make significant amendments to the Basel III Capital Rules applicable to both the Company and the Bank. In general, the proposed rule would align the regulatory capital calculation methodology for Category III and IV banking organizations with the methodology applicable to Category I and II banking organizations. In addition to calculating risk-weighted assets under the current U.S. standardized approach, the proposal introduces a new “Expanded Risk-Based Approach,” including standardized approaches for credit risk, operational risk and credit valuation adjustment risk, as well as a new approach for market risk that would be based upon internal models and standardized supervisory models. If adopted as proposed, the Company would be required to calculate its risk-based capital ratios under both the current U.S. standardized approach and the Expanded Risk-Based Approach and would be subject to the lower of the two resulting ratios for each risk-based capital ratio. In addition, the proposal would require banking organizations to recognize most elements of AOCI in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), tangible common stockholders’ equity, tangibleregulatory capital, including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, and lower thresholds for deductions from CET1 capital for mortgage servicing assets and tangible bookdeferred tax assets, among other things. The proposal, if enacted, would have an effective date of July 1, 2025, with certain elements, such as the recognition of AOCI in regulatory capital and changes in risk-weighted assets calculated under the Expanded Risk-Based Approach, having a three-year phase-in period. We are in the process of evaluating this proposed rulemaking and assessing its potential impact on the Company and the Bank if adopted as proposed.


73


Reportable Segment and Reporting Unit

In 2023, our chief operating decision maker assessed performance and allocated resources at the consolidated Company level. Following the acquisition of Flagstar Bank, N.A. and closing the Signature Transaction, we are currently in the process of operationalizing the financial reporting – both historical and prospective – for our reportable segments and reporting units, which may result in a change to either or both in future reporting periods.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Certain accounting policies that, due to the judgment, estimates and assumptions are critical to an understanding of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes, are described in Item 1. These policies relate to: (a) the determination of our ACL, (b) fair value per common sharemeasurements and (c) the acquisition method of accounting. We believe the judgment, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes are not. It is management’s belief thatappropriate given the factual circumstances at the time. However, given the sensitivity of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to thesenon-GAAP measures should be disclosed critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in this reportmaterial differences in our results of operations and/or financial condition.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses on loans and others we issueleases represents our current estimate of the lifetime credit losses expected from our loan and lease portfolio and our unfunded lending commitments. Management estimates the allowance by projecting and multiplying together the probability-of-default, loss-given-default and exposure-at-default depending on economic parameters for each month of the following reasons:

1.Tangible common stockholders’ equity is an important indication of the Company’s ability to grow organically and through business combinations, as well as its ability to pay dividends and to engage in various capital management strategies.

2.Tangible book value per common share and the ratio of tangible common stockholders’ equity to tangible assets are among the capital measures considered by current and prospective investors, both independent of, and in comparison with, the Company’s peers.

Tangible common stockholders’ equity, tangible assets,remaining contractual term, as well as credit ratings for certain loans within the commercial and industrial portfolio. The loss drivers for certain loans in the commercial and industrial portfolio are derived using credit ratings. The economic forecast and the relatednon-GAAP measures should economic parameters are developed using multiple economic forecast scenarios, including related weightings, over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. The economic forecast scenarios and related economic parameters are sourced from independent third parties. Economic parameters are developed using available information relating to past events, current conditions, and economic forecasts. Historical credit loss experience over the historical loss observation period provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses, with qualitative adjustments made for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics such as levels of and trends in delinquencies and performance of loans, levels of and trends in write-offs and recoveries collected, trends in volume and terms of loans, effects of any changes in reasonable and supportable economic forecasts, effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices, experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff, available relevant information sources that support or contradict the registrant’s own forecast, effects of changes in prepayment expectations or other factors affecting assessments of loan contractual term, industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations. Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of the loans, adjusted for forecasted prepayments when appropriate. The methodology used in the estimation of the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases, which is performed at least quarterly, is designed to be dynamic and responsive to changes in portfolio credit quality and forecasted economic conditions. Each quarter the Company reassesses the appropriateness of the economic forecasting period, the reversion period and historical mean.


The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases is measured on a collective (pool) basis when similar risk characteristics exist. The portfolio segment represents the level at which a systematic methodology is applied to estimate credit losses. Management believes the products within each of the entity’s portfolio segments exhibit similar risk characteristics. Smaller pools of homogenous financing receivables with homogeneous risk characteristics were modeled using the methodology selected for the portfolio segment. The Company leverages economic projections including property market and prepayment forecasts from established independent third parties to inform its loss drivers in the forecast, as well as credit ratings for certain loans within the commercial and industrial portfolio.

Loans that do not share risk characteristics are evaluated on an individual basis, including nonaccrual loans. If a loan is determined to be consideredcollateral dependent, or meets the criteria to apply the collateral dependent practical expedient, expected credit losses are determined based on the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date, less costs to sell as appropriate.

The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures. The Company estimates expected credit losses over the contractual period in isolation orwhich the Company is exposed to credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures is adjusted as a substituteprovision for stockholders’ equity, common stockholders’ equity, totalcredit losses expense. The estimate includes consideration of the

74


likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over their estimated life. The Company examined historical credit conversion factor (“CCF”) trends to estimate utilization rates, and chose an appropriate mean CCF based on both management judgment and quantitative analysis. Quantitative analysis involved examination of CCFs over a range of fund-up windows (between 12 and 36 months) and comparison of the mean CCF for each fund-up window with management judgment determining whether the highest mean CCF across fund-up windows made business sense. The Company applies the same standards and estimated loss rates to the credit exposures as to the related class of loans.

When applying this critical accounting estimate we incorporate several inputs and judgments that may be influenced by changes period to period. These include, but are not limited to changes in the economic environment and forecasts, changes in the credit profile and characteristics of the loan portfolio, property valuations and changes in prepayment assumptions.

While changes to the economic environment forecasts, and portfolio characteristics will change from period to period, portfolio prepayments are an integral assumption in estimating the allowance for credit losses on our commercial real estate portfolio (multi -family, CRE and ADC) which comprises 60 percent of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2023. Portfolio prepayments are subject to estimation uncertainty and changes in this assumption could have a material impact to our estimation process. Prepayment assumptions are sensitive to interest rates and existing loan terms and determine the weighted average life of the commercial mortgage loan portfolio. Excluding other factors, as the weighted average life of the portfolio increases or decreases, so will the required amount of the allowance for credit losses on commercial real estate.

Valuation of Mortgage Servicing Rights

We purchase and originate mortgage loans for sale to the secondary market and often retain the right to service the loan at the time of sale upon which, a mortgage servicing right (MSR) is created. We have elected to report our MSR assets at fair value which is determined using an internal valuation model that utilizes an option-adjusted spread, constant prepayment rates, costs to service, and other assumptions. The assumptions used in the MSR valuation are unobservable in nature, involve a higher degree of judgment and are estimated based on our judgment regarding the value that market participants would assign to the asset. To corroborate this estimate, we obtain third-party valuations of the MSR portfolio on a quarterly basis from independent valuation services to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by the internal valuation model.

For further information and sensitivity analysis regarding the valuation of the MSR asset, see "Note 9 - Mortgage Servicing Rights,” in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."

Acquisition Method of Accounting

The acquisition method of accounting requires that acquired assets and liabilities in a business combination be recorded at their fair values as of the acquisition date. This method often involves estimates, all of which are inherently subjective. We have elected to hold the measurement period open to allow for potential adjustments for up to one year after the acquisition date, for new information that existed at the acquisition date but may not have been known or any other measure calculatedavailable at that time. For further information, refer to Note 3 - Business Combinations in accordance with GAAP. Moreover,Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data".

Goodwill

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually or when triggering events are identified. We utilize a market approach to calculate the manner in which we calculate thesenon-GAAP measures may differ from that of other companies reportingnon-GAAP measures with similar names.

Reconciliationsfair value of our stockholders’ equity, common stockholders’ equity,single reporting unit, which considers how a market participant would view a control premium, complemented by an income approach if deemed necessary. The resulting value is then compared to our book value and tangible common stockholders’ equity; our total assetsany shortfalls would be recorded as an impairment.


As of December 31, 2023, the Company identified a triggering event and tangible assets;applied a market approach using the end of day stock price, control premium for completed bank acquisitions, and an adjustment for Company-specific risk considerations based on subsequent confirming market evidence. This adjusted market capitalization was then compared to the related financial measurescarrying value to determine the extent of any shortfall which was calculated to be in excess of the goodwill balance. The Company’s assessment concluded that goodwill from historical transactions (2007 and prior) was fully impaired as of December 31, 2023, as confirmed by the Company’s current market capitalization. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of the entire goodwill balance of $2.4 billion. Refer to "Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and "Note 16 - Intangible Assets" in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" for the respective periods follow:

   At or for the
Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands)  2017  2016 

Stockholders’ Equity

  $6,795,376  $6,123,991 

Less: Goodwill

   (2,436,131  (2,436,131

Core deposit intangibles

   —     (208

Preferred stock

   (502,840  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tangible common stockholders’ equity

  $3,856,405  $3,687,652 

Total Assets

  $49,124,195  $48,926,555 

Less: Goodwill

   (2,436,131  (2,436,131

Core deposit intangibles

   —     (208
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tangible assets

  $46,688,064  $46,490,216 

Common stockholders’ equity to total assets

   12.81  12.52

Tangible common stockholders’ equity to tangible assets

   8.26   7.93 

Book value per common share

   $12.88   $12.57 

Tangible book value per common share

   7.89   7.57 

methodologies and assumptions used in the goodwill impairment analysis.



75


ITEM 7A.
Item7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKQuantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk


We manage our assets and liabilities to reduce our exposure to changes in market interest rates. The asset and liability management process has three primary objectives: to evaluate the interest rate risk inherent in certain balance sheet accounts; to determine the appropriate level of risk, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements, and performance objectives; and to manage that risk in a manner consistent with guidelines approved by the Boards of Directors of the Company the Community Bank, and the Commercial Bank.


Market Risk


As a financial institution, we are focused on reducing our exposure to interest rate volatility, which represents our primary market risk. Changes in market interest rates represent the greatest challenge to our financial performance, as such changes can have a significant impact on the level of income and expense recorded on a large portion of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and on the market value of all interest-earning assets, other than those possessing a short term to maturity. To reduce our exposure to changing rates, the BoardsBoard of Directors and management monitor interest rate sensitivity on a regular or as needed basis so that adjustments to the asset and liability mix can be made when deemed appropriate.


The actual duration ofheld-for-investment mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities can be significantly impacted by changes in prepayment levels and market interest rates. The level of prepayments may, in turn, be impacted by a variety of factors, including the economy in the region where the underlying mortgages were originated; seasonal factors; demographic variables; and the assumability of the underlying mortgages. However, the factors with the most significant impact on prepayments are market interest rates and the availability of refinancing opportunities.

In 2017, we


We managed our interest rate risk by taking the following actions: (1) We continuedContinue to emphasizeincrease the originationinvestments portfolio with an overall shorter duration profile; (2) The use of derivatives to manage our interest rate position; (3) Increased the focus on retaining and retention of intermediate-term assets, primarily in the form of multi-family and CRE loans; (2) We increasedincreasing our portfolio of C&I loans, which feature floating rates; and (3) We extended the maturities of certain short-term wholesale borrowings.

branch deposits base.


Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are “interest rate sensitive” and by monitoring a bank’s interest rate sensitivity “gap.” An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time frame if it will mature or reprice within that period of time. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time frame and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that same period of time.

In a rising interest rate environment, an institution with a negative gap would generally be expected, absent the effects of other factors, to experience a greater increase in the cost of its interest-bearing liabilities than it would in the yield on its interest-earning assets, thus producing a decline in its net interest income. Conversely, in a declining rate environment, an institution with a negative gap would generally be expected to experience a lesser reduction in the yield on its interest-earning assets than it would in the cost of its interest-bearing liabilities, thus producing an increase in its net interest income.

In a rising interest rate environment, an institution with a positive gap would generally be expected to experience a greater increase in the yield on its interest-earning assets than it would in the cost of its interest-bearing liabilities, thus producing an increase in its net interest income. Conversely, in a declining rate environment, an institution with a positive gap would generally be expected to experience a lesser reduction in the cost of its interest-bearing liabilities than it would in the yield on its interest-earning assets, thus producing a decline in its net interest income.

At December 31, 2017, ourone-year gap was a negative 19.57%, as compared to a negative 21.37% at December 31, 2016. The 180-basis point change was primarily due to an increase in cash balances as a result of the sale of the mortgage banking operations, which was partially offset by a decrease in loans maturing or repricing in one year and an increase in borrowings maturing in one year.

The table on the following page sets forth the amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2017 which, based on certain assumptions stemming from our historical experience,

are expected to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown. Except as stated below, the amounts of assets and liabilities shown as repricing or maturing during a particular time period were determined in accordance with the earlier of (1) the term to repricing, or (2) the contractual terms of the asset or liability.

The table provides an approximation of the projected repricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated prepayments, and scheduled rate adjustments within a three-month period and subsequent selected time intervals. For residential mortgage-related securities, prepayment rates are forecasted at a weighted average constant prepayment rate (“CPR”) of 5% per annum; for multi-family and CRE loans, prepayment rates are forecasted at weighted average CPRs of 15% and 8% per annum, respectively. Borrowed funds were not assumed to prepay. Savings, NOW, and money market accounts were assumed to decay based on a comprehensive statistical analysis that incorporated our historical deposit experience.

Based on the results of this analysis, savings accounts were assumed to decay at a rate of 48% for the first five years and 52% for years six through ten. Interest-bearing checking accounts were assumed to decay at a rate of 70% for the first five years and 30% for years six through ten. The decay assumptions reflect the prolonged low interest rate environment and the uncertainty regarding future depositor behavior. Including those accounts having specified repricing dates, money market accounts were assumed to decay at a rate of 89% for the first five years and 11% for years six through ten.

Prepayment and deposit decay rates can have a significant impact on our estimated gap. While we believe our assumptions to be reasonable, there can be no assurance that the assumed prepayment and decay rates noted above will approximate actual future loan and securities prepayments and deposit withdrawal activity.

To validate our prepayment assumptions for our multi-family and CRE loan portfolios, we perform a monthly analysis, during which we review our historical prepayment rates and compare them to our projected prepayment rates. We continually review the actual prepayment rates to ensure that our projections are as accurate as possible, since prepayments on these types of loans are not as closely correlated to changes in interest rates as prepayments onone-to-four family loans tend to be. In addition, we review the call provisions in our borrowings and investment portfolios and, on a monthly basis, compare the actual calls to our projected calls to ensure that our projections are reasonable.

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

   At December 31, 2017 
(dollars in thousands)  Three
Months
or Less
  Four to
Twelve
Months
  More Than
One Year
to Three Years
  More Than
Three Years
to Five Years
  More Than
Five Years
to 10 Years
  More
Than 10
Years
  Total 

INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:

 

Mortgage and other loans (1)

  $3,182,859  $4,729,234  $16,579,975  $10,898,656  $2,845,843  $112,980  $38,349,547 

Mortgage-related securities (2)(3)

   21,268   58,354   385,627   681,573   1,226,274   245,650   2,618,746 

Other securities(2)

   978,343   1,421   3,869   15,802   323,106   193,959   1,516,500 

Interest-earning cash and cash equivalents

   2,373,803   —     —     —     —     —     2,373,803 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

   6,556,273   4,789,009   16,969,471   11,596,031   4,395,223   552,589   44,858,596 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:

 

Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts

   7,313,506   348,915   673,669   1,980,433   2,619,778   —     12,936,301 

Savings accounts

   1,145,791   947,315   234,823   192,785   2,689,287   —     5,210,001 

Certificates of deposit

   2,002,350   4,812,757   1,759,923   59,319   9,297   —     8,643,646 

Borrowed funds

   1,733,926   2,653,500   7,781,000   600,000   —     145,253   12,913,679 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

   12,195,573   8,762,487   10,449,415   2,832,537   5,318,362   145,253   39,703,627 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest rate sensitivity gap per period(4)

  $(5,639,300 $(3,973,478 $6,520,056  $8,763,494  $(923,139 $407,336  $5,154,969 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap

  $(5,639,300 $(9,612,778 $(3,092,722 $5,670,772  $4,747,633  $5,154,969  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap as a percentage of total assets

   (11.48)%   (19.57)%   (6.30)%   11.54  9.66  10.49 

Cumulative net interest-earning assets as a percentage of net interest-bearing liabilities

   53.76  54.13  90.15  116.56  112.00  112.98 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

(1)For the purpose of the gap analysis,non-performingnon-covered loans and the allowances for loan losses have been excluded.
(2)Mortgage-related and other securities, including FHLB stock, are shown at their respective carrying amounts.
(3)Expected amount based, in part, on historical experience.
(4)The interest rate sensitivity gap per period represents the difference between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

As of December 31, 2017, the impact of a100-basis point decline in market interest rates would have increased our projected prepayment rates for multi-family and CRE loans by a constant prepayment rate of 14.39% per annum. Conversely, the impact of a100-basis point increase in market interest rates would have decreased our projected prepayment rates for multi-family and CRE loans by a constant prepayment rate of 6.03% per annum.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the preceding Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. The interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of the market, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates both on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Furthermore, in the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate from those assumed in calculating the table. Also, the ability of some borrowers to repay their adjustable-rate loans may be adversely impacted by an increase in market interest rates.


Interest rate sensitivity is also monitored through the use of a model that generates estimates of the change in our net portfolio value (“NPV”)Economic Value of Equity (EVE) over a range of interest rate scenarios. NPVEVE is defined as the net present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities, andoff-balance sheet contracts. The NPVEVE ratio, under any interest rate scenario, is defined as the NPVEVE in that scenario divided by the market value of assets in the same scenario. The model assumes estimated loan and MBS prepayment rates, reinvestment rates,current market value spreads, and deposit decay rates similar to those utilized in formulating the preceding Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis.

The following table sets forth our NPV at December 31, 2017, basedand betas.


Based on the information and assumptions in effect at that date, andDecember 31, 2023, the following table sets forth our EVE, assuming the changes in interest rates noted:

(dollars in thousands)

Change in

Interest Rates

(in basis  points) (1)

  

Market Value

of Assets

  

Market Value

of Liabilities

  

Net Portfolio

Value

  

Net Change

  

Portfolio Market
Value Projected
% Change

to Base

 
 —    $49,590,202  $42,154,288  $7,435,914  $—     —  
 +100   48,897,628   41,901,656   6,995,972   (439,942  (5.92
 +200   48,172,944   41,666,960   6,505,984   (929,930  (12.51

(1)
Change in Interest Rates (in basis points)The impactEstimated Percentage Change in Economic Value of100- and200-basis point reductions in interest rates is not presented in view of the current level of the federal funds rate and other short-term interest rates. Equity
-200 shock(2.39)%
-100 shock(1.31)%
+100 shock(0.28)%
+200 shock(1.44)%


The net changes in NPVEVE presented in the preceding table are within the limitsparameters approved by the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Banks.

As withBank.


Accordingly, while the Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the precedingEVE analysis provides an indication of our interest rate risk measurements. exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income, and may very well differ from actual results.

Interest Rate Risk is also monitored through the use of a model that generates Net Interest Income (NII) simulations over a range of interest rate scenarios.Modeling changes in NPVNII requires that certain assumptions be made which may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the NPV AnalysisNII analysis presented abovebelow assumes that the composition of our interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured, and also assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve, regardless of the duration to maturity or repricing of specific assets and liabilities.

76


Furthermore, the model does not take into account the benefit of any strategic actions we may take to further reduce our exposure to interest rate risk. Accordingly, while the NPV Analysis provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income, and may very well differ from actual results.

We also utilize an internal net interest income simulation to manage our sensitivity to interest rate risk. The simulation incorporates various market-based assumptions regarding the impact of changing interest rates on future levels of our financial assets and liabilities. The assumptions used in the net interest income simulation are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ significantly from those presented in the following table, due to the frequency, timing, and magnitude of changes in interest rates; changes in spreads between maturity and repricing categories; and prepayments, among other factors, coupled with any actions taken to counter the effects of any such changes.


Based on the information and assumptions in effect at December 31, 2017,2023, the following table reflects the estimated percentage change in future net interest income for the next twelve months, assuming the changes in interest rates noted:


Change in Interest Rates

(in (in basis points) (1)(2)

Estimated Percentage Change in
Future Net Interest Income

+100 over one year

-200 shock
(4.27)(5.81)%

-100 shock

(3.17)%
+100 shock3.24%
+200 over one year

shock
(7.836.40%

(1)In general, short- and long-term rates are assumed to increase in parallel fashion across all four quarters and then remain unchanged.
(2)The impact of100- and200-basis point reductions in interest rates is not presented in view of the current level of the federal funds rate and other short-term interest rates.


(1)In general, short- and long-term rates are assumed to increase in parallel instantaneously and then remain unchanged.

The net changes in NII presented in the preceding table are within the parameters approved by the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank.

Future changes in our mix of assets and liabilities may result in othergreater changes to our gap, NPV,EVE, and/or net interest income simulation.

NII simulations.


In the event that our EVE and net interest income and NPV sensitivities were to breach our internal policy limits, we would undertake the following actions to ensure that appropriate remedial measures were put in place:

Our Asset and Liability Management Committee (the “ALCO Committee”) would inform the Board of Directors of the variance, and present recommendations to the Board regarding proposed courses of action to restore conditions to within-policy tolerances.

In formulating appropriate strategies, the ALCO Committee would ascertain the primary causes of the variance from policy tolerances, the expected term of such conditions, and the projected effect on capital and earnings.


Our ALCO Committee would inform the Board of Directors of the variance, and present recommendations to the Board regarding proposed courses of action to restore conditions to within-policy tolerances.

Where temporary changes in market conditions or volume levels result in significant increases in interest rate risk, strategies may involve reducing open positions or employing synthetic hedging techniquesother balance sheet management activities including the potential use of derivatives to more immediately reduce the risk exposure. Where variance from policy tolerances is triggered by more fundamental imbalances in the risk profiles of core loan and deposit products, a remedial strategy may involve restoring balance through natural hedges to the extent possible before employing synthetic hedging techniques. Other strategies might include:


Asset restructuring, involving sales of assets having higher risk profiles, or a gradual restructuring of the asset mix over time to affect the maturity or repricing schedule of assets;


Liability restructuring, whereby product offerings and pricing are altered or wholesale borrowings are employed to affect the maturity structure or repricing of liabilities;


Expansion or shrinkage of the balance sheet to correct imbalances in the repricing or maturity periods between assets and liabilities; and/or


Use or alteration ofoff-balance sheet positions, including interest rate swaps, caps, floors, options, and forward-purchaseforward purchase or sales commitments.


In connection with our net interest income simulation modeling, we also evaluate the impact of changes in the slope of the yield curve. At December 31, 2017,2023, our analysis indicated that an immediatea further inversion of the yield curve would be expected to result in a 2.54% decrease2.1 increase in net interest income; conversely, an immediate steepening of the yield curve would be expected to result in a 2.99% increase.

2.4 per
cent decrease in net interest income. Both scenarios are derived from immediate changes to short-term rates.


77


ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Our

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto and other supplementary data begin on the following page.

NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

   December 31, 
(in thousands, except share data)  2017  2016 

ASSETS:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $2,528,169  $557,850 

Securities:

   

Available for sale ($1,263,227 pledged at December 31, 2017)

   3,531,427   104,281 

Held-to-maturity ($1,930,533 pledged at December 31, 2016) (fair value of $3,813,959 at December 31, 2016)

   —     3,712,776 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total securities

   3,531,427   3,817,057 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-covered loans held for sale

   35,258   409,152 

Non-covered loans held for investment, net of deferred loan fees and costs

   38,387,971   37,382,722 

Less: Allowance for losses onnon-covered loans

   (158,046  (158,290
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-covered loans held for investment, net

   38,229,925   37,224,432 

Covered loans

   —     1,698,133 

Less: Allowance for losses on covered loans

   —     (23,701
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Covered loans, net

   —     1,674,432 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loans, net

   38,265,183   39,308,016 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

   603,819   590,934 

Premises and equipment, net

   368,655   373,675 

FDIC loss share receivable

   —     243,686 

Goodwill

   2,436,131   2,436,131 

Core deposit intangibles

   —     208 

Mortgage servicing rights ($2,729 and $228,099 measured at fair value at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively)

   6,100   233,961 

Bank-owned life insurance

   967,173   949,026 

Other real estate owned and other repossessed assets ($16,990 covered by loss sharing agreements at December 31, 2016)

   16,400   28,598 

Other assets

   401,138   387,413 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $49,124,195  $48,926,555 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

   

Deposits:

   

Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts

  $12,936,301  $13,395,080 

Savings accounts

   5,210,001   5,280,374 

Certificates of deposit

   8,643,646   7,577,170 

Non-interest-bearing accounts

   2,312,215   2,635,279 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deposits

   29,102,163   28,887,903 

Borrowed funds:

   

Wholesale borrowings:

   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

   12,104,500   11,664,500 

Repurchase agreements

   450,000   1,500,000 

Federal funds purchased

   —     150,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total wholesale borrowings

   12,554,500   13,314,500 

Junior subordinated debentures

   359,179   358,879 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total borrowed funds

   12,913,679   13,673,379 

Other liabilities

   312,977   241,282 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   42,328,819   42,802,564 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock at par $0.01 (5,000,000 shares authorized): Series A (515,000 shares issued and outstanding)

   502,840   —   

Common stock at par $0.01 (900,000,000 shares authorized; 489,072,101 and 487,067,889 shares issued, and 488,490,352 and 487,056,676 shares outstanding, respectively)

   4,891   4,871 

Paid-in capital in excess of par

   6,072,559   6,047,558 

Retained earnings

   237,868   128,435 

Treasury stock, at cost (581,749 and 11,213 shares, respectively)

   (7,615  (160

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

   

Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net of tax of $(27,961) and $534, respectively

   39,188   (753

Net unrealized loss on thenon-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses on securities, net of tax of $3,338 and $3,351, respectively

   (5,221  (5,241

Net unrealized loss on pension and post-retirement obligations, net of tax of $32,121 and $34,355, respectively

   (49,134  (50,719
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

   (15,167  (56,713
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   6,795,376   6,123,991 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $49,124,195  $48,926,555 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 



78


New York Community Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Condition
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
(in millions, except per share data)
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents$11,475 $2,032 
Securities:
Debt Securities available-for-sale ($2,822 and $434 pledged at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively)9,1459,060
Equity investments with readily determinable fair values, at fair value1414
Total securities9,1599,074
Loans held for sale ($902 and $1,115 measured at fair value, respectively)1,1821,115
Loans and leases held for investment, net of deferred loan fees and costs84,61969,001
Less: Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases(992)(393)
Total loans and leases held for investment, net83,62768,608
Federal Home Loan Bank stock and Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost1,3921,267
Premises and equipment, net652491
Core deposit and other intangibles625287
Goodwill2,426
Mortgage servicing rights1,1111,033
Bank-owned life insurance1,5801,561
Other assets3,2542,250
Total assets$114,057 $90,144 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Deposits:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$30,700 $22,511 
Savings accounts8,77311,645
Certificates of deposit21,55412,510
Non-interest-bearing accounts20,49912,055
Total deposits81,52658,721
Borrowed funds:
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank advances20,25020,325
Junior subordinated debentures579575
Subordinated notes438432
Total borrowed funds21,26721,332
Other liabilities2,8971,267
Total liabilities105,69081,320
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock at par $0.01 (5,000,000 shares authorized): Series A (515,000 shares issued and outstanding)503503
Common stock at par 0.01 (900,000,000 shares authorized; 744,155,791 and 705,429,386
   shares issued; and 722,066,370 and 681,217,334 shares outstanding, respectively)
77
Paid-in capital in excess of par8,2318,130
Retained earnings4431,041
Treasury stock, at cost ($22,089,421 and 24,212,052 shares, respectively)(218)(237)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of tax of $225 and $240, respectively(581)(626)
Net unrealized loss on pension and post-retirement obligations, net of tax of $12 and $18, respectively(28)(46)
Net unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(6) and $(20), respectively1052
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax(599)(620)
Total stockholders’ equity8,3678,824
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$114,057 $90,144 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

   Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands, except per share data)  2017  2016  2015 

INTEREST INCOME:

 

  

Mortgage and other loans

  $1,417,237  $1,472,020  $1,441,462 

Securities and money market investments

   165,002   202,849   250,122 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest income

   1,582,239   1,674,869   1,691,584 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE:

 

  

Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts

   98,980   62,166   46,467 

Savings accounts

   28,447   31,982   50,776 

Certificates of deposit

   102,355   76,875   62,906 

Borrowed funds

   222,454   216,464   1,123,360 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   452,236   387,487   1,283,509 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income

   1,130,003   1,287,382   408,075 

Provision for (recovery of) losses onnon-covered loans

   60,943   11,874   (3,334

Recovery of losses on covered loans

   (23,701  (7,694  (11,670
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for (recovery of) loan losses

   1,092,761   1,283,202   423,079 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NON-INTEREST INCOME:

 

  

Fee income

   31,759   32,665   34,058 

Bank-owned life insurance

   27,133   31,015   27,541 

Mortgage banking income

   19,337   27,281   54,113 

Net gain on sales of loans

   1,156   15,806   26,133 

Net gain on sales of securities

   29,924   3,347   4,054 

FDIC indemnification expense

   (18,961  (6,155  (9,336

Gain on sale of covered loans and mortgage banking operations

   82,026   —     —   

Other

   44,506   41,613   74,200 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Totalnon-interest income

   216,880   145,572   210,763 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:

 

  

Operating expenses:

 

  

Compensation and benefits

   360,985   351,436   342,624 

Occupancy and equipment

   98,963   98,543   102,435 

General and administrative

   181,270   188,130   170,541 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   641,218   638,109   615,600 

Amortization of core deposit intangibles

   208   2,391   5,344 

Debt repositioning charge

   —     —     141,209 

Merger-related expenses

   —     11,146   3,702 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Totalnon-interest expense

   641,426   651,646   765,855 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   668,215   777,128   (132,013

Income tax expense (benefit)

   202,014   281,727   (84,857
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $466,201  $495,401  $(47,156

Preferred stock dividends

   24,621   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

  $441,580  $495,401  $(47,156
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

   $0.90   $1.01   $(0.11
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

   $0.90   $1.01   $(0.11
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $466,201  $495,401  $(47,156

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

  

Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net of tax of $29,740; $1,560; and $437, respectively

   41,684   (2,207  475 

Change in thenon-credit portion of OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax of $13; $49; and $44, respectively

   20   77   69 

Change in pension and post-retirement obligations, net of tax of $2,234; $2,924; and $1,161, respectively

   1,585   4,015   (1,445

Less: Reclassification adjustment for sales ofavailable-for-sale securities, net of tax of $1,245; $1,127; and $306, respectively

   (1,743  (1,577  (434
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

   41,546   308   (1,335
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

  $507,747  $495,709  $(48,491
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 



79

New York Community Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income and Comprehensive (Loss) Income
For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions, except per share data)202320222021
INTEREST INCOME:
Loans and leases$4,509 $1,848 $1,525 
Securities and money market investments982 244 164 
Total interest income5,491 2,092 1,689 
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts943 226 31 
Savings accounts169 60 28 
Certificates of deposit646 97 55 
Borrowed funds656 313 286 
Total interest expense2,414 696 400 
Net interest income3,077 1,396 1,289 
Provision for credit losses833 133 
Net interest income after provision for credit loan losses2,244 1,263 1,286 
NON-INTEREST INCOME:
Fee income172 27 23 
Bank-owned life insurance43 32 29 
Net loss on securities(1)(2)— 
Net return on mortgage servicing rights103 — 
Net gain on loan sales and securitizations89 — 
Net loan administration income82 — 
Bargain purchase gain2,131 159 — 
Other68 17 
Total non-interest income2,687 247 61 
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:
Operating expenses:
Compensation and benefits1,149 354 303 
Occupancy and equipment200 92 88 
General and administrative750 158 127 
Total operating expense2,099 604 518 
Intangible asset amortization126 — 
Merger-related and restructuring expenses330 75 23 
Goodwill impairment2,426 — — 
Total non-interest expense4,981 684 541 
(Loss) Income before income taxes(50)826 806 
Income tax expense29 176 210 
Net (loss) income$(79)$650 $596 
Preferred stock dividends333333
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders$(112)$617 $563 
Basic (loss) earnings per common share$(0.16)$1.26 $1.20 
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share$(0.16)$1.26 $1.20 
Net (loss) income$(79)$650 $596 
Other comprehensive gain (loss), net of tax:
Change in net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of tax of $(15); $223 and $42, respectively45 (581)(112)
Change in pension and post-retirement obligations, net of tax of $(5); $6 and $(8), respectively12 (17)23 
Change in net unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(3); $(24) and $(2), respectively64 
Reclassification adjustment for defined benefit pension plan, net of tax of $(1); $— and $(2), respectively
Reclassification adjustment for net (loss) gain on cash flow hedges included in net income, net of tax $17; $1 and $(7), respectively(48)(3)18 
Total other comprehensive gain (loss), net of tax21 (535)(60)
Total comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax$(58)$115 $536 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands, except share data)  2017  2016  2015 

PREFERRED STOCK (Par Value: $0.01):

    

Balance at beginning of year

  $—    $—    $—   

Issuance of preferred stock (515,000 shares)

   502,840   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   502,840   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

COMMON STOCK (Par Value: $0.01):

    

Balance at beginning of year

   4,871   4,850   4, 427 

Shares issued for restricted stock awards (2,004,212; 2,099,865; and 1,683,564, respectively)

   20   21   17 

Shares issued infollow-on common stock offering (40,625,000 shares)

   —     —     406 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   4,891   4,871   4,850 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

PAID-IN CAPITAL IN EXCESS OF PAR:

    

Balance at beginning of year

   6,047,558   6,023,882   5,369,623 

Shares issued for restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures

   (11,028  (8,985  (7,708

Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards

   36,029   32,661   30,205 

Proceeds fromfollow-on common stock offering, net

   —     —     629,276 

Tax effect of stock plans

   —     —     2,486 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   6,072,559   6,047,558   6,023,882 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

RETAINED EARNINGS (ACCUMULATED DEFICIT):

    

Balance at beginning of year

   128,435   (36,568  464,569 

Net income (loss)

   466,201   495,401   (47,156

Dividends paid on common stock ($0.68; $0.68; and $1.00 per share)

   (332,147  (330,810  (453,981

Dividends paid on preferred stock ($47.81 per share)

   (24,621  —     —   

Effect of adopting Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)No. 2016-09(1)

   —     412   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   237,868   128,435   (36,568
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TREASURY STOCK:

    

Balance at beginning of year

   (160  (447  (1,118

Purchase of common stock (1,284,373; 566,584; and 448,223 shares, respectively)

   (18,463  (8,677  (7,020

Shares issued for restricted stock awards (713,837; 580,087; and 495,777 shares, respectively)

   11,008   8,964   7,691 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   (7,615  (160  (447
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS, NET OF TAX:

    

Balance at beginning of year

   (56,713  (57,021  (55,686

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

   41,546   308   (1,335
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   (15,167  (56,713  (57,021
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

  $6,795,376  $6,123,991  $5,934,696 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for a discussion of the Company’s adoption of Accounting Standards UpdateNo. 2016-09.


80



New York Community Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

(in millions, except share data)Shares OutstandingPreferred Stock (Par Value: $0.01)Common Stock (Par Value: 0.01)Paid-in Capital in excess of ParRetained EarningsTreasury Stock, at CostAccumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of TaxTotal Stockholders’ Equity
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Balance at December 31, 2022681,217,334$503 $$8,130 $1,041 $(237)$(620)$8,824 
Issuance and exercise of FDIC Equity appreciation instrument39,032,006— — 85 — — — 85 
Shares issued for restricted stock, net of forfeitures3,074,565— — (31)— 31 — — 
Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards— — — 47 — — — 47 
Net income— — — — (79)— — (79)
Dividends paid on common stock ($0.56)— — — — (486)— — (486)
Dividends paid on preferred stock ($63.76)— — — — (33)— — (33)
Purchase of common stock(1,257,535)— — — — (12)— (12)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax— — — — — — 21 21 
Balance at December 31, 2023722,066,370$503 $$8,231 $443 $(218)$(599)$8,367 
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Balance at December 31, 2021465,015,643$503 $$6,126 $741 $(246)$(85)$7,044 
Issuance and exercise of FDIC Equity appreciation instrument214,990,316— 2,008 — — — 2,010 
Shares issued for restricted stock, net of forfeitures3,548,310— — (33)— 33 — — 
Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards— — — 29 — — — 29 
Net income— — — — 650 — — 650 
Dividends paid on common stock ($0.68)— — — — (317)— — (317)
Dividends paid on preferred stock ($63.76)— — — — (33)— — (33)
Purchase of common stock(2,336,935)— — — — (24)— (24)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax— — — — — — (535)(535)
Balance at December 31, 2022681,217,334$503 $$8,130 $1,041 $(237)$(620)$8,824 
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Balance at December 31, 2020463,901,808$503 $$6,123 $494 $(258)$(25)$6,842 
Shares issued for restricted stock, net of forfeitures2,515,942 — — (28)— 28 — — 
Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards— — — 31 — — — 31 
Net income— — — — 596 — — 596 
Dividends paid on common stock ($0.68)— — — — (316)— — (316)
Dividends paid on preferred stock ($63.76)— — — — (33)— — (33)
Purchase of common stock(1,402,107)— — — — (16)— (16)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax— — — — — — (60)(60)
Balance at December 31, 2021465,015,643 $503 $$6,126 $741 $(246)$(85)$7,044 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017  2016  2015 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income (loss)

  $466,201  $495,401  $(47,156

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Provision for (recoveries of) loan losses

   37,242   4,180   (15,004

Depreciation and amortization

   32,803   32,811   31,497 

Amortization of discounts and premiums, net

   (4,555  (26,258  (8,069

Amortization of core deposit intangibles

   208   2,391   5,344 

Net gain on sales of securities

   (29,924  (3,347  (4,054

Gain on trading securities activity

   (316  —     —   

Net gain on sales of loans

   (87,301  (57,398  (65,649

Stock-based compensation

   36,029   32,661   30,205 

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

   21,444   44,746   (31,289

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Decrease (increase) in other assets

   451,873   326,790   (196,899

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

   23,329   (4,336  15,425 

Purchases of securities held for trading

   (202,450  —     —   

Proceeds from sales of securities held for trading

   202,766   —     —   

Origination of loans held for sale

   (1,674,123  (4,646,773  (4,680,243

Proceeds from sales of loans originated for sale

   2,053,484   4,554,785   4,545,466 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   1,326,710   755,653   (420,426
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from repayment of securities held to maturity

   175,375   2,499,205   940,580 

Proceeds from repayment of securities available for sale

   387,772   50,192   9,889 

Proceeds from sales of securities held to maturity

   547,925   1,297   44,104 

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

   453,878   322,038   278,689 

Purchases of securities held to maturity

   (13,030  (213,208  (20,021

Purchases of securities available for sale

   (1,163,043  (279,402  (318,027

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

   90,909   601,941   623,189 

Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

   (103,794  (528,904  (771,833

Proceeds from sales of loans

   2,289,377   1,675,550   1,923,208 

Other changes in loans, net

   (1,575,846  (2,826,365  (4,072,135

Purchase of premises and equipment, net

   (27,783  (84,179  (34,802
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   1,061,740   1,218,165   (1,397,159
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net increase in deposits

   214,260   461,145   98,024 

Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowed funds

   (460,000  (3,256,300  768,100 

Proceeds from long-term borrowed funds

   3,000,000   1,181,000   11,243,500 

Repayments of long-term borrowed funds

   (3,300,000  —     (10,489,682

Tax effect of stock plans(1)

   —     —     2,486 

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

   502,840   —     —   

Proceeds received fromfollow-on common stock offering, net

   —     —     629,682 

Cash dividends paid on common stock

   (332,147  (330,810  (453,981

Cash dividends paid on preferred stock

   (24,621  —     —   

Payments relating to treasury shares received for restricted stock award tax payments(1)

   (18,463  (8,677  (7,020
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   (418,131  (1,953,642  1,791,109 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   1,970,319   20,176   (26,476

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   557,850   537,674   564,150 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $2,528,169  $557,850  $537,674 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental information:

    

Cash paid for interest

  $447,476  $382,135  $540,818 

Cash paid for income taxes

   217,682   180,238   187,608 

Cash paid for prepayment penalties on borrowings

   —     —     914,965 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Transfers to other real estate owned from loans

  $9,973  $20,099  $47,096 

Transfer of loans from held for investment to held for sale

   1,910,121   1,659,743   1,897,075 

Transfer of loans from held for sale to held for investment

   —     —     153,578 

Shares issued for restricted stock awards

   11,028   8,985   7,708 

Securities transferred from held to maturity to available for sale

   3,040,305   —     —   

(1)See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for a discussion of the Company’s adoption of Accounting Standards UpdateNo. 2016-09.


81


New York Community Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net (loss) income$(79)$650 $596 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan losses833 133 
Amortization of intangibles126 — 
Depreciation39 18 21 
Amortization of discounts and premiums, net221 (37)(5)
Net loss on securities— 
Net gain on sales of loans(89)(5)(1)
Net gain on sales of fixed assets— (2)— 
Gain on business acquisition(2,131)(159)— 
Goodwill Impairment2,426 — — 
Stock-based compensation47 29 31 
Deferred tax expense(187)(3)(13)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in other assets(721)348 (284)
Decrease in other liabilities(255)(100)(6)
Purchases of securities held for trading(10)(75)(110)
Proceeds from sales of securities held for trading10 75 110 
Change in loans held for sale, net32 147 (52)
Net cash provided by operating activities263 1,026 290 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from repayment of securities available for sale1,402 732 1,728 
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale including loans that have been securitized1,858 228 — 
Purchase of securities available for sale(3,046)(2,242)(1,796)
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock1,501 635 92 
Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock(1,626)(839)(112)
Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance, net30 16 12 
Proceeds from sales of loans— — 37 
Purchases of loans— (162)(161)
Net proceeds from sales of MSR's50 — — 
Other changes in loans, net(4,331)(5,019)(2,558)
Purchases of premises and equipment, net(66)(3)(4)
Cash acquired in business acquisition24,901 331 — 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities20,673 (6,323)(2,762)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net (decrease) increase in deposits(10,738)7,662 2,622 
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowed funds(550)2,550 950 
Proceeds from long-term borrowed funds19,850 9,479 2,072 
Repayments of long-term borrowed funds(19,374)(13,960)(2,544)
Net disbursement of payments of loans serviced for others(66)(189)— 
Cash dividends paid on common stock(486)(317)(316)
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock(33)(33)(33)
Treasury stock repurchased— (7)— 
Payments relating to treasury shares received for restricted stock award tax payments(12)(17)(16)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(11,409)5,168 2,735 
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash (1)
9,527 (129)263 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year (1)
2,082 2,211 1,948 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year (1)
$11,609 $2,082 $2,211 

82


Supplemental information:
Cash paid for interest$2,290 $657 $402 
Cash paid for income taxes54 17 471 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Transfers to repossessed assets from loans$$— $
Securitization of loans to mortgage-backed securities available for sale222 162 161 
Transfer of loans from held for investment to held for sale163 — 52 
Transfer of loans from held for sale to held for investment— — 94 
MSRs resulting from sale or securitization of loans— 19 — 
Shares issued for restricted stock awards31 33 28 
Business Combinations:
Fair value of tangible assets acquired37,384 24,449 — 
Intangible assets464 292 — 
Mortgage servicing rights— 1,012 — 
Liabilities assumed35,632 23,584 — 
Common Stock issued in business combination— 2,010 — 
Issuance of FDIC Equity appreciation instrument85 — — 
(1) For further information on restricted cash, see Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 1: ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION


83



Note 1 - Description of Business, Organization

and Basis of Presentation


Organization

New York Community Bancorp, Inc. (on a stand-alone basis, the “Parent Company” or, collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company” or "we") was organized under Delaware law on July 20, 1993 and is the holding company for New York CommunityFlagstar Bank and New York Commercial BankN.A. (hereinafter referred to as the “Community Bank”“Bank”). The Company is headquartered in Hicksville, New York with regional headquarters in Troy, Michigan.

The Company is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the “Commercial Bank,” respectively, and collectively as the “Banks”). For the purpose of these Consolidated Financial Statements, the “Community Bank” and the “Commercial Bank” refer not only to the respective banks but also to their respective subsidiaries.

Federal Reserve. The Community Bank is a National Association, subject to federal regulation and oversight by the primary banking subsidiary of the Company, which was formerly known as Queens County Bancorp, Inc. Founded on April 14, 1859 and formerly known as Queens County Savings Bank, the Community Bank converted from a state-chartered mutual savings bank to the capital stock form of ownership onOCC.


On November 23, 1993, at which date the Company issued its initial offering of common stock (par value: $0.01 per share) at a price of $25.00 per share ($0.93 per share on a split-adjusted basis, reflecting the impact of nine stock splits between 1994 and 2004). The Commercial Bank was establishedCompany has grown organically and through a series of accretive mergers and acquisitions, culminating in its acquisition of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., which closed on December 30, 2005.

Reflecting its growth through acquisitions,1, 2022 and the CommunitySignature Transaction which closed on March 20, 2023.


Flagstar Bank, N.A. currently operates 225420 branches twoacross twelve states, including strong footholds in the Northeast and Midwest and exposure to markets in the Southeast and West Coast. Flagstar Mortgage operates nationally through a wholesale network of which operate directly under theapproximately 3,600 third-party mortgage originators. Flagstar Bank N.A. also operates through nine local divisions, each with a history of service and strength: New York Community Bank, name. The remaining 223 Community Bank branches operate through seven divisional banks: Queens County Savings Bank, Roslyn Savings Bank, Richmond County Savings Bank, and Roosevelt Savings Bank, and Atlantic Bank in New York; Garden State Community Bank in New Jersey; AmTrust Bank in Florida and Arizona; and Ohio Savings Bank in Ohio.

The CommercialOhio; and AmTrust Bank currently operates 30 branches in Manhattan, Queens, Brooklyn, Westchester County,Arizona and Long Island (allFlorida.


Liquidity

On a consolidated basis, our funding primarily stems from a combination of the following sources: retail, institutional, and brokered deposits; borrowed funds, primarily in New York), including 18 branchesthe form of wholesale borrowings; cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of loans; and cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of securities.
We manage our liquidity to ensure that operate under the name “Atlantic Bank.”

our cash flows are sufficient to support our operations, to compensate for any temporary mismatches between sources and uses of funds caused by variable loan and deposit demand, and to ensure that sufficient funds are available to meet our financial obligations. See Note 22 - Subsequent Events for further information on our recent capital raise.


Basis of Presentation


The following is a description of the significant accounting and reporting policies that the Company and its subsidiaries follow in preparing and presenting their consolidated financial statements, which conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and to general practices within the banking industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates that are particularly susceptible to change in the near term are used in connection with the determination of the allowancesallowance for loan losses;credit losses, mortgage servicing rights, the evaluation of goodwill for impairment;Flagstar acquisition and the evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance on the Company’s deferred tax assets.

Signature Transaction.


The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. All inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. The Company currently has certain unconsolidated subsidiaries in the form of wholly-owned statutory business trusts, which were formed to issue guaranteed capital securities (“capital securities”).securities. See Note 8, “Borrowed12 - Borrowed Funds for additional information regarding these trusts.

NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


When necessary, certain reclassifications have been made to prior-year amounts to conform to the current-year presentation.

Loans


84


Effective January 1, 2023, the Company adopted the provisions of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2022-02, "Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures" (ASU 2022-02), which eliminated the accounting for troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) while expanding loan modification and vintage disclosure requirements. Under ASU 2022-02, the Corporation assesses all loan modifications to determine whether one is granted to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, regardless of whether the modified loan terms include a concession. Modifications granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty may be in the form of an interest rate reduction, an other-than-insignificant payment delay, a term extension, principal forgiveness or a combination thereof (collectively referred to as Troubled Debt Modifications or TDMs).
Prior to the adoption of ASU 2022-02, the Company accounted for certain loan modifications and restructurings as TDRs. In general, a modification or restructuring of a loan constituted a TDR if the Company granted a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

StandardDescriptionEffective Date
ASU 2022-02- Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures Issued March 2022ASU 2022-02 eliminates prior accounting guidance for TDRs, while enhancing disclosure requirements for certain loan refinancings and restructurings by creditors when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty. The standard also requires that an entity disclose current-period gross charge-offs by year of origination for financing receivables and net investments in leases.
The Company adopted ASU 2022-02 effective January 1, 2023 using a modified retrospective transition approach for the amendments related to the recognition and measurement of TDRs. The impact of the adoption resulted in an immaterial change to the allowance for credit losses ("ACL"), thus no adjustment to retained earnings was recorded. Disclosures have been updated to reflect information on loan modifications given to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty as presented in Note 6. TDR disclosures are presented for comparative periods only and are not required to be updated in current periods. Additionally, the current year vintage disclosure included in Note 6 has been updated to reflect gross charge-offs by year of origination for the three months ended September 30, 2023.
ASU 2023-02 Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method Issued: March 2023ASU 2023-02 permits reporting entities to elect to account for their tax equity investments, regardless of the tax credit program from which the income tax credits are received, using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met.The Company adopted ASU 2023-02 effective January 1, 2023 and it did not have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

and Restricted Cash


For cash flow reporting purposes, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and money market investments, which include federal funds sold and reverse repurchase agreements.agreements, if any. At December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents totaled $2.5$11.5 billion and $557.9 million,$2.0 billion, respectively. Included in cash and cash equivalents at those dates were $2.1$10.7 billion and $138.6$837 million, respectively, of interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, primarily consisting of balances due from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Also included in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2017 and 2016FRB-NY. There were federal funds sold of $3.1 million and $6.8 million, respectively. In addition, the Company had $250.0 million in pledgedno reverse repurchase agreements outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and $793 million of reverse repurchase agreements were outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

In accordance with the monetary policy of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”), the Company was required to maintain total reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York of $763.4 million and $162.1 million, respectively,2022. There were no federal funds sold outstanding at December 31, 20172023 or December 31, 2022. Restricted cash totaled $134 million and 2016,$50 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively and includes cash that the Bank pledges as maintenance margin on centrally cleared derivatives and is included in other assets on the formConsolidated Statements of depositsCondition.


Debt Securities and vault cash. The Company was in complianceEquity Investments with this requirement at both dates.

Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity

Readily Determinable Fair Values


The securities portfolio primarily consists of mortgage-related securities and, to a lesser extent, debt and equity (together, “other”) securities. Securities that are classified as “available for sale” are carried at their estimated fair value, with any

unrealized gains or losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in stockholders’ equity. Securities that the Company has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and carried at amortized cost, less thenon-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCL”), net of tax.

cost.


The fair values of our securities—and particularly our fixed-rate securities—are affected by changes in market interest rates and credit spreads. In general, as interest rates rise and/or credit spreads widen, the fair value of fixed-rate securities will decline. As interest rates fall and/or credit spreads tighten, the fair value of fixed-rate securities will rise. We regularly conduct a review and evaluation of our

85



The Company evaluates available-for-sale debt securities portfolioin unrealized loss positions at least quarterly to determine if an allowance for credit losses is required. Based on an evaluation of available information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that are relevant to collectability, the declineCompany has concluded that it expects to receive all contractual cash flows from each security held in the fair value of any security below its carrying amount is other than temporary. If we deem any such decline in value to be other than temporary, the security is written down to its current fair value, creating a new cost basis, and the resultant loss (other than the OTTI of debtavailable-for-sale securities attributable tonon-credit factors) is charged against earnings and recorded in“Non-interest income.” Our assessment of a decline in fair value requires judgment as to the financial position and future prospects of the entity that issued the investment security, as well as a review of the security’s underlying collateral. Broad changes in the overall market or interest rate environment generally will not lead to a write-down.

In accordance with OTTI accounting guidance, unless we have the intentportfolio.


The Company first assesses whether (i) it intends to sell, or (ii) it is more likely than not that we may be required to sell a security before recovery, OTTI is recognized as a realized loss in earnings to the extent that the decline in fair value is credit-related. If there is a decline in fair value of a security below its carrying amount and we have the intent to sell it, or it is more likely than not that we mayCompany will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria is met, any previously recognized allowances are charged off and the entire amountsecurity’s amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through income. If neither of the aforementioned criteria are met, the Company evaluates whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is chargedless than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses is recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Any impairment that has not been recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income.

Management has made the accounting policy election to earnings.

exclude accrued interest receivable on available-for-sale securities from the estimate of credit losses. Available-for-sale debt securities are placed on non-accrual status when the Company no longer expects to receive all contractual amounts due, which is generally at 90 days past due. Accrued interest receivable is reversed against interest income when a security is placed on non-accrual status.


Equity investments with readily determinable fair values are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income.

Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized to expense and accreted to income over the remaining period to contractual maturity using a method that approximates the interest method, and are adjusted for anticipated prepayments. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.


Federal Home Loan Bank Stock


As a member of the FHLB of New York (the“FHLB-NY”),FHLB-NY, the Company is required to hold shares ofFHLB-NY stock, which is carried at cost. In addition, in connection with the Flagstar acquisition, the Company also holds shares of FHLB-Indianapolis stock, which is carried at cost. The Company’s holding requirement varies based on certain factors, including its outstanding borrowings from theFHLB-NY.

FHLB-NY and FHLB-Indianapolis.


The Company conducts a periodic review and evaluation of its FHLB-NY stock to determine if any impairment exists. The factors considered in this process include, among others, significant deterioration in FHLB-NY earnings performance, credit rating, or asset quality; significant adverse changes in the regulatory or economic environment; and other factors that could raise significant concerns about the creditworthiness and the ability of the FHLB-NY to continue as a going concern.


Loans

Held-for-Sale


The Company classifies loans as LHFS when we originate or purchase loans that we intend to sell. We have elected the fair value option for the majority of our LHFS. The Company estimates the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans, where available, or by discounting estimated cash flows using observable inputs inclusive of interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral. Changes in fair value are recorded to other noninterest income on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. LHFS that are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value may be carried at fair value on a nonrecurring basis when the fair value is less than cost. For further information, see Note 18 - Fair Value Measures.

Loans that are transferred into the LHFS portfolio from the LHFI portfolio, due to a change in intent, are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Gains or losses recognized upon the sale of loans are determined using the specific identification method.


86


Loans Held for Investment

Loans and leases, net, are carried at unpaid principal balances, including unearned discounts, purchase accounting (i.e., acquisition-date fair value) adjustments, net deferred loan origination costs or fees, and the allowancesallowance for loan losses.

On June 27, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its mortgage banking business, which was acquired as part of its 2009 FDIC-assisted acquisition of AmTrust Bank (“AmTrust”)credit losses on loans and is reported under the Company’s Residential Mortgage Banking segment, to Freedom Mortgage Corporation (“Freedom”). On September 29, 2017, the sale was completed with proceeds received in the amount of $226.6 million, resulting in a gain of $7.4 million, which is included in“Non-Interest Income” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Freedom acquired both the Company’s origination and servicing platforms, as well as its mortgage servicing loan portfolio of $20.5 billion and related mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) asset of $208.8 million.

Accordingly, all of the loans held for sale that were outstanding at December 31, 2017, were originated by the Community Bank through its previous mortgage banking operation, and are to be sold to Freedom. Such loans are carried at fair value, which is primarily based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans. The changes in fair value of these assets are largely driven by changes in mortgage interest rates subsequent to loan funding. In addition, loans originated as “held for investment” and subsequently designated as “held for sale” are transferred to held for sale at fair value.

Additionally, the Company received approval from the FDIC to sell assets covered under its Loss Share Agreements (“LSA”), early terminate the LSA, and entered into an agreement to sell the majority of itsone-to-four family residential mortgage-related assets, including those covered under the LSA, to an affiliate of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”). On July 28, 2017, the Company completed the sale, resulting in the receipt of proceeds of $1.9 billion from Cerberus and the FDIC and settled the related FDIC loss share receivable, resulting in a gain of $74.6 million which is included in“Non-Interest Income” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). As a result of this sale the Company has no covered loans at December 31, 2017.

leases.


The Company recognizes interest income onnon-covered loans held for investment and held for sale using the interest method over the life of the loan. Accordingly, the Company defers certain loan origination and commitment fees, and certain loan origination costs, and amortizes the net fee or cost as an adjustment to the loan yield over the term of the related loan. When a loan is sold or repaid, the remaining net unamortized fee or cost is recognized in interest income.


Prepayment income on loans is recorded in interest income and only when cash is received. Accordingly, there are no assumptions involved in the recognition of prepayment income.

Two factors are considered in determining the amount of prepayment income: the prepayment penalty percentage set forth in the loan documents, and the principal balance of the loan at the time of prepayment. The volume of loans prepaying may vary from one period to another, often in connection with actual or perceived changes in the direction of market interest rates. When interest rates are declining, rising precipitously, or perceived to be on the verge of rising, prepayment income may increase as more borrowers opt to refinance and lock in current rates prior to further increases taking place.


A loan generally is classified as a“non-accrual” “non-accrual” loan when it is 90 days or more past due or when it is deemed to be impaired because the Company no longer expects to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is placed onnon-accrual status, management ceases the accrual of interest owed, and previously accrued interest is charged against interest income. A loan is generally returned to accrual status when the loan is current and management has reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible. Interest income onnon-accrual loans is recorded when received in cash.

Allowances


Loans with Government Guarantees

The Company originates government guaranteed loans which are pooled and sold as Ginnie Mae MBS. Pursuant to Ginnie Mae servicing guidelines, the Company has the unilateral right to repurchase loans securitized in Ginnie Mae pools that are due, but unpaid, for Loan Losses

three consecutive months. As a result, once the delinquency criteria have been met, and regardless of whether the repurchase option has been exercised, the Company accounts for the loans as if they had been repurchased. The Company recognizes the loans and corresponding liability as loans with government guarantees and loans with government guarantees repurchase options, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. If the loan is repurchased, the liability is cash settled and the loan with government guarantee remains. Once repurchased, the Company works to cure the outstanding loans such that they are re-eligible for sale or may begin foreclosure and recover losses through a claims process with the government agency, as an approved lender.


Allowance for Credit Losses onNon-Covered Loans

and Leases


The allowance for credit losses onnon-covered loans represents our estimateand leases is deducted from the amortized cost basis of probablea financial asset or a group of financial assets so that the balance sheet reflects the net amount the Company expects to collect. Amortized cost is the unpaid loan balance, net of deferred fees and estimableexpenses, and includes negative escrow. Subsequent changes (favorable and unfavorable) in expected credit losses inherentare recognized immediately in net income as a credit loss expense or a reversal of credit loss expense. Management estimates thenon-covered loan portfolio as allowance by projecting and multiplying together the probability-of-default, loss- given-default and exposure-at-default depending on economic parameters for each month of the dateremaining contractual term, as well as credit ratings for certain loans within the commercial and industrial portfolio. The Company loss drivers for certain loans in the commercial and industrial portfolio are derived using leverages economic projections including property market and prepayment forecasts from established independent third parties, as well as credit ratings for certain loans within the commercial and industrial portfolio, to inform its loss drivers in the forecast. The Company estimates the exposure-at-default using prepayment models which forecasts prepayments over the life of the balance sheet. Lossesloans and leases. The economic forecast and the related economic parameters are developed using available information relating to past events, current conditions, multiple economic forecasts scenarios, including related weightings, over the reasonable and supportable forecast period and macroeconomic assumptions. The economic forecast scenarios and related economic parameters are sourced from independent third parties. The economic forecast reasonable and supportable period is 24 months, and afterwards the Company reverts to a historical average loss rate onnon-covered loans a straight-line basis over a 12-month period. Historical credit loss experience over the historical loss observation period provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses, with qualitative factor adjustments made

87


for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics such as differences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix, current collateral valuations, delinquency levels and terms, as well as for changes in environmental conditions, such as changes in legislation, regulation, policies, administrative practices or other relevant factors. Expected credit losses are charged against, and recoveries of losses onnon-covered loans are credited back to,estimated over the allowance for losses onnon-covered loans.

Althoughnon-covered loans are held by either the Community Bank or the Commercial Bank, and a separate loan loss allowance is established for each, the totalcontractual term of the two allowances is available to cover all losses incurred. In addition, except as otherwise noted in the following discussion, the processloans, adjusted for establishing the allowance for losses onnon-covered loans is largely the same for each of the Community Bank and the Commercial Bank.

forecasted prepayments when appropriate. The contractual term excludes potential extensions or renewals. The methodology used forin the allocationestimation of the allowance fornon-covered credit losses on loan lossesand leases, which is performed at December 31, 2017least quarterly, is designed to be dynamic and December 31, 2016 was generally comparable, wherebyresponsive to changes in portfolio credit quality and forecasted economic conditions. Each quarter the Community BankCompany reassesses the appropriateness of the economic forecasting period, the reversion period and historical mean at the Commercial Bank segregated their loss factors (usedportfolio segment level, considering any required adjustments for both criticizeddifferences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix, andnon-criticized loans) into a component that was primarily based on historical loss rates and a component that was primarily based on other qualitative factors that are probable to affect loan collectability. In determining the respective allowances fornon-covered loan losses, management considers the Community Bank’s and the Commercial Bank’s current business strategies and credit processes, including compliance with applicable regulatory guidelines and with guidelines approved by the respective Boards of Directors with regard to credit limitations, loan approvals, underwriting criteria, and loan workout procedures.

relevant data shifts over time.


The allowance for credit losses onnon-covered loans and leases is measured on a collective (pool) basis when similar risk characteristics exist. The portfolio segment represents the level at which a systematic methodology is applied to estimate credit losses. Management believes the products within each of the entity’s portfolio segments exhibit similar risk characteristics. The Company leverages economic projections including property market and prepayment forecasts from established based on management’s evaluation of incurred lossesindependent third parties, as well as credit ratings for certain loans within the commercial and industrial portfolio, to inform its loss drivers in the portfolio in accordance with GAAP, and is comprised of both specific valuation allowances and general valuation allowances.

Specific valuation allowancesforecast.


Loans that do not share risk characteristics are established basedevaluated on management’s analyses ofan individual basis. These include loans that are considered impaired.in nonaccrual status with balances above management determined materiality thresholds depending on loan class and also loans that are designated as TDR or “reasonably expected TDR” (criticized, classified, or maturing loans that will have a modification processed within the next three months). If anon-covered loan is deemeddetermined to be impaired, management measurescollateral dependent, or meets the extent ofcriteria to apply the impairment and establishes a specific valuation allowance for that amount. Anon-covered loan is classified as “impaired” when,collateral dependent practical expedient, expected credit losses are determined based on current information and/or events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company applies this classification as necessary tonon-covered loans individually evaluated for impairment in its portfolios. Smaller-balance homogenous loans and loans carried at the lower of cost or fair value are evaluated for impairment on a collective, rather than individual, basis. Loans to certain borrowers who have experienced financial difficulty and for which the terms have been modified, resulting in a concession, are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) and are classified as impaired.

The Company generally measures impairment on an individual loan and determines the extent to which a specific valuation allowance is necessary by comparing the loan’s outstanding balance to either the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date, less the estimated costcosts to sell or the present value of expected cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Generally, when the fair value of the collateral, net of the estimated cost to sell, or the present value of the expected cash flows is less than the recorded investment in the loan, any shortfall is promptly charged off.

as appropriate.


The Company also follows a process to assign general valuation allowances tonon-covered loan categories. General valuation allowances are established by applying our loan loss provisioning methodology, and reflect the inherent risk in outstandingheld-for-investment loans. This loan loss provisioning methodology considers various factors in determining the appropriate quantified risk factors to use to determine the general valuation allowances. The factors assessed begin with the historical loan loss experience for each major loan category. The Company also takes into account an estimated historical loss emergence period (which is the period of time between the event that triggers a loss and the confirmation and/orcharge-off of that loss) for each loan portfolio segment.

The allocation methodology consists of the following components: First, the Company determinesmaintains an allowance for loancredit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures. At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet exposures was $52 million and $23 million, respectively. The Company estimates expected credit losses over the contractual period in which the Company is exposed to credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures is adjusted as a provision for credit losses expense. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over their estimated life. The Company examined historical CCF trends to estimate utilization rates, and chose an appropriate mean CCF based on both management judgment and quantitative analysis. Quantitative analysis involved examination of CCFs over a quantitative loss factorrange of fund-up windows (between 12 and 36 months) and comparison of the mean CCF for loans evaluated collectively for impairment. This quantitative loss factor is based primarily on historicaleach fund-up window with management judgment determining whether the highest mean CCF across fund-up windows made business sense. The Company applies the same standards and estimated loss rates after considering loan type, historical lossto the credit exposures as to the related class of loans.


When applying this critical accounting estimate, we incorporate several inputs and delinquency experience, and loss emergence periods. The quantitative loss factors applied in the methodology are periodicallyre-evaluated and adjusted to reflect changes in historical loss levels, loss emergence periods, or other risks. Lastly, the Company allocates an allowance for loan losses based on qualitative loss factors. These qualitative loss factors are designed to account for lossesjudgments that may not be provided forinfluenced by the quantitative loss component duechanges period to other factors evaluated by management, whichperiod. These include, but are not limited to:

Changes in lending policies and procedures, includingto changes in underwriting standardsthe economic environment and collection,forecasts, changes in the credit profile andcharge-off characteristics of the loan portfolio, and recovery practices;

Changeschanges in international, national, regional,prepayment assumptions which will result in provisions to or recoveries from the balance of the allowance for credit losses.

While changes to the economic environment forecasts and local economicportfolio characteristics will change from period to period, portfolio prepayments are an integral assumption in estimating the allowance for credit losses on our commercial real estate (multi-family, CRE and business conditionsADC) portfolio which comprises 60 percent of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2023. Portfolio prepayments are subject to estimation uncertainty and developments that affectchanges in this assumption could have a material impact to our estimation process. Prepayment assumptions are sensitive to interest rates and existing loan terms and determine the collectabilityweighted average life of the commercial mortgage loan portfolio. Excluding other factors, as the weighted average life of the portfolio includingincreases or decreases, so will the condition of various market segments;

Changes in the nature and volumerequired amount of the portfolio and in the terms of loans;

Changes in the volume and severity ofpast-due loans, the volume ofnon-accrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;

Changes in the quality of our loan review system;

Changes in the value of the underlying collateralallowance for collateral-dependent loans;

The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations;

Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; and

The effect of other external factors, such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements, on the level of estimated credit losses in the existing portfolio.on commercial real estate.

By considering the factors discussed above, the


Goodwill

The Company determines an allowanceevaluates goodwill fornon-covered loan losses that is applied to each significant loan portfolio segment impairment at least annually or when triggering events are identified. We utilize a market approach to determine the total allowance for losses onnon-covered loans.

fair value of our single reporting unit, which considers how a market participant would view a control premium, complemented by an income approach if deemed necessary. The historical loss periodresulting value is then compared to our book value and any shortfalls would be recorded as an impairment.



88


As of December 31, 2023, the Company usesidentified a triggering event and applied a market approach using the end of day stock price, control premium for completed bank acquisitions, and an adjustment for Company-specific risk considerations based on subsequent confirming market evidence. This adjusted market capitalization was then compared to the carrying value to determine the allowance for loan losses onnon-covered loans isextent of any shortfall which was calculated to be in excess of the goodwill balance. The Company’s assessment concluded that goodwill from historical transactions (2007 and prior) was fully impaired as of December 31, 2023, as confirmed by the Company’s current market capitalization. As a rolling 28-quarter look-back period, asresult, the Company believes this producesrecorded an appropriate reflection of our historical loss experience.

The process of establishing the allowance for losses onnon-covered loans also involves:

Periodic inspectionsimpairment charge of the loan collateral by qualifiedin-houseentire goodwill balance of $2.4 billion. Additional information on the methodologies and external property appraisers/inspectors;

Regular meetings of executive management with the pertinent Board committee, during which observable trendsassumptions used in the local economy and/goodwill impairment analysis can be found in Note 16 - Intangible Assets.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company purchases and originates mortgage loans for sale to the secondary market and sell the loans on either a servicing-retained or servicing-released basis. If the real estate market are discussed;Company retains the right to service the loan, an MSR is created at the time of sale which is recorded at fair value. The Company uses an internal valuation model that utilizes an option-adjusted spread, constant prepayment speeds, costs to service and other assumptions to determine the fair value of MSRs.

Assessment
Management obtains third-party valuations of the aforementioned factors byMSR portfolio on a quarterly basis from independent valuation services to assess the pertinent members of the Boards of Directors and management when making a business judgment regarding the impact of anticipated changes on the future level of loan losses; and

Analysis of the portfolio in the aggregate, as well as on an individual loan basis, taking into consideration payment history, underwriting analyses, and internal risk ratings.

In order to determine their overall adequacy, each of the respectivenon-covered loan loss allowances is reviewed quarterly by management and the Board of Directors of the Community Bank or the Commercial Bank, as applicable.

The Company charges off loans, or portions of loans, in the period that such loans, or portions thereof, are deemed uncollectible. The collectability of individual loans is determined through an assessment of the financial condition and repayment capacity of the borrower and/or through an estimatereasonableness of the fair value of any underlying collateral. Fornon-real estate-related consumer credits, the followingpast-due time periods determine when charge-offs are typically recorded:(1) Closed-end credits are charged offcalculated by our internal valuation model. Changes in the quarter that the loan becomes 120 days past due;(2) Open-end creditsfair value of our MSRs are charged off in the quarter that the loan becomes 180 days past due; and (3) Bothclosed-end andopen-end credits are typically charged off in the quarter that the credit is 60 days past the date notification was received that the borrower has filed for bankruptcy.

The level of future additions to the respectivenon-covered loan loss allowances is basedreported on many factors, including certain factors that are beyond management’s control, such as changes in economic and local market conditions, including declines in real estate values, and increases in vacancy rates and unemployment. Management uses the best available information to recognize losses on loans or to make additions to the loan loss allowances; however, the Community Bank and/or the Commercial Bank may be required to take certain charge-offs and/or recognize further additions to their loan loss allowances, based on the judgment of regulatory agencies with regard to information provided to them during their examinations of the Banks.

An allowance for unfunded commitments is maintained separate from the allowances fornon-covered loan losses and is included in “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

See Income and Comprehensive Income in net return on mortgage servicing. For further information, see Note 6, “Allowances for Loan Losses” for a further discussion of our allowance for losses on covered loans, as well as additional information about our allowance for losses onnon-covered loans.

Allowance for Losses on Covered Loans

The Company sold its covered loan portfolio during the third quarter of 2017; therefore, the Company had no allowance for losses on covered loans as of December 31, 2017. The Company had elected to account for the loans acquired in the AmTrust9 - Mortgage Servicing Rights and Desert Hills acquisitions (the “covered loans”) based on expected cash flows. This election was in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” (“ASC310-30”). In accordance with ASC310-30, the Company maintained the integrity of a pool of multiple loans accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.

Covered loans were reported exclusive of the FDIC loss share receivable. The covered loans acquired in the AmTrust and Desert Hills Bank (“Desert Hills”) acquisitions were reviewed for collectability based on the expectations of cash flows from these loans. Covered loans were aggregated into pools of loans with common characteristics. In determining the allowance for losses on covered loans, the Company periodically performed an analysis to estimate the expected cash flows for each of the loan pools. A provision for losses on covered loans was recorded to the extent that the expected cash flows from a loan pool have decreased for credit-related items since the acquisition date. Accordingly, during the loss share recovery period, if there is a decrease in expected cash flows due to an increase in estimated credit losses compared to the estimates made at the respective acquisition dates, the decrease in the present value of expected cash flows was recorded as a provision for covered loan losses charged to earnings, and the allowance for covered loan losses will be increased. During the loss share recovery period, a related credit tonon-interest income and an increase in the FDIC loss share receivable was recognized at the same time, and was measured based on the applicable loss sharing agreement percentage.

See Note 6, “Allowances for Loan Losses” for a further discussion of the allowances for losses onnon-covered and covered loans.

Goodwill

In connection with the Company’s acquisitions, assets that are acquired and liabilities that are assumed are recorded at their estimated fair values. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of acquisitions over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired, including other identified intangible assets. The determination of whether or not goodwill is impaired could require the Company to make significant judgments and could require the use of significant estimates and assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows. If the Company changes its strategy or if market conditions shift, judgments may change, which may result in adjustments to the recorded goodwill balance. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. These impairment evaluations are performed by comparing the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit to its estimated fair value. Goodwill is allocated to the reporting units based on the reporting unit expected to benefit from the business combination. Previously, the Company had identified two reporting units, which were also our segments: our Banking Operations reporting unit and the Residential Mortgage Banking reporting unit. On September 29, 2017, the Company sold the Residential Mortgage Banking reporting unit; accordingly, the Company has one remaining reporting unit.

Goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually at December 31st, or more frequently if conditions exist that indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. ASC 350 provides for an optional qualitative assessment for testing goodwill for impairment that may allow companies to skip the annual two-step test described below. The qualitative assessment permits companies to assess

whether it is more likely than not (i.e., a likelihood of greater than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the Company concludes based on the qualitative assessment that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company is required to perform the two-step test. If the Company concludes based on the qualitative assessment that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it has completed its goodwill impairment test and does not need to perform the two-step test.

Under step one of the two-step test, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill)18 - Fair Value Measures. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for that reporting unit and the entity must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of a reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation and the residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed.

At December 31, 2017, the Company utilized a quantitative assessment to test goodwill for impairment and determined that the fair value of its single reporting unit exceeded its carrying value thereby concluding that goodwill was not impaired.


Premises and Equipment, Net


Premises, furniture, fixtures, and equipment are carried at cost, less the accumulated depreciation computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets (generally 20 years for premises and three to ten years for furniture, fixtures, and equipment). Leasehold improvements are carried at cost less the accumulated amortization computed on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the related lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvement.


Depreciation and amortization areis included in “Occupancy and equipment expense” in the Consolidated Statements of OperationsIncome and Comprehensive Income, (Loss), and amounted to $32.8$39 million, $32.8$18 million, and $31.5$21 million, respectively, in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015.

2021. Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was $526 million and $434 million. The estimated useful lives for the principal classes of assets are as follows:


Premises and EquipmentUseful Lives
Buildings30
Furniture, fixtures and equipment, and building improvements13.5
Leasehold improvements10
ATMs7

Bank-Owned Life Insurance


The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain employees. These bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”)BOLI policies are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Condition at their cash surrender value. Income from these policies and changes in the cash surrender value are recorded in“Non-interest “Non-interest income” in the Consolidated Statements of OperationsIncome and Comprehensive Income (Loss).Income. At December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, the Company’s investment in BOLI was $967.2 million and $949.0 million, respectively. There were no additional purchases of BOLI during the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2016.$1.6 billion. The Company’s investment in BOLI generated income of $27.1$43 million, $31.0$32 million, and $27.5$29 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015.

2021.


Variable Interest Entities

An entity that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE is referred to as the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. An entity is deemed to have a controlling financial interest and is the primary beneficiary of a VIE if it has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. For further information, see Note 10 - Variable Interest Entities.

Repossessed Assets

and OREO



89


Repossessed assets consist of any property (“other real estate owned” or “OREO”) or other assets acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are sold or rented, and are recorded at fair value, less the estimated selling costs, at the date of acquisition. Following foreclosure, management periodically performs a valuation of the asset, and the assets are carried at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less the estimated selling costs. Expenses and revenues from operations and changes in valuation, if any, are included in “General and administrative” expenseadministrative expense” in the Consolidated Statements of OperationsIncome and Comprehensive Income (Loss).Income. At December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had $8.2$5 million of OREO, $4 million of taxi medallions and $5 million of repossessed specialty equipment. At December 31, 2022, the Company had $8 million of OREO and $8.2$4 million of taxi medallions.

Servicing Fee Income

Servicing fee income, late fees and ancillary fees received on loans for which the Company owns the MSR are included in net return on mortgage servicing rights on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. The balance at December 31, 2016 was $28.6 millionfees are based on the outstanding principal and are recorded as income when earned. Subservicing fees, which are included OREOin loan administration income on the Consolidated Statements of $17.0 million that was covered under the Company’s FDIC LSA. There were no repossessed taxi medallions at December 31, 2016.

Income and Comprehensive Income, are based on a contractual monthly amount per loan including late fees and other ancillary income.


Income Taxes


Income tax expense consists of income taxes that are currently payable and deferred income taxes. Deferred income tax expense is determined by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company assesses the deferred tax assets and establishes a valuation allowance when realization of a deferred asset is not considered to be “more likely than not.” The Company considers its expectation of future taxable income in evaluating the need for a valuation allowance.


The Company estimates income taxes payable based on the amount it expects to owe the various tax authorities (i.e., federal, state, and local). Income taxes represent the net estimated amount due to, or to be received from, such tax authorities. In estimating income taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. In this process, management also relies on tax opinions, recent audits, and historical experience. Although the Company uses the best available information to record income taxes, underlying estimates and assumptions can change over time as a result of unanticipated events or circumstances such as changes in tax laws and judicial guidance influencing its overall tax position.


Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.

The Company utilizes derivative instruments to manage the fair value changes in our MSRs, interest rate lock commitments and LHFS portfolio which are exposed to price and interest rate risk; facilitate asset/liability management; minimize the variability of future cash flows on long-term debt; and to meet the needs of our customers. All derivatives are recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Condition as other assets and liabilities, as applicable, at their estimated fair value.

The Company uses interest rate swaps, swaptions, futures and forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the impact of fluctuations in interest rates and interest rate volatility on the fair value of the MSRs. Changes in their fair value are reflected in current period earnings under the net return on mortgage servicing asset. These derivatives are valued based on quoted prices for similar assets in an active market with inputs that are observable.

90



The Company also enters into various derivative agreements with customers and correspondents in the form of interest rate lock commitments and forward purchase contracts which are commitments to originate or purchase mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. The derivatives are valued using internal models that utilize market interest rates and other unobservable inputs. Changes in the fair value of these commitments due to fluctuations in interest rates are economically hedged through the use of forward loan sale commitments of MBS. The gains and losses arising from this derivative activity are reflected in current period earnings under the net gain on loan sales.

To assist customers in meeting their needs to manage interest rate risk, the Company enters into interest rate swap derivative contracts. To economically hedge this risk, the Company enters into offsetting derivative contracts to effectively eliminate the interest rate risk associated with these contracts.

For additional information regarding the accounting for derivatives, see Note 15 - Derivative and Hedging Activities and for additional information on recurring fair value disclosures, see Note 18 - Fair Value Measures.

Representation and Warranty Reserve

When the Company sells mortgage loans into the secondary mortgage market, it makes customary representations and warranties to the purchasers about various characteristics of each loan. Upon the sale of a loan, the Company recognizes a liability for that guarantee at its fair value as a reduction of our net gain on loan sales. Subsequent to the sale, the liability is re-measured at fair value on an ongoing basis based upon an estimate of probable future losses. An estimate of the fair value of the guarantee associated with the mortgage loans is recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, and was $12 million and $10 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation


Under the New York Community Bancorp, Inc. 2012 Stock2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2012 Stock“2020 Incentive Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders at its Annual Meeting on June 7, 2012,3, 2020, shares are available for grant as restricted stock or other forms of related rights. At December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had 7,135,07116,143,893 shares available for grant under the 2012 Stock2020 Incentive Plan, including 1,030,673 shares that were transferred from the New York Community Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2006 Stock Incentive Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders at its Annual Meeting on June 7, 2006 and reapproved at its Annual Meeting on June 2, 2011.Plan. Compensation cost related to restricted stock grants is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. For a more detailed discussion of the Company’s stock-based compensation, see Note 13, “Stock-Related Benefit14 - Stock-Related Benefits Plans.


Retirement Plans


The Company’s pension benefit obligations and post-retirement health and welfare benefit obligations, and the related costs, are calculated using actuarial concepts in accordance with GAAP. The measurement of such obligations and expenses requires that certain assumptions be made regarding several factors, most notably including the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets. The Company evaluates these assumptions on an annual basis. Other factors considered by the Company in its evaluation include retirement patterns and mortality rates, turnover, and the rate of compensation increase.

rates.


Under GAAP, actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and any remaining transition assets or obligations that have not been recognized under previous accounting standards must be recognized in AOCL until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost.


Earnings (Loss) per Common Share (Basic and Diluted)


Basic earnings (loss) per common share (“EPS”)EPS is computed by dividing the net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed using the same method as basic EPS, however, the computation reflects the potential dilution that would occur if outstandingin-the-money stock options were exercised and converted into common stock.


Unvested stock-based compensation awards containingnon-forfeitable rights to dividends paid on the Company’s common stock are considered participating securities, and therefore are included in thetwo-class method for calculating EPS. Under thetwo-class method, all earnings (distributed and undistributed) are allocated to common shares and participating securities based on their respective rights to receive dividends on the common stock. The Company grants restricted stock to certain employees under its stock-based compensation plan. Recipients receive cash dividends during the vesting periods of

91


these awards, including on the unvested portion of such awards. Since these dividends arenon-forfeitable, the unvested awards are considered participating securities and therefore have earnings allocated to them.


The following table presents the Company’s computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common shareshare:

For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions, except share and per share amounts)202320222021
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders$(112)$617 $563 
Less: Dividends paid on and earnings allocated to participating securities(5)(8)(7)
(Loss) earnings applicable to common stock$(117)$609 $556 
Weighted average common shares outstanding713,643,550483,603,395463,865,661
(Loss) basic earnings per common share$(0.16)$1.26 $1.20 
(Loss) earnings applicable to common stock$(117)$609 $556 
Weighted average common shares outstanding713,643,550483,603,395463,865,661
Potential dilutive common shares— 1,530,950767,058
Total shares for diluted (loss) earnings per common share computation713,643,550 485,134,345 464,632,719 
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share and common share equivalents$(0.16)$1.26 $1.20 
Note 3 - Business Combinations

Signature Bridge Bank

On March 20, 2023, the Company’s wholly owned bank subsidiary, Flagstar Bank N.A. (the “Bank”), entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “Agreement”) with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as receiver (the "FDIC Receiver") of Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. (“Signature”) to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of Signature (the “Signature Transaction”). Headquartered in New York, New York, Signature Bank was a full-service commercial bank that operated 29 branches in New York, seven branches in California, two branches in North Carolina, one branch in Connecticut, and one branch in Nevada. In connection with the Signature Transaction the Bank assumed all of Signature’s branches. The Bank acquired only certain parts of Signature it believes to be financially and strategically complementary that are intended to enhance the Company’s future growth.

Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, the Company was not required to make a cash payment to the FDIC on March 20, 2023 as consideration for the yearsacquired assets and assumed liabilities. As the Company and the FDIC remain engaged in ongoing discussions which may impact the assets and liabilities acquired or assumed by the Company in the Signature Transaction. Any items identified that affect the bargain gain are recorded in the period they are identified. The Company may be required to make a payment to the FDIC or the FDIC may be required to make a payment to the Company on the Settlement Date, which will be one year after March 20, 2023, or as agreed upon by the FDIC and the Company.

In addition, as part of the consideration for the Signature Transaction, the Company granted the FDIC equity appreciation rights in the common stock of the Company under an equity appreciation instrument (the "Equity Appreciation Instrument"). On March 31, 2023, the Company issued 39,032,006 shares of Company common stock to the FDIC pursuant to the Equity Appreciation Instrument. On May 19, 2023, the FDIC completed the secondary offering of those shares.

The Company has determined that the Signature Transaction constitutes a business combination as defined by ASC 805, Business Combinations ("ASC 805"). ASC 805 establishes principles and requirements as to how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded based on their preliminary estimated fair values as of March 20, 2023, which have been adjusted through December 31, 2023 based on changes to those preliminary estimates.

Under the Agreement, the Company is expected to provide certain services to the FDIC to assist the FDIC in its administration of certain assets and liabilities which were not assumed by the Company and which remain under the control of the FDIC (the “Interim Servicing”). The Interim Servicing includes activities related to the servicing of loan portfolios not acquired on behalf of the FDIC for a period of up to one year from the date of the Signature Transaction unless such loans are sold or transferred at an earlier time by the FDIC or until cancelled by the FDIC upon 60-days’ notice. The Interim Servicing

92


may include other ancillary services requested by the FDIC to assist in their administration of the remaining assets and liabilities of Signature Bank. The FDIC will reimburse the Company for costs associated with the Interim Servicing based upon an agreed upon fee which approximates the cost to provide such services. As the FDIC intends to reimburse the Company for the costs to service the loans, neither a servicing asset nor servicing liability was recognized as part of the Signature Transaction.

The Company did not enter into a loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC in connection with the Signature Transaction.

As the Company finalizes its analysis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, there may be adjustments to the recorded carrying values. In many cases, the determination of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed required management to make estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and subject to change. While the Company believes that the information available on December 31, 2023, provided a reasonable basis for estimating fair value, the Company may obtain additional information and evidence during the measurement period that may result in changes to the estimated fair value amounts. Fair values subject to change include, but are not limited to, those related to loans and leases, certain deposits, intangibles, deferred tax assets and liabilities and certain other assets and other liabilities.

A summary of the preliminary net assets acquired and related estimated fair value adjustments resulting in the bargain purchase gain is as follows:

(in millions)March 20, 2023
(preliminary)
Net assets acquired before fair value adjustments$2,973 
  Fair value adjustments:
    Loans(727)
    Core deposit and other intangibles464 
    Certificates of deposit27 
    Other net assets and liabilities39 
    FDIC Equity Appreciation Instrument(85)
Deferred tax liability(690)
Bargain purchase gain on Signature Transaction, as initially reported2,001 
Measurement period adjustments, excluding taxes28 
Change in deferred tax liability102 
Bargain purchase gain on Signature Transaction, as adjusted$2,131 

In connection with the Signature Transaction, the Company recorded a bargain purchase gain, as adjusted, of approximately $2.1 billion during the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, which is included in non-interest income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income and 2015:

   Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  2017   2016   2015 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

  $441,580   $495,401   $(47,156

Less: Dividends paid on and earnings/(loss) allocated to participating securities

   (3,554   (3,795   (3,357
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) applicable to common stock

  $438,026   $491,606   $(50,513
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   487,073,951    485,150,173    448,982,223 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

  $0.90   $1.01   $(0.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to common stock

  $438,026   $491,606   $(50,513
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   487,073,951    485,150,173    448,982,223 

Potential dilutive common shares

   —      —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shares for diluted earnings (loss) per common share computation

   487,073,951    485,150,173    448,982,223 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share and common share equivalents

   $0.90    $1.01    $(0.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In March 2016,Comprehensive Income.


The bargain purchase gain represents the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-09, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.” ASUNo. 2016-09 simplifies several aspectsexcess of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, includingestimated fair value of the income tax consequences, classificationassets acquired (including cash payments received from the FDIC) over the estimated fair value of awards as either equity orthe liabilities classificationassumed and is influenced significantly by the FDIC-assisted transaction process. Under the FDIC-assisted transaction process, only certain assets and liabilities are transferred to the acquirer and, depending on the Statementsnature and amount of Cash Flows,the acquirers bid, the FDIC may be required to make a cash payment to the Company and accountingthe Company may be required to make a cash payment to the FDIC.

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed and consideration paid in the Signature Transaction were initially recorded at their estimated fair values based on management’s best estimates using information available at the date of the Signature Transaction, and are subject to adjustment for forfeitures.up to one year after the closing date of the Signature Transaction. The Company adopted ASUNo. 2016-09 prospectively, effective forand the first quarter of 2016. Upon adoption,FDIC are engaged in ongoing discussions and settlement payments have been made that have impacted certain assets acquired or certain liabilities assumed by the Company on March 20, 2023 and are included as measurement period adjustments in the table below.

93



(in millions)Preliminary as Initially ReportedMeasurement Period AdjustmentsPreliminary as Adjusted
Purchase Price consideration$85 $85 
Fair value of assets acquired:
Cash & cash equivalents25,043 (142)24,901 
Loans held for sale232 232 
Loans held for investment:
Commercial and industrial10,102 (214)9,888 
Commercial real estate1,942 (262)1,680 
Consumer and other174 (1)173 
Total loans held for investment12,218 (477)11,741 
CDI and other intangible assets464 — 464 
Other assets679 (169)510 
Total assets acquired38,636 (788)37,848 
Fair value of liabilities assumed:
Deposits33,568 (61)33,507 
Other liabilities2,982 (857)2,125 
Total liabilities assumed36,550 (918)35,632 
Fair value of net identifiable assets2,086 130 2,216 
Bargain purchase gain$2,001 $130 $2,131 

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded an immaterial cumulative-effect adjustmentpreliminary measurement period adjustments to adjust the estimated fair value of loans and leases acquired and adjust other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities for balances ultimately retained by the FDIC. Additionally, $449 million of loans were returned to the opening balance of retained earnings. In addition, ASUNo. 2016-09 requires that excess tax benefitsFDIC in accordance with the purchase and shortfalls be recorded as income tax benefit or expensesale agreement. The Company also recognized a net change in the income statement, rather than as equity. This resulted in an immaterial benefitdeferred tax liability due to income tax expense in the first quartermeasurement period adjustments and the secondary offering of 2016. Relative to forfeitures, ASUNo. 2016-09 allows an entity’s accounting policy election to either continue to estimateshares completed by the number of awards that are expected to vest, as under previous guidance, or account for forfeitures when they occur. FDIC.

The Company electedincurred $223 million in acquisition costs related to continue its practice of estimating the number of awards that will be forfeited. The income tax effects of ASUNo. 2016-09 on the Statements of Cash FlowsSignature Transaction primarily for legal, advisory, and other professional services. These costs are now classified as cash flows from operating activities, rather than cash flows from financing activities. The Company elected to apply this cash flow classification guidance prospectivelyrecorded within Merger-related and therefore, prior periods were not adjusted. ASUNo. 2016-09 also requires the presentation of certain employee withholding taxes as a financing activityrestructuring expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; thisIncome and Comprehensive Income.

Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

Fair value is consistent withdefined as the mannerprice that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in whichan orderly transaction between market participants at the Company has presented such employee withholding taxes inmeasurement date, reflecting assumptions that a market participant would use when pricing an asset or liability. In some cases, the past. Accordingly, no reclassification for prior periods was required.

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-19, “Technical Correctionsestimation of fair values requires management to make estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions, and Improvements,” which includes various clarifications or corrections to the ASCother future events that are not intendedhighly subjective in nature and are subject to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create significant administrative costs for most entities. ASUNo. 2016-19 includes an amendment that clarifieschange. Described below are the difference between a valuationapproach and a valuationtechnique when applying the guidance in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. The amendment also requires a company to disclose when there has been a change in either or both a valuation approach or valuation technique. During 2017, the Company changed its valuation technique for its investment securities from the use of ayield-to-price calculation to using quoted prices from brokers or pricing services to measure fair value. The Company believes that the use of quoted prices from brokers or pricing services is an appropriate technique given the characteristics of its current investment securities holdings.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2018-02, “Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” ASUNo. 2018-02 was issued to address a narrow-scope financial reporting issue that arose as a consequence of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. ASUNo. 2018-02 permits an election to reclassify from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to retained earnings the stranded tax effects resulting from the difference between the historical federal corporate income tax rate of 35% and the newly enacted 21% federal corporate income tax rate. ASUNo. 2018-02 is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, including adoption in any interim period, for public business entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. The Company plans to early adopt ASUNo. 2018-02 effective January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASUNo. 2018-02, is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2017-09, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718).” ASUNo. 2017-09 clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. Under ASUNo. 2017-09, modification accounting is applied only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, and the classification of the award (as an equity or liability instrument) change as a result of the change in terms or conditions. The Company plans to adopt ASUNo. 2017-09 as of January 1, 2018. ASUNo. 2017-09 amendments will be applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the effective date. The adoption of ASU No. 2017-09 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2017-08, “Receivables—Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities.” ASUNo. 2017-08 specifies that the premium amortization period ends at the earliest call date, rather than the contractual maturity date, for purchasednon-contingently callable debt securities. Shortening the amortization period is generally expected to more closely align the interest income recognition with the expectations incorporated in the market pricing on the underlying securities. The shorter amortization period means that interest income would generally be lower in the periods before the earliest call date and higher thereafter (if the security is not called) compared to current GAAP. Currently, the premium is amortized to the contractual maturity date under GAAP. Because the premium will be amortized to the earliest call date, the holder will not recognize a loss in earnings for the unamortized premium when the call is exercised. This ASUNo. 2017-08 is effective for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The ASUNo. 2017-08 specifies that the transition approach to the standard be accounted for on a modified retrospective basis with a cumulative effect adjustment in retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company plans to adopt ASUNo. 2017-08 effective January 1, 2019 and the adoption is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2017-07, “Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost,” which requires companies to present the service cost component of net benefit cost in the income statement line items where they report compensation cost, and all other components of net benefit cost in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside of operating income, if this subtotal is presented. Additionally, the service cost component will be the only component that can be capitalized. ASUNo. 2017-07 is effective for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The standard requires retrospective application for the amendments related to the presentation of the service cost component and other components of net benefit cost, and prospective application for the amendments related to the capitalization requirements for the service cost components of net benefit cost. The adoption of ASUNo. 2017-07 on January 1, 2018, is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2017-04, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.” ASUNo. 2017-04 eliminates the second step of the goodwill impairment test which requires an entitymethods used to determine the impliedfair values of the significant assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Signature Transaction.


Cash and Cash Equivalents

The estimated fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Instead, an entity will recognize an impairment loss if the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, with the impairment loss not to exceed the amount of goodwill recorded. ASUNo. 2017-04 does not amend the optional qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment. ASUNo. 2017-04 is effective for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company plans to adopt ASUNo. 2017-04 prospectively beginning January 1, 2020 and the impact of its adoption on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition, results of operations, or cash flows will be dependent upon goodwill impairment determinations made after that date.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-18, “Restricted Cash.” ASUNo. 2016-18 will amend the guidance in ASC Topic 230, Statement of Cash Flows, and is intended to reduce the diversity in the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. ASUNo. 2016-18 will require that the reconciliation of thebeginning-of-period andend-of-period cash and cash equivalents approximates their stated face amounts, shownas these financial instruments are either due on the statement of cash flows include restricted cashdemand or have short-term maturities.

Loans and restricted cash equivalents. If restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents are presented separately from cash and cash equivalentsleases

The fair value for loans was based on the balance sheet, an entity will be required to reconcile the amounts presented on the statement of cash flows to the amounts on the balance sheet. An entity will also be required to disclose information regarding the nature of the restrictions. ASUNo. 2016-18 requires retrospective application and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company plans to adopt ASUNo. 2016-18 as of January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASUNo. 2016-18 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations in future filings.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments.” ASUNo. 2016-15 addresses the followingdiscounted cash flow issues: debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; settlement ofzero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with couponmethodology that considered credit loss expectations, market interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceedsand other market factors such as liquidity from the settlementperspective of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (including bank-owned life insurance policies); distributions received from equity method investees; beneficial interests in securitization transactions;a market participant. Loans were grouped together according to similar characteristics and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-15 are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. An entity that elects early adoption must adopt all of the amendmentswere treated in the same period.aggregate when applying various valuation techniques. The amendments in ASUNo. 2016-15 should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. If it is impracticable to applyprobability of default, loss given default and prepayment assumptions were the amendments retrospectively for some of the issues, the amendments for those issues would be applied prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. The Company plans to adopt ASUNo. 2016-15 beginning January 1, 2018 and its adoption is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” ASUNo. 2016-13 amends guidance on reportingkey factors driving credit losses for assets heldwhich were embedded into the estimated cash flows. These assumptions were informed by internal data on an amortized cost basis andavailable-for-sale debt securities. For assets held at amortized cost, ASUNo. 2016-13 eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold in current GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected credit losses. Current GAAP requires an “incurred loss” methodology for recognizing credit losses that delays recognition until it is probable a loss has been incurred. The amendments in ASUNo. 2016-13 replace the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects the measurement of expected credit losses based on relevant information about past events, includingloan characteristics, historical loss experience, and current conditions, and reasonableforecasted economic conditions. The interest and supportable forecasts that affect the collectabilityliquidity component of the reported amounts.estimate was determined by discounting interest and principal cash flows through the expected life of each loan. The allowancediscount rates used for loans are based on current market rates for new originations of comparable loans and include adjustments for liquidity. The


94


discount rates do not include a factor for credit losses is a valuation accountas that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present the net amount expected to be collected. Foravailable-for-sale debt securities, credit losses should be measured in a manner similar to current GAAP, however ASUNo. 2016-13 will require that credit losses be presented as an allowance rather thanhas been included as a write-down. The amendments affectreduction to the estimated cash flows. Acquired loans debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases,off-balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables,were marked to fair value and adjusted for any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. For public business entities that are SEC filers, the amendments in ASUNo. 2016-13 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity will apply the amendments in ASUNo. 2016-13 through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2020 (that is, a modified-retrospective approach). A prospective transition approach is required for debt securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment had been recognized before the effective date. The effect of a prospective transition approach is to maintain the same amortized cost basis before and after the effective date of ASUNo. 2016-13. Amounts previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)PCD gross up as of the date of adoption that relatethe Signature Transaction.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair value of deposit liabilities with no stated maturity (i.e., non-interest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts) is equal to improvements inthe carrying amounts payable on demand. The fair value of certificates of deposit represents contractual cash flows, discounted using interest rates currently offered on deposits with similar characteristics and remaining maturities.

Core Deposit Intangible

Core deposit intangible (“CDI”) is a measure of the value of non-interest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, and money market accounts that are acquired in a business combination. The fair value of the CDI was determined using a discounted cashflow methodology which considered discount rate, customer attrition rates, and other relevant market assumptions. This method estimated the fair value by discounting the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding, relative to an alternative source of funding. The CDI relating to the Signature Transaction will be collected should continue to be accreted into incomeamortized over the remainingan estimated useful life of 10 years using the asset. Recoveriessum of amounts previously written off relating to improvementsyears digits depreciation method. The Company evaluates such identifiable intangibles for impairment when an indication of impairment exists. CDI does not significantly impact our liquidity or capital ratios.

PCD loans

Purchased loans that reflect a more than insignificant deterioration of credit from origination are considered PCD. For PCD loans and leases, the initial estimate of expected credit losses is recognized in cash flows after the date of adoption should be recorded in earnings when received. Financial assets for which the guidance in Subtopic310-30, “Receivables—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (“PCD assets”),” has previously been applied should prospectively apply the guidance in ASUNo. 2016-13 for PCD assets. A prospective transition approach should be used for PCD assets where upon adoption, the amortized cost basis should be adjusted to reflect the addition of the allowance for credit losses. This transition relief will avoidlosses (“ACL”) on the needdate of acquisition using the same methodology as other loans and leases held-for-investment. The following table provides a summary of loans and leases purchased as part of the Signature Transaction with credit deterioration and the associated credit loss reserve at acquisition:

(in millions)Total
Par value (UPB)$583 
ACL at acquisition(13)
Non-credit (discount)(76)
Fair value$494 

Unaudited Pro Forma Information – Signature Transaction

The Company’s operating results for the year ended December 31, 2023 include the operating results of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of Signature subsequent to the acquisition on March 20, 2023. Due to the use of multiple systems and integration of the operating activities into those of the Company, historical reporting for the former Signature operations is impracticable and thus disclosures of the revenue from the assets acquired and income before income taxes is impracticable for the period subsequent to acquisition.

Signature was only in operation from March 12, 2023 to March 20, 2023 and does not have historical financial information on which we could base pro forma information. Additionally, we did not acquire all assets or assume all liabilities of Signature and the historical operations are not consistent with the transaction. Therefore, it is impracticable to provide pro forma information on revenues and earnings for the Signature Transaction in accordance with ASC 805-10-50-2.


95


Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

On December 1, 2022, the Company closed the acquisition of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. (“Flagstar”) in an all-stock transaction (“Flagstar Transaction”). Flagstar was a savings and loan holding company headquartered in Troy, MI.

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, each share of Flagstar common stock was converted into 4.0151 shares of the Company’s common shares at the effective time of the merger. In addition, the Company received approval from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC") to convert Flagstar Bank, FSB to a national bank to be known as Flagstar Bank, N.A., and to merge New York Community Bank into Flagstar Bank, N.A. with Flagstar Bank, N.A. being the surviving entity. Flagstar Bank, FSB, provided commercial, small business, and consumer banking services through 158 branches in Michigan, Indiana, California, Wisconsin, and Ohio. It also provided home loans through a wholesale network of brokers and correspondents in all 50 states. The acquisition of Flagstar added significant scale, geographic diversification, improved funding profile, and a broader product mix to the Company.

The acquisition of Flagstar has been accounted for as a business combination. The Company recorded the preliminary estimate of fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed December 1, 2022, which was subject to adjustment for up to one year after December 1, 2022. As of December 31, 2023, the Company finalized its review of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and did not record any material adjustments.

The following table provides an allocation of consideration paid for the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities and equity assumed from Flagstar as of December 1, 2022.

(in millions)December 1, 2022
Purchase Price consideration$2,010 
Fair value of assets acquired:
Cash & cash equivalents331 
Securities2,695 
Loans held for sale1,257 
Loans held for investment:
One-to-four family first mortgage5,438 
Commercial and industrial3,891 
Commercial real estate6,523 
Consumer and other2,156 
Total loans held for investment18,008 
CDI and other intangible assets292 
Mortgage servicing rights1,012 
Other assets2,158 
Total assets acquired25,753 
Fair value of liabilities assumed:
Deposits15,995 
Borrowings6,700 
Other liabilities889 
Total liabilities assumed23,584 
Fair value of net identifiable assets2,169 
Bargain purchase gain$159 

In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded a bargain purchase gain of approximately $159 million.

The Company incurred $99 million in acquisition costs related to the Flagstar Transaction primarily for legal, advisory, and other professional services. These costs are recorded within Merger-related and restructuring expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.




96


Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, reflecting assumptions that a market participant would use when pricing an asset or liability. In some cases, the estimation of fair values requires management to make estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions, and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and are subject to change. Described below are the methods used to determine the fair values of the significant assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Flagstar acquisition.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The estimated fair value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their stated face amounts, as these financial instruments are either due on demand or have short-term maturities.

Investment Securities and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

Quoted market prices for the securities acquired were used to determine their fair values. If quoted market prices were not available for a reporting entityspecific security, then quoted prices for similar securities in active markets were used to reassess its purchased financial assetsestimate the fair value. The fair value of FHLB-Indianapolis stock is equivalent to the redemption amount.

Loans

Fair values for loans were based on a discounted cash flow methodology that existconsidered credit loss expectations, market interest rates and other market factors such as liquidity from the perspective of a market participant. Loans were grouped together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation techniques. The probability of default, loss given default and prepayment assumptions were the key factors driving credit losses which were embedded into the estimated cash flows. These assumptions were informed by internal data on loan characteristics, historical loss experience, and current and forecasted economic conditions. The interest and liquidity component of the estimate was determined by discounting interest and principal cash flows through the expected life of each loan. The discount rates used for loans are based on current market rates for new originations of comparable loans and include adjustments for liquidity. The discount rates do not include a factor for credit losses as that has been included as a reduction to the estimated cash flows. Acquired loans were marked to fair value and adjusted for any PCD gross up as of the date of adoption to determine whether they would have met at acquisition the new criteria of more-than insignificant credit deterioration since origination. The transition relief also will allow an entity to accrete the remaining noncredit discount (based on the revised amortized cost basis) into interest income at the effective interest rate at the adoption date of ASUNo. 2016-13. The same transition requirements should be applied to beneficial interests that previously applied Subtopic310-30 or havemerger date.

Core Deposit Intangible

CDI is a significant difference between contractual cash flows and expected cash flows. The Company is evaluating ASUNo. 2016-13, has initiated a working group with multiple members from applicable departments to evaluate the requirementsmeasure of the new standard, planning for loss modeling requirements consistent with lifetime expected loss estimates,value of non-interest-bearing and assessing the impact it will have on current processes. This evaluation includesinterest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, and money market accounts that are acquired in a review of existing credit models to identify areas where existing credit models used to comply with other regulatory requirements may be leveraged and areas where new models may be required.business combination. The adoption of ASUNo. 2016-13 could have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition and results of operations. The extentfair value of the impact upon adoption will likely depend on the characteristics of the Company’s loan portfolio and economic conditions at that date, as well as forecasted conditions thereafter.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” ASUNo. 2016-02 will require entities that lease assets to recognize as assets and liabilities on the balance sheet the respective rights and obligations created by those leases. ASUNo. 2016-02 also will require disclosures that include qualitative and quantitative requirements, providing additional information about the amounts recorded in the financial statements. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early application permitted. In transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The modified retrospective approach includes a number of optional practical expedients that entities we may elect to apply. These practical expedients relate to the identification and classification of leases that commenced before the effective date, initial direct costs for leases that commenced before the effective date, and the ability to use hindsight in evaluating lessee options to extend or terminate a lease or to purchase the underlying asset. An entity that elects to apply the practical expedients will, in effect, continue to account for leases that commence before the effective date in accordance with previous GAAP unless the leaseCDI stemming from any given business combination is modified, except that lessees are required to recognize aright-of-use asset and a lease liability for all operating leases at each reporting date based on the present value of the remaining minimum rental payments that were tracked and disclosed under previous GAAP.expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding, relative to an alternative source of funding. The transition guidance in Topic 842 also provides specific guidance for sale and leaseback transactions,build-to-suit leases, leveraged leases, and amounts previously recognized in accordance withCDI relating to the business combinations guidance for leases.Flagstar acquisition will be amortized over an estimated useful life of 10 years using the sum of years digits depreciation method. The Company plans to adopt ASUNo. 2016-02 effective January 1, 2019 using the required modified retrospective approach, which includes presenting the cumulative effectevaluates such identifiable intangibles for impairment when an indication of initial application along with supplementary disclosures. As a lessor and lessee, we do not anticipate the classification of our leases to change, but we expect to recognizeright-of-use assets and lease liabilities for substantially virtually all of our operating lease commitments leases for which we are the lessee as a lease liability and correspondingright-of-use asset on our Consolidated Statements of Condition. impairment exists.


Deposit Liabilities

The Company has assembled a project management team, formed a working group comprised of associates from different disciplines, such as Vendor Risk Management, Real Estate, and Technology, including working with associates engaged in the procurement of goods and services used in the Company’s operations. We have made substantial progress in reviewing contractual arrangements for embedded leases in an effort to identify the Company’s full lease population and is presently evaluating all of its leases, as well as contracts that may contain embedded leases, for compliance with the new lease accounting rules.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2016-01, “Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” ASUNo. 2016-01 amends guidance on classification and measurement of financial instruments, including revisions in accounting related to the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities and presentation of certain fair value changes for financial liabilities when the fair value option is elected. As it relates to the Company, it will require equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income, thus eliminating eligibility for the currentavailable-for-sale category. However, FHLB stock is not in the scope of ASUNo. 2016-01 and will continue to be presented at cost. The amendments in ASUNo. 2016-01 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Except for the early application guidance for liabilities at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments, and certain fair value of financial instruments disclosures, early adoption of the ASUdeposit liabilities with no stated maturity (i.e., non-interest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts) is not permitted. An entity should apply the amendments by means of a cumulative-effect adjustmentequal to the balance sheet ascarrying amounts payable on demand. The fair value of certificates of deposit represents contractual cash flows, discounted using interest rates currently offered on deposits with similar characteristics and remaining maturities.


Borrowed Funds

The estimated fair value of borrowed funds is based on bid quotations received from securities dealers or the beginningdiscounted value of contractual cash flows with interest rates currently in effect for borrowed funds with similar maturities.





97


PCD loans

Purchased loans that reflect a more than insignificant deterioration of credit from origination are considered PCD. For PCD loans and leases, the fiscal yearinitial estimate of adoption. The amendments related to equity securities without readily determinable fair values (including disclosure requirements) should be applied prospectively to equity investments that exist as ofexpected credit losses is recognized in the ACL on the date of adoptionacquisition using the same methodology as other loans and leases held-for-investment. The following table provides a summary of ASUNo. 2016-01.loans and leases purchased as part of the Flagstar acquisition with credit deterioration and the associated credit loss reserve at acquisition:

(in millions)Total
Par value (UPB)$1,950 
ACL at acquisition(51)
Non-credit (discount)(33)
Fair value$1,866 

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The Company’s results of operations for the year-ended December 31, 2022 and 2023 include the results of operations of Flagstar on and after December 1, 2022. Results for periods prior to December 1, 2022, do not include the results of operations of Flagstar.

The following pro forma financial information presents the unaudited consolidated results of operations of the Company plans to adopt ASUNo. 2016-01and Flagstar as if the Flagstar Transaction occurred as of January 1, 2018. Upon initial adoption, an immaterial amount2021 with pro forma adjustments. The pro forma adjustments give effect to any change in interest income due to the accretion of unrealized losses relatedthe net discounts from the fair value adjustments of acquired loans, any change in interest expense due to thein-scope equity securities will be reclassified estimated net premium from the fair value adjustments to acquired time deposits and other debt, and the amortization of intangibles had the deposits been acquired as of January 1, 2021. The pro forma amounts for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 do not reflect the anticipated cost savings that have not yet been realized. Acquisition costs incurred by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 are reflected in the pro forma amounts. The pro forma information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have occurred had the Flagstar Transaction occurred at the beginning of 2021.

For the Years Ended December 31,
(unaudited)
(in millions)20222021
Net interest income$2,278 $2,208 
Non-interest income650 1,105 
Net income804 1,207 
Net income available to common stockholders$771 $1,174 

98


Note 4 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The following table sets forth the components in accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASUNo. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which requires an entity to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customersincome:


(in millions)Year Ended December 31,
Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Amount Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (1)
Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities:$— Net gain on securities
— Income tax expense
$— Net gain on securities, net of tax
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedges:$65 Interest expense
(17)Income tax benefit
$48 Net gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax
Amortization of defined benefit pension plan items:
Past service liability$— 
Included in the computation of net periodic credit (2)
Actuarial losses(7)
Included in the computation of net periodic cost (2)
(7)Total before tax
Income tax benefit
$(6)Amortization of defined benefit pension plan items, net of tax
Total reclassifications for the period$42 
(1)Amounts in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchangeparentheses indicate expense items.
(2)See Note 20 - Employee Benefits for those goods or services. The provisions ASUNo. 2014-09 and related amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim reporting periods within that annual period, with early adoption permitted for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim reporting periods within that annual period. The Company will adopt ASUNo. 2014-09 and its amendments which established ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” on January 1, 2018. In summary, the core principle of ASC Topic 606 is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Company’s revenue streams that are covered by ASC Topic 606 are primarily fees earned in connection with performing services for our customers such as investment advisor fees, wire transfer fees, and bounced check fees. Such fees are either satisfied over time if the service is performed over a period of time (as with investment advisor fees or safe deposit box rental fees), or satisfied at a point in time (as with wire transfer fees and bounced check fees). The Company recognizes fees for services performed over time over the time period to which the fees relate. The Company recognizes fees earned at a point in time on the day the fee is earned. The Company will adopt ASUNo. 2014-09 using the modified retrospective approach which includes presenting the cumulative effect of initial application, if any, along with supplementary disclosures. The Company will not record a cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption of ASUNo. 2014-09.

NOTE 3: RECLASSIFICATIONS OUT OF ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)  For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2017

Details about

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

  Amount Reclassified
from Accumulated
Other Comprehensive
Loss(1)
  

Affected Line Item in the

Consolidated Statements of Operations
and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Unrealized gains onavailable-for-sale securities

  $2,988  

Net gain on sales of securities

   (1,245 

Income tax expense

  

 

 

  
  $1,743  

Net gain on sales of securities, net of tax

  

 

 

  

Amortization of defined benefit pension plan items:

   

Past service liability

  $249  

Included in the computation of net periodic (credit) expense(2)

Actuarial losses

   (8,484 

Included in the computation of net periodic (credit) expense(2)

  

 

 

  
   (8,235 

Total before tax

   3,432  

Tax benefit

  

 

 

  
  $(4,803 

Amortization of defined benefit pension plan items, net of tax

  

 

 

  

Total reclassifications for the period

  $(3,060 
  

 

 

  

(1)Amounts in parentheses indicate expense items.
(2)See Note 12, “Employee Benefits,” for additional information.

NOTE 4: SECURITIES

additional information.



99


Note 5 - Investment Securities

The following tables summarize the Company’s portfolio of debt securities available for sale and equity investments with readily determinable fair values:
December 31, 2023
(in millions)Amortized CostGross Unrealized GainGross Unrealized LossFair Value
Debt securities available-for-sale
Mortgage-Related Debt Securities:
GSE certificates$1,366 $$146 $1,221 
GSE CMOs5,495 48 381 5,162 
Private Label CMOs174 180 
Total mortgage-related debt securities$7,035 $56 $528 $6,563 
Other Debt Securities:
U. S. Treasury obligations$198 $— $— $198 
GSE debentures1,899 291 1,609 
Asset-backed securities (1)
307 — 302 
Municipal bonds— — 
Corporate bonds365 — 22 343 
Foreign notes35 — 34 
Capital trust notes97 12 90 
Total other debt securities$2,907 $$331 $2,582 
Total debt securities available for sale$9,942 $62 $859 $9,145 
Equity securities:
Mutual funds$16 $— $$14 
Total equity securities$16 $— $$14 
Total securities (2)
$9,958 $62 $861 $9,159 
(1)The underlying assets of the asset-backed securities are substantially guaranteed by the U.S. Government.
(2)Excludes accrued interest receivable of $38 million included in other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.



100


December 31, 2022
(in millions)Amortized CostGross Unrealized GainGross Unrealized LossFair Value
Debt securities available-for-sale
Mortgage-Related Debt Securities:
GSE certificates$1,457 $— $160 $1,297 
GSE CMOs3,600 300 3,301 
Private Label CMOs185 — 191 
Total mortgage-related debt securities$5,242 $$460 $4,789 
Other Debt Securities:
U. S. Treasury obligations$1,491 $— $$1,487 
GSE debentures1,749 — 351 1,398 
Asset-backed securities (1)
375 — 14 361 
Municipal bonds30 — — 30 
Corporate bonds913 30 885 
Foreign Notes20 — — 20 
Capital trust notes97 12 90 
Total other debt securities$4,675 $$411 $4,271 
Total other securities available for sale$9,917 $14 $871 $9,060 
Equity securities:
Mutual funds$16 $— $$14 
Total equity securities$16 $— $$14 
Total securities (2)
$9,933 $14 $873 $9,074 
(1)The underlying assets of the asset-backed securities are substantially guaranteed by the U.S. Government.
(2)Excludes accrued interest receivable of $31 million included in other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

At December 31, 2023, the Company had $861 million and $329 million of FHLB-NY stock, at cost and FHLB-Indianapolis stock, at cost, respectively. At December 31, 2022, the Company had $762 million and $329 million of FHLB-NY stock, at cost and FHLB-Indianapolis stock, at cost, respectively. The Company maintains an investment in FHLB-NY stock partly in conjunction with its membership in the FHLB and partly related to its access to the FHLB funding it utilizes. In addition, at December 31, 20172023 and 2016:

   December 31, 2017 
(in thousands)  Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gain
   Gross
Unrealized
Loss
   Fair Value 

Mortgage-Related Securities:

        

GSE(1) certificates

  $2,023,677   $46,364   $1,199   $2,068,842 

GSE CMOs(2)

   536,284    14,446    826    549,904 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage-related securities

  $2,559,961   $60,810   $2,025   $2,618,746 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Securities:

        

U. S. Treasury obligations

  $199,960   $—     $62   $199,898 

GSE debentures

   473,879    2,044    2,665    473,258 

Corporate bonds

   79,702    11,073    —      90,775 

Municipal bonds

   70,381    540    801    70,120 

Capital trust notes

   48,230    6,498    8,632    46,096 

Preferred stock

   15,292    142    —      15,434 

Mutual funds and common stock(3)

   16,874    487    261    17,100 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other securities

  $904,318   $20,784   $12,421   $912,681 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale(4)

  $3,464,279   $81,594   $14,446   $3,531,427 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Government-sponsored enterprise.
(2)Collateralized mortgage obligations.
(3)Primarily consists of mutual funds that are Community ReinvestmentAct-qualified investments.
(4)The amortized cost includes thenon-credit portion of OTTI recorded in AOCL. At December 31, 2017, thenon-credit portion of OTTI recorded in AOCL was $8.6 million (before taxes).

   December 31, 2016 
(in thousands)  Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gain
   Gross
Unrealized
Loss
   Fair Value 

Mortgage-Related Securities:

        

GSE certificates

  $7,786   $—     $460   $7,326 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Securities:

        

Municipal bonds

  $583   $48   $—     $631 

Capital trust notes

   9,458    2    2,217    7,243 

Preferred stock

   70,866    1,446    328    71,984 

Mutual funds and common stock

   16,874    484    261    17,097 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other securities

  $97,781   $1,980   $2,806   $96,955 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

  $105,567   $1,980   $3,266   $104,281 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s portfolio of securities held to maturity at December 31, 2016:

(in thousands)  Amortized
Cost
   Carrying
Amount
   Gross
Unrealized
Gain
   Gross
Unrealized
Loss
   Fair Value 

Mortgage-Related Securities:

          

GSEcertificates

  $2,193,489   $2,193,489   $64,431   $2,399   $2,255,521 

GSE CMOs

   1,019,074    1,019,074    36,895    57    1,055,912 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage-related securities

  $3,212,563   $3,212,563   $101,326   $2,456   $3,311,433 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Securities:

          

U. S. Treasury obligations

  $200,293   $200,293   $—     $73   $200,220 

GSE debentures

   88,457    88,457    3,836    —      92,293 

Corporate bonds

   74,217    74,217    9,549    —      83,766 

Municipal bonds

   71,554    71,554    —      1,789    69,765 

Capital trust notes

   74,284    65,692    2,662    11,872    56,482 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other securities

  $508,805   $500,213   $16,047   $13,734   $502,526 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity(1)

  $3,721,368   $3,712,776   $117,373   $16,190   $3,813,959 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Held-to-maturity securities are reported at a carrying amount equal to amortized cost less thenon-credit portion of OTTI recorded in AOCL. At December 31, 2016, thenon-credit portion of OTTI recorded in AOCL was $8.6 million (before taxes).

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively,2022, the Company had $603.8$203 million and $590.9$176 million ofFHLB-NY Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost. The Company is required to maintain an investment inFHLB-NY stock in order to have access to the funding it provides.

respectively.


The following table summarizes the gross proceeds, gross realized gains, and gross realized losses from the sale ofavailable-for-sale securities during the years-ended:

December 31,
( in millions)202320222021
Gross proceeds$1,637 $228 $— 
Gross realized gains— — 
Gross realized losses(3)— — 

There were no unrealized losses on equity securities recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016   2015 

Gross proceeds

  $453,878   $322,038   $278,689 

Gross realized gains

   3,848    3,128    1,159 

Gross realized losses

   860    —      4 

In addition, during2023. For the twelve monthsyears ended December 31, 2017, the Company sought to take advantage2022 and 2021 there were unrealized losses on equity securities of favorable bond market conditions$2 million and soldheld-to-maturity securities with an amortized cost of $521.0 million resulting in gross proceeds of $547.9 million including a gross realized gain of $26.9 million. Accordingly, the Company transferred the remaining $3.0 billion ofheld-to-maturity securities toavailable-for-sale with a net unrealized gain of $82.8 million classified in other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Having the securities portfolio classified asavailable-for-sale improves the Company’s interest rate risk sensitivity and liquidity measures and provides the Company with more options in meeting the expected future Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) requirements.

In the following table, the beginning balance represents the credit loss component for debt securities on which OTTI occurred prior to January 1, 2017. For credit-impaired debt securities, OTTIzero recognized in earnings, after that date is presented as an addition in two components, based upon whether the current period is the first time a debt security was credit-impaired (initial credit impairment) or is not the first time a debt security was credit-impaired (subsequent credit impairment).

(in thousands)For the
Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2017

Beginning credit loss amount as of December 31, 2016

$197,552

Add: Initial other-than-temporary credit losses

—  

Subsequent other-than-temporary credit losses

—  

Amount previously recognized in AOCL

—  

Less: Realized losses for securities sold

—  

Securities intended or required to be sold

—  

Increase in cash flows on debt securities

1,219

Ending credit loss amount as of December 31, 2017

$196,333

respectively.











101


The following table summarizes, by contractual maturity, the amortized cost ofavailable-for-sale securities at December 31, 2017:

   Mortgage-
Related
Securities
   Average
Yield
  U.S. Treasury
and GSE
Obligations
   Average
Yield
  State, County,
and Municipal
   Average
Yield(1)
  Other Debt
Securities (2)
   Average
Yield
  Fair Value 
(dollars in thousands)                                

Available-for-Sale Securities: (3)

              

Due within one year

  $—      —   $259,256    1.82 $148    6.51 $—      —   $259,617 

Due from one to five years

   883,138    3.32   6,950    3.84   291    6.63   48,449    3.57   963,589 

Due from five to ten years

   1,002,205    3.44   283,883    3.08   —      —     31,253    8.37   1,361,457 

Due after ten years

   674,618    3.09   123,750    3.23   69,942    2.88   48,230    3.77   914,230 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

  $2,559,961    3.30 $673,839    3.22 $70,381    2.90 $127,932    4.82 $3,498,893 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Not presented on atax-equivalent basis.
(2)Includes corporate bonds and capital trust notes.
(3)As equity securities have no contractual maturity, they have been excluded from this table.

2023:


Mortgage- Related SecuritiesU.S. Government and GSE ObligationsState, County, and Municipal
Other Debt Securities (1)
Fair Value
( in millions)
Available-for-Sale Debt Securities:
Due within one year$— $448 $— $— $446 
Due from one to five years178 50 — 353 560 
Due from five to ten years316 1,502 105 1,597 
Due after ten years6,541 96 — 345 6,542 
Total debt securities available for sale$7,035 $2,096 $$803 $9,145 
(1)Includes corporate bonds, capital trust notes, foreign notes, and asset-backed securities.

The following table presentsavailable-for-sale securities having a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and for twelve months or longer as of December 31, 2017:

   Less than Twelve Months   Twelve Months or Longer   Total 
(in thousands)  Fair Value   Unrealized Loss   Fair Value   Unrealized Loss   Fair Value   Unrealized Loss 

Temporarily ImpairedAvailable-for-Sale Securities:

            

GSE certificates

  $232,546   $535   $20,440   $664   $252,986   $1,199 

GSE debentures

   333,045    2,665    —      —      333,045    2,665 

GSE CMOs

   118,694    826    —      —      118,694    826 

U. S. Treasury obligations

   199,898    62    —      —      199,898    62 

Municipal bonds

   11,169    259    41,054    542    52,223    801 

Capital trust notes

   —      —      35,105    8,632    35,105    8,632 

Equity securities

   —      —      11,545    261    11,545    261 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total temporarily impairedavailable-for-sale securities

  $895,352   $4,347   $108,144   $10,099   $1,003,496   $14,446 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2023:


Less than Twelve MonthsTwelve Months or LongerTotal
(in millions)Fair ValueUnrealized LossFair ValueUnrealized LossFair ValueUnrealized Loss
Temporarily Impaired Securities:
U. S. Treasury obligations$— $— $— $— $— $— 
U.S. Government agency and GSE obligations181 1,362 290 1,543 291 
GSE certificates312 843 141 1,155 146 
Private Label CMOs29 — — 29 
GSE CMOs1,835 77 1,312 304 3,147 381 
Asset-backed securities— — 228 228 
Municipal bonds— — — — 
Corporate bonds— — 343 22 343 22 
Foreign notes— — 
Capital trust notes— — 81 12 81 12 
Equity securities— — 14 14 
Total temporarily impaired securities$2,357 $84 $4,198 $777 $6,555 $861 

The following table presentsheld-to-maturity andavailable-for-sale securities having a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and for twelve months or longer as of December 31, 2016:

   Less than Twelve Months   Twelve Months or Longer   Total 
(in thousands)  Fair Value   Unrealized Loss   Fair Value   Unrealized Loss   Fair Value   Unrealized Loss 

Temporarily ImpairedHeld-to-Maturity Securities:

            

GSE certificates

  $268,891   $2,399   $—     $—     $268,891   $2,399 

GSE CMOs

   42,980    57    —      —      42,980    57 

U. S. Treasury obligations

   200,220    73    —      —      200,220    73 

Municipal bonds

   69,765    1,789    —      —      69,765    1,789 

Capital trust notes

   —      —      24,364    11,872    24,364    11,872 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total temporarily impairedheld-to-maturity securities

  $581,856   $4,318   $24,364   $11,872   $606,220   $16,190 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Temporarily ImpairedAvailable-for-Sale Securities:

            

GSE certificates

  $7,326   $460   $—     $—     $7,326   $460 

Capital trust notes

   —      —      5,241    2,217    5,241    2,217 

Equity securities

   29,059    589    —      —      29,059    589 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total temporarily impairedavailable-for-sale securities

  $36,385   $1,049   $5,241   $2,217   $41,626   $3,266 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

An OTTI loss on impaired debt securities must be fully recognized in earnings if an investor has the intent to sell the debt security, or if it is more likely than not that the investor will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost. However, even if an investor does not expect to sell a debt security, it must evaluate the expected cash flows to be received and determine if a credit loss has occurred. In the event that a credit loss occurs, only the amount of impairment associated with the credit loss is recognized in earnings. Amounts of impairment relating to factors other than credit losses are recorded in AOCL.

At December 31, 2017, the Company had unrealized losses on certain GSE mortgage-related securities, U.S. Treasury obligations, municipal bonds, capital trust notes, and equity securities. The unrealized losses on the Company’s GSE mortgage-related securities, U.S. Treasury obligations, municipal bonds, and capital trust notes at December 31, 2017 were primarily caused by movements in market interest rates and spread volatility, rather than credit risk. These securities are not expected to be settled at a price that is less than the amortized cost of the Company’s investment.

The Company reviews quarterly financial information related to its investments in capital trust notes, as well as other information that is released by each of the issuers of such notes, to determine their continued creditworthiness. The Company continues to monitor these investments and currently estimates that the present value of expected cash flows is not less than the amortized cost of the securities. It is possible that these securities will perform worse than is currently expected, which could lead to adverse changes in cash flows from these securities and potential OTTI losses in the future. Future events that could trigger material unrecoverable declines in the fair values of the Company’s investments, and thus result in potential OTTI losses, include, but are not limited to, government intervention; deteriorating asset quality and credit metrics; significantly higher levels of default and loan loss provisions; losses in value on the underlying collateral; net operating losses; and illiquidity in the financial markets.

The Company considers a decline in the fair value of equity securities to be other than temporary if the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. The unrealized losses on the Company’s equity securities at December 31, 2017 were caused by market volatility. The Company evaluated the near-term prospects of recovering the fair value of these securities, together with the severity and duration of impairment to date, and determined that they were not other-than-temporarily impaired. Nonetheless, it is possible that these equity securities will perform worse than is currently expected, which could lead to adverse changes in their fair value, or to the failure of the securities to fully recover in value as currently anticipated by management. Either event could cause the Company to record an OTTI loss in a future period. Events that could trigger a material decline in the fair value of these securities include, but are not limited to, deterioration in the equity markets; a decline in the quality of the loan portfolio of the issuer in which the Company has invested; and the recording of higher loan loss provisions and net operating losses by such issuer.

2022:


Less than Twelve MonthsTwelve Months or LongerTotal
(in millions)Fair ValueUnrealized LossFair ValueUnrealized LossFair ValueUnrealized Loss
Temporarily Impaired Securities:
U. S. Treasury obligations$1,487 $$— $— $1,487 $
U.S. Government agency and GSE obligations243 1,156 346 1,399 351 
GSE certificates871 46 420 114 1,291 160 
GSE CMOs2,219 36 925 264 3,144 300 
Asset-backed securities61 262 12 323 14 
Municipal bonds— — 16 — 
Corporate bonds698 27 97 795 30 
Foreign notes20 — — — 20 — 
Capital trust notes46 34 10 80 12 
Equity securities— 10 14 
Total temporarily impaired securities$5,658 $122 $2,911 $751 $8,569 $873 


102


The investment securities designated as having a continuous loss position for twelve months or more at December 31, 20172023 consisted of eighty-four agency collateralized mortgage obligations, six capital trusts note, eight asset-backed securities, twelve corporate bonds, thirty-seven US government agency mortgage-relatedbonds, three hundred two mortgage-backed securities, five capital trust notes, two municipal bonds,one mutual fund, one foreign debt, and one mutual fund. At December 31, 2016municipal bond . The investment securities designated as having a continuous loss position for twelve months or more at December 31, 2022 consisted of twenty three agency collateralized mortgage obligations, five capital trust notes. Attrusts notes, seven asset-backed securities, two corporate bonds, thirty three US government agency bonds, one hundred thirty three mortgage-backed securities, one mutual fund, and one municipal bond.

The Company evaluates available-for-sale debt securities in unrealized loss positions at least quarterly to determine if an allowance for credit losses is required. We also assess whether (i) we intend to sell, or (ii) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria is met, any previously recognized allowances are charged off and the security’s amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through income. If neither of the aforementioned criteria are met, we evaluate whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses is recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Any impairment that has not been recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income.

In the first quarter of 2023, the Company held a $20 million corporate bond in Signature Bank which was placed into receivership on March 12, 2023. We have taken a $20 million provision for credit loss and charged-off this security during the three months ended March 31, 2023.

None of the remaining unrealized losses identified as of December 31, 2017,2023 or December 31, 2022 relates to the marketability of the securities or the issuers’ ability to honor redemption obligations. Rather, the unrealized losses relate to changes in interest rates relative to when the investment securities were purchased, and do not indicate credit-related impairment. Management based this conclusion on an analysis of each issuer including a detailed credit assessment of each issuer. The Company does not intend to sell, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the positions before the recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be at maturity. As such, no allowance for credit losses remains with respect to debt securities as of December 31, 2023.

103


Note 6 - Loans and Leases

The Company classifies loans that we have the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity as LHFI. We report LHFI loans at their amortized cost, which includes the outstanding principal balance adjusted for any unamortized premiums, discounts, deferred fees and unamortized fair value adjustments for acquired loans:

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of
Loans
Held for
Investment
AmountPercent of
Loans
Held for
Investment
Loans and Leases Held for Investment:
Mortgage Loans:
Multi-family$37,265 44.0 %$38,130 55.3 %
Commercial real estate10,47012.4 %8,52612.4 %
One-to-four family first mortgage6,0617.2 %5,8218.4 %
Acquisition, development, and construction2,9123.4 %1,9962.8 %
Total mortgage loans held for investment (1)
$56,708 67.0 %$54,473 78.9 %
Other Loans:
Commercial and industrial22,06526.1 %10,59715.4 %
Lease financing, net of unearned income of $258 and $85, respectively3,1893.8 %1,6792.4 %
Total commercial and industrial loans (2)
25,25429.9 %12,27617.8 %
Other2,6573.1 %2,2523.3 %
Total other loans held for investment27,91133.0 %14,52821.1 %
Total loans and leases held for investment (1)
$84,619 100.0 %$69,001 100.0 %
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases(992)(393)
Total loans and leases held for investment, net83,62768,608
Loans held for sale1,182 1,115
Total loans and leases, net$84,809 $69,723 
(1)Excludes accrued interest receivable of $423 million and $292 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, which is included in other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.
(2)Includes specialty finance loans and leases of $5.2 billion and $4.4 billion at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

Loans with Government Guarantees

Substantially all LGG are insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Nonperforming repurchased loans in this portfolio earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate from the time the underlying loan becomes 60 days delinquent until the loan is conveyed to HUD (if foreclosure timelines are met), which is not paid by the FHA until claimed. The Bank has a unilateral option to repurchase loans sold to GNMA if the loan is due, but unpaid, for three consecutive months (typically referred to as 90 days past due) and can recover losses through a claims process from the guarantor. These loans are recorded in loans held for investment and the liability to repurchase the loans is recorded in other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Certain loans within our portfolio may be subject to indemnifications and insurance limits which expose us to limited credit risk. As of December 31, 2023, LGG loans totaled $541 million and the repurchase liability was $456 million.

Repossessed assets and the associated net claims related to government guaranteed loans are recorded in other assets and was $14 million at December 31, 2023.

Loans Held-for-Sale

Loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2023 totaled $1.2 billion, up from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2022. The Signature Transaction contributed $360 million in Small Business Administration ("SBA") loans to this increase. We classify loans as held for sale when we originate or purchase loans that we intend to sell. We have elected the fair value option for nearly all of this portfolio, except the SBA loans. We estimate the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices for securities havingbacked by similar types of loans, where available, or by discounting estimated cash flows using observable inputs inclusive of interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral.

104


Asset Quality
All asset quality information excludes LGG that are insured by U.S government agencies.
A loan generally is classified as a continuous loss position for twelve monthsnon-accrual loan when it is 90 days or more was 8.5% belowpast due or when it is deemed to be impaired because the collective amortized costCompany no longer expects to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of $118.2 million.the loan agreement. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, management ceases the accrual of interest owed, and previously accrued interest is charged against interest income. A loan is generally returned to accrual status when the loan is current and management has reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible. Interest income on non-accrual loans is recorded when received in cash. At December 31, 2016, the fair value of such securities was 32.2% below the collective amortized cost of $43.7 million. At2023 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, the combined market value of the respective securities represented unrealized losses of $10.1 million and $14.1 million, respectively.

NOTE 5: LOANS

The following table sets forth the composition of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

   December 31, 
   2017  2016 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount  Percent of
Non-Covered
Loans Held for
Investment
  Amount  Percent of
Non-Covered
Loans Held for
Investment
 

Non-Covered Loans Held for Investment:

     

Mortgage Loans:

     

Multi-family

  $28,074,709   73.19 $26,945,052   72.13

Commercial real estate

   7,322,226��  19.09   7,724,362   20.68 

One-to-four family

   477,228   1.24   381,081   1.02 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   435,825   1.14   381,194   1.02 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans held for investment

  $36,309,988   94.66  $35,431,689   94.85 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other Loans:

     

Commercial and industrial

   1,377,964   3.59   1,341,216   3.59 

Lease financing, net of unearned income of $65,041 and $60,278, respectively

   662,610   1.73   559,229   1.50 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial loans(1)

   2,040,574   5.32   1,900,445   5.09 

Purchased credit-impaired loans

   —     —     5,762   0.01 

Other

   8,460   0.02   18,305   0.05 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other loans held for investment

   2,049,034   5.34   1,924,512   5.15 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Totalnon-covered loans held for investment

  $38,359,022   100.00 $37,356,201   100.00
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred loan origination costs

   28,949    26,521  

Allowance for losses onnon-covered loans

   (158,046   (158,290 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Non-covered loans held for investment, net

  $38,229,925   $37,224,432  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Covered loans

   —      1,698,133  

Allowance for losses on covered loans

   —      (23,701 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Covered loans, net

  $—     $1,674,432  

Loans held for sale

   35,258    409,152  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total loans, net

  $38,265,183   $39,308,016  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

(1)Includes specialty finance loans of $1.5 billion and $1.3 billion, and other C&I loans of $500.8 million and $632.9 million, respectively, at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Non-Covered Loans

Non-Covered Loans Held for Investment

The majority of the loans the Company originates for investment are multi-family loans, most of which are collateralized bynon-luxury apartment buildings in New York City with rent-regulated units and below-market rents. In addition, the Company originates commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans, most of which are collateralized by income-producing properties such as office buildings, retail centers,mixed-use buildings, and multi-tenanted light industrial properties that are located in New York City and on Long Island.

To a lesser extent, the Company also originatesone-to-four family loans, acquisition, development, and construction (“ADC”) loans, and C&I loans, for investment.One-to-four family loans held for investment were originated through the Company’s mortgage banking operation and primarily consisted of jumbo prime adjustable rate mortgages made to borrowers with a solid credit history.

ADC loans are primarily originated for multi-family and residential tract projects in New York City and on Long Island. C&I loans consist of asset-based loans, equipment loans and leases, and dealer floor-plan loans (together, “specialty finance loans and leases”) that generally are made to large corporate obligors, many of which are publicly traded, carry investment grade or near-investment grade ratings, and participate in stable industries nationwide; and “other” C&I2022 we had no loans that primarily are made to smallwere nonperforming andmid-size businesses in Metro New York. “Other” C&I loans are typically made for working capital, business expansion, and the purchase of machinery and equipment.

The repayment of multi-family and CRE loans generally depends on the income produced by the underlying properties which, in turn, depends on their successful operation and management. To mitigate the potential for credit losses, the Company underwrites its loans in accordance with credit standards it considers to be prudent, looking first at the consistency of the cash flows being produced by the underlying property. In addition, multi-family buildings, CRE properties, and ADC projects are inspected as a prerequisite to approval, and independent appraisers, whose appraisals are carefully reviewed by the Company’sin-house appraisers, perform appraisals on the collateral properties. In many cases, a second independent appraisal review is performed.

To further manage its credit risk, the Company’s lending policies limit the amount of credit granted to any one borrower and typically require conservative debt service coverage ratios andloan-to-value ratios. Nonetheless, the ability of the Company’s borrowers to repay these loans may be impacted by adverse conditions in the local real estate market and the local economy. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that its underwriting policies will protect the Company from credit-related losses or delinquencies.

ADC loans typically involve a higher degree of credit risk than loans secured by improved or owner-occupied real estate. Accordingly, borrowers are required to provide a guarantee of repayment and completion, and loan proceeds are disbursed as construction progresses, as certified byin-house inspectors or third-party engineers. The Company seeks to minimize the credit risk on ADC loans by maintaining conservative lending policies and rigorous underwriting standards. However, if the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, the cost of completion is greater than expected, or the length of time to complete and/or sell or lease the collateral property is greater than anticipated, the property could have a value upon completion that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the loan. This could have a material adverse effect on the quality of the ADC loan portfolio, and could result in losses or delinquencies. In addition, the Company utilizes the same stringent appraisal process for ADC loans as it does for its multi-family and CRE loans.

To minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, the Company participates in syndicated loans that are brought to it, and equipment loans and leases that are assigned to it, by a select group of nationally recognized sources who have had long-term relationships with its experienced lending officers. Each of these credits is secured with a perfected first security interest or outright ownership in the underlying collateral, and structured as senior debt or as anon-cancelable lease. To further minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, each transaction isre-underwritten. In addition, outside counsel is retained to conduct a further review of the underlying documentation.

To minimize the risks involved in other C&I lending, the Company underwrites such loans on the basis of the cash flows produced by the business; requires that such loans be collateralized by various business assets, including inventory, equipment, and accounts receivable, among others; and typically requires personal guarantees. However, the capacity of a borrower to repay such a C&I loan is substantially dependent on the degree to which the business is successful. In addition, the collateral underlying such loans may depreciate over time, may not be conducive to appraisal, or may fluctuate in value, based upon the results of operations of the business.

Included innon-covered loans held for investment at December 31, 2017, were loans of $59.5 million to officers, directors, and their related interests and parties. There were no loans to principal shareholders at that date.

At December 31, 2016, the Company hadnon-covered purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans, with a carrying value of $5.8 million and an unpaid principal balance of $7.0 million at that date. PCI loans had been covered under the LSA with the FDIC that expired in March 2015 and had been included innon-covered loans. Such loans were accounted for under ASC310-30 and were initially measured at fair value, which included estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the lives of the loans. Under ASC310-30, purchasers are permitted to aggregate acquired loans into one or more pools, provided that the loans have common risk characteristics. A pool is then accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. There were no such loans accounted for under ASC310-30 at December 31, 2017.

Loans Held for Sale

At December 31, 2017 the Company had loans held for sale of $35.3 million as compared to $409.2 million at December 31, 2016. The decline reflects the sale of its mortgage banking business, which was acquired as part of its 2009 FDIC-assisted acquisition of AmTrust and was reported under the Company’s Residential Mortgage Banking segment, to Freedom. Accordingly, on September 29, 2017, the sale was completed with proceeds received in the amount of $226.6 million, resulting in a gain of $7.4 million, which is included in “Non-Interest Income” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Freedom acquired both the Company’s origination and servicing platforms, as well as its mortgage servicing loan portfolio of $20.5 billion and related MSR asset of $208.8 million.

The Community Bank’s mortgage banking operations originated, aggregated, sold, and servicedone-to-four family loans. Community banks, credit unions, mortgage companies, and mortgage brokers used its proprietaryweb-accessible mortgage banking platform to originate and closeone-to-four family loans nationwide. These loans were generally sold to GSEs, servicing retained. To a much lesser extent, the Community Bank used its mortgage banking platform to originate jumbo loans.

Asset Quality

still accruing.


The following table presents information regarding the quality of the Company’snon-covered loans held for investment at December 31, 2017:

(in thousands)  Loans
30-89 Days
Past Due(1)
   Non-
Accrual
Loans(1)
   Loans
90 Days or More
Delinquent and
Still Accruing
Interest
   Total
Past Due
Loans
   Current Loans   Total Loans
Receivable
 

Multi-family

  $1,258   $11,078   $—     $12,336   $28,062,373   $28,074,709 

Commercial real estate

   13,227    6,659    —      19,886    7,302,340    7,322,226 

One-to-four family

   585    1,966    —      2,551    474,677    477,228 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   —      6,200    —      6,200    429,625    435,825 

Commercial and industrial(1)(2)

   2,711    47,768    —      50,479    1,990,095    2,040,574 

Other

   8    11    —      19    8,441    8,460 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $17,789   $73,682   $—     $91,471   $38,267,551   $38,359,022 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes $2.7 million and $46.7 million of taxi medallion-related loans that were 30 to 89 days past due and 90 days or more past due, respectively.
(2)Includes lease financing receivables, all of which were current.

2023:

(in millions)Loans 30-89 Days Past DueNon- Accrual LoansTotal Past Due Loans
Current Loans (2)
Total Loans Receivable
Multi-family$121 $138 $259 $37,006 $37,265 
Commercial real estate28 128 156 10,314 10,470 
One-to-four family first mortgage40 95 135 5,926 6,061 
Acquisition, development, and construction2,908 2,912 
Commercial and industrial(1)
37 43 80 25,174 25,254 
Other22 22 44 2,613 2,657 
Total$250 $428 $678 $83,941 $84,619 
(1)Includes lease financing receivables.
(2)Includes $207 million multi-family loans from one borrower that had a payment in the process of collection as of December 31, 2023 and subsequently settled on January 2, 2024.

The following table presents information regarding the quality of the Company’snon-covered loans held for investment (excludingnon-covered PCI loans) at December 31, 2016:

(in thousands)  Loans
30-89 Days
Past Due(1)
   Non-Accrual
Loans(1)
   Loans
90 Days or More
Delinquent and
Still Accruing
Interest
   Total
Past Due
Loans
   Current Loans   Total Loans
Receivable
 

Multi-family

  $28   $13,558   $—     $13,586   $26,931,466   $26,945,052 

Commercial real estate

   —      9,297    —      9,297    7,715,065    7,724,362 

One-to-four family

   2,844    9,679    —      12,523    368,558    381,081 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   —      6,200    —      6,200    374,994    381,194 

Commercial and industrial(1)(2)

   7,263    16,422    —      23,685    1,876,760    1,900,445 

Other(3)

   248    1,313    —      1,561    16,744    18,305 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $10,383   $56,469   $—     $66,852   $37,283,587   $37,350,439 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Excludes $6 thousand and $869 thousand ofnon-covered PCI loans that were 30 to 89 days past due and 90 days or more past due, respectively.
(2)Includes lease financing receivables, all of which were current.
(3)Includes $6.8 million and $15.2 million of taxi medallion loans that were 30 to 89 days past due and 90 days or more past due, respectively.

2022:


(in millions)Loans 30-89 Days Past DueNon- Accrual LoansTotal Past Due LoansCurrent LoansTotal Loans Receivable
Multi-family$34 $13 $47 $38,083 $38,130 
Commercial real estate20 22 8,504 8,526 
One-to-four family first mortgage21 92 113 5,708 5,821 
Acquisition, development, and construction— — — 1,996 1,996 
Commercial and industrial(1)
12,271 12,276 
Other11 13 24 2,228 2,252 
Total$70 $141 $211 $68,790 $69,001 
(1)Includes lease financing receivables, all of which were current.

The following table summarizes the Company’s portfolio ofnon-covered loans held for investment by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2017:

   Mortgage Loans   Other Loans 
(in thousands)  Multi-Family   Commercial
Real Estate
   One-to-Four
Family
   Acquisition,
Development,
and
Construction
   Total Mortgage
Loans
   Commercial
and
Industrial(1)
   Other   Total Other
Loans
 

Credit Quality Indicator:

                

Pass

  $27,874,330   $7,255,100   $471,571   $344,040   $35,945,041   $1,925,527   $8,449   $1,933,976 

Special mention

   125,752    47,123    3,691    76,033    252,599    20,883    —      20,883 

Substandard

   74,627    20,003    1,966    15,752    112,348    94,164    11    94,175 

Doubtful

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $28,074,709   $7,322,226   $477,228   $435,825   $36,309,988   $2,040,574   $8,460   $2,049,034 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes lease financing receivables, all of which were classified as “pass.”

2023:


Mortgage LoansOther Loans
(in millions)Multi- FamilyCommercial Real EstateOne-to- Four FamilyAcquisition, Development, and ConstructionTotal Mortgage LoansCommercial and IndustrialOtherTotal Other Loans
Credit Quality Indicator:
Pass$34,170 $8,734 $5,328 $2,825 $51,057 $24,683 $2,634 $27,317 
Special mention768 367 — 57 1,192 335 — 335 
Substandard2,327 1,369 733 30 4,459 236 23 259 
Doubtful— — — — — — — — 
Total$37,265 $10,470 $6,061 $2,912 $56,708 $25,254 $2,657 $27,911 


105


The following table summarizes the Company’s portfolio ofnon-covered loans held for investment (excludingnon-covered PCI loans) by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2016:

   Mortgage Loans   Other Loans 
(in thousands)  Multi-Family   Commercial
Real Estate
   One-to-Four
Family
   Acquisition,
Development,
and
Construction
   Total
Mortgage
Loans
   Commercial
and
Industrial(1)
   Other   Total Other
Loans
 

Credit Quality Indicator:

                

Pass

  $26,754,622   $7,701,773   $371,179   $341,784   $35,169,358   $1,771,975   $16,992   $1,788,967 

Special mention

   164,325    12,604    —      33,210    210,139    54,979    —      54,979 

Substandard

   26,105    9,985    9,902    6,200    52,192    73,491    1,313    74,804 

Doubtful

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $26,945,052   $7,724,362   $381,081   $381,194   $35,431,689   $1,900,445   $18,305   $1,918,750 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes lease financing receivables, all of which were classified as “pass.”

2022:


Mortgage LoansOther Loans
(in millions)Multi- FamilyCommercial Real EstateOne-to- Four FamilyAcquisition, Development, and ConstructionTotal Mortgage LoansCommercial and IndustrialOtherTotal Other Loans
Credit Quality Indicator:
Pass$36,622 $7,871 $5,710 $1,992 $52,195 $12,208 $2,238 $14,446 
Special mention864 230 1,106 18 — 18 
Substandard644 425 103 — 1,172 50 14 64 
Total$38,130 $8,526 $5,821 $1,996 $54,473 $12,276 $2,252 $14,528 

The preceding classifications are the most current ones available and generally have been updated within the last twelve months. In addition, they follow regulatory guidelines and can generally be described as follows: pass loans are of satisfactory quality; special mention loans have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention; substandard loans are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged (these loans have a well-defined weakness and there is a possibility that the Company will sustain some loss); and doubtful loans, based on existing circumstances, have weaknesses that make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable. In addition,one-to-four family loans are classified based on the duration of the delinquency.

The interest incomefollowing table presents, by credit quality indicator, loan class, and year of origination, the amortized cost basis of the Company’s loans and leases as of December 31, 2023:

Vintage Year
(in millions)20232022202120202019Prior To 2019Revolving LoansRevolving Loans Converted to Term LoansTotal
Pass$2,532 $13,295 $10,308 $8,438 $4,725 $9,670 $1,981 $108 $51,057 
Special Mention— 217 69 407 144 341 14 — 1,192 
Substandard45 98 258 336 809 2,910 — 4,459 
Doubtful— — — — — — — — — 
Total mortgage loans$2,577 $13,610 $10,635 $9,181 $5,678 $12,921 $1,995 $111 $56,708 
Current-period gross write-offs— (112)— — (2)(64)— — (178)
Pass(1)
$9,709 $3,598 $1,936 $1,141 $911 $941 $8,757 $324 $27,317 
Special Mention182 17 18 102 — 335 
Substandard10 39 45 28 40 40 46 11 259 
Doubtful— — — — — — — — — 
Total other loans$9,720 $3,819 $1,998 $1,178 $957 $999 $8,905 $335 $27,911 
Current-period gross write-offs$(2)$(10)$(5)$(8)$(2)$(18)$— $— $(45)
Total$12,297 $17,429 $— $12,633 $10,359 $6,635 $13,920 $10,900 $446 $84,619 

When management determines that would have been recorded underforeclosure is probable, for loans that are individually evaluated the original termsexpected credit losses are based on the fair value ofnon-accrual loans the collateral adjusted for selling costs. When the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty at the respective year-ends,reporting date and repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the interest income actually recordedoperation or sale of the collateral, the collateral-dependent practical expedient has been elected and expected credit losses are based on the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date, adjusted for selling costs as appropriate. For CRE loans, collateral properties include office buildings, warehouse/distribution buildings, shopping centers, apartment buildings, residential and commercial tract development. The primary source of repayment on these loans is expected to come from the sale, permanent financing or lease of the real property collateral. CRE loans are impacted by fluctuations in collateral values, as well as the ability of the borrower to obtain permanent financing.

106


The following table summarizes the extent to which collateral secures the Company’s collateral-dependent loans held for investment by collateral type as of December 31, 2023:

Collateral Type
(in millions)Real PropertyOther
Multi-family$253 $— 
Commercial real estate256 — 
One-to-four family first mortgage105 — 
Commercial and industrial— 120 
Total collateral-dependent loans held for investment$614 $120 

Other collateral type consists of taxi medallions, cash, accounts receivable and inventory.
There were no significant changes in the respective years, is summarized below:

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016   2015 

Interest income that would have been recorded

  $4,974   $3,128   $2,288 

Interest income actually recorded

   (2,904   (1,708   (1,574
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income foregone

  $2,070   $1,420   $714 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

extent to which collateral secures the Company’s collateral-dependent financial assets during the year ended December 31, 2023.


At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had $81 million and $121 million of residential mortgage loans in the process of foreclosure, respectively.

Included in loans held for investment at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, were loans of $9 million and $101 million, respectively, to officers, directors, and their related interests and parties. There were no loans to principal shareholders at that date.

Modifications to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty

Effective January 1, 2023, the Company adopted ASU 2022-02- Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings

and Vintage Disclosures. For additional information on the adoption, refer to Note 1 - Description of Business, Organization and Basis of Presentation.


When borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty, the Company may make certain loan modifications as part of loss mitigation strategies to maximize expected payment. Modifications in the form of principal forgiveness, an interest rate reduction, or an other-than-insignificant payment delay or a term extension that have occurred in the current reporting period to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty are disclosed along with the financial impact of the modifications.

The following table summarizes the amortized cost basis of loans modified during the reporting period to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, disaggregated by class of financing receivable and type of modification:

Amortized Cost
(dollars in millions)Interest Rate ReductionTerm ExtensionCombination - Interest Rate Reduction & Term ExtensionTotalPercent of Total Loan class
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Multi-family$122 $— $— $122 1.17 %
Commercial real estate102 — 103 0.98 %
One-to-four family first mortgage14 0.23 %
Commercial and Industrial— 19 21 0.08 %
Other Consumer$— $— $0.08 %
Total$227 $25 $10 $262 









107




The following table describes the financial effect of the modification made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty:

Interest Rate ReductionTerm Extension
Weighted-average contractual interest rate
FromToWeighted-average Term (in years)
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Multi-family7.45 %6.02 %
Commercial real estate8.83 %4.56 %
One-to-four family first mortgage6.08 %4.79 %
Commercial and industrial8.44 %8.08 %0.58
Other Consumer9.09 %4.82 %

As of December 31, 2023, there were $4 million one-to-four family first mortgages that were modified for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that received term extension and subsequently defaulted during the period and $4 million one-to-four family first mortgages that were combination modifications and subsequently defaulted during the period.

The performance of loans made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty in which modifications were made is closely monitored to understand the effectiveness of modification efforts. Loans are considered to be in payment default at 90 or more days past due. The following table depicts the performance of loans that have been modified during the reporting period:

December 31, 2023
(dollars in millions)Current30 - 89 Past Due90+ Past DueTotal
Commercial real estate— — 
One-to-four family first mortgage3811
Commercial and industrial39113
Other Consumer112
Total$$10 $$27 

Troubled Debt Restructurings Prior to Adoption of ASU 2022-02

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2022-02, the Company is required to accountaccounted for certainheld-for-investment loan modifications and restructurings as TDRs. In general, a modification or restructuring of a loan constitutesconstituted a TDR if the Company grantsgranted a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. A loan modified as a TDR was generally is placed onnon-accrual status until the Company determinesdetermined that future collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured, which requires, among other things, that the borrower demonstrate performance according to the restructured terms for a period of at least six consecutive months.

In determining the Company’s allowance for credit losses on loans and leases, reasonably expected TDRs were individually evaluated and consist of criticized, classified, or maturing loans that will have a modification processed within the next three months.


In an effort to proactively manage delinquent loans, the Company has selectively extended to certain borrowers concessions such as rate reductions, extension of maturity dates, and forbearance agreements. As of December 31, 2017,2022, loans on which concessions were made with respect to rate reductions and/or extension of maturity dates amounted to $44.6 million; loans on which forbearance agreements were reached amounted to $1.0$44 million.


The following table presents information regarding the Company’sCompany's TDRs as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:

   December 31, 
   2017   2016 
(in thousands)  Accruing   Non-
Accrual
   Total   Accruing   Non-
Accrual
   Total 

Loan Category:

            

Multi-family

  $824   $8,061   $8,885   $1,981   $8,755   $10,736 

Commercial real estate

   —      368    368    —      1,861    1,861 

One-to-four family

   —      1,066    1,066    222    1,749    1,971 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   8,652    —      8,652    —      —      —   

Commercial and industrial

   177    26,408    26,585    1,263    3,887    5,150 

Other

   —      —      —      —      202    202 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $9,653   $35,903   $45,556   $3,466   $16,454   $19,920 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The eligibility of a borrower forwork-out concessions of any nature depends upon the facts and circumstances of each loan, which may change from period to period, and involves judgment by Company personnel regarding the likelihood that the concession will result in the maximum recovery for the Company.

2022:


December 31, 2022
(dollars in millions)AccruingNon- AccrualTotal
Loan Category:
Multi-family$— $$
Commercial real estate161935

108


Commercial and industrial33
Total$16 $28 $44 

The financial effects of the Company’s TDRs for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 20152022 are summarized as follows:

   For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2017 
               Weighted Average
Interest Rate
        
(dollars in thousands)  Number
of Loans
   Pre-Modification
Recorded
Investment
   Post-Modification
Recorded
Investment
   Pre-
Modification
  Post-
Modification
  Charge-off
Amount
   Capitalized
Interest
 

Loan Category:

            

One-to-four family

   4   $810   $986    5.93  2.21 $—     $12 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   2    8,652    8,652    5.50   5.50   —      —   

Commercial and industrial

   65    52,179    26,409    3.36   3.26   14,273    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   71   $61,641   $36,047     $14,273   $12 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

   For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2016 
               Weighted Average
Interest Rate
    
(dollars in thousands)  Number
of
Loans
   Pre-Modification
Recorded
Investment
   Post-Modification
Recorded
Investment
   Pre-
Modification
  Post-
Modification
  Charge-off
Amount
   Capitalized
Interest
 

Loan Category:

            

Multi-family

   1   $9,340   $8,129    4.63  4.00 $—     $—   

One-to-four family

   5    900    1,036    4.26   2.65   —      11 

Commercial and industrial

   7    4,697    3,935    3.22   3.19   170    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   13   $14,937   $13,100     $170   $11 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

   For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2015 
               Weighted Average
Interest Rate
        
(dollars in thousands)  Number
of
Loans
   Pre-Modification
Recorded
Investment
   Post-Modification
Recorded
Investment
   Pre-
Modification
  Post-
Modification
  Charge-off
Amount
   Capitalized
Interest
 

Loan Category:

            

One-to-four family

   4   $568   $619    4.02  2.72 $—     $6 

Commercial and industrial

   2    1,345    1,312    3.40   3.52   33    —   

Other

   2    193    213    4.58   2.00   —      2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   8   $2,106   $2,144     $33   $8 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, seven C&I loans, in the amount of $1.6 million that had been modified as a TDR during the twelve months ended at that date was in payment default. At December 31, 2016, none of the loans that had been modified as a TDR during the twelve months ended at that date were in payment default. At December 31, 2015, one home equity loan in the amount of $143,000 that had been modified as a TDR during the twelve months ended at that date was in payment default. A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 30 days contractually past due under the modified terms.

The Company does not consider a payment to be in default when the loan is in forbearance, or otherwise granted a delay of payment, when the agreement to forebear or allow a delay of payment is part of a modification.

Subsequent to the modification, the loan is not considered to be in default until payment is contractually past due in accordance with the modified terms. However, the Company does consider a loan with multiple modifications or forbearance periods to be in default, and would also consider a loan to be in default if the borrower were in bankruptcy or if the loan were partially charged off subsequent to modification.

Covered Loans

The Company sold its covered loan portfolio during the third quarter of 2017; therefore, the Company did not have any covered loans outstanding as of December 31, 2017.

The Company referred to certain loans acquired in the AmTrust and Desert Hills transactions as “covered loans” because the Company was being reimbursed for a substantial portion of losses on these loans under the terms of the LSA. Covered loans were accounted for under ASC310-30 and were initially measured at fair value, which included estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the lives of the loans. Under ASC310-30, purchasers are permitted to aggregate acquired loans into one or more pools, provided that the loans have common risk characteristics. A pool is then accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.

The following table presents the carrying value of covered loans which were acquired in the acquisitions of AmTrust and Desert Hills as of December 31, 2016.

(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Percent of
Covered Loans
 

Loan Category:

    

One-to-four family

  $1,609,635    94.8

Other loans

   88,498    5.2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total covered loans

  $1,698,133    100.0
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016, the unpaid principal balance of covered loans was $2.1 billion and the carrying value of such loans was $1.7 billion.

At December 31, 2016, the Company estimated the fair values of the AmTrust and Desert Hills loan portfolios, which represented the expected cash flows from the portfolios, discounted at market-based rates. In estimating such fair values, the Company: (a) calculated the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted contractual cash flows”); and (b) estimated the expected amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted expected cash flows”). The amount by which the undiscounted expected cash flows exceed the estimated fair value (the “accretable yield”) was accreted into interest income over the lives of the loans. The amount by which the undiscounted contractual cash flows exceed the undiscounted expected cash flows is referred to as the“non-accretable difference.” Thenon-accretable difference represented an estimate of the credit risk in the loan portfolios at the respective acquisition dates.

The accretable yield was affected by changes in interest rate indices for variable rate loans, changes in prepayment assumptions, and changes in expected principal and interest payments over the estimated lives of the loans. Changes in interest rate indices for variable rate loans increased or decreased the amount of interest income expected to be collected, depending on the direction of interest rates. Prepayments affected the estimated lives of covered loans and could have changed the amount of interest income and principal expected to be collected. Changes in expected principal and interest payments over the estimated lives of covered loans were driven by the credit outlook and by actions that may be taken with borrowers. As of the date of the sale, the accretable yield was reduced to zero.

On a quarterly basis, the Company had evaluated the estimates of the cash flows it expected to collect. Expected future cash flows from interest payments were based on variable rates at the time of the quarterly evaluation. Estimates of expected cash flows that were impacted by changes in interest rate indices for variable rate loans and prepayment assumptions were treated as prospective yield adjustments and included in interest income. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, changes in the accretable yield for covered loans were as follows:

(in thousands)  Accretable Yield 

Balance at beginning of period

  $647,470 

Accretion

   (72,842

Reclassification tonon-accretable difference for the six months ended June 30, 2017

   (11,381

Changes in expected cash flows due to the sale of the covered loan portfolio

   (563,247
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $—   
  

 

 

 

In the preceding table, the line item “Reclassification tonon-accretable difference for the six months ended June 30, 2017” includes changes in cash flows that the Company expects to collect due to changes in prepayment assumptions, changes in interest rates on variable rate loans, and changes in loss assumptions. As of the Company’s most recent quarterly evaluation, prepayment assumptions increased, which resulted in a decrease in future expected interest cash flows and, consequently, a decrease in the accretable yield. The effect of this decrease was partially offset with an improvement in the underlying credit assumptions and the resetting of rates on variable rate loans at a slightly higher level, which resulted in an increase in future expected interest cash flows and, consequently, an increase in the accretable yield.

Reflecting the foreclosure of certain loans acquired in the AmTrust and Desert Hills acquisitions, the Company owned certain OREO that was covered under its LSA (“covered OREO”). Covered OREO was initially recorded at its estimated fair value on the respective dates of acquisition, based on independent appraisals, less the estimated selling costs. Any subsequent write-downs due to declines in fair value were charged tonon-interest expense, and were partially offset by loss reimbursements under the LSA. Any recoveries of previous write-downs have been credited tonon-interest expense and partially offset by the portion of the recovery that was due to the FDIC. The Company’s covered OREO was sold during the third quarter of 2017.

The FDIC loss share receivable represented the present value of the estimated losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC. The estimated losses were based on the same cash flow estimates used in determining the fair value of the covered loans. The FDIC loss share receivable was reduced as losses on covered loans were recognized and as loss sharing payments were received from the FDIC. Realized losses in excess of acquisition-date estimates resulted in an increase in the FDIC loss share receivable. Conversely, if realized losses were lower than the acquisition-date estimates, the FDIC loss share receivable was reduced by amortization to interest income. Effective October 31, 2017, the Company and the FDIC completed termination of the LSA.

At December 31, 2017, the Company had no residential mortgage loans in the process of foreclosure. At December 31, 2016, the Company held residential mortgage loans of $78.6 million that were in the process of foreclosure. The vast majority of such loans were covered loans.

The following table presents information regarding the Company’s covered loans at December 31, 2016 that were 90 days or more past due:

(in thousands)    

Covered Loans 90 Days or More Past Due:

  

One-to-four family

  $124,820 

Other loans

   6,645 
  

 

 

 

Total covered loans 90 days or more past due

  $131,465 
  

 

 

 

The following table presents information regarding the Company’s covered loans at December 31, 2016 that were 30 to 89 days past due:

(in thousands)    

Covered Loans30-89 Days Past Due:

  

One-to-four family

  $21,112 

Other loans

   1,536 
  

 

 

 

Total covered loans30-89 days past due

  $22,648 
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016, the Company had $22.6 million of covered loans that were 30 to 89 days past due, and covered loans of $131.5 million that were 90 days or more past due but considered to be performing due to the application of the yield accretion method under ASC310-30. The remainder of the Company’s covered loan portfolio totaled $1.5 billion at December 31, 2016 and were considered current at that date.

Loans that may have been classified asnon-performing loans by AmTrust or Desert Hills were no longer classified asnon-performing by the Company because, at the respective dates of acquisition, the Company believed that it would fully collect the new carrying value of these loans. The new carrying value represented the contractual balance, reduced by the portion that was expected to be uncollectible (i.e., thenon-accretable difference) and by an accretable yield (discount) that was recognized as interest income. It is important to note that management’s judgment was required in reclassifying loans subject to ASC310-30 as performing loans, and such judgment was dependent on having a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of the cash flows to be collected, even if the loan was contractually past due.

The primary credit quality indicator for covered loans is the expectation of underlying cash flows. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded recoveries of losses on covered loans of $23.7 million. The recoveries were largely due to an increase in expected cash flows in the acquired portfolios ofone-to-four family and home equity loans, and were partly offset by FDIC indemnification expense of $19.0 million that was recorded in“Non-interest income.”

NOTE 6: ALLOWANCES FOR LOAN LOSSES

The following tables provide additional information regarding the Company’s allowances for losses onnon-covered loans and covered loans, based upon the method of evaluating loan impairment:

(in thousands)  Mortgage   Other   Total 

Allowances for Loan Losses at December 31, 2017:

      

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

  $128,275   $29,771   $158,046 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(in thousands)  Mortgage   Other   Total 

Allowances for Loan Losses at December 31, 2016:

      

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

  $—     $577   $577 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

   123,925    32,022    155,947 

Acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality

   11,984    13,483    25,467 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $135,909   $46,082   $181,991 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables provide additional information regarding the methods used to evaluate the Company’s loan portfolio for impairment:

(in thousands)  Mortgage   Other   Total 

Loans Receivable at December 31, 2017:

      

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

  $31,747   $48,810   $80,557 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

   36,278,241    2,000,224    38,278,465 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $36,309,988   $2,049,034   $38,359,022 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(in thousands)  Mortgage   Other   Total 

Loans Receivable at December 31, 2016:

      

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

  $29,660   $18,592   $48,252 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

   35,402,029    1,900,158    37,302,187 

Acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality

   1,614,755    89,140    1,703,895 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $37,046,444   $2,007,890   $39,054,334 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Weighted Average Interest Rate
(dollars in millions)Number of LoansPre- Modification Recorded InvestmentPost- Modification Recorded InvestmentPre- ModificationPost- ModificationCharge- off AmountCapitalized Interest
Loan Category:
Commercial real estate2$22 $19 6.00 %4.02 %$$— 


Note 7 - Allowance for Credit Losses onNon-Covered Loans

and Leases


Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases
The following table summarizes activity in the allowance for credit losses onnon-covered loans for the twelve months endedperiods indicated:

For the Years Ended December 31,
20232022
(in millions)MortgageOtherTotalMortgageOtherTotal
Balance, beginning of period$290 $103 $393 $178 $21 $199 
Adjustment for Purchased PCD Loans1313213051
Charge-offs(178)(45)(223)(5)(2)(7)
Recoveries15154711
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses on loans and leases6441507949247139
Balance, end of period$756 $236 $992 $290 $103 $393 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016:

   December 31, 
   2017  2016 
(in thousands)  Mortgage  Other  Total  Mortgage  Other  Total 

Balance, beginning of period

  $125,416  $32,874  $158,290  $124,478  $22,646  $147,124 

Charge-offs

   (375  (62,975  (63,350  (170  (3,413  (3,583

Recoveries

   605   1,558   2,163   1,272   1,603   2,875 

Provision for (recovery of)non-covered loan losses

   2,629   58,314   60,943   (164  12,038   11,874 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $128,275  $29,771  $158,046  $125,416  $32,874  $158,290 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Polices” for additional information regarding2023, the Company’s allowance for credit losses onnon-covered loans.

loans and leases totaled $992 million, up $599 million compared to December 31, 2022. The increase in the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases was primarily driven by an increase in reserves to address weakness in the office sector, potential repricing risk in the multifamily portfolio and an increase in classified assets. Also contributing to the increase in the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases was the day 1 impact of the Signature Transaction that closed on March 20, 2023, which added $141 million to the reserve.


As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the allowance for unfunded commitments totaled $52 million and $23 million, respectively.
The Company charges off loans, or portions of loans, in the period that such loans, or portions thereof, are deemed uncollectible. The collectability of individual loans is determined through an assessment of the financial condition and repayment capacity of the borrower and/or through an estimate of the fair value of any underlying collateral. For non-real estate-related consumer credits, the following past-due time periods determine when charge-offs are typically recorded: (1) closed-end credits are charged off in the quarter that the loan becomes 120 days past due; (2) open-end credits are charged off in the quarter that the loan becomes 180 days past due; and (3) both closed-end and open-end credits are typically charged off in the quarter that the credit is 60 days past the date the Company received notification that the borrower has filed for bankruptcy.


109


The following table presents additional information about the Company’s impairednon-coverednonaccrual loans at December 31, 2017:

(in thousands)  Recorded
Investment
   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   Related
Allowance
   Average
Recorded
Investment
   Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Impaired loans with no related allowance:

          

Multi-family

  $8,892   $11,470   $—     $9,554   $495 

Commercial real estate

   5,137    10,252    —      3,522    92 

One-to-four family

   1,966    2,072    —      2,489    50 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   15,752    25,952    —      10,976    575 

Other

   48,810    104,901    —      43,074    2,200 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans with no related allowance

  $80,557   $154,647   $—     $69,615   $3,412 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:

          

Multi-family

  $—     $—     $—     $—     $—   

Commercial real estate

   —      —      —      —      —   

One-to-four family

   —      —      —      —      —   

Acquisition, development, and construction

   —      —      —      —      —   

Other

   —      —      —      314    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded

  $—     $—     $—     $314   $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans:

          

Multi-family

  $8,892   $11,470   $—     $9,554   $495 

Commercial real estate

   5,137    10,252    —      3,522    92 

One-to-four family

   1,966    2,072    —      2,489    50 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   15,752    25,952    —      10,976    575 

Other

   48,810    104,901    —      43,388    2,200 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

  $80,557   $154,647   $—     $69,929   $3,412 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2023:

(in millions)Recorded InvestmentRelated AllowanceInterest Income Recognized
Nonaccrual loans with no related allowance:
Multi-family$134 $— $
Commercial real estate532
One-to-four family first mortgage85
Acquisition, development, and construction
Other (includes C&I)22
Total nonaccrual loans with no related allowance$294 $— $
Nonaccrual loans with an allowance recorded:
Multi-family$$— $— 
Commercial real estate75173
One-to-four family first mortgage112
Acquisition, development, and construction
Other (includes C&I)4428
Total nonaccrual loans with an allowance recorded$134 $47 $
Total nonaccrual loans:
Multi-family$138 $— $
Commercial real estate128175
One-to-four family first mortgage962
Acquisition, development, and construction
Other (includes C&I)6628
Total nonaccrual loans$428 $47 $10 

The following table presents additional information about the Company’s impairednon-coverednonaccrual loans at December 31, 2016:

(in thousands)  Recorded
Investment
   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   Related
Allowance
   Average
Recorded
Investment
   Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Impaired loans with no related allowance:

          

Multi-family

  $10,742   $13,133   $—     $11,431   $627 

Commercial real estate

   9,117    14,868    —      10,461    143 

One-to-four family

   3,601    4,267    —      3,079    124 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   6,200    15,500    —      1,550    414 

Other

   6,739    7,955    —      8,261    92 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans with no related allowance

  $36,399   $55,723   $—     $34,782   $1,400 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:

          

Multi-family

  $—     $—     $—     $—     $—   

Commercial real estate

   —      —      —      —      —   

One-to-four family

   —      —      —      —      —   

Acquisition, development, and construction

   —      —      —      —      —   

Other

   11,853    13,529    577    4,574    213 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded

  $11,853   $13,529   $577   $4,574   $213 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans:

          

Multi-family

  $10,742   $13,133   $—     $11,431   $627 

Commercial real estate

   9,117    14,868    —      10,461    143 

One-to-four family

   3,601    4,267    —      3,079    124 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   6,200    15,500    —      1,550    414 

Other

   18,592    21,484    577    12,835    305 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

  $48,252   $69,252   $577   $39,356   $1,613 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Losses on Covered Loans

Covered2022:


(in millions)Recorded InvestmentRelated AllowanceInterest Income Recognized
Nonaccrual loans with no related allowance:
Multi-family$13 $— $— 
Commercial real estate191
One-to-four family first mortgage90
Other (includes C&I)3
Total nonaccrual loans with no related allowance$125 $— $
Nonaccrual loans with an allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate$$— $— 
One-to-four family first mortgage2
Other (includes C&I)1314
Total nonaccrual loans with an allowance recorded$16 $14 $— 
Total nonaccrual loans:
Multi-family$13 $— $— 
Commercial real estate201
One-to-four family first mortgage92
Other (includes C&I)1614
Total nonaccrual loans$141 $14 $

Note 8 - Leases

Lessor Arrangements
The Company is a lessor in the equipment finance business where it has executed direct financing leases (“lease finance receivables”). The Company produces lease finance receivables through a specialty finance subsidiary that participates in syndicated loans were reported exclusivethat are brought to them, and equipment loans and leases that are assigned to them, by a select group of

110


nationally recognized sources, and are generally made to large corporate obligors, many of which are publicly traded, carry investment grade or near-investment grade ratings, and participate in stable industries nationwide. Lease finance receivables are carried at the aggregate of lease payments receivable plus the estimated residual value of the FDIC loss share receivable. leased assets and any initial direct costs incurred to originate these leases, less unearned income, which is accreted to interest income over the lease term using the interest method.
The covered loans acquired instandard leases are typically repayable on a level monthly basis with terms ranging from 24 to 120 months. At the AmTrust and Desert Hills acquisitions were reviewed for collectabilityend of the lease term, the lessee usually has the option to return the equipment, to renew the lease or purchase the equipment at the then fair market value (“FMV”) price. For leases with a FMV renewal/purchase option, the relevant residual value assumptions are based on the expectationsestimated value of the leased asset at the end of the lease term, including evaluation of key factors, such as, the estimated remaining useful life of the leased asset, its historical secondary market value including history of the lessee executing the FMV option, overall credit evaluation and return provisions. The Company acquires the leased asset at fair market value and provides funding to the respective lessee at acquisition cost, less any volume or trade discounts, as applicable. Therefore, there is generally no selling profit or loss to recognize or defer at inception of a lease.
The residual value component of a lease financing receivable represents the estimated fair value of the leased equipment at the end of the lease term. In establishing residual value estimates, the Company may rely on industry data, historical experience, and independent appraisals and, where appropriate, information regarding product life cycle, product upgrades and competing products. Upon expiration of a lease, residual assets are remarketed, resulting in either an extension of the lease by the lessee, a lease to a new customer or purchase of the residual asset by the lessee or another party. Impairment of residual values arises if the expected fair value is less than the carrying amount. The Company assesses its net investment in lease financing receivables (including residual values) for impairment on an annual basis with any impairment losses recognized in accordance with the impairment guidance for financial instruments. As such, net investment in lease financing receivables may be reduced by an allowance for credit losses with changes recognized as provision expense. On certain lease financings, the Company obtains residual value insurance from third parties to manage and reduce the risk associated with the residual value of the leased assets. At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the carrying value of residual assets with third-party residual value insurance for at least a portion of the asset value was $280 million and $32 million, respectively.
The Company uses the interest rate implicit in the lease to determine the present value of its lease financing receivables.
The components of lease income were as follows:
For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Interest income on lease financing (1)
$119 $53 $53 
(1)Included in Interest Income – Loans and leases in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.

At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the carrying value of net investment in leases, excluding purchase accounting adjustments was $3.5 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. The components of net investment in direct financing leases, including the carrying amount of the lease receivables, as well as the unguaranteed residual asset were as follows:

(in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Net investment in the lease - lease payments receivable$3,187 $1,685 
Net investment in the lease - unguaranteed residual assets321 60 
Total lease payments$3,508 $1,745 


111


The following table presents the remaining maturity analysis of the undiscounted lease receivables, as well as the reconciliation to the total amount of receivables recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition:

(in millions)December 31, 2023
2024549 
2025602 
2026874 
2027521 
2028293 
Thereafter669 
Total lease payments$3,508 
Plus: deferred origination costs15 
Less: unearned income(258)
Less: purchase accounting adjustment$(76)
Total lease finance receivables, net$3,189 

Lessee Arrangements
The Company has operating leases for corporate offices, branch locations, and certain equipment. These leases generally have terms of 20 years or less, determined based on the contractual maturity of the lease, and include periods covered by options to extend or terminate the lease when the Company is reasonably certain that it will exercise those options. For the vast majority of the Company’s leases, we are not reasonably certain we will exercise our options to renew to the end of all renewal option periods. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in other assets and other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.
ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the vast majority of the leases do not provide an implicit rate, the incremental borrowing rate (FHLB borrowing rate) is used based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The implicit rate is used when readily determinable. The operating lease ROU asset is measured at cost, which includes the initial measurement of the lease liability, prepaid rent and initial direct costs incurred by the Company, less incentives received.
Variable costs such as the proportionate share of actual costs for utilities, common area maintenance, property taxes and insurance are not included in the lease liability and are recognized in the period in which they are incurred.
The components of lease expense were as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Operating lease cost$86 $28 $27 
Total lease cost$86 $28 $27 

Supplemental cash flowsflow information related to the leases for the following periods:

(in millions)For the Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases$64 $28 


112


Supplemental balance sheet information related to the leases for the following periods:

(in millions, except lease term and discount rate)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Operating Leases:
Operating lease right-of-use assets (1)
$426 $119 
Operating lease liabilities (2)
$446 $122 
Weighted average remaining lease term11.2 years6 years
Weighted average discount rate percent4.71 %3.85 %
(1)Included in Other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.
(2)Included in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.


(in millions)
December 31, 2023
Maturities of lease liabilities:
202471 
202565 
202658 
202752 
202845 
Thereafter296 
Total lease payments$587 
Less: imputed interest$(141)
Total present value of lease liabilities$446 

Note 9 - Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company has investments in MSRs that result from these loans. Covered loans were aggregated into poolsthe sale of loans with common characteristics. In determiningto the allowancesecondary market for losses on covered loans,which we retain the Company periodically performed an analysis to estimate the expected cash flows for each of the pools of loans.servicing. The Company recordedaccounts for MSRs at their fair value. A primary risk associated with MSRs is the potential reduction in fair value as a provision for (recovery of) losses on covered loansresult of higher than anticipated prepayments due to loan refinancing prompted, in part, by declining interest rates or government intervention. Conversely, these assets generally increase in value in a rising interest rate environment to the extent that prepayments are slower than anticipated. The Company utilizes derivatives as economic hedges to offset changes in the expected cash flowsfair value of the MSRs resulting from the actual or anticipated changes in prepayments stemming from changing interest rate environments. There is also a loan pool had decreased or increased since the acquisition date.

Accordingly, if there was a decrease in expected cash flowsrisk of valuation decline due to an increase in estimated credit losses (as comparedhigher than expected default rates, which we do not believe can be effectively managed using derivatives. For further information regarding the derivative instruments utilized to the estimates made at the respective acquisition dates), the decreasemanage our MSR risks, see Note 15 - Derivative and Hedging Activities.


Changes in the presentfair value of expected cash flows was recordedresidential first mortgage MSRs were as a provision for covered loan losses charged to earnings, and the allowance for covered loan losses was increased. A related credit tonon-interest income and an increasefollows:
(in millions)Year Ended December 31, 2023
Balance at beginning of period$1,033 
Additions from loans sold with servicing retained208 
Reductions from sales(51)
Decrease in MSR fair value due to pay-offs, pay-downs, run-off, model changes, and other (1)
(80)
Changes in estimates of fair value due to interest rate risk (1) (2)
Fair value of MSRs at end of period$1,111 
(1)Changes in the LSAfair value are recognized at the same time, and measured basedincluded within net return on mortgage servicing rights on the applicable loss sharing agreement percentage.

If there was an increase in expected cash flows due to a decrease inConsolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.

(2)Represents estimated credit losses (as compared toMSR value change resulting primarily from market-driven changes which we manage through the estimates made at the respective acquisition dates), the increase in the present valueuse of expected cash flows was recorded as a recovery of the prior-period impairment charged to earnings, and the allowance for covered loan losses was reduced. A related debit tonon-interest income and a decrease in the LSA was recognized at the same time, and measured based on the applicable LSA percentage.

derivatives.



113


The following table summarizes activitythe hypothetical effect on the fair value of servicing rights using adverse changes of 10 percent and 20 percent to the weighted average of certain significant assumptions used in valuing these assets:

December 31, 2023
Fair Value
(dollars in millions)Actual10% adverse change20% adverse change
Option adjusted spread5.4 %$1,091 $1,072 
Constant prepayment rate7.9 %1,073 1,040 
Weighted average cost to service per loan$69 $1,100 $1,090 

December 31, 2022
Fair Value
(dollars in millions)Actual10% adverse change20% adverse change
Option adjusted spread5.9 %$1,012 $992 
Constant prepayment rate7.9 %1,000 970 
Weighted average cost to service per loan$68 $1,023 $1,013 

The sensitivity calculations above are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. Changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. To isolate the effect of the specified change, the fair value shock analysis is consistent with the identified adverse change, while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, a change in one assumption generally impacts other assumptions, which may either magnify or counteract the effect of the change. For further information on the fair value of MSRs, see Note 18 - Fair Value Measures.

Contractual servicing and subservicing fees, including late fees and other ancillary income are presented below. Contractual servicing fees are included within net return on mortgage servicing rights on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. Contractual subservicing fees including late fees and other ancillary income are included within loan administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. Subservicing fee income is recorded for fees earned on subserviced loans, net of third-party subservicing costs.

The following table summarizes income and fees associated with owned MSRs:

(in millions)Year Ended December 31, 2023Month Ended December 31, 2022
Net return on mortgage servicing rights
Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)
$227 $20 
Decrease in MSR fair value due to pay-offs, pay-downs, run-off, model changes and other(80)(8)
Changes in fair value due to interest rate risk10 
Gain on MSR derivatives (2)
(47)(16)
Net transaction costs— 
Total return included in net return on mortgage servicing rights$103 $
(1)Servicing fees are recorded on an accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on a cash basis.
(2)Changes in the allowancederivatives utilized as economic hedges to offset changes in fair value of the MSRs.


114


The following table summarizes income and fees associated with our mortgage loans subserviced for lossesothers:
(in millions)Year Ended December 31, 2023Year Ended December 31, 2022
Loan administration income on mortgage loans subserviced
Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)
$154 $11 
Charges on subserviced custodial balances (2)
(168)(8)
Other servicing charges(3)
Total (loss) income on mortgage loans subserviced, included in loan administration income$(17)$
(1)Servicing fees are recorded on coveredan accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on a cash basis.
(2)Charges on subserviced custodial balances represent interest due to MSR owner.

We also earned approximately $95 million in service fee income for loans being serviced for the years endedFDIC related to the Signature transaction.

Note 10 - Variable Interest Entities
We have no consolidated VIEs as of December 31, 20172023 and 2016:

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016 

Balance, beginning of period

  $23,701   $31,395 

Recovery of losses on covered loans

   (23,701   (7,694
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $—     $23,701 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 7: DEPOSITS

December 31, 2022.

In connection with our non-qualified mortgage securitization activities, we have retained a five percent interest in the investment securities of certain trusts ("other MBS") and are contracted as the subservicer of the underlying loans, compensated based on market rates, which constitutes a continuing involvement in these trusts. Although we have a variable interest in these securitization trusts, we are not their primary beneficiary due to the relative size of our investment in comparison to the total amount of securities issued by the VIE and our inability to direct activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance. As a result, we have not consolidated the assets and liabilities of the VIE in our Consolidated Statements of Condition. The Bank’s maximum exposure to loss is limited to our five percent retained interest in the investment securities that had a fair value of $180 million as of December 31, 2023 as well as the standard representations and warranties made in conjunction with the loan transfers.

Note 11 - Deposits
The following table sets forth the weighted average interest rates for each type of deposit at December 31, 20172023 and 2016:

   December 31, 
   2017  2016 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Percent
of Total
  Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
  Amount   Percent
of Total
  Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate(1)
 

Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts

  $12,936,301    44.45  0.23 $13,395,080    46.37  0.55

Savings accounts

   5,210,001    17.90   0.52   5,280,374    18.28   0.46 

Certificates of deposit

   8,643,646    29.70   1.31   7,577,170    26.23   1.12 

Non-interest-bearing accounts

   2,312,215    7.95   —     2,635,279    9.12   —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deposits

  $29,102,163    100.00  0.58 $28,887,903    100.00  0.63
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

2022:


December 31,
20232022
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of TotalWeighted Average Interest RateAmountPercent of TotalWeighted Average Interest Rate
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$30,700 37.66 %3.51 %$22,511 38.34 %2.66 %
Savings accounts8,773 10.76 %2.67 %11,645 19.83 %1.30 %
Certificates of deposit21,554 26.44 %4.42 %12,510 21.30 %2.04 %
Non-interest-bearing accounts20,499 25.14 %— %12,055 20.53 %— %
Total deposits$81,526 100.00 %2.79 %$58,721 100.00 %1.71 %

At both December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, the aggregate amount of time deposit accounts (including certificates of deposit) that meet or exceed the insured limit was $7.9 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively.

At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the aggregate amount of deposits that had been reclassified as loan balances (i.e., overdrafts) was $3.1 million.

$121 million and $4 million, respectively.


115


The scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit (“CDs”) at December 31, 20172023 were as follows:

(in thousands)  

  

 

1 year or less

  $5,897,172 

More than 1 year through 2 years

   2,461,847 

More than 2 years through 3 years

   209,389 

More than 3 years through 4 years

   42,485 

More than 4 years through 5 years

   21,907 

Over 5 years

   10,846 
  

 

 

 

Total CDs

  $8,643,646 
  

 

 

 

The following table presents a summary of CDs in amounts of $100,000 or more by remaining term to maturity, at December 31, 2017:

   CDs of $100,000 or More Maturing Within 
(in thousands)  3 Months
or Less
   Over 3 to
6 Months
   Over 6 to
12 Months
   Over
12 Months
   Total 

Total

  $1,333,531   $1,495,368   $1,064,316   $1,595,643   $5,488,858 


(in millions)
1 year or less$17,321 
More than 1 year through 2 years3,879 
More than 2 years through 3 years229 
More than 3 years through 4 years142 
More than 4 years through 5 years
Over 5 years
Total CDs (1)
$21,581 
(1) Excludes PAA

Included in total deposits at both December 31, 20172023 and 20162022 were brokered deposits of $4.0$9.5 billion and $3.9$5.1 billion with weighted average interest rates of 1.37%3.72 percent and 0.62%.49 percent at the respective year-ends. Brokered money market accounts represented $2.6$1.3 billion and $2.5$2.8 billion respectively, of the December 31, 20172023 and 20162022 totals, and brokered interest-bearing checking accounts represented $793.7 million$1.6 billion and $1.4$1.0 billion, respectively. Brokered CDs represented $567.8 million$6.6 billion and $1.3 billion of brokered deposits at December 31, 2017. There were no brokered CDs at December 31, 2016.

NOTE 8: BORROWED FUNDS

2023 and 2022, respectively.


Note 12 - Borrowed Funds

The following table summarizes the Company’s borrowed funds at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016 

Wholesale borrowings:

    

FHLB advances

  $12,104,500   $11,664,500 

Repurchase agreements

   450,000    1,500,000 

Federal funds purchased

   —      150,000 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total wholesale borrowings

  $12,554,500   $13,314,500 

Junior subordinated debentures

   359,179    358,879 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowed funds

  $12,913,679   $13,673,379 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

funds:


(in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Wholesale borrowings:
FHLB advances$19,250 $20,325 
FRB term funding1,000 
Total wholesale borrowings$20,250 $20,325 
Junior subordinated debentures579 575
Subordinated notes438 432
Total borrowed funds$21,267 $21,332 

Accrued interest on borrowed funds is included in “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Condition and amounted to $19.3 $50 million and $18.1$37 million, respectively, at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

2023, December 31, 2022.

FHLB Advances


The following table presents an analysis of the contractual maturities and the next call dates of FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2023 were as follows:
Contractual MaturityEarlier of Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date
(dollars in millions) YearAmountWeighted Average Interest Rate (1)AmountWeighted Average Interest Rate (1)
20247,350 4.57 9,100 4.37 
20251,500 5.38 1,750 5.11 
20262,500 5.37 2,500 5.37 
20274,000 4.62 3,500 4.75 
20282,400 5.17 2,400 5.17 
20321,500 3.43 — — 
Total FHLB advances$19,250 $19,250 
(1)Does not included the Company’s outstanding effect interest rate swap agreements.

FHLB advances include both straight fixed-rate advances and advances under the FHLB convertible advance program, which gives the FHLB the option of either calling the advance after an initial lock-out period of up to five years and quarterly thereafter until maturity, or a one-time call at the initial call date.

116


At December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, the Bank had unused lines of available credit with the FHLB-NY of up to $8.4 billion and $11.3 billion. The Company did not have any overnight advances at December 31, 2017, none of which had callable features.

   Contractual Maturity 

(dollars in thousands)

Year of Maturity

  Amount   Weighted Average
Interest Rate
 

2018

  $3,923,500    1.51 

2019

   4,431,000    1.74 

2020

   3,150,000    2.09 

2021

   600,000    2.21 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total FHLB advances

  $12,104,500    1.78
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company had no short-term FHLB advances2023 and $2.8 billion at December 31, 2017. At2022. During the year ended December 31, 2016, short-term2023, the average balance of overnight advances totaled $300.0amounted to $624 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 0.81%.5.08 percent. During the twelve months ended at December 31, 2017 and 2016, the average balances of short-term FHLB advances were $3.3 million and $929.4 billion, with weighted average interest rates of 0.82% and 0.60%, respectively. In 2017 and 2016, the interest expense generated by average short-term FHLB advances was $27,000 and $5.5 million, respectively. During 2015, the average balance of short-term advances was $2.3 billion with a weighted average interest rate of 0.42%, generating interest expense of $9.8 million.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, the Banks had combined unused lines of available credit with theFHLB-NY of up to $7.1 billion and $7.5 billion. There were no overnightFHLB-NY advances at December 31, 2017. At December 31, 2016, the Banks had $10.0 million outstandingFHLB-NY advances with a weighted average interest rate of 0.78%. During the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2016,2022, the average balance of overnight advances amounted to $426.5$318 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 0.59%, generating interest expense of $2.5 million. During 2015, the average balance of overnight advances was $572.7 million with a weighted average interest rate of 0.44%. The interest expense generated by average overnight advances was $2.5 million in 2015.

3.48 percent.


Total FHLB advances generated interest expense of $186.0$564 million, $172.0$251 million and $230.6$233 million, in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015,2021, respectively.


Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) Term Funding Program

At December 31, 2023, the Company had $1.0 billion in outstanding borrowings under the FRB Term Funding program. There were no such borrowings outstanding during the years ended 2022 or 2021.
Repurchase Agreements


The following table presents an analysis of the contractual maturities of the Company’sCompany had no outstanding repurchase agreements accounted for as secured borrowings atof December 31, 2017. None of these repurchase agreements had callable features.

   Contractual Maturity 

(dollars in thousands)

Year of Maturity

  Amount   Weighted Average
Interest Rate
 

2018

  $250,000    3.04 

2019

   200,000    1.69 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $450,000    2.44
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table provides the contractual maturity2023 and weighted average interest rate of repurchase agreements, and the amortized cost and fair value (including accrued interest) of the securities collateralizing the repurchase agreements, at December 31, 2017:

          Mortgage-Related and
Other Securities
   GSE Debentures and
U.S. Treasury
Obligations
 

(dollars in thousands)

Contractual Maturity

  Amount   Weighted Average
Interest Rate
  Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value   Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value 

Greater than 90 days

  $450,000    2.44 $216,076   $217,383   $248,065   $249,489 

2022.


The Company had no short-term repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2017 or 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company had average short-term repurchase agreements outstanding of $197.3 million with a weighted average interest rate of 0.31%, generating interest expense of $614,000.

At December 31, 20172023 and 2016, the2022.

There was no accrued interest on repurchase agreements amounted to $760,000 and $1.2 million, respectively.at December 31, 2023. The interest expense on repurchase agreements was $16.4 million, $23.3$14 million and $99.9$18 million infor the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2022 and 2015,2021, respectively.


Federal Funds Purchased


There were no federal funds purchased outstanding at December 31, 2017. At2023 and December 31, 2016, the balance of federal funds purchased was $150.0 million with a weighted average interest rate of 0.75%.

2022.


In 20172023 and 2016,2022, respectively, the average balances of federal funds purchased were to $47.9$196 million and $525.4$466 million, with weighted average interest rates of 0.87%5.01 percent and 0.51%. In 2015, the average balance of federal funds purchased amounted to $588.8 million with a weighted average interest rate of 0.26%.1.65 percent. The interest expense produced by federal funds purchased was $418,000, $2.7$10 million, $8 million and $1.5$0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022 and 2015,2021, respectively.


Junior Subordinated Debentures


At December 31, 20172023 and 2016,December 31, 2022, the Company had $359.2$609 million and $358.9$608 million, respectively, of outstanding junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (“junior subordinated debentures”) held by statutory business trusts (the “Trusts”) that issued guaranteed capital securities.

securities, excluding purchase accounting adjustments.


117


The Trusts are accounted for as unconsolidated subsidiaries, in accordance with GAAP. The proceedsfollowing table presents contractual terms of each issuance were invested in a series ofthe junior subordinated debentures of the Company and the underlying assets of each statutory business trust are the relevant debentures. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the obligations under each trust’s capital securities to the extent set forth in a guarantee by the Company to each trust. The Trusts’ capital securities are each subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the debentures at their stated maturity or earlier redemption.

The following junior subordinated debentures were outstanding at December 31, 2017:

Issuer

  Interest
Rate
of Capital
Securities
and
Debentures
  Junior
Subordinated
Debentures
Amount
Outstanding
   Capital
Securities
Amount
Outstanding
   Date of
Original Issue
   Stated Maturity   First Optional
Redemption Date
 
      (dollars in thousands)             

New York Community Capital Trust V (BONUSESSMUnits)

   6.000  $145,253   $138,902    Nov. 4, 2002    Nov. 1, 2051    Nov. 4, 2007 (1) 

New York Community Capital Trust X

   3.188   123,712    120,000    Dec. 14, 2006    Dec. 15, 2036    Dec. 15, 2011 (2) 

PennFed Capital Trust III

   4.838   30,928    30,000    June 2, 2003    June 15, 2033    June 15, 2008 (2) 

New York Community Capital Trust XI

   3.345   59,286    57,500    April 16, 2007    June 30, 2037    June 30, 2012 (2) 
   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total junior subordinated debentures

    $359,179   $346,402       
   

 

 

   

 

 

       

(1)Callable subject to certain conditions as described in the prospectus filed with the SEC on November 4, 2002.
(2)Callable from this date forward.

2023:

IssuerInterest Rate of Capital Securities and Debentures
Junior Subordinated Debentures Amount Outstanding (3)
Capital Securities Amount OutstandingDate of Original IssueStated Maturity
(dollars in millions)
New York Community Capital Trust V (BONUSES Units) (1)6.00$147 $141 Nov. 4, 2002Nov. 1, 2051
New York Community Capital Trust X (2)7.25124 120 Dec. 14, 2006Dec. 15, 2036
PennFed Capital Trust III (2)8.9031 30 June 2, 2003June 15, 2033
New York Community Capital Trust XI (2)7.2459 58 April 16, 2007June 30, 2037
Flagstar Statutory Trust II (2)8.8726 25 Dec. 26, 2002Dec. 26, 2032
Flagstar Statutory Trust III (2)8.9126 25 Feb. 19, 2003April 7, 2033
Flagstar Statutory Trust IV (2)8.8426 25 Mar. 19, 2003Mar 19, 2033
Flagstar Statutory Trust V (2)7.6626 25 Dec 29, 2004Jan. 7, 2035
Flagstar Statutory Trust VI (2)7.6626 25 Mar. 30, 2005April 7, 2035
Flagstar Statutory Trust VII (2)7.4051 50 Mar. 29, 2005June 15, 2035
Flagstar Statutory Trust VIII (2)7.1626 25 Sept. 22, 2005Oct. 7, 2035
Flagstar Statutory Trust IX (2)7.1026 25 June 28, 2007Sept. 15, 2037
Flagstar Statutory Trust X (2)8.1515 15 Aug. 31, 2007Sept 15, 2037
Total junior subordinated debentures (3)
$609 $589 
(1)Callable subject to certain conditions as described in the prospectus filed with the SEC on November 4, 2002.
(2)Callable at any time.
(3)Excludes Flagstar Acquisition fair value adjustments of $30 million.

The Bifurcated Option Note Unit SecuritiESSM (“BONUSES units”) included in the preceding table were issued by the Company on November 4, 2002 at a public offering price of $50.00 per share. Each of the 5,500,000 BONUSES units offered consisted of a capital security issued by New York Community Capital Trust V, a trust formed by the Company, and a warrant to purchase 2.4953 shares of the common stock of the Company (for a total of approximately 13.714 million common shares) at an effective exercise price of $20.04 per share. Each capital security has a maturity of 49 years, with a coupon, or distribution rate, of 6.00%6.00 percent on the $50.00 per share liquidation amount. The warrants and capital securities werenon-callable for five years from the date of issuance and were not called by the Company when the five-year period passed on November 4, 2007.

The gross proceeds of the BONUSES units totaled $275.0$275 million and were allocated between the capital security and the warrant comprising such units in proportion to their relative values at the time of issuance. The value assigned to the warrants, $92.4 million, was recorded as a component of additional“paid-in “paid-in capital” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition. The value assigned to the capital security component was $182.6 million. The $92.4 million difference between the assigned value and the stated liquidation amount of the capital securities was treated as an original issue discount, and is being amortized to interest expense over the49-year life of the capital securities on a level-yield basis. At December 31, 2017,2023, this discount totaled $66.4$64 million.


The other threeremaining trust preferred securities noted in the preceding table were formed for the purpose of issuing Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts Holding Solely Junior Subordinated Debentures (collectively, the “Capital Securities”). Dividends on the Capital Securities are payable either quarterly or semi-annually and are deferrable, at the Company’s option, for up to five years. As of December 31, 2017,2023, all dividends were current.


Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures was $19.6$48 million, $18.5$22 million, and $17.6$18 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015.

NOTE 9: FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL TAXES

2021.


118



Subordinated Notes

At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had a total of $438 million and $432 million subordinated notes outstanding; respectively, of fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes outstanding:
Date of Original IssueStated MaturityInterest RateOriginal Issue Amount
November 6, 2018November 6, 2028 (1)5.900%$300
October 28, 2020November 1, 2030 (2)4.125%$150
(1)From and including the date of original issuance to, but excluding November 6, 2023, the Notes will bear interest at an initial rate of 5.90 percent per annum payable semi-annually. Unless redeemed, from and including November 6, 2023 to but excluding the maturity date, the interest rate will reset quarterly to an annual interest rate equal to the then-current three-month SOFR rate plus 304.16 basis points payable quarterly.
(2)From and including the date of original issuance, the Notes will bear interest at a fixed rate of 4.13 percent through October 31, 2025, and a variable rate tied to SOFR thereafter until maturity. The Company has the option to redeem all or a part of the Notes beginning on November 1, 2025, and on any subsequent interest payment date.

Note 13 - Federal, State, and Local Taxes
The following table summarizes the components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset (liability) at December 31, 20172023 and 2016:

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016 

Deferred Tax Assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses

  $46,239   $75,605 

Compensation and related benefit obligations

   13,010    27,877 

Acquisition accounting and fair value adjustments on securities (including OTTI)

   —      14,455 

Acquisition accounting and fair value adjustments on loans (including the FDIC loss share receivable)

   —      7,496 

Non-accrual interest

   818    4,791 

Restructuring and retirement of borrowed funds

   1,105    6,957 

Net operating loss carryforwards

   2,967    5,664 

Other

   15,953    18,351 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

   80,092    161,196 

Valuation allowance

   —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset after valuation allowance

  $80,092   $161,196 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

    

Amortizable intangibles

  $(1,704  $(1,655

Acquisition accounting and fair value adjustments on securities (including OTTI)

   (17,090   —   

Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

   (19,003   —   

Mortgage servicing rights

   (1,794   (65,975

Premises and equipment

   (12,907   (19,310

Prepaid pension cost

   (24,324   (30,962

Leases

   (78,682   (65,214

Other

   (9,385   (10,691
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Grossdeferred tax liabilities

  $(164,889  $(193,807
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

  $(84,797  $(32,611
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2022:

December 31,
(in millions)20232022
Deferred Tax Assets:
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases$253 $102 
Acquisition accounting and fair value adjustments on securities (including OTTI)188227 
Acquisition accounting and fair value adjustments on loans36 
Capitalized loan costs46 
Right of Use Liability32— 
Compensation and related benefit obligations3023 
Capitalized research and development costs10 
Accrued Expenses19— 
Net operating loss carryforwards815 
Other2218 
Gross deferred tax assets552 477 
Valuation allowance(5)(5)
Net deferred tax asset after valuation allowance$547 $472 
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Leases$(492)$(328)
Mortgage servicing rights(79)(105)
Premises and equipment(44)(18)
Prepaid pension cost(35)(29)
Fair value adjustments on loans(210)— 
Amortizable intangibles(127)(71)
Acquisition accounting and fair value adjustments on deposits(2)(9)
Right of Use Asset(32)— 
Deferred Loan fees(13)— 
Acquisition accounting and fair value adjustments on debt(9)(10)
Other(21)(9)
Gross deferred tax liabilities$(1,064)$(579)
Net deferred tax liability$(517)$(107)

The deferred tax liability represents the anticipated federal, state, and local tax expenses or benefits that are expected to be realized in future years upon the utilization of the underlying tax attributes comprising said balances. At December 31, 2017, theThe net deferred tax liability is included in “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. At Condition at December 31, 2016,2023 and 2022.

119


The Company evaluates the net federal deferred tax liability is included in “Other liabilities,” and the net state and localneed for a deferred tax asset is included in “Other assets” in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

At December 31, 2017, the Company hadvaluation allowances based on a New York City net operating loss carryforward in the amount of $44.9 million available through 2035. The net operating loss carryforward is available to offset future taxable income.

The Company has determined that all deductible temporary differences and net operating loss carryforwards are more likely than not to provide a benefit in reducing future federal, state, and local tax liabilities, as applicable.standard. The Company has reached this determinationCompany’s evaluation is based on its history of reporting positive taxable income in all relevant tax jurisdictions, the length of time available to utilize the net operating loss carryforwards, and the recognition of taxable income in future periods from taxable temporary differences.

At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had a state deferred tax asset for net operating losses (“NOL”) of $8 million and $15 million, respectively (net of federal tax impact) which includes total state net operating loss carryforwards of $185 million at December 31, 2023, that expire if unused in calendar years through 2033. In connection with our ongoing assessment of deferred taxes, we analyzed each state net operating loss separately, determined the amount of net operating loss available and estimated the amount which we expected to expire unused. Based on that assessment, we recorded a valuation allowance of $5 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022 to reduce the DTA to the amount which is more likely than not to be realized.
The following table summarizes the Company’s income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015:

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016   2015 

Federal – current

  $153,587   $216,182   $(53,273

State and local – current

   26,983    20,799    (295
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

   180,570    236,981    (53,568
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Federal – deferred

   3,498    18,203    468 

State and local – deferred

   17,946    26,543    (31,757
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

   21,444    44,746    (31,289
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) reported in net income

   202,014    281,727   $(84,857

Income tax expense (benefit) reported in stockholders’ equity related to:

      

Employee stock plans

   —      —      (2,486

Securitiesavailable-for-sale

   28,495    (2,687   131 

Pension liability adjustments

   2,234    2,924    (1,161

Non-credit portion of OTTI losses

   13    49    44 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income taxes

  $232,756   $282,013   $(88,329
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2021:

December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Federal – current$156 $147 $188 
State and local – current59 32 35 
Total current215 179 223 
Federal – deferred(137)(10)(28)
State and local – deferred(49)15 
Total deferred(186)(3)(13)
Income tax expense reported in net income29 176 210 
Income tax expense reported in stockholders’ equity related to:
Securities available-for-sale15 (223)(42)
Pension liability adjustments(6)10 
Cash flow hedge(14)23 
Total income taxes$36 $(30)$187 

The following table presents a reconciliation of statutory federal income tax expense (benefit) to combined actual income tax expense (benefit) reported in net income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015:

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016   2015 

Statutory federal income tax at 35%

  $233,875   $271,995   $(46,204

State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax effect(1)

   29,204    30,772    (20,835

Effect of tax law changes

   (41,943   —      —   

Effect of tax deductibility of ESOP

   (5,083   (6,452   (7,321

Non-taxable income and expense of BOLI

   (9,529   (10,808   (9,575

Federal tax credits

   (1,386   (1,607   (1,554

Adjustments relating to prior tax years

   144    (668   (248

Merger-related expenses

   —      (850   850 

Other, net

   (3,268   (655   30 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

  $202,014   $281,727   $(84,857
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes income tax (benefit) expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 of $(1.4) million for adjustments to deferred taxes necessitated by changes in tax laws of New York City that were enacted in April 2015.

On December 22, 2017 H.R. 1, originally known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, (the “Tax Reform Act”) was enacted. The Tax Reform Act significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, among other things:

2021:
Lowering of the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018.

Repeal of corporate alternative minimum tax (AMT) for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.
December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Statutory federal income tax at 21%$(10)$174 $169 
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax effect31 40 
Tax Exempt income$(6)$— $— 
Non-taxable bargain gain(447)(33)— 
Non-deductible goodwill impairment$509 $— $— 
Non-deductible FDIC deposit insurance premiums16 10 
Effect of tax deductibility of deferred compensation$(3)$(3)$(3)
Non-taxable income and expense of BOLI(9)(7)(6)
Non-deductible merger expenses$— $$
Non-deductible compensation expense— 
Federal tax credits$(31)$(1)$— 
Adjustments relating to prior tax years(1)(1)
Other, net(1)(1)(1)
Total income tax expense$29 $176 $210 

Reduction of the corporate dividends received deduction of 80% and 70% to 65% and 50%, respectively, for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.

Disallowance of the deduction for FDIC premiums for banks with total consolidated assets over $50 billion effective tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.

Allows for full expensing of qualified property acquired or placed in service between September 27, 2017 and January 1, 2023.

Limitation of net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards to 80% of taxable income for losses arising in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and prohibiting NOL carrybacks for losses arising in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and providing an unlimited life for NOL carryforwards.

U.S. GAAP requires that the impact of tax legislation be recognized in the period in which the law was enacted. As a result of the Tax Reform Act, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $42 million due to the net impact of remeasurement of tax attributes affected by the enactment of the Tax Reform Act.

In March 2014, tax legislation was enacted that changed the manner in which financial institutions and their affiliates are taxed in New York State. In April 2015, similar legislation was enacted for New York City. Most of the provisions were effective for fiscal years beginning in 2015. The most significant changes affecting the Company were as follows:

The tax rate applied to apportioned New York State taxable income was reduced from 7.1% to 6.5%, effective for fiscal years beginning in 2016. For financial institutions with total assets below $100 billion, the New York City statutory tax rate dropped from 9% to 8.85%.

Tax is now determined by measuring the apportioned income of the combined group of all domestic affiliates that participate in a unitary business relationship.

Taxable income is apportioned based on the location of the taxpayer’s customers, with special rules for income from certain financial transactions.

Thrift institutions that maintain a qualified residential loan portfolio are entitled to a specially computed modification that reduces taxable income.

New York City taxable income is reduced by net interest income earned on residential portfolio loans that are secured by rent-regulated units or situated inlow-income communities in New York City. This benefit is gradually phased out for financial institutions with total assets between $100 billion and $150 billion.

An alternative tax of 0.15% on apportioned capital is imposed to the extent that it exceeds the tax on apportioned income. The New York State alternative tax is capped at $5 million for a tax year and is gradually phased out over six years. The New York City alternative tax is capped at $10 million for a tax year and is not phased out.

A reduction to taxable income from the utilization of a net operating loss carryforward is determined without reference to, nor limitation based on, a federal tax deduction of such carryforward.

The Company invests in affordable housing projects through limited partnerships that generate federal Low Income Housing Tax Credits. The balances of these investments, which are included in “Other assets” in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, were $46.2$372 million and $42.4$304 million, respectively, at December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, and included commitments of $23.9$210 million and $21.9$183 million that are expected to be funded over the next four5 years. The Company elected to apply the proportional amortization method to these investments. Recognized in the determination of income tax (benefit) expense from operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 20152021 were $4.5$34 million $4.0, $11 million, and $3.2$9 million, respectively,


120


of affordable housing tax credits and other tax benefits, and an offsetting $3.1$30 million, $3.0$10 million, and $2.4$9 million, respectively, for the amortization of the related investments. No impairment losses were recognized in relation to these investments for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015.

2021.


GAAP prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for use in connection with the obligation of a company to recognize, measure, present, and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the Company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. As of December 31, 2017,2023 and 2022, the Company had $33.7$42 million and $40 million of unrecognized gross tax benefits.benefits, respectively. Gross tax benefits do not reflect the federal tax effect associated with state tax amounts. The total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 20172023 and 2022 that would have affected the effective tax rate, if recognized, was $26.6 million.

$34 million and $32 million, respectively.

Interest and penalties (if any) related to the underpayment of income taxes are classified as a component of income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of OperationsIncome and Comprehensive Income (Loss).Income. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015,2021, the Company recognized income tax expense attributed to interest and penalties of $1.8$8 million $1.2, $4 million, and $1.1$4 million, respectively. Accrued interest and penalties on tax liabilities were $8.9$34 million and $6.9$26 million, respectively, at December 31, 20172023 and 2016.

2022.


The following table summarizes changes in the liability for unrecognized gross tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022, and 2015:

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016   2015 

Uncertain tax positions at beginning of year

  $33,487   $30,456   $24,779 

Additions for tax positions relating to current-year operations

   4,332    1,304    3,827 

Additions for tax positions relating to prior tax years

   1,398    1,997    2,935 

Subtractions for tax positions relating to prior tax years

   (5,101   (270   (963

Reductions in balance due to settlements

   (435   —      (122
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Uncertain tax positions at end of year

  $33,681   $33,487   $30,456 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2021:


December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Uncertain tax positions at beginning of year$40 $39 $38 
Additions for tax positions relating to current-year operations
Additions for tax positions relating to prior tax years— 
Subtractions for tax positions relating to prior tax years(1)— (2)
Uncertain tax positions at end of year$42 $40 $39 

The Company and its subsidiaries have filed tax returns in many states. The following are the more significant tax filings that are open for examination:

Federal tax filings for tax years 20142019 through the present;

New York State tax filings for tax years 2010 through the present;

New York City tax filings for tax years 2011 through the present; and

New Jersey tax filings for tax years 20132018 through the present.


In addition to other state audits, the Company is currently under examination by the following taxing jurisdictions of significance to the Company:

Federal 2019-2020
New York State for the tax years 2010 through 2014;2016; and

New York City for the tax years 2011 and 2012.2014.


It is reasonably possible that there will be developments within the next twelve months that would necessitate an adjustment to the balance of unrecognized tax benefits, including decreases of up to $20$21 million due to completion of tax authorities’ exams and the expiration of statutes of limitations.

As a savings institution, the Community

The Bank is subject to a special federal tax provision regarding its frozen tax bad debt reserve. At December 31, 2017,2023, the Community Bank’s federal tax bad debt base-year reserve was $61.5$62 million, with a related federal deferred tax liability of $12.9 $13 million, which has not been recognized since the Community Bank does not expect that this reserve will become taxable in the foreseeable future. Events that would result in taxation of this reserve include redemptions of the Community Bank’s stock or certain excess distributions by the Community Bank to the Company.

NOTE 10: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Pledged Assets

The Company pledges securities to serve as collateral for its repurchase agreements, among other purposes.



121


Note 14 - Stock-Related Benefits Plans

Stock Based Compensation

At December 31, 2017, the Company had pledged available for sale mortgage-related securities and other securities with carrying values of $917.2 million and $346.0 million, respectively. At December 31, 2016, the Company had pledged mortgage-related securities and other securities held to maturity with carrying values of $1.6 billion and $346.7 million, respectively. In addition, the Company had $30.1 billion and $29.4 billion of loans pledged to theFHLB-NY to serve as collateral for its wholesale borrowings at the respective year-ends.

Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had commitments to originate loans, including unused lines of credit, of $1.9 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively. The majority of the outstanding loan commitments at those dates were expected to close within 90 days. In addition, the Company had commitments to originate letters of credit totaling $339.4 million and $324.3 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

The following table summarizes the Company’soff-balance sheet commitments to originate loans and letters of credit at December 31, 2017:

(in thousands) 

Mortgage Loan Commitments:

 

Multi-family and commercial real estate

  $377,782 

One-to-four family

   3,819 

Acquisition, development, and construction

   239,504 
  

 

 

 

Total mortgage loan commitments

  $621,105 

Other loan commitments

   1,314,170 
  

 

 

 

Total loan commitments

  $1,935,275 

Commercial, performancestand-by, and financialstand-by letters of credit

   339,403 
  

 

 

 

Total commitments

  $2,274,678 
  

 

 

 

Lease Commitments

At December 31, 2017, the Company was obligated under variousnon-cancelable operating lease and license agreements with renewal options on properties used primarily for branch operations. The Company currently expects to renew such agreements upon their expiration in the normal course of business. The agreements contain periodic escalation clauses that provide for increases in the annual rents, commencing at various times during the lives of the agreements, which are primarily based on increases in real estate taxes andcost-of-living indices. The remaining projected minimum annual rental commitments under these agreements, exclusive of taxes and other charges, are summarized as follows:

(in thousands) 

2018

  $29,786 

2019

   26,425 

2020

   20,211 

2021

   16,523 

2022 and thereafter

   66,555 
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future rentals

  $159,500 
  

 

 

 

The rental expense under these leases, which is included in “Occupancy and equipment expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss), amounted to $33.2 million, $32.6 million, and $32.8 million, respectively, in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015. Rental income on Company-owned properties, netted in occupancy and equipment expense, was approximately $9.5 million, $7.1 million, and $3.7 million in the corresponding periods. There was no minimum future rental income undernon-cancelablesub-lease agreements at December 31, 2017.

Financial Guarantees

The Company provides guarantees and indemnifications to its customers to enable them to complete a variety of business transactions and to enhance their credit standings. These guarantees are recorded at their respective fair values in “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The Company deems the fair value of the guarantees to equal the consideration received.

The following table summarizes the Company’s guarantees and indemnifications at December 31, 2017:

(in thousands)  Expires
Within One
Year
   Expires
After One
Year
   Total
Outstanding
Amount
   Maximum Potential
Amount of
Future Payments
 

Financialstand-by letters of credit

  $19,996   $55,202   $75,198   $267,174 

Performancestand-by letters of credit

   5,786    —      5,786    5,775 

Commercial letters of credit

   3,063    209    3,272    66,454 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total letters of credit

  $28,845   $55,411   $84,256   $339,403 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The maximum potential amount of future payments represents the notional amounts that could be funded under the guarantees and indemnifications if there were a total default by the guaranteed parties or if indemnification provisions were triggered, as applicable, without consideration of possible recoveries under recourse provisions or from collateral held or pledged.

The Company collects fees upon the issuance of commercial andstand-by letters of credit. Fees forstand-by letters of credit fees are initially recorded by the Company as a liability, and are recognized as income periodically through the respective expiration dates. Fees for commercial letters of credit are collected and recognized as income at the time that they are issued and upon payment of each set of documents presented. In addition, the Company requires adequate collateral, typically in the form of cash, real property, and/or personal guarantees upon its issuance of IrrevocableStand-by Letters of Credit. Commercial letters of credit are primarily secured by the goods being purchased in the underlying transaction and are also personally guaranteed by the owner(s) of the applicant company.

At December 31, 2017, the Company had commitments to purchase GNMA securities of $29.4 million.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of its business. All such actions in the aggregate involve amounts that are believed by management to be immaterial to the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

NOTE 11: INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is tested for impairment, rather than amortized, at the reporting unit level, at least once a year. There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2016. Goodwill totaled $2.4 billion at each of these dates.

Core Deposit Intangibles

CDI is a measure of the value of checking and savings deposits acquired in a business combination. As previously noted, the Company has recognized CDI stemming from its various business combinations with other banks and thrifts. The fair value of the CDI stemming from any given business combination is based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding acquired, relative to an alternative source of funding. CDI is amortized over the estimated useful lives of the existing deposit relationships acquired, but does not exceed 10 years. As of December 31, 2017, all CDI was fully amortized. For the year ended December 31, 2017, amortization expenses related to CDI totaled $208,000. The Company evaluates such identifiable intangibles for impairment when an indication of impairment exists. No impairment charges were required to be recorded in 2017, 2016, or 2015. If an impairment loss is determined to exist in the future, the loss will be recorded in“Non-interest expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the period in which such impairment is identified.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company records a separate servicing asset representing the right to service third-party loans. Such MSRs are initially recorded at their fair value as a component of the sale proceeds. The fair values of MSRs are based on an analysis of discounted cash flows that incorporates estimates of (1) market servicing costs, (2) market-based estimates of ancillary servicing revenue, (3) market-based prepayment rates, and (4) market profit margins.

MSRs are subsequently measured at either fair value or are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income. The Company elects one of those methods on a class basis. A class is determined based on (1) the availability of market inputs used in determining the fair value of servicing assets, and/or (2) the Company’s method for managing the risks of servicing assets.

The Company completed the sale of its mortgage banking business in the third quarter of 2017, and consequently sold substantially all of its mortgage servicing assets. Accordingly, the value of the MSR asset declined to $6.1 million at December 31, 2017, compared to $234.0 million at December 31, 2016. These balances consisted of two classes of MSRs for which the Company separately manages the economic risk: residential MSRs and participation MSRs (i.e., MSRs on loans sold through participations).

Residential MSRs are carried at fair value, and at December 31, 2017 reflected only loans sold through the FHLB’s Mortgage Partnership Finance Program, with changes in fair value recorded as a component ofnon-interest income in each period. MSRs do not trade in an active open market with readily observable prices. Accordingly, the Company utilizes a third-party valuation specialist to determine the fair value of its MSRs. This specialist determines fair value based on the present value of estimated future net servicing income cash flows, and incorporates assumptions that market participants would use to estimate fair value, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rates, default rates, refinance rates, servicing costs, escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, and ancillary income. The specialist and the Company evaluate, and periodically adjust, as necessary, these underlying inputs and assumptions to reflect market conditions and changes in the assumptions that a market participant would consider in valuing MSRs.

The collective amount of contractually specified servicing fees, late fees, and ancillary fees, which is recorded as “Mortgage banking income” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss), was $1.2 million and $1.3 million, and $941,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Participation MSRs are initially carried at fair value and are subsequently amortized and carried at the lower of their fair value or amortized amount. The amortization is recorded in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income, with impairment of those servicing assets evaluated through an assessment of their fair value via a discounted cash-flow method. The net carrying value is compared to the discounted estimated future net cash flows to determine whether adjustments should be made to carrying values or amortization schedules. Impairment of participation MSRs is recognized through a valuation allowance and a charge to current-period earnings if it is considered to be temporary, or through a direct write-down of the asset and a charge to current-period earnings if it is considered to be other than temporary. The predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans that are used to stratify the participation MSRs for measurement purposes generally include the (1) loan origination date, (2) loan rate, (3) loan type and size, (4) loan maturity date, and (5) geographic location. Changes in the carrying value of participation MSRs due to amortization or declines in fair value (i.e., impairment), if any, are reported in “Other income” in the period during which such changes occur. In the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, there was no impairment related to the Company’s participation MSRs.

The following table presents the changes in the balances of residential MSRs and participation MSRs for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

   For the Years Ended December 31, 
   2017   2016 
(in thousands)  Residential   Participation   Residential   Participation 

Carrying value, beginning of year

  $228,099   $5,862   $243,389   $4,345 

Additions

   18,054    710    45,588    3,774 

Sales

   (208,827   —      —      —   

Increase (decrease) in fair value:

        

Due to changes in interest rates

   (2,096   —      3,341    —   

Due to model assumption changes(1)

   —      —      (13,088   —   

Due to loan payoffs

   (22,610   —      (33,425   —   

Due to passage of time and other changes

   (9,891   —      (17,706   —   

Amortization

   —      (3,201   —      (2,257
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value, end of period

  $2,729   $3,371   $228,099   $5,862 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Represents changes in fair value driven by changes to the inputs to the valuation model related to assumed prepayment

speeds.

The following table presents the key assumptions used in calculating the fair value of the Company’s residential MSRs at the dates indicated:

   December 31, 
   2017  2016 

Expected weighted average life

   87 months   82 months 

Constant prepayment speed

   9.81  8.70

Discount rate

   12.00   10.05 

Primary mortgage rate to refinance

   4.02   4.11 

Cost to service (per loan per year):

   

Current

   $     70   $     64 

30-59 days or less delinquent

   220   214 

60-89 days delinquent

   370   364 

90-119 days delinquent

   470   464 

120 days or more delinquent

   870   864 

The increase in the constant prepayment speed was primarily attributable to an increase in the housing price index used by the Company’s third-party valuation specialist, suggesting that homebuyer demand has increased and newly created equity could lead to more refinancing.

Reflecting the sale of the mortgage banking business the total unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others declined to $3.7 billion at December 31, 2017 from $25.1 billion at December 31, 2016.

NOTE 12: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Retirement Plan

On April 1, 2002, three separate pension plans for employees of the former Queens County Savings Bank, the former CFS Bank, and the former Richmond County Savings Bank were merged and renamed the “New York Community Bancorp Retirement Plan” (the “Retirement Plan”). The pension plan for employees of the former Roslyn Savings Bank was merged into the Retirement Plan on September 30, 2004. The pension plan for employees of the former Atlantic Bank of New York was merged into the Retirement Plan on March 31, 2008.

The Retirement Plan covers substantially all employees who had attained minimum age, service, and employment status requirements prior to the date when the individual plans were frozen by the banks of origin. Once frozen, the individual plans ceased to accrue additional benefits, service, and compensation factors, and became closed to employees who would otherwise have met eligibility requirements after the “freeze” date.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Retirement Plan as of the dates indicated:

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016 

Change in Benefit Obligation:

    

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $146,429   $146,618 

Interest cost

   5,616    5,881 

Actuarial loss

   8,267    611 

Annuity payments

   (6,485   (6,473

Settlements

   (2,416   (208
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

  $151,411   $146,429 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in Plan Assets:

    

Fair value of assets at beginning of year

  $220,740   $211,888 

Actual return on plan assets

   22,297    15,533 

Contributions

   —      —   

Annuity payments

   (6,485   (6,473

Settlements

   (2,416   (208
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of assets at end of year

  $234,136   $220,740 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status (included in “Other assets”)

  $82,725   $74,311 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31:

    

Amortization of prior service cost

  $—     $—   

Amortization of actuarial loss

   (8,209   (9,050

Net actuarial loss arising during the year

   2,260    706 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss for the year(pre-tax)

  $(5,949  $(8,344
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss(pre-tax) not yet recognized in net periodic benefit cost at December 31:

    

Prior service cost

  $—     $—   

Actuarial loss, net

   73,591    79,541 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss(pre-tax)

  $73,591   $79,541 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In 2018, an estimated $7.2 million of unrecognized net actuarial loss for the Retirement Plan will be amortized from AOCL into net periodic benefit cost. The comparable amount recognized as net periodic benefit cost in 2017 was $8.2 million. No prior service cost will be amortized in 2018 and none was amortized in 2017. The discount rates used to determine the benefit obligation at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were 3.4% and 3.9%, respectively.

The discount rate reflects rates at which the benefit obligation could be effectively settled. To determine this rate, the Company considers rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments that are currently available and are expected to be available during the period until the pension benefits are paid. The expected future payments are discounted based on a portfolio of high-quality rated bonds (above-median AA curve) for which the Company relies on the Citigroup Pension Liability Index that is published as of the measurement date.

The components of net periodic pension credit were as follows for the years indicated:

   Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016   2015 

Components of net periodic pension credit:

      

Interest cost

  $5,616   $5,881   $6,063 

Expected return on plan assets

   (16,290   (15,627   (17,559

Amortization of net actuarial loss

   8,209    9,050    8,208 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension credit

  $(2,465  $(696  $(3,288
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table indicates the weighted average assumptions used in determining the net periodic benefit cost for the years indicated:

   Years Ended
December 31,
 
   2017  2016  2015 

Discount rate

   3.9  4.1  4.0

Expected rate of return on plan assets

   7.5   7.5   8.0 

As of December 31, 2017, Retirement Plan assets were invested in two diversified investment portfolios of the Pentegra Retirement Trust (the “Trust”) (formerly known as “RSI Retirement Trust”), a private placement investment fund.

The Company (in this context, the “Plan Sponsor”) chooses the specific asset allocation for the Retirement Plan within the parameters set forth in the Trust’s Investment Policy Statement. The long-term investment objectives are to maintain the Retirement Plan’s assets at a level that will sufficiently cover the Plan Sponsor’s long-term obligations, and to generate a return on those assets that will meet or exceed the rate at which the Plan Sponsor’s long-term obligations will grow.

The Retirement Plan allocates its assets in accordance with the following targets:

To hold 55% of its assets in equity securities via investment in the Trust’s Long-Term Growth—Equity (“LTGE”) Portfolio, a diversified portfolio that invests in a number of actively and passively managed equity mutual funds and collective trusts in order to diversify within U.S. andnon-U.S. equity markets;

To hold 44% of its assets in intermediate-term investment-grade bonds via investment in the Trust’s Long-Term Growth—Fixed Income (“LTGFI”) Portfolio, a diversified portfolio that invests in a number of fixed-income mutual funds and collective investment trusts, primarily including intermediate-term bond funds with a focus on U.S. investment grade securities and opportunistic allocations to below-investment grade andnon-U.S. investments; and

To hold 1% of its assets in a cash-equivalent portfolio for liquidity purposes.

In addition, the Retirement Plan holds Company shares, the value of which is approximately equal to 11% of the assets that are held by the Trust.

The LTGE and LTGFI portfolios are designed to provide long-term growth of equity and fixed-income assets with the objective of achieving an investment return in excess of the cost of funding the active life, deferred vesting, and all30-year term and longer obligations of retired lives in the Trust. Risk and volatility are further managed in accordance with the distinct investment objectives of the Trust’s respective portfolios.

The following table presents information about the fair value measurements of the investments held by the Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2017:

(in thousands)  Total   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Equity:

        

Large-cap value(1)

   $  20,959    $      —      $  20,959    $—   

Large-cap growth(2)

   21,825    —      21,825    —   

Large-cap core(3)

   14,512    —      14,512    —   

Mid-cap value(4)

   4,668    —      4,668    —   

Mid-cap growth(5)

   4,422    —      4,422    —   

Mid-cap core(6)

   4,744    —      4,744    —   

Small-cap value(7)

   3,530    —      3,530    —   

Small-cap growth(8)

   3,353    —      3,353    —   

Small-cap core(9)

   6,908    —      6,908    —   

International equity(10)

   28,113    —      28,113    —   

Fixed Income Funds:

         —   

Fixed Income – U.S. Core(11)

   68,928    —      68,928    —   

Intermediate duration(12)

   23,046    —      23,046    —   

Equity Securities:

         —   

Company common stock

   24,865    24,865    —      —   

Cash Equivalents:

         —   

Money market*

   4,263    1,063    3,200    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $234,136    $25,928    $208,208    $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

*Includes cash equivalent investments in equity and fixed income strategies.
(1)This category containslarge-cap stocks with above-average yield. The portfolio typically holds between 60 and 70 stocks.
(2)This category seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in large growth companies based in the U.S.
(3)This fund tracks the performance of the S&P 500 Index by purchasing the securities represented in the Index in approximately the same weightings as the Index.
(4)This category employs an indexing investment approach designed to track the performance of the CRSP USMid-Cap Value Index.
(5)This category employs an indexing investment approach designed to track the performance of the CRSP USMid-Cap Growth Index.
(6)This category seeks to track the performance of the S&P Midcap 400 Index.
(7)This category consists of a selection of investments based on the Russell 2000 Value Index.
(8)This category consists of a selection of investments based on the Russell 2000 Growth Index.
(9)This category consists of an index fund designed to track the Russell 2000, along with a fund investing in readily marketable securities of U.S. companies with market capitalizations within the smallest 10% of the market universe, or smaller than the 1000th largest US company.
(10)This category has investments in medium to largenon-US companies, including high quality, durable growth companies and companies based in countries with stable economic and political systems. A portion of this category consists of an index fund designed to track the MSC ACWIex-US Net Dividend Return Index.
(11)This category currently includes equal investments in three mutual funds, two of which usually hold at least 80% of fund assets in investment grade fixed income securities, seeking to outperform the Barclays US Aggregate Bond Index while maintaining a similar duration to that index. The third fund targets investments of 50% or more in mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the US government and its agencies.
(12)This category consists of a mutual fund which invest in a diversified portfolio of high-quality bonds and other fixed income securities, including U.S. Government obligations, mortgage-related and asset backed securities, corporate and municipal bonds, CMOs, and other securities mostly rated A or better.

Current Asset Allocation

The asset allocations for the Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

   At December 31, 
   2017  2016 

Equity securities

   59  56

Debt securities

   39   43 

Cash equivalents

   2   1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   100  100
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Determination of Long-Term Rate of Return

The long-term rate of return on Retirement Plan assets assumption was based on historical returns earned by equities and fixed income securities, and adjusted to reflect expectations of future returns as applied to the Retirement Plan’s target allocation of asset classes. Equities and fixed income securities were assumed to earn long-term rates of return in the ranges of 6% to 9% and 3% to 5%, respectively, with an assumed long-term inflation rate of 2.5% reflected within these ranges. When these overall return expectations are applied to the Retirement Plan’s target allocations, the result is an expected rate of return of 5% to 7%.

Expected Contributions

The Company does not expect to contribute to the Retirement Plan in 2018.

Expected Future Annuity Payments

The following annuity payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid by the Retirement Plan during the years indicated:

(in thousands)    

2018

  $7,153 

2019

   7,301 

2020

   7,371 

2021

   7,513 

2022

   7,565 

2023 and thereafter

   39,930 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $76,833 
  

 

 

 

Qualified Savings Plan

The Company maintains a defined contribution qualified savings plan in which all full-time employees are able to participate after three months of service and having attained age 21. No matching contributions are made by the Company to this plan.

Post-Retirement Health and Welfare Benefits

The Company offers certain post-retirement benefits, including medical, dental, and life insurance (the “Health & Welfare Plan”) to retired employees, depending on age and years of service at the time of retirement. The costs of such benefits are accrued during the years that an employee renders the necessary service.

The Health & Welfare Plan is an unfunded plan and is not expected to hold assets for investment at any time. Any contributions made to the Health & Welfare Plan are used to immediately pay plan premiums and claims as they come due.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Health & Welfare Plan as of the dates indicated:

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016 

Change in benefit obligation:

    

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $16,294   $17,280 

Service cost

   —      5 

Interest cost

   577    639 

Actuarial loss (gain)

   517    (673

Premiums and claims paid

   (1,039   (957
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

  $16,349   $16,294 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

    

Fair value of assets at beginning of year

  $—     $—   

Employer contribution

   1,039    957 

Premiums and claims paid

   (1,039   (957
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of assets at end of year

  $—     $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status (included in “Other liabilities”)

  $(16,349  $(16,294
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income for the year ended December 31:

    

Amortization of prior service cost

  $249   $249 

Amortization of actuarial gain

   (274   (326

Net actuarial loss (gain) arising during the year

   517    (673
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss for the year(pre-tax)

  $492   $(750
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss(pre-tax) not yet recognized in net periodic benefit cost at December 31:

    

Prior service cost

  $(1,034  $(1,283

Actuarial loss, net

   5,380    5,137 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss(pre-tax)

  $4,346   $3,854 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The discount rates used in the preceding table were 3.3% and 3.7%, respectively, at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

The estimated net actuarial loss and the prior service liability that will be amortized from AOCL into net periodic benefit cost in 2018 are $309,000 and $249,000, respectively.

The following table presents the components of net periodic benefit cost for the years indicated:

   Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016   2015 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost:

      

Service cost

  $—     $5   $4 

Interest cost

   577    639    700 

Amortization of past-service liability

   (249   (249   (249

Amortization of net actuarial loss

   274    326    383 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

  $602   $721   $838 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used in determining the net periodic benefit cost for the years indicated:

   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 

Discount rate

   3.7  3.8  4.0

Current medical trend rate

   6.5   6.5   6.5 

Ultimate trend rate

   5.0   5.0   5.0 

Year when ultimate trend rate will be reached

   2023   2022   2018 

Had the assumed medical trend rate at December 31, 2017 increased by 1% for each future year, the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation at that date would have increased by $736,000, and the aggregate of the benefits earned and the interest components of 2017 net post-retirement benefit cost would each have increased by $28,000. Had the assumed medical trend rate decreased by 1% for each future year, the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2017 would have declined by $623,000, and the aggregate of the benefits earned and the interest components of 2017 net post-retirement benefit cost would each have declined by $24,000.

Expected Contributions

The Company expects to contribute $1.3 million to the Health & Welfare Plan to pay premiums and claims in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018.

Expected Future Payments for Premiums and Claims

The following amounts are currently expected to be paid for premiums and claims during the years indicated under the Health & Welfare Plan:

(in thousands)    

2018

  $1,328 

2019

   1,288 

2020

   1,252 

2021

   1,213 

2022

   1,167 

2023 and thereafter

   5,171 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $11,419 
  

 

 

 

NOTE 13: STOCK-RELATED BENEFIT PLANS

New York Community Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan

All full-time employees who have attained 21 years of age and have completed twelve consecutive months of credited service are eligible to participate in the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), with benefits vesting on asix-year basis, starting with 20% in the second year of employment and continuing in 20% increments in each successive year. Benefits are payable upon death, retirement, disability, or separation from service, and may be paid in stock. However, in the event of a change in control, as defined in the ESOP, any unvested portion of benefits shall vest immediately.

In 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Company allocated 695,675, 617,031, and 552,829 shares, respectively, to participants in the ESOP. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Company recorded ESOP-related compensation expense of $9.2 million, $9.8 million, and $9.2 million, respectively.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

In 1993, the Community Bank established a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”), which provided additional unfunded,non-qualified benefits to certain participants in the ESOP in the form of Company common stock. The SERP was frozen in 1999. Trust-held assets, consisting entirely of Company common stock, amounted to 1,819,985 and 1,729,319 shares, respectively, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, including shares purchased through dividend reinvestment. The cost of these shares is reflected as a reduction ofpaid-in capital in excess of par in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

Stock Incentive and Stock Option Plans

At December 31, 2017,2023, the Company had a total of 7,135,07116,143,893 shares available for grants as options, restricted stock, options, or other forms of related rights under the New York Community2020 Incentive Plan, which includes the remaining shares available, converted at the merger conversion factor from the legacy Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. 20122016 Stock Incentive Plan ( “2012 Stock Incentive Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders at its Annual Meeting on June 7, 2012.Plan. The Company granted 2,956,2499,995,495 shares of restricted stock, with an average fair value of $15.16$10.24 per share on the date of grant, during the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2017. During 2016 and 2015, the Company granted 2,805,652 shares and 2,352,641 shares, respectively, of restricted stock, which had average fair values of $15.21 and $15.83 per share on the respective grant dates. 2023.


The shares of restricted stock that were granted during the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023 and 20152022, vest over a period ofone to five years.years period. Compensation and benefits expense related to the restricted stockRSAs grants is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period and totaled $36.0$44 million, $32.7$25 million and $30.2$27 million respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2023, 2022 and 2015.

2021.


The following table provides a summary of activity with regard to restricted stock awards in the year ended December 31, 2017:

   For the Year Ended December 31, 2017 
   Number of Shares   Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested at beginning of year

   6,930,306    15.37 

Granted

   2,956,249    15.16 

Vested

   (3,867,828   15.19 

Cancelled

   (444,560   15.55 
  

 

 

   

Unvested at end of year

   5,574,167    15.38 
  

 

 

   

(RSAs):


Year Ended December 31, 2023
Number of SharesWeighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Unvested at beginning of year9,576,602$10.92 
Granted9,995,49510.24 
Vested(3,105,582)10.99 
Forfeited(1,292,574)10.62 
Unvested at end of period15,173,941$10.49 


As of December 31, 2017,2023, unrecognized compensation cost relating to unvested restricted stock totaled $78.7$119 million. This amount will be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 3.12.7 years.

NOTE 14: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following table provides a summary of activity with regard to Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units ("PSUs") in the year ended December 31, 2023:

Number of
Shares
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Performance
Period
Expected
Vesting
Date
Outstanding at beginning of year794,984$10.73 
Granted566,6568.95 
Released(143,352)10.34 
Forfeited— 
Outstanding at end of period1,218,2889.95 January 1, 2022 - December 31, 2025March 31, 2023 - 2026

PSUs are subject to adjustment or forfeiture, based upon the achievement by the Company of certain performance standards. Compensation and benefits expense related to PSUs is recognized using the fair value as of the date the units were approved, on a straight-line basis over the vesting period and totaled $4 million, $3 million and $5 million for the for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. As of December 31, 2023, unrecognized compensation cost relating to unvested restricted stock totaled $5 million. This amount will be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 1.53 years. As of December 31, 2023, the Company believes it is probable that the performance conditions will be met.

Forfeitures of RSAs and PSUs are accounted for as they occur.
Note 15 - Derivative and Hedging Activities

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposure to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate and liquidity risks, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities and, the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates.

122



Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The Company's policy is to present our derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Condition on a gross basis, even when provisions allowing for set-off are in place. However, for derivative contracts cleared through certain central clearing parties, variation margin payments are recognized as settlements. We are exposed to non-performance risk by the counterparties to our various derivative financial instruments. A majority of our derivatives are centrally cleared through a Central Counterparty Clearing House or consist of residential mortgage interest rate lock commitments further limiting our exposure to non-performance risk. We believe that the non-performance risk inherent in our remaining derivative contracts is minimal based on credit standards and the collateral provisions of the derivative agreements.

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments. The Company maintains a derivative portfolio of interest rate swaps, foreign currency swaps, futures, swaptions and forward commitments used to manage exposure to changes in interest rates and MSR asset values and to meet the needs of customers. The Company also enters into interest rate lock commitments, which are commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. Market risk on interest rate lock commitments and mortgage LHFS is managed using corresponding forward sale commitments and US Treasury futures. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments. The Company has designated certain interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges on overnight SOFR-based variable interest payments on federal home loan bank advances. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income on the Consolidated Statements of Condition and reclassified into interest expense in the same period in which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. At December 31, 2023, the Company had $10 million (net-of-tax) of unrealized gains on derivatives classified as cash flow hedges recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The Company had $52 million (net-of-tax) of unrealized gains on derivatives classified as cash flow hedges recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2022.
Derivatives that are designated in hedging relationships are assessed for effectiveness using regression analysis at inception and qualitatively thereafter, unless regression analysis is deemed necessary. All designated hedge relationships were, and are expected to be, highly effective as of December 31, 2023.

Fair Value of Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its fixed-rate assets due to changes in interest rates. The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to changes in fair value on these instruments attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate. Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involve the payment of fixed-rate amounts to a counterparty in exchange for the Company receiving variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount. Such derivatives were used to hedge the changes in fair value of certain of its pools of prepayable fixed rate assets. For derivatives designated and that qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in interest income.

The Company has interest rate swaps with a notional amounts of $2.0 billion to hedge certain multi-family loans using the portfolio layer method. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the floating rate received related to the net settlement of these interest rate swaps was greater than the fixed rate payments. As such, interest income from loans and leases in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income was increased by $24 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and decreased by $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, respectively.

The fair value basis adjustment on our hedged real estate loans is included in loans and leases held for investment on our Consolidated Statements of Condition. The carrying amount of our hedged loans was $6.1 billion at December 31, 2023, of which unrealized gains of $9 million were due to the fair value hedge relationship. We have designated $2.0 billion of this portfolio of loans in a hedging relationship as of December 31, 2023.

123


The following tables set forth information regarding the Company’s derivative financial instruments:

December 31, 2023
Fair Value
(in millions)Notional AmountOther AssetsOther LiabilitiesExpiration Dates
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances$5,500 $— $2025-2028
Total5,500 — 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps on multi-family loans held for investment$2,000 $— $2025-2027
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Mortgage-backed securities forwards$1,012 $11 $— 2024
Rate lock commitments1,490 12 — 2024
Interest rate swaps and swaptions5,431 115 — 2024-2041
Total$7,933 $138 $— 
Liabilities
Futures$2,235 $— $2024
Mortgage-backed securities forwards1,048 $— 32 2024
Rate lock commitments772024
Interest rate swaps and swaptions2,72059 2024-2054
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments$6,080 $— $95 

December 31, 2022
Fair Value
(in millions)Notional AmountOther AssetsOther LiabilitiesExpiration Date
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps$3,750 $$— 2023-2027
Total3,750 — 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Futures$1,205 $$— 2023
Mortgage-backed securities forwards1,065362023
Rate lock commitments1,53992023
Interest rate swaps and swaptions7,5941822023-2032
Total$11,403 $229 $— 
Liabilities
Mortgage-backed securities forwards$739 $— $61 2023
Rate lock commitments527102023
Interest rate swaps and swaptions2,445652023-2053
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments$3,711 $— $136 



124


The following table presents the derivatives subject to a master netting agreement, including the cash pledged as collateral:

December 31, 2023
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statements of Condition
(in millions)Gross AmountGross Amounts Netted in the Statements of ConditionNet Amount Presented in the Statements of ConditionFinancial InstrumentsCash Collateral Pledged (Received)
Derivatives designated hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances$$— $$— $75 
Interest rate swaps on multi-family loans held for investment(1)
$$— $$— $27 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Mortgage-backed securities forwards$11 $— $11 $— $(1)
Interest rate swaptions115 — 115 — (34)
Total derivative assets$126 $— $126 $— $(35)
Liabilities
Futures$$— $$— $
Mortgage-backed securities forwards32 — 32 — 57 
Interest rate swaps (1)
59 — 59 — 42 
Total derivative liabilities$92 $— $92 $— $102 
(1)Variation margin pledged to, or received from, a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior days fair value of open positions is considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes.

The following table presents the derivatives subject to a master netting agreement, including the cash pledged as collateral:

December 31, 2022
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statements of Condition
(in millions)Gross AmountGross Amounts Netted in the Statements of ConditionNet Amount Presented in the Statements of ConditionFinancial InstrumentsCash Collateral Pledged (Received)
Derivatives designated hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances$$— $$$27 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Mortgage-backed securities forwards$36 $— $36 $— $(9)
Interest rate swaptions182 — 182 — (36)
Futures
Total derivative assets$220 $— $220 $— $(44)
Liabilities
Mortgage-backed securities forwards$61 $— $61 $— $54 
Interest rate swaps (1)
65 — 65 — 29 
Total derivative liabilities$126 $— $126 $— $83 
(1)Variation margin pledged to, or received from, a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior days fair value of open positions is considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of amounts subject to variability caused by changes in interest rates from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges are initially recorded in other comprehensive income and are subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction affects earnings.


125


Interest rate swaps with notional amounts totaling $5.5 billion and $3.8 billion as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, were designated as cash flow hedges of certain FHLB borrowings.

The following table presents the effect of the Company’s cash flow derivative instruments on AOCL:

For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in AOCL$$88 $
Amount of reclassified from AOCL to interest expense$(65)$(4)$25 

Amounts reported in AOCL related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate borrowings. During the next twelve months, additional interest expense reduction of $98 million is expected to be reclassified out of AOCL.

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

The following table presents the net gain (loss) recognized in income on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments, net of the impact of offsetting positions:

For the Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)20232022
Derivatives not designated as hedging instrumentsLocation of Gain (Loss)
FuturesNet return on mortgage servicing rights$$(1)
Interest rate swaps and swaptionsNet return on mortgage servicing rights(34)(11)
Mortgage-backed securities forwardsNet return on mortgage servicing rights(15)(4)
Rate lock commitments and US Treasury futuresNet gain on loan sales28 
Forward commitmentsOther noninterest income— (1)
Interest rate swaps (1)
Other non-interest income(1)— 
Total derivative (loss) gain$(47)$11 
(1) Includes customer-initiated commercial interest rate swaps.

Note 16 - Intangible Assets

Goodwill

We record goodwill in our consolidated statements of condition in connection with certain of our business combinations. Goodwill, which is tested at least annually for impairment, refers to the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of an acquired company’s assets, net of the liabilities assumed. As of December 31, 2023, the Company identified a triggering event and applied a market approach using the end of day stock price. We evaluated those conditions known and knowable by the company and how a market participant would view the control premium as confirmed by the subsequent confirming market evidence. This adjusted market capitalization was then compared to the carrying value to determine the extent of the shortfall which was calculated to be in excess of the goodwill balance. The Company’s assessment concluded that goodwill from historical transactions (2007 and prior) was fully impaired as of December 31, 2023. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of the entire goodwill balance of $2.4 billion.

Goodwill and related changes in the carrying amount during the year ended December 31, 2023 are as follows:

(in millions)Gross Carrying Amount
Balance at December 31, 2022$2,426 
Impairment(2,426)
Balance at December 31, 2023$— 


126


Finite-lived Intangible Assets

As a result of the Signature Transaction, the Company recorded $464 million of core deposit intangible and other intangible assets that are amortizable.

At December 31, 2023, intangible assets consisted of the following:

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
(in millions)Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying ValueGross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying Value
Core deposit intangible$700 $(113)$587 $250 $(4)$246 
Other intangible assets56(18)3842(1)41
Total other intangible assets$756 $(131)$625 $292 $(5)$287 

As of December 31, 2023 the weighted average amortization period for core deposit intangible and other intangible assets is 10 years and 5.1 years, respectively.

The estimated amortization expense of CDI and other intangible assets for the next five years is as follows:

(in millions)Amortization Expense
2024$132 
2025107 
202694 
202781 
202868 
Total$482 

Note 17 - Capital

The Bank is subject to regulation, examination, and supervision by the OCC and the Federal Reserve (the “Regulators”). The Bank is also governed by numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991, which established five categories of capital adequacy ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Such classifications are used by the FDIC to determine various matters, including prompt corrective action and each institution’s FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to the Regulators’ qualitative judgments about the components of capital and risk weightings, among other factors.

The quantitative measures established to ensure capital adequacy require that banks maintain minimum amounts and ratios of leverage capital to average assets and of common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital, and total capital to risk-weighted assets (as such measures are defined in the regulations). At December 31, 2023, our capital measures continued to exceed the minimum federal requirements for a bank holding company and for a bank. The following tables sets forth our common equity tier 1, tier 1 risk-based, total risk-based, and leverage capital amounts and ratios on a consolidated basis and for the Bank on a stand-alone basis, as well as the respective minimum regulatory capital requirements, at that date:

The following table presents the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company:

Risk-Based Capital
December 31, 2023Common Equity Tier 1Tier 1TotalLeverage Capital
(dollars in millions)AmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatio
Total capital$8,009 9.05 %$8,512 9.62 %$10,415 11.77 %$8,512 7.75 %
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,983 4.50 5,310 6.00 7,081 8.00 4,392 4.00 
Excess$4,026 4.55 %$3,202 3.62 %$3,334 3.77 %$4,120 3.75 %
December 31, 2022
Total capital$6,335 9.06 %$6,838 9.78 %$8,154 11.66 %$6,838 9.70 %
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,146 4.50 4,195 6.00 5,593 8.00 2,819 4.00 
Excess$3,189 4.56 %$2,643 3.78 %$2,561 3.66 %$4,019 5.70 %

127



The following table presents the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Bank:

Risk-Based Capital
December 31, 2023Common Equity Tier 1Tier 1TotalLeverage Capital
(dollars in millions)AmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatio
Total capital$9,305 10.52 %$9,305 10.52 %$10,271 11.61 %$9,305 8.48 %
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,980 4.50 5,307 6.00 7,076 8.00 4,389 4.00 
Excess$5,325 6.02 %$3,998 4.52 %$3,195 3.61 %$4,916 4.48 %
December 31, 2022
Total capital$7,653 10.96 %$7,653 10.96 %$7,982 11.43 %$7,653 10.87 %
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,142 4.50 4,189 6.00 5,585 8.00 2,817 4.00 
Excess$4,511 6.46 %$3,464 4.96 %$2,397 3.43 %$4,836 6.87 %

At December 31, 2023, our total risk-based capital ratio exceeded the minimum requirement for capital adequacy purposes by 377 basis points and the fully phased-in capital conservation buffer by 127 basis points.

The Bank also exceeded the minimum capital requirements to be categorized as “Well Capitalized.” To be categorized as well capitalized, a bank must maintain a minimum common equity tier 1 ratio of 6.50 percent; a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent; a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10 percent; and a minimum leverage capital ratio of 5 percent.

Preferred Stock

On March 17, 2017, the Company issued 20,600,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of the Company’s Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series A Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, with a liquidation preference of $1.00 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share). Dividends will accrue on the depositary shares at a fixed rate equal to 6.375 percent per annum until March 17, 2027, and a floating rate equal to Three-month LIBOR plus 382.1 basis points per annum beginning on March 17, 2027. Dividends will be payable in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17, and December 17 of each year, which commenced on June 17, 2017.
Treasury Stock Repurchases

On October 23, 2018, the Board of Directors approved the repurchase of up to $300 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has repurchased a total of 30 million shares at an average price of $9.61 or an aggregate purchase of $286 million. The Company had no repurchases during 2023. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company repurchased 871,710 shares, at a cost of $8 million.

Note 18 - Fair Value Measures

GAAP sets forth a definition of fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value, and requires disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring ornon-recurring basis. GAAP also clarifies that fair value is an “exit” price, representing the amount that would be received when selling an asset, or paid when transferring a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair value is thus a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:


Level 1 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 – Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability.


128


A financial instrument’s categorization within this valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following tables present assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 20172023 and 2016,December 31, 2022, and that were included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition at those dates:

   Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2017 
(in thousands)  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   Netting
Adjustments(1)
   Total
Fair Value
 

Assets:

          

Mortgage-Related Securities Available for Sale:

          

GSE certificates

  $—     $2,068,842   $—     $—     $2,068,842 

GES CMOs

     549,904        549,904 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage-related securities

  $—     $2,618,746   $—     $—     $2,618,746 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Securities Available for Sale:

          

U. S. Treasury Obligations

  $199,898   $—     $—     $—     $199,898 

GSE debentures

   —      473,258    —      —      473,258 

Corporate bonds

   —      90,775    —      —      90,775 

Municipal bonds

   —      70,120    —      —      70,120 

Capital trust notes

   —      46,096    —      —      46,096 

Preferred stock

   15,434    —      —      —      15,434 

Mutual funds and common stock

   —      17,100    —      —      17,100 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other securities

  $215,332   $697,349   $—     $—     $912,681 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

  $215,332   $3,316,095   $—     $—     $3,531,427 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Assets:

          

Loans held for sale

  $—     $35,258   $—     $—     $35,258 

Mortgage servicing rights

   —      —      2,729    —      2,729 

The Company had no liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017.

   Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016 
(in thousands)  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   Netting
Adjustments(1)
  Total
Fair Value
 

Assets:

       

Mortgage-Related Securities Available for Sale:

       

GSE certificates

  $—    $7,326  $—     $—    $7,326 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total mortgage-related securities

  $—    $7,326  $—     $—    $7,326 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other Securities Available for Sale:

       

Municipal bonds

  $—    $631  $—     $—    $631 

Capital trust notes

   —     7,243   —      —     7,243 

Preferred stock

   42,724   29,260   —      —     71,984 

Mutual funds and common stock

   —     17,097   —      —     17,097 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other securities

  $42,724  $54,231  $—     $—    $96,955 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

  $42,724  $61,557  $—     $—    $104,281 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other Assets:

       

Loans held for sale

  $—    $409,152  $—     $—    $409,152 

Mortgage servicing rights

   —     —     228,099    —     228,099 

Interest rate lock commitments

   —     —     982    —     982 

Derivative assets-other(2)

   2,611   16,829   —      (17,861  1,579 

Liabilities:

       

Derivative liabilities

  $(6,009 $(17,719 $—     $16,588  $(7,140

(1)Includes cash collateral received from, and paid to, counterparties.
(2)Includes $1.9 million to purchase Treasury options.


December 31, 2023
(in millions)Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Netting AdjustmentsTotal Fair Value
Assets:
Mortgage-related Debt Securities Available for Sale:
GSE certificates$— $1,221 $— $— $1,221 
GSE CMOs— 5,162 — — 5,162 
Private Label CMOs— 148 32 — 180 
Total mortgage-related debt securities$— $6,531 $32 $— $6,563 
Other Debt Securities Available for Sale:
U. S. Treasury obligations$198 $— $— $— $198 
GSE debentures— 1,609 — — 1,609 
Asset-backed securities— 302 — — 302 
Municipal bonds— — — 
Corporate bonds— 343 — — 343 
Foreign notes— 34 — — 34 
Capital trust notes— 90 — — 90 
Total other debt securities$198 $2,384 $— $— $2,582 
Total debt securities available for sale$198 $8,915 $32 $— $9,145 
Equity securities:
Mutual funds and common stock— 14 — — 14 
Total equity securities— 14 — — 14 
Total securities$198 $8,929 $32 $— $9,159 
Loans held-for-sale
Residential first mortgage loans$— $770 $— $— $770 
Acquisition, development, and construction— 123 — — 123 
Commercial and industrial loans— — — — 
Derivative assets
Interest rate swaps and swaptions— 115 — — 115 
Futures— — — — — 
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)— — 12 — 12 
Mortgage-backed securities forwards— 11 — — 11 
Mortgage servicing rights— — 1,111 — 1,111 
Total assets at fair value$198 $9,957 $1,155 $— $11,310 
Derivative liabilities
Mortgage-backed securities forwards— 32 — — 32 
Futures— — — 
Interest rate swaps and swaptions— 59 — — 59 
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)— — — 
Total liabilities at fair value$— $92 $$— $95 




129



December 31, 2022
(in millions)Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Netting AdjustmentsTotal Fair Value
Assets:
Mortgage-related Debt Securities Available for Sale:
GSE certificates$— $1,297 $— $— $1,297 
GSE CMOs3,3013,301
Private Label CMOs191191
Total mortgage-related debt securities$— $4,789 $— $— $4,789 
Other Debt Securities Available for Sale:
U. S. Treasury obligations$1,487 $— $— $— $1,487 
GSE debentures1,3981,398
Asset-backed securities361361
Municipal bonds3030
Corporate bonds885885
Foreign notes2020
Capital trust notes9090
Total other debt securities$1,487 $2,784 $— $— $4,271 
Total debt securities available for sale$1,487 $7,573 $— $— $9,060 
Equity securities:
Mutual funds and common stock1414
Total equity securities1414
Total securities$1,487 $7,587 $— $— $9,074 
Loans held-for-sale
Residential first mortgage loans$— $1,115 $— $— $1,115 
Derivative assets
Interest rate swaps and swaptions— 182 — — 182 
Futures— — — 
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)— — — 
Mortgage-backed securities forwards— 36 — — 36 
Mortgage servicing rights— — 1,033 — 1,033 
Total assets at fair value$1,487 $8,922 $1,042 $— $11,451 
Derivative liabilities
Mortgage-backed securities forwards— 61 — — 61 
Interest rate swaps and swaptions— 65 — — 65 
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)— — 10 — 10 
Total liabilities at fair value$— $126 $10 $— $136 

The Company reviews and updates the fair value hierarchy classifications for its assets on a quarterly basis. Changes from one quarter to the next that are related to the observability of inputs for a fair value measurement may result in a reclassification from one hierarchy level to another.


A description of the methods and significant assumptions utilized in estimating the fair values ofavailable-for-sale securities follows:


Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include highly liquid government securities and exchange-traded securities, and derivatives.

securities.


If quoted market prices are not available for a specific security, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models. These pricing models primarily use market-based or independently sourced market parameters as inputs, including, but not limited to, yield curves, interest rates, equity or debt prices, and credit spreads. In addition to observable market information, models incorporate transaction details such as maturity and cash flow assumptions. Securities valued in this manner would generally be classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, and primarily include such instruments as mortgage-related and corporate debt securities.


130


Periodically, the Company uses fair values supplied by independent pricing services to corroborate the fair values derived from the pricing models. In addition, the Company reviews the fair values supplied by independent pricing services, as well as their underlying pricing methodologies, for reasonableness. The Company challenges pricing service valuations that appear to be unusual or unexpected.

The Company carries loans held for sale at fair value. The fair value of loans held for sale is primarily based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans. Changes in the fair value of these assets are largely driven by changes in interest rates subsequent to loan funding, and changes in the fair value of servicing associated with the mortgage loans held for sale. Loans held for sale are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

MSRs do not trade in an active open market with readily observable prices. The Company bases the fair value of its MSRs on the present value of estimated future net servicing income cash flows, utilizing a third-party valuation specialist. The specialist estimates future net servicing income cash flows with assumptions that market participants would use to estimate fair value, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rates, default rates, refinance rates, servicing costs, escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, and ancillary income. The Company periodically adjusts the underlying inputs and assumptions to reflect market conditions and assumptions that a market participant would consider in valuing the MSR asset. MSR fair value measurements use significant unobservable inputs and, accordingly, are classified within Level 3.

Exchange-traded derivatives that are valued using quoted prices are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. The majority of the Company’s derivative positions are valued using internally developed models that use readily observable market parameters as their basis. These are parameters that are actively quoted and can be validated by external sources, including industry pricing services. Where the types of derivative products have been in existence for some time, the Company uses models that are widely accepted in the financial services industry. These models reflect the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and market-based parameters such as interest rates, volatility, and the credit quality of the counterparty. Furthermore, many of these models do not contain a high level of subjectivity, as the methodologies used in the models do not require significant judgment, and inputs to the models are readily observable from actively quoted markets, as is the case for “plain vanilla” interest rate swaps and option contracts. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Derivatives that are valued based on models with significant unobservable market parameters, and that are normally traded less actively, have trade activity that isone-way, and/or are traded in less-developed markets, are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

The fair values of interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) for residential mortgage loans that the Company intends to sell are based on internally developed models. The key model inputs primarily include the sum of the value of the forward commitment based on the loans’ expected settlement dates and the projected values of the MSRs, loan level price adjustment factors, and historical IRLC closing ratios. The closing ratio is computed by the Company’s mortgage banking operation and is periodically reviewed by management for reasonableness. Such derivatives are classified as Level 3.


While the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate, and consistent with those of other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair values of certain financial instruments could result in different estimates of fair values at a reporting date.

Fair Value Option

Loans Held for Sale

The Company has elected the fair value option for its loans held for sale. These loans held for sale consist ofone-to-four family mortgage loans, none of which was 90 days or more past due at December 31, 2017. Prior to the sale of the mortgage banking business, management believed that the mortgage banking business operated on a short-term cycle. Therefore, in order to reflect the most relevant valuations for the key components of this business, and to reduce timing differences in amounts recognized in earnings, the Company has elected to record loans held for sale at fair value to match the recognition of IRLCs, MSRs, and derivatives, all of which are recorded at fair value in earnings. Fair value was based on independent quoted market prices of mortgage-backed securities comprised of loans with similar features to those of the Company’s loans held for sale, where available, and adjusted as necessary for such items as servicing value, guaranty fee premiums, and credit spread adjustments.

The following table reflects the difference between the fair value carrying amount of loans held for sale, for which the Company has elected the fair value option, and the unpaid principal balance:

   December 31, 2017   December 31, 2016 
(in thousands)  Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
   Aggregate
Unpaid
Principal
   Fair Value
Carrying Amount
Less Aggregate
Unpaid Principal
   Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
   Aggregate
Unpaid
Principal
   Fair Value
Carrying Amount
Less Aggregate
Unpaid Principal
 

Loans held for sale

  $35,258   $34,563   $695   $409,152   $408,928   $224 

Gains and Losses Included in Income for Assets Where the Fair Value Option Has Been Elected

The assets accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value. Gains and losses from the initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. The following table presents the changes in fair value related to initial measurement, and the subsequent changes in fair value included in earnings, for loans held for sale and MSRs for the periods indicated:

   (Loss) Gain Included in
Mortgage Banking Income
from Changes in Fair Value(1)
 
   For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016   2015 

Loans held for sale

  $899   $(5,616  $(472

Mortgage servicing rights

   (20,076   (27,453   (5,610
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (loss) gain

  $(19,177  $(33,069  $(6,082
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Does not include the effect of hedging activities, which is included in “Othernon-interest income.”

The Company has determined that there is no instrument-specific credit risk related to its loans held for sale, due to the short duration of such assets.

Changes in Level 3


Fair Value Measurements

Using Significant Unobservable Inputs


The following tables present, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016,include a roll-forwardroll forward of the balance sheetConsolidated Statements of Condition amounts (including changesthe change in fair value) for financial instruments classified inby us within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy:

(in thousands)  Fair Value
January 1,
2017
   

 

Total Realized/Unrealized
Gains/(Losses) Recorded in

   Issuances   Settlements  Transfers
to/(from)
Level 3
   Fair Value
at Dec. 31,
2017
   Change in
Unrealized
Gains/(Losses)
Related to
Instruments Held at
December 31, 2017
 
    Income/
(Loss)
  Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
          

Mortgage servicing rights

  $228,099   $(20,076 $—     $18,054   $(223,348 $—     $2,729   $(222

Interest rate lock commitments

   982    (982  —      —      —     —      —      —   
(in thousands)  Fair Value
January 1,
2016
   

 

Total Realized/Unrealized
Gains/(Losses) Recorded in

   Issuances   Settlements  Transfers
to/(from)
Level 3
   Fair Value
at Dec. 31,
2016
   Change in
Unrealized
Gains/(Losses)
Related to
Instruments Held at
December 31, 2016
 
    Income/
(Loss)
  Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
          

Mortgage servicing rights

  $243,389   $(27,453 $—     $45,588   $(33,425 $—     $228,099   $(27,453

Interest rate lock commitments

   2,526    (1,544  —      —      —     —      982    982 

The Company’s policy is


(dollars in millions)Balance at Beginning of YearTotal Gains / (Losses) Recorded in Earnings (1)Purchases / OriginationsSalesSettlementTransfers In (Out)Balance at End of Year
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Assets
Mortgage servicing rights (1)
$1,033 $(79)$208 $(51)$1,111 
Private Label CMOs— — — — — 32 32 
Rate lock commitments (net) (1)(2)
(1)(49)104 — — (45)
Totals$1,032 $(128)$312 $(51)$— $(13)$1,152 
(1)We utilized swaptions, futures, forward agency and loan sales and interest rate swaps to recognize transfers inmanage the risk associated with mortgage servicing rights and rate lock commitments. Gains and losses for individual lines do not reflect the effect of our risk management activities related to such Level 3 instruments.
(2)Rate lock commitments are reported on a fallout-adjusted basis. Transfers out of Levels 1, 2, andLevel 3 asrepresent the settlement value of the end ofcommitments that are transferred to LHFS, which are classified as Level 2 assets.

The following tables present the reporting period. There were no transfers in or out of Levels 1, 2, or 3 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 or 2016.

Forquantitative information about recurring Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basisfinancial instruments and the fair value measurements as of December 31, 2017, the significant unobservable2023:


Fair ValueValuation Technique
Unobservable Input (1)
Range
(Weighted Average)
(dollars in millions)
Assets
Mortgage servicing rights$1,111Discounted cash flowsOption adjusted spread5.0% - 21.7% 5.4%
Constant prepayment rate—% - 10.0% 7.9%
Weighted average cost to service per loan$65.0 - $90.0 $69.0
Private Label CMOs$32Discounted cash flowsConstant default rates0.10% - 0.30%
Weighted average life8.2 - 11.8
Rate lock commitments (net)$9Consensus pricingOrigination pull-through rate64.30%
(1)Unobservable inputs used in thewere weighted by their relative fair value measurements were as follows:

(dollars in thousands)  Fair Value at
Dec. 31, 2017
   Valuation Technique   

Significant Unobservable Inputs

  Significant
Unobservable
Input Value
 

Mortgage servicing rights

  $2,729    Discounted Cash Flow   Weighted Average Constant Prepayment Rate(1)   9.81
      Weighted Average Discount Rate   12.00 

(1)Represents annualized loan repayment rate assumptions.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s MSRs are the weighted average constant prepayment rate and the weighted average discount rate. Significant increases or decreases in either of those inputs in isolation could result in significantly lower or higher fair value measurements. Although the constant prepayment rate and the discount rate are not directly interrelated, they generally move in opposite directions.

instruments.


131


Assets Measured at Fair Value on aNon-Recurring Basis


Certain assets are measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis. Such instruments are subject to fair value adjustments under certain circumstances (e.g., when there is evidence of impairment). The following tables present assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis as of December 31, 20172023 and 2016,December 31, 2022, and that were included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition at those dates:

   Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2017 Using 
(in thousands)  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
   Total Fair
Value
 

Certain impaired loans(1)

  $—     $—     $45,837   $45,837 

Other assets(2)

   —      —      4,357    4,357 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $—     $—     $50,194   $50,194 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Represents the fair value of impaired loans, based on the value of the collateral.
(2)Represents the fair value of OREO, based on the appraised value of the collateral subsequent to its initial classification as OREO.

   Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016 Using 
(in thousands)  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
   Total Fair
Value
 

Certain impaired loans(1)

  $—     $—     $15,635   $15,635 

Other assets(2)

   —      —      5,684    5,684 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $—     $—     $21,319   $21,319 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(1)Represents the fair value of impaired loans, based on the value of the collateral.
(2)Represents the fair value of OREO, based on the appraised value of the collateral subsequent to its initial classification as OREO.


Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2023 Using
(in millions)Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)Total Fair Value
Certain impaired loans (1)
$— $— $197 $197 
Other assets(2)
— — 50 50 
Total$— $— $247 $247 
(1)Represents the fair value of impaired loans, based on the value of the collateral.
(2)Represents the fair value of repossessed assets, based on the appraised value of the collateral subsequent to its initial classification as repossessed assets and equity securities without readily determinable fair values. These equity securities are classified as Level 3 due to the infrequency of the observable prices and/or the restrictions on the shares.

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2022 Using
(in millions)Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)Total Fair Value
Certain impaired loans (1)
$— $— $28 $28 
Other assets(2)
— — 41 41 
Total$— $— $69 $69 
(1)Represents the fair value of impaired loans, based on the value of the collateral.
(2)Represents the fair value of repossessed assets, based on the appraised value of the collateral subsequent to its initial classification as repossessed assets and equity securities without readily determinable fair values. These equity securities are classified as Level 3 due to the infrequency of the observable prices and/or the restrictions on the shares.


The fair values of collateral-dependent impaired loans are determined using various valuation techniques, including consideration of appraised values and other pertinent real estate and other market data.


Other Fair Value Disclosures

GAAP requires


For the disclosure of fair value information about the Company’son- andoff-balance sheet financial instruments. Wheninstruments, when available, quoted market prices are used as the measure of fair value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on present-value estimates or other valuation techniques. Such fair values are significantly affected by the assumptions used, the timing of future cash flows, and the discount rate.


Because assumptions are inherently subjective in nature, estimated fair values cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent market quotes. Furthermore, in many cases, the estimated fair values provided would not necessarily be realized in an immediate sale or settlement of such instruments.


132


The following tables summarize the carrying values, estimated fair values, and fair value measurement levels of financial instruments that were not carried at fair value on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition at December 31, 20172023 and 2016:

   December 31, 2017 
           Fair Value Measurement Using 
(in thousands)  Carrying
Value
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Financial Assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

  $2,528,169   $2,528,169   $2,528,169  $—    $—   

FHLB stock(1)

   603,819    603,819    —     603,819   —   

Loans, net

   38,265,183    38,254,538    —     —     38,254,538 

Financial Liabilities:

        

Deposits

  $29,102,163   $29,044,852   $20,458,517(2)  $8,586,335(3)  $—   

Borrowed funds

   12,913,679    12,780,653    —     12,780,653   —   

(1)Carrying value and estimated fair value are at cost.
(2)Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts, savings accounts, andnon-interest-bearing accounts.
(3)Certificates of deposit.

   December 31, 2016 
           Fair Value Measurement Using 
(in thousands)  Carrying
Value
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Financial Assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

  $557,850   $557,850   $557,850  $—    $—   

Securities held to maturity

   3,712,776    3,813,959    200,220   3,613,739   —   

FHLB stock(1)

   590,934    590,934    —     590,934   —   

Loans, net

   39,308,016    39,416,469    —     —     39,416,469 

Financial Liabilities:

        

Deposits

  $28,887,903   $28,888,064   $21,310,733(2)  $7,577,331(3)  $—   

Borrowed funds

   13,673,379    13,633,943    —     13,633,943   —   

(1)Carrying value and estimated fair value are at cost.
(2)Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts, savings accounts, andnon-interest-bearing accounts.
(3)Certificates of deposit.

December 31, 2022:


December 31, 2023
Fair Value Measurement Using
(in millions)Carrying ValueEstimated Fair ValueQuoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$11,475 $11,475 $11,475 $— $— 
FHLB and FRB stock (1)
$1,392 $1,392 $— $1,392 $— 
Loans and leases held for investment, net$83,627 $79,333 $— $— $79,333 
Financial Liabilities:
Deposits$81,526 $81,247 $59,972 (2)$21,275 (3)$— 
Borrowed funds$21,267 $21,082 $— $21,082 $— 
(1)Carrying value and estimated fair value are at cost.
(2)Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts, savings accounts, and non-interest-bearing accounts.
(3)Certificates of deposit.

December 31, 2022
Fair Value Measurement Using
(in millions)Carrying ValueEstimated Fair ValueQuoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$2,032 $2,032 $2,032 $— $— 
FHLB and FRB stock (1)
$1,267 $1,267 $— $1,267 $— 
Loans and leases held for investment, net$68,608 $65,673 $— $— $65,673 
Financial Liabilities:
Deposits$58,721 $58,479 $46,211 (2)$12,268 (3)$— 
Borrowed funds$21,332 $21,231 $— $21,231 — 
(1)Carrying value and estimated fair value are at cost.
(2)Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts, savings accounts, and non-interest-bearing accounts.
(3)Certificates of deposit.

The methods and significant assumptions used to estimate fair values for the Company’s financial instruments follow:


Cash and Cash Equivalents


Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and federal funds sold. The estimated fair values of cash and cash equivalents are assumed to equal their carrying values, as these financial instruments are either due on demand or have short-term maturities.


Securities


If quoted market prices are not available for a specific security, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. These pricing models primarily use market-based or independently sourced market parameters as inputs, including, but not limited to, yield curves, interest rates, equity or debt prices, and credit spreads. In addition to observable market information, pricing models also incorporate transaction details such as maturities and cash flow assumptions.


Federal Home Loan Bank Stock


Ownership in equity securities of the FHLB is generally restricted and there is no established liquid market for their resale. The carrying amount approximates the fair value.


133


Loans

and leases


The Company discloses the fair value of loans measured at amortized cost using an exit price notion. The Company determined the fair value on substantially all of its loans for disclosure purposes, on an individual loan portfolio is segregated into various components for valuation purposes in order to group loans based on their significant financial characteristics, such as loan type (mortgage or other) and payment status (performing ornon-performing). The estimated fair values of mortgage and other loans are computed by discounting the anticipated cash flows from the respective portfolios.basis. The discount rates reflect current market rates for loans with similar terms to borrowers ofhaving similar credit quality. The estimated fair values ofnon-performing mortgage and otherquality on an exit price basis. For those loans are based on recent collateral appraisals.

The methods used to estimate the fair values of loans are extremely sensitive to the assumptions and estimates used. While management has attempted to use assumptions and estimates that best reflect the Company’s loan portfolio and current market conditions,where a greater degree of subjectivity is inherent in these values than in those determined in active markets. Accordingly, readers are cautioned in using this information for purposes of evaluating the financial condition and/or value ofdiscounted cash flow technique was not considered reliable, the Company in and of itself, or in comparison with that of any other company.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

MSRs do not trade in an activeused a quoted market with readily observable prices. Accordingly, the Company basesprice for each individual loan.


MSRs

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of itsthe MSRs onare option adjusted spreads, prepayment rates and cost to service. Significant increases (decreases) in all three assumptions in isolation result in a valuation performed by a third-party valuation specialist. This specialist determinessignificantly lower (higher) fair value based onmeasurement. Weighted average life (in years) is used to determine the present value of estimated future net servicing income cash flows, and incorporates assumptions that market participants would use to estimate fair value, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rates, default rates, refinance rates, servicing costs, escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, and ancillary income. The specialist and the Company evaluate, and periodically adjust, as necessary, these underlying inputs and assumptions to reflect market conditions and changeschange in the assumptions that a market participant would consider in valuing MSRs.

Derivative Financial Instruments

For exchange-traded futures and exchange-traded options, fair value is based on observable quoted market prices in an active market. For forward commitments to buy and sell loans and mortgage-backed securities, fair value is based on observable market prices for similar loans and securities in an active market. The fair value of IRLCsMSRs. For December 31, 2023, the weighted average life (in years) forone-to-four family the entire portfolio was 6.83.


Rate lock commitments

The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the rate lock commitments is the pull through rate. The pull through rate is a statistical analysis of our actual rate lock fallout history to determine the sensitivity of the residential mortgage loans that the Company intendsloan pipeline compared to sell isinterest rate changes and other deterministic values. New market prices are applied based on internally developed models. The key model inputs primarily includeupdated loan characteristics and new fallout ratios (i.e. the suminverse of the pull through rate) are applied accordingly. Significant increases (decreases) in the pull through rate in isolation result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value of the forward commitment based on the loans’ expected settlement dates, the value of MSRs arrived at by an independent MSR broker, government agency price adjustment factors, and historical IRLCfall-out factors.

measurement.


Deposits


The fair values of deposit liabilities with no stated maturity (i.e., interest-bearing checking and money market accounts, savings accounts, andnon-interest-bearing accounts) are equal to the carrying amounts payable on demand. The fair values of CDs represent contractual cash flows, discounted using interest rates currently offered on deposits with similar characteristics and remaining maturities. These estimated fair values do not include the intangible value of core deposit relationships, which comprise a significant portion of the Company’s deposit base.


Borrowed Funds


The estimated fair value of borrowed funds is based either on bid quotations received from securities dealers or the discounted value of contractual cash flows with interest rates currently in effect for borrowed funds with similar maturities and structures.

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

The fair values of commitments to extend credit and unadvanced lines of credit are estimated based on an analysis of the interest rates and fees currently charged to enter into similar transactions, considering the remaining terms of the commitments and the creditworthiness of the potential borrowers. The estimated fair values of suchoff-balance sheet financial instruments were insignificant at December 31, 20172023 and 2016.

NOTE 15: DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

December 31, 2022.


Fair Value Option

We elected the fair value option for certain items as discussed throughout the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements to more closely align the accounting method with the underlying economic exposure. Interest income on LHFS is accrued on the principal outstanding primarily using the "simple-interest" method.
The following table reflects the change in fair value included in earnings of financial instruments for which the fair value option has been elected:
For the Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)20232022
Assets
Loans held-for-sale
Net gain on loan sales$43 $

134



The following table reflects the difference between the aggregate fair value and aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding for assets and liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected:

December 31, 2023
(dollars in millions)Unpaid Principal BalanceFair ValueFair Value Over / (Under) UPB
Assets:
Nonaccrual loans:
Loans held-for-sale$$$— 
Total non-accrual loans$$$— 
Other performing loans:
Loans held-for-sale$869 $894 $25 
Total other performing loans$869 $894 $25 
Total loans:
Loans held-for-sale$871 $896 $25 
Total loans$871 $896 $25 

December 31, 2022
(dollars in millions)Unpaid Principal BalanceFair ValueFair Value Over / (Under) UPB
Assets:
Other performing loans:
Loans held-for-sale$1,095 $1,115 $20 
Total other performing loans$1,095 $1,115 $20 
Total loans:
Loans held-for-sale$1,095 $1,115 $20 
Total loans$1,095 $1,115 $20 

Note 19 - Commitments and Contingencies

Pledged Assets

The Company pledges securities to serve as collateral for its repurchase agreements, among other purposes. We had no derivative financial instruments aspledged investment securities of $2.8 billion and $434 million at December 31, 2017, due2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. In addition, the Company had $43.1 billion and $44.5 billion of loans pledged to the saleFHLB-NY to serve as collateral for its wholesale borrowings at the respective year-ends.

Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

In the mortgage banking business.

During 2016 and until December 2017, the Company’s derivative financial instruments consistednormal course of financial forward and futures contracts, interest rate swaps, IRLCs, and options. These derivatives related to mortgage banking operations, residential MSRs, and other risk management activities, and sought to mitigate or reduce the Company’s exposure to losses from adverse changes in interest rates. These activities varied in scope basedbusiness, we have various commitments outstanding which are not included on the level and volatility of interest rates, other changing market conditions, and the types of assets held.

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, the Company took into account the impact of collateral and master netting agreements that allowed it to settle all derivative contracts held with a single counterparty on a net basis, and to offset the net derivative position with the related collateral when recognizing derivative assets and liabilities. As a result, the Company’sour Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition could reflect derivative contracts with negativeCondition. The majority of the outstanding loan commitments were expected to close within 90 days.


The following table summarizes the Company’s off-balance sheet commitments to originate loans and letters of credit:

December 31,
(in millions)20232022
Multi-family and commercial real estate$52 $216 
One-to-four family including interest rate locks1,694 2,066 
Acquisition, development, and construction3,926 3,539 
Warehouse loan commitments7,074 8,042 
Other loan commitments11,315 7,964 
Total loan commitments$24,061 $21,827 
Commercial, performance stand-by, and financial stand-by letters of credit915 541 
Total commitments$24,976 $22,368 

135



Financial Guarantees

The Company provides guarantees and indemnifications to its customers to enable them to complete a variety of business transactions and to enhance their credit standings. These guarantees are recorded at their respective fair values that were included in derivative assets, and contracts with positive fair values that were included“Other liabilities” in derivative liabilities.

Changes inthe Consolidated Statements of Condition. The Company deems the fair value of these derivativesthe guarantees to equal the consideration received.

The following table summarizes the Company’s guarantees and indemnifications at December 31, 2023:
(in millions)Expires Within One YearExpires After One YearTotal Outstanding AmountMaximum Potential Amount of Future Payments
Financial stand-by letters of credit$254 $288 $542 $639 
Performance stand-by letters of credit100 102 102 
Commercial letters of credit— 174 
Total letters of credit$357 $290 $647 $915 

The maximum potential amount of future payments represents the notional amounts that could be funded under the guarantees and indemnifications if there were reflected in current-period earnings. Nonea total default by the guaranteed parties or if indemnification provisions were triggered, as applicable, without consideration of these derivatives were designated as hedges for accounting purposes.

possible recoveries under recourse provisions or from collateral held or pledged.

The Company used various financial instruments, including derivatives, in connection with its prior strategies to reduce pricing risk resulting from changes in interest rates. Derivative instruments included IRLCs entered into with borrowers or correspondents/brokers to acquire agency conforming fixedcollects fees upon the issuance of commercial and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans that were held for sale, as well as Treasury options and Eurodollar futures.

The Company entered into forward contracts to sell fixed rate mortgage-backed securities to protect against changes in the pricesstand-by letters of agency conforming fixed rate loans held for sale. Forward contracts were entered into with securities dealers in an amount related to the portioncredit. Stand-by letters of IRLCs that was expected to close. The value of these forward sales contracts moved inversely with the value of the loans in response to changes in interest rates.

To manage the price risk associated with fixed-ratenon-conforming mortgage loans,credit fees are initially recorded by the Company generally entered into forward contracts on mortgage-backed securities or forward commitments to sell loans to approved investors. Short positions in Eurodollar futures contracts were used to manage price risk on adjustable rate mortgage loans heldas a liability and are recognized as income periodically through the respective expiration dates. Fees for sale.

The Company used interest rate swaps to hedgecommercial letters of credit are collected and recognized as income at the fair valuetime that they are issued and upon payment of its residential MSRs. The Company also purchased put and call options to manage the risk associated with variations in the amounteach set of IRLCs that ultimately closed.

documents presented. In addition, the Company mitigated a portionrequires adequate collateral, typically in the form of cash, real property, and/or personal guarantees upon its issuance of irrevocable stand-by letters of credit. Commercial letters of credit are primarily secured by the goods being purchased in the underlying transaction and are also personally guaranteed by the owner(s) of the risk associated with changesapplicant company.

At December 31, 2023, the Company had no commitments to purchase securities.
Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in various legal actions arising in the valueordinary course of MSRs. The general strategy for mitigating this risk was to purchaseits business, including stockholder class and derivative instruments, the value of which changedactions. All such actions in the opposite directionaggregate involve amounts that are believed by management to be immaterial to the financial condition and results of interest rates, thus partially offsetting changesoperations of the Company. The outcome of any pending litigation is uncertain. There can be no assurance (i) that we will not incur material losses due to damages, penalties, costs and/or expenses as a result of such litigation, (ii) that the reserves we have established will be sufficient to cover such losses, or (iii) that such losses will not materially exceed such reserves and have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. The Company may incur significant legal expenses in defending the valuelitigation described above during the pendency of our servicing assets, which tendedthese matters, and in connection with any other potential cases, including expenses for the potential reimbursement of legal fees of officers and directors under indemnification obligations.


136


Note 20 - Employee Benefits

Retirement Plan

The New York Community Bancorp, Inc. Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) covers substantially all employees who had attained minimum age, service, and employment status requirements prior to move in the same direction as interest rates. Accordingly,date when the Company purchased Eurodollar futuresindividual plans were frozen by the banks of origin. Once frozen, the individual plans ceased to accrue additional benefits, service, and call options on Treasury securities,compensation factors, and entered into forward contractsbecame closed to purchase mortgage-backed securities.

employees who would otherwise have met eligibility requirements after the “freeze” date.


The following table sets forth certain information regarding the effectRetirement Plan as of derivative instrumentsthe dates indicated:
December 31,
(in millions)20232022
Change in Benefit Obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year$116 $158 
Interest cost
Actuarial gain(38)
Annuity payments(7)(7)
Settlements(1)(1)
Benefit obligation at end of year$115 $116 
Change in Plan Assets:
Fair value of assets at beginning of year$228 $283 
Actual return (loss) on plan assets33 (47)
Annuity payments(7)(7)
Settlements(1)(1)
Fair value of assets at end of year$253 $228 
Funded status (included in “Other assets”)$138 $112 
Changes recognized in other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31:
Amortization of actuarial loss$(7)$(2)
Net actuarial (gain) loss arising during the year(18)26 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income for the year (pre-tax)$(25)$24 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax) not yet recognized in net periodic benefit cost at December 31:
Actuarial loss, net$41 $66 
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax)$41 $66 

In 2024 $3 million of unrecognized net actuarial loss for the Retirement Plan will be amortized from AOCL into net periodic benefit cost, respectively. The comparable amount recognized as net actuarial loss for the Retirement Plan in 2023 was $7 million and no prior service cost was amortized in 2022. The discount rates used to determine the benefit obligation at December 31, 2023 and 2022 were 4.7 percent and 4.9 percent, respectively.
The discount rate reflects rates at which the benefit obligation could be effectively settled. To determine this rate, the Company considers rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments that are currently available and are expected to be available during the period until the pension benefits are paid. The expected future payments are discounted based on a portfolio of high-quality rated bonds (AA or better) for which the Company relies on the Consolidated StatementsFinancial Times Stock Exchange (“FTSE”) Pension Liability Index that is published as of Operations and Comprehensive Incomethe measurement date.
The components of net periodic pension (credit) expense were as follows for the periodsyears indicated:

   (Loss) Gain Included in Mortgage Banking Income 
   For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016   2015 

Treasury options

  $(262  $(2,795  $(8,222

Treasury and Eurodollar futures

   55    165    501 

Interest rate swaps

   3,068    (4,561   —   

Forward commitments to buy/sell loans/mortgage-backed securities

   (8,815   (4,963   5,752 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (loss) gain

  $(5,954  $(12,154  $(1,969
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Components of net periodic pension expense (credit):
Interest cost$$$
Expected return on plan assets(14)(16)(16)
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Net periodic pension credit$(2)$(10)$(5)


137


The following table indicates the weighted average assumptions used in determining the net periodic benefit cost for the years indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
202320222021
Discount rate4.9 %2.6 %2.2 %
Expected rate of return on plan assets6.3 6.0 6.3 

The primary long-term objective for the Plan is to maintain assets at a level that will sufficiently cover future beneficiary obligations. A secondary long-term objective is to achieve long-term growth in assets. The Plan will be structured to include a volatility reducing component (the fixed income commitment) and a growth component (the equity commitment).

To achieve the Companies (in this context, the "Plan Sponsor") long-term investment objectives, the Trustee will invest the assets of the Plan in a diversified combination of asset classes, investment strategies, and pooled vehicles. The asset allocation guidelines in the table below reflect the plan sponsor’s risk tolerance and long-term objectives for the Plan. These parameters will be reviewed on a regular basis and subject to change following discussions between the plan sponsor and the Trustee.

Initially, the following asset allocation targets and ranges will guide the Trustee in structuring the overall allocation in the Plan’s investment portfolio. The plan sponsor or the Trustee may amend these allocations to reflect the most appropriate standards consistent with changing circumstances. Any such fundamental amendments in strategy will be discussed between the
plan sponsor and the Trustee prior to implementation.

Based on the above considerations, the following asset allocation ranges will be implemented:
Asset Allocation Parameters by Asset Class
EquityMinimumTargetMaximum
U.S. Large-Cap27%
U.S. Mid-Cap7%
U.S. Small-Cap7%
Non-U.S.14%
Total - Equity45%55%65%
Total - Fixed Income/Cash Equivalents35%45%55%

The parameters for each asset class provide the Trustee with the latitude for managing the Plan within a minimum and maximum range. The Trustee will have full discretion to buy, sell, invest and reinvest in these asset segments based on these guidelines which includes allowing the underlying investments to fluctuate within the stated policy ranges. The Plan will maintain a cash equivalents component (not to exceed 3 percent under normal circumstances) within the fixed income allocation for liquidity purposes.

The Trustee will monitor the actual asset segment exposures of the Plan on a regular basis and, periodically, may adjust the asset allocation within the ranges set forth above as it deems appropriate. Periodic reallocation of assets will be based on the Trustee’s perception of the changing risk/return opportunities of the respective asset classes.


138


The following table presents information about the fair value measurements of the investments held by the Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2023:

(in millions)TotalQuoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Equity:
  Large-cap value (1)
$12 $12 $— $— 
  Large-cap growth (2)
22 22 — — 
  Large-cap core (3)
17 17 — — 
  Mid-cap core (4)
15 15 — — 
  Small-cap core (5)
16 16 — — 
  International growth (6)
18 18 — — 
  International value (7)
10 10 — — 
Fixed Income Funds:
  Intermediate - Core Plus (8)
98 98 — — 
Equity Securities:
  Company common stock31 31 — — 
Common/Collective Trusts-Equity:
  Large cap value (9)
13 — 13 — 
Cash Equivalents:
  Money market (10)
— 
$253 $240 $13 $— 
(1)This category consists of a mutual fund holding 100-160 stocks, designed to track and outperform the Russell 1000 Value Index.
(2)This category consists of two mutual funds which invest primarily in large-cap U.S. - based growth companies, one concentrating on long-term capital growth, the other in long-term capital appreciation and current income.
(3)This category contains stocks of the S&P 500 Index. The stocks are maintained in approximately the same weightings as the index.
(4)This category contains stocks of the CRSP U.S. Mid Cap Index, a broadly diversified index of stocks of medium-size U.S. companies. The stocks are maintained.
(5)This category seeks long-term capital appreciation through investment primarily in common stock of small-capitalization companies, with similar risk levels and characteristics to the Russell 2000 Index.
(6)This category consists of investments with long-term growth potential located primarily in Europe, the Pacific Basin, and other developed and emerging markets.
(7)This category invests primarily in medium to large well-established non-US companies. Under normal circumstances, at least 80 percent of total assets will be invested in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks, and convertible securities.
(8)This category currently includes equal investments in four mutual funds, seeking to outperform the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index. Two of the funds hold at least 80 percent in investment grade fixed-income securities while one other holds at least 65 percent; the fourth fund targets investments of 50 percent or more in mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the US government and its agencies.
(9)This category contains large-cap stocks with above-average yield. The portfolio typically holds between 60 and 70 stocks.
(10)This category consists of a money market fund and is used for liquidity purposes.

Current Asset Allocation
The asset allocations for the Retirement Plan were as follows:
December 31,
20232022
Equity securities61 %60 %
Debt securities39 %38 %
Cash equivalents— %%
Total100 %100 %

Determination of Long-Term Rate of Return
The long-term rate of return on Retirement Plan assets assumption was based on historical returns earned by equities and fixed income securities, and adjusted to reflect expectations of future returns as applied to the Retirement Plan’s target allocation of asset classes. Equities and fixed income securities were assumed to earn long-term rates of return in the ranges of 6 percent to 8 percent and 3 percent to 5 percent, respectively, with an assumed long-term inflation rate of 2.5 percent reflected within these ranges. When these overall return expectations are applied to the Retirement Plan’s target allocations, the result is an expected rate of return of 5 percent to 7 percent.

139



Expected Contributions
The Company haddoes not expect to contribute to the Retirement Plan in place an enforceable master netting arrangement with every counterparty. All master netting arrangements included rights2023.
Expected Future Annuity Payments
The following annuity payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to offset associated withbe paid by the Company’s recognized derivative assets, derivative liabilities,Retirement Plan during the years indicated:

(in millions)
2024$
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029 and thereafter43 
Total$83 

Qualified Savings Plan (401(k) Plan)

The Company maintains a defined contribution qualified savings plan in the form of a 401(k) plan in which all salaried employees are able to participate after one month of service and cash collateral receivedhaving attained age 21. The Company instituted a safe harbor matching contribution program during the year ended December 31, 2020, and pledged. Accordingly,accordingly, the Company where appropriate, offsetmatches a portion of employee 401(k) plan contributions. Such expense totaled $21 million and $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Flagstar also maintains a defined contribution qualified savings plan in the form of a 401(k) plan in which certain employees are able to participate.

Post-Retirement Health and Welfare Benefits

The Company offers certain post-retirement benefits, including medical, dental, and life insurance (the “Health & Welfare Plan”) to retired employees, depending on age and years of service at the time of retirement. The costs of such benefits are accrued during the years that an employee renders the necessary service.
The Health & Welfare Plan is an unfunded plan and is not expected to hold assets for investment at any time. Any contributions made to the Health & Welfare Plan are used to immediately pay plan premiums and claims as they come due.

140


The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Health & Welfare Plan as of the dates indicated:

December 31,
(in millions)20232022
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year$$10 
Interest cost— 
Actuarial gain(2)
Premiums and claims paid(1)(1)
Benefit obligation at end of year$$
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of assets at beginning of year$— $— 
Employer contribution
Premiums and claims paid(1)(1)
Fair value of assets at end of year$— $— 
Funded status (included in “Other liabilities”)$(8)$(7)
Changes recognized in other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31:
Amortization of prior service cost— 
Amortization of actuarial gain— 
Net actuarial (gain) loss arising during the year(2)
Total recognized in other comprehensive income for the year (pre-tax)$$(2)
Accumulated other comprehensive (gain) loss (pre-tax) not yet recognized in net periodic benefit cost at December 31:
Prior service cost— 
Actuarial (gain) loss, net(1)(2)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (pre-tax)$(1)$(2)

The discount rates used in the preceding table were 4.6 percent at December 31, 2023 and 4.8 percent at December 31, 2022.
The estimated net actuarial loss and the prior service liability that will be amortized from AOCL into net periodic benefit cost in 2024 are less than $1 million, respectively.
The net periodic benefit costs and all derivative assetcomponents thereof for the years-ended December 31, 2023 and liability positions with the cash collateral received and pledged.

2022 were less than $1 million.


The following table presents the effect ofweighted average assumptions used in determining the master netting arrangements onnet periodic benefit cost for the presentation of the derivative assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2016:

   December 31, 2016 
(in thousands)  Gross Amount
of Recognized
Assets(1)
  Gross Amount
Offset in the
Statement of
Condition
  Net Amount of
Assets Presented
in the Statement
of Condition
  Gross Amounts Not
Offset in the
Consolidated Statement
of Condition
   Net
Amount
 
        Financial
Instruments
   Cash
Collateral
Received
   

Derivatives

  $20,422  $17,861  $2,561  $—     $—     $2,561 
            

(1)Included $1.9years indicated:
Years Ended December 31,
202320222021
Discount rate4.8%2.3%2.0%
Current medical trend rate6.56.56.5
Ultimate trend rate5.05.05.0
Year when ultimate trend rate will be reached202920282027

Expected Contributions
The Company expects to contribute $1 million to purchase Treasury options.

The following table presents the effect the master netting arrangements had on the presentation of the derivative liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2016:

   December 31, 2016 
(in thousands)  Gross Amount
of Recognized
Liabilities
  Gross Amount
Offset in the
Statement of
Condition
  Net Amount of
Liabilities
Presented in the
Statement of
Condition
  Gross Amounts Not
Offset in the
Consolidated Statement
of Condition
   Net
Amount
 
        Financial
Instruments
   Cash
Collateral
Pledged
   

Derivatives

  $23,728  $16,588  $7,140  $—     $—     $7,140 

NOTE 16: DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

The Parent Company is a separate legal entity from each of the Banks and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to operating expenses and any share repurchases, the Parent Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to the Company’s shareholders. As a Delaware corporation, the Parent Company is ableHealth & Welfare Plan to pay dividends either from surplus or,premiums and claims in case there is no surplus, from net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

ending December 31, 2023.


141


Expected Future Payments for Premiums and Claims
The Company is requiredfollowing amounts are currently expected to receive anon-objection from the FRB to pay cash dividends on its outstanding commonbe paid for premiums and preferred stock. The Company receivednon-objections from the FRB for each of the four quarterly cash dividends and the three preferred stock dividends it paidclaims during the year. The FRB has advisedyears indicated under the Company to continue the exchange of written documentation to obtain theirnon-objection to the declaration of dividends.

Various legal restrictions limit the extent to which the Company’s subsidiary banks can supply funds to theHealth & Welfare Plan:


(in millions)
2024$
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029 and thereafter
Total$

Note 21 - Parent Company and itsnon-bank subsidiaries. The Company’s subsidiary banks would require the approval of the Superintendent of the NYSDFS if the dividends they declared in any calendar year were to exceed the total of their respective net profits for that year combined with their respective retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfer topaid-in capital. The term “net profits” is defined as the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans, investments, and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses if any, and all federal, state, and local taxes. In 2017, dividends of $336.0 million were paid by the Banks to the Parent Company; at December 31, 2017, the Banks could have paid additional dividends of $379.5 million to the Parent Company without regulatory approval.

NOTE 17: PARENT COMPANY-ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Company-Only Financial Information


The following tables present the condensed financial statements for New York Community Bancorp, Inc. (parent company(Parent Company only):

Condensed Statements of Condition

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016 

ASSETS:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

  $90,536   $63,727 

Securities available for sale

   —      2,002 

Investments in subsidiaries

   7,050,139    6,426,276 

Receivables from subsidiaries

   4,750    7,839 

Other assets

   23,980    34,102 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $7,169,405   $6,533,946 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

    

Junior subordinated debentures

  $359,179   $358,879 

Other liabilities

   14,850    51,076 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   374,029    409,955 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

   6,795,376    6,123,991 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $7,169,405   $6,533,946 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 


December 31,
(in millions)20232022
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents$158 $121 
Investments in subsidiaries9,160 9,633 
Other assets80 85 
Total assets$9,398 $9,839 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Junior subordinated debentures$579 $575 
Subordinated notes438 432 
Other liabilities14 
Total liabilities$1,031 $1,015 
Stockholders’ equity$8,367 $8,824 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$9,398 $9,839 

Condensed Statements of Income (Loss)

   Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016   2015 

Interest income

  $943   $527   $1,027 

Dividends received from subsidiaries

   336,000    330,000    345,000 

Other income

   1,700    679    527 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross income

   338,643    331,206    346,554 

Operating expenses

   54,333    49,157    48,255 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax benefit and equity in underdistributed (overdistributed) earnings of subsidiaries

   284,310    282,049    298,299 

Income tax benefit

   19,575    19,592    20,720 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before equity in underdistributed (overdistributed) earnings of subsidiaries

   303,885    301,641    319,019 

Equity in underdistributed (overdistributed) earnings of subsidiaries

   162,316    193,760    (366,175
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $466,201   $495,401   $(47,156
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Dividends received from subsidiaries$580 $335 $380 
Other income160 
Gross income582 495 381 
Operating expenses108 55 50 
Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed
(loss) earnings of subsidiaries
474 440 331 
Income tax benefit25 14 14 
Income before equity in undistributed (loss) earnings of subsidiaries499 454 345 
Equity in undistributed (loss) earnings of subsidiaries(578)196 251 
Net (loss) income$(79)$650 $596 


142


Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

   Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands)  2017   2016   2015 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income (loss)

  $466,201   $495,401   $(47,156

Change in other assets

   10,122    316    (2,253

Change in other liabilities

   (36,226   (2,252   22,236 

Other, net

   36,330    33,333    32,955 

Equity in (underdistributed) overdistributed earnings of subsidiaries

   (162,316   (193,760   366,175 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $314,110   $333,038   $371,957 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Proceeds from sales and repayments of securities

  $2,000   $—     $—   

Change in receivable from subsidiaries, net

   3,089    (204   224 

Investment in subsidiaries

   (420,000   —      (560,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (414,911  $(204  $(559,776
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Treasury stock purchases

  $(18,463  $(8,677  $(7,020

Cash dividends paid on common and preferred stock

   (356,768   (330,810   (453,981

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

   502,840    —      —   

Proceeds fromfollow-on common stock offering, net

   —      —      629,682 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  $127,609   $(339,487  $168,681 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   26,809    (6,653   (19,138

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   63,727    70,380    89,518 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $90,536   $63,727   $70,380 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 18: CAPITAL


Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net (loss) income$(79)$650 $596 
Change in other assets30 (3)(22)
Change in other liabilities(4)
Other, net65 (130)32 
Equity in undistributed (loss) earnings of subsidiaries578 (196)(251)
Net cash provided by operating activities$600 $317 $356 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Cash acquired in business acquisition— 34 — 
Change in receivable from subsidiaries, net(32)(3)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities$(32)$39 $(3)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Treasury stock repurchased(12)(24)(16)
Cash dividends paid on common and preferred stock(519)(350)(349)
Net cash used in financing activities(531)(374)(365)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents37 (18)(12)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year121 139 151 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year$158 $121 $139 
Note 22 - Subsequent Events

Loan Sales

On February 29, 2024, the Company sold the commercial co-operative loan classified as held for sale at a gain. Additionally, on March 13, 2024 the Company completed a sale of consumer loans with a net book value of $899 million. These two sales will be recorded in the quarter ended March 31, 2024 and will result in a net gain.

Equity Capital Raise

On March 7, 2024, we entered into separate investment agreements with affiliates of funds managed by Liberty and certain other investors. The Investors invested an aggregate of approximately $1.05 billion in the Company is subject to examination, regulation,in exchange for the sale and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, which is administeredissuance by the FRB. The FRB has adopted capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies (onCompany of (a) 76,630,965 shares of our common stock, at a consolidated basis) that are substantially similar to thosepurchase price per share of the FDIC for the Banks.

The following tables present the regulatory capital ratios for the Company at December 31, 2017 and 2016, in comparison with the minimum amounts and ratios required by the FRB for capital adequacy purposes:

   Risk-Based Capital    
At December 31, 2017  Common Equity
Tier 1
  Tier 1  Total  Leverage Capital 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio 

Total capital

  $3,869,129    11.36 $4,371,969    12.84 $4,877,208    14.32 $4,371,969    9.58

Minimum for capital adequacy purposes

   1,532,448    4.50   2,043,265    6.00   2,724,353    8.00   1,826,141    4.00 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $2,336,681    6.86 $2,328,704    6.84 $2,152,855    6.32 $2,545,828    5.58
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Risk-Based Capital    
At December 31, 2016  Common Equity
Tier 1
  Tier 1  Total  Leverage Capital 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio 

Total capital

  $3,748,231    10.62 $3,748,231    10.62 $4,277,759    12.12 $3,748,231    8.00

Minimum for capital adequacy purposes

   1,588,699    4.50   2,118,266    6.00   2,824,355    8.00   1,875,062    4.00 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $2,159,532    6.12 $1,629,965    4.62 $1,453,404    4.12 $1,873,169    4.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In accordance with Basel III, the inclusion of trust preferred securities as tier 1 capital was phased out completely in 2016.

In addition, Basel III calls for thephase-in$2.00, (b) 192,062 shares of a capital conservation buffer over a five-year period beginning with 0.625% in 2016 and reaching 2.50% in 2019, when fully phased in. At December 31, 2017,new series of our total risk-based capital ratio exceeded the minimum requirement for capital adequacy purposes by 632 basis points and the fullyphased-in capital conservation buffer by 382 basis points.

The Banks are subject to regulation, examination, and supervision by the NYSDFS and the FDIC (the “Regulators”). The Banks are also governed by numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991, which established five categories of capital adequacy ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Such classifications are used by the FDIC to determine various matters, including prompt corrective action and each institution’s FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to the Regulators’ qualitative judgments about the components of capital and risk weightings, among other factors.

The quantitative measures established to ensure capital adequacy require that banks maintain minimum amounts and ratios of leverage capital to average assets and of common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital, and total capital to risk-weighted assets (as such measures are defined in the regulations). At December 31, 2017, the Banks exceeded all the capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company, the Community Bank, and the Commercial Bank are categorized as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, a bank must maintain a minimum common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.50%; a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.00%; a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10.00%; and a minimum leverage capital ratio of 5.00%. In the opinion of management, no conditions or events have transpired since December 31, 2017 to change these capital adequacy classifications.

The following tables present the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Community Bank at December 31, 2017 and 2016 in comparison to the minimum amounts and ratios required for capital adequacy purposes.

   Risk-Based Capital    
At December 31, 2017  Common Equity
Tier 1
  Tier 1  Total  Leverage Capital 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio 

Total capital

  $4,253,233    13.43 $4,253,233    13.43 $4,387,620    13.86 $4,253,233    10.06

Minimum for capital adequacy purposes

   1,424,795    4.50   1,899,727    6.00   2,532,969    8.00   1,691,041    4.00 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $2,828,438    8.93 $2,353,506    7.43 $1,854,651    5.86 $2,562,192    6.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Risk-Based Capital    
At December 31, 2016  Common Equity
Tier 1
  Tier 1  Total  Leverage Capital 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio 

Total capital

  $3,686,510    11.23 $3,686,510    11.23 $3,843,382    11.71 $3,686,510    8.45

Minimum for capital adequacy purposes

   1,477,056    4.50   1,969,408    6.00   2,625,877    8.00   1,744,601    4.00 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $2,209,454    6.73 $1,717,102    5.23 $1,217,505    3.71 $1,941,909    4.45
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables present the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Commercial Bank at December 31, 2017 and 2016 in comparison to the minimum amounts and ratios required for capital adequacy purposes:

   Risk-Based Capital    
At December 31, 2017  Common Equity
Tier 1
  Tier 1  Total  Leverage Capital 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio 

Total capital

  $380,194    15.95 $380,194    15.95 $404,643    16.97 $380,194    11.37

Minimum for capital adequacy purposes

   107,285    4.50   143,047    6.00   190,729    8.00   133,801    4.00 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $272,909    11.45 $237,147    9.95 $213,914    8.97 $246,393    7.37
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Risk-Based Capital    
At December 31, 2016  Common Equity
Tier 1
  Tier 1  Total  Leverage Capital 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio 

Total capital

  $370,707    14.14 $370,707    14.14 $397,259    15.15 $370,707    10.53

Minimum for capital adequacy purposes

   117,973    4.50   157,297    6.00   209,729    8.00   140,813    4.00 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $252,734    9.64 $213,410    8.14 $187,530    7.15 $229,894    6.53
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On March 17, 2017, the Company issued 20,600,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of the Company’sFixed-to-Floating Rate Series A Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, withdesignated as Series B Preferred Stock, at a liquidation preference of $1,000price per share (equivalent to $25of $2,000, each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock (or, in certain limited circumstances, one share of Series C Preferred Stock), (c) 256,307 shares of a new series of our preferred stock, par value $0.01 per depositary share). Dividends will accrue on the depositary sharesshare, designated as Series C Preferred Stock, at a fixed rate equalprice per share of $2,000, each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock, and (d) warrants affording the holder thereof the right, until the seven-year anniversary of the issuance of such warrant, to 6.375%purchase for $2,500 per annum until March 17, 2027,share, shares of Series D NVCE Stock, each share of Series D NVCE Stock is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock (or, in certain limited circumstances, one share of Series C Preferred Stock), and a floating rate equalall of which shares of Series D NVCE Stock, upon issuance, will represent the right (on an as converted basis) to Three-month LIBOR plus 382.1 basis points per annum beginningreceive 315,000,000 shares of common stock. The transaction closed on March 17, 2027. Dividends will be payable in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17, and December 17 of each year, which commenced on June 17, 2017.

NOTE 19: SEGMENT REPORTING

Reflecting the sale of the Company’s mortgage banking business, the Residential Mortgage Banking segment will no longer be reportable. The information presented below represents activity in the Residential Mortgage Banking segment through September 30, 2017.

The Company’s operations were divided into two reportable business segments: Banking Operations and Residential Mortgage Banking. These operating segments have been identified based on the Company’s organizational structure. The segments required unique technology and marketing strategies, and offer different products and services. While the Company is managed as an integrated organization, individual executive managers were held accountable for the operations of these business segments.

The Company measures and presents information for internal reporting purposes in a variety of ways. The internal reporting system presently used by management in the planning and measurement of operating activities, and to which most managers are held accountable, is based on organizational structure.

The management accounting process used various estimates and allocated methodologies to measure the performance of the operating segments. To determine financial performance for each segment, the Company allocated capital, funding charges and credits, certainnon-interest expenses, and income tax provisions to each segment, as applicable. Allocation methodologies were subject to periodic adjustment as the internal management accounting system was revised and/or as business or product lines within the segments change. In addition, because the development and application of these methodologies was a dynamic process, the financial results presented may be periodically revised.

The Company allocated expenses to the reportable segments based on various factors, including the volume and number of loans produced and the number of full-time equivalent employees. Income taxes were allocated to the various segments based on taxable income and statutory rates applicable to the segment.

Banking Operations Segment

The Banking Operations segment serves consumers and businesses by offering and servicing a variety of loan and deposit products and other financial services.

Residential Mortgage Banking Segment

The Residential Mortgage Banking segment originated, aggregated, sold, and servicedone-to-four family mortgage loans. Mortgage loan products consisted primarily of agency-conforming, fixed and adjustable rate loans and, to a lesser extent, jumbo loans, for the purpose of purchasing or refinancingone-to-four family homes. The Residential Mortgage Banking segment earned interest on loans held in the warehouse andnon-interest income from the origination and servicing of loans. It also recognized gains or losses on the sale of such loans.

The following tables provide a summary of the Company’s segment results for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 on an internally managed accounting basis:

   For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2017 
(in thousands)  Banking
Operations
   Residential
Mortgage Banking
   Total Company 

Net interest income

  $1,121,460   $8,543   $1,130,003 

Provision for loan losses

   37,242    —      37,242 

Non-Interest Income:

      

Third party(1)

   188,564    20,957    209,521 

Gain on sale of mortgage banking operation

   —      7,359    7,359 

Inter-segment

   (10,222   10,222    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totalnon-interest income

   178,342    38,538    216,880 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expense(2)

   594,394    47,032    641,426 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

   668,166    49    668,215 

Income tax expense

   201,994    20    202,014 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $466,172   $29   $466,201 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Identifiable segment assets(period-end)

  $49,124,195   $—     $49,124,195 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

11, 2024.



143


(1)Includes ancillary fee income.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(2)Includes both direct and indirect expenses.

   For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2016 
(in thousands)  Banking
Operations
   Residential
Mortgage Banking
   Total Company 

Net interest income

  $1,272,423   $14,959   $1,287,382 

Provision for loan losses

   4,180    —      4,180 

Non-Interest Income:

      

Third party(1)

   116,200    29,372    145,572 

Inter-segment

   (17,645   17,645    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totalnon-interest income

   98,555    47,017    145,572 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expense(2)

   584,894    66,752    651,646 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

   781,904    (4,776   777,128 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   283,656    (1,929   281,727 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $498,248   $(2,847  $495,401 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Identifiable segment assets(period-end)

  $48,195,581   $730,974   $48,926,555 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes ancillary fee income.
(2)Includes both direct and indirect expenses.

   For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2015 
(in thousands)  Banking
Operations
   Residential
Mortgage Banking
   Total Company 

Net interest income

  $393,074   $15,001   $408,075 

Recoveries of loan losses

   (15,004   —      (15,004

Non-Interest Income:

      

Third party(1)

   154,847    55,916    210,763 

Inter-segment

   (15,359   15,359    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totalnon-interest income

   139,488    71,275    210,763 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expense(2)

   700,469    65,386    765,855 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income tax expense

   (152,903   20,890    (132,013

Income tax (benefit) expense

   (93,297   8,440    (84,857
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $(59,606  $12,450   $(47,156
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Identifiable segment assets(period-end)

  $49,619,931   $697,865   $50,317,796 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes ancillary fee income.
(2)Includes both direct and indirect expenses.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

New York Community Bancorp, Inc.:


Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements


We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, the related consolidated statements of operations(loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income, (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017,2023, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017,2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.


We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2023, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 1, 201814, 2024 expressed an unqualifiedadverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.


Basis for Opinion


These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have served


Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Goodwill Impairment

As discussed in Notes 2 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded an impairment charge of its entire goodwill balance of $2.4 billion as of December 31, 2023. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually or when triggering events are identified. The Company utilizes a market approach to determine the fair value of its single reporting unit, which considers how a market participant would view a control premium, complemented by an income approach if deemed necessary. As of December 31, 2023, the Company identified a triggering event and applied a market approach using the end of day stock price, a control premium for recently completed bank acquisitions, and an adjustment for Company-specific risk considerations based on subsequent confirming market evidence. The adjusted market capitalization was then compared to the Company’s carrying value to determine the extent of any shortfall. The calculated shortfall was in excess of the goodwill balance as of December 31, 2023.


144


We identified the assessment of goodwill for impairment as a critical audit matter. A high degree of audit effort, including specialized skills and knowledge, and subjective and complex auditor since 1993.

New York, New York

judgment was involved in the evaluation of the market approach and significant unobservable assumptions which included the control premium and Company-specific risk considerations. There was also a high degree of subjectivity and potential for management bias related to the timing and magnitude of adjustments made to the key assumptions used in the valuation.


The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s goodwill impairment analysis, including internal controls over the development of the market approach and the determination of the control premium and the impact of Company-specific risk considerations.

In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in:

evaluating the reasonableness of the valuation approach used for compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles

evaluating the control premium assumption by comparing to data from recently completed peer bank acquisitions

evaluating the adjustment for Company-specific risk considerations based on confirming market evidence from events occurring after the measurement date.

Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases evaluated on a collective basis

As discussed in Notes 2 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s total allowance for credit losses (ACL) on loans and leases as of December 31, 2023 was $992 million, a substantial portion of which is related to the one-to-four family first mortgage, multi-family, commercial and industrial, specialty finance, and commercial real estate portfolio segments measured on a collective basis when similar risk characteristics exist (collective ACL). Management estimates the collective ACL by projecting and multiplying together the probability-of-default (PD), loss-given-default (LGD) and exposure-at-default depending on economic parameters for each month of the remaining contractual term. The loss drivers for certain loans within the commercial and industrial portfolio are derived using credit ratings. The Company estimates the exposure-at-default using prepayment models which forecasts prepayments over the life of the loans and leases. The economic forecast and the related economic parameters are developed using multiple economic forecast scenarios, including related weightings, over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. After the reasonable and supportable forecast period, the Company reverts to a historical average loss rate on a straight-line basis over 12 months. Historical credit loss experience over the historical loss observation period provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses, with qualitative factor adjustments made for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics as well as for changes in environmental conditions.
We identified the assessment of the collective ACL as a critical audit matter. A high degree of audit effort, including specialized skills and knowledge, and subjective and complex auditor judgment was involved in the assessment due to significant measurement uncertainty. Specifically, the assessment encompassed the evaluation of the collective ACL methodology, including the methods and models used to estimate the PD, LGD, and prepayments and their significant assumptions. Such significant assumptions included portfolio segmentation, the selection of the multiple economic forecast scenarios including related weightings, economic parameters, credit ratings, the reasonable and supportable forecast period, the reversion period and the historical loss observation period. The assessment also included the evaluation of the qualitative factor adjustments and their significant assumptions for differences in loan-specific risk characteristics and changes in environmental conditions. The assessment also included an evaluation of the conceptual soundness and performance of the PD, LGD, and prepayment models. In addition, auditor judgment was required to evaluate the sufficiency of audit evidence obtained.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s measurement of the collective ACL estimate, including controls over the:

development of the collective ACL methodology

continued use and appropriateness of the PD, LGD, and prepayment models

performance monitoring of the PD, LGD, and prepayment models


145


identification and determination of the significant assumptions used in the PD, LGD, and prepayment models

development of the qualitative factor adjustments, including the significant assumptions used in the measurement of the qualitative factors

analysis of the collective ACL results, trends, and ratios.

We evaluated the Company’s process to develop the collective ACL estimate by testing certain sources of data, factors, and assumptions that the Company used, and considered the relevance and reliability of such data, factors, and assumptions. In addition, we involved credit risk and valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:

evaluating the Company’s collective ACL methodology for compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles

evaluating judgments made by the Company relative to the assessment and performance testing of the PD, LGD, and prepayment models by comparing them to relevant Company-specific metrics and trends and the applicable industry and regulatory practices

assessing the conceptual soundness and performance of the PD, LGD, and prepayment models by inspecting the model documentation to determine whether the models are suitable for their intended use

evaluating the selection of the multiple economic forecast scenarios including the related weightings, and underlying economic parameters by comparing them to the Company’s business environment and relevant industry practices

evaluating the length of the reasonable and supportable forecast period, the reversion period and the historical loss observation periods by comparing them to specific portfolio risk characteristics and trends

testing individual credit ratings for a selection of certain borrower relationships by evaluating the financial performance of the borrower, sources of repayment, and any relevant guarantees or underlying collateral

determining whether the loan portfolio is segmented by similar risk characteristics by comparing to the Company’s business environment and relevant industry practice

evaluating the methodology used to develop the qualitative factor adjustments and their significant assumptions and the effect of those adjustments on the collective ACL compared with relevant credit risk factors, current collateral valuations, and consistency with credit trends and identified limitations of the underlying quantitative models.

We also assessed the sufficiency of the audit evidence obtained related to the collective ACL estimate by evaluating the:

determination of cumulative results of the audit procedures

qualitative aspects of the Company’s accounting practices

potential bias in the accounting estimate.

Fair value measurements of acquired loans and core deposit intangible asset

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. on March 1, 2018

Report20, 2023. The Company accounted for this transaction as a business combination with the assets acquired and liabilities assumed being measured based on their estimated fair values. As part of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

the acquisition, the Company acquired loans and established a core deposit intangible (CDI) asset with a fair value of $12.0 billion and $464 million, respectively. The fair value of acquired loans was based on a discounted cash flow methodology which incorporated discount rates, prepayment rates, probability of default and loss given default rates, and other market assumptions. The fair value of the CDI asset was measured using a discounted cash flow methodology which utilized discount rates, customer attrition rates, and other market assumptions.


We identified the assessment of the fair value measurements of acquired loans and the CDI asset at the acquisition date as a critical audit matter. A high degree of audit effort, including specialized skills and knowledge, and subjective and complex

146


auditor judgment was involved in the assessment of the fair value measurements due to significant measurement uncertainty. Specifically, the assessment of the fair value measurements involved an evaluation of the valuation methodologies and certain significant assumptions: including discount rates, prepayment rates, probability of default and loss given default rates for acquired loans; and discount rates and customer attrition rates for the CDI asset.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s fair value measurements of acquired loans and the CDI asset at the acquisition date. This included controls related to the (1) determination of certain significant assumptions used in the discounted cash flow methodologies for acquired loans and the CDI asset, and (2) assessment of the overall fair value measurement for acquired loans and the CDI asset. We evaluated the Company’s process to determine the estimated fair value of the CDI asset at the acquisition date by testing certain sources of data and subjective assumptions that the Company used and considered the relevance and reliability of such data and subjective assumptions. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:

evaluating the Company’s fair value methodologies for compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles

assessing the Company’s estimate of fair value of acquired loans by developing independent ranges of fair values, using market participant derived discount rates, prepayment rates, and probability of default and loss given default rates, and comparing them to the Company’s estimate of fair value and

evaluating the discount rates and customer attrition rates by comparing the information used to develop such assumptions to market data and deposit activity observed subsequent to the acquisition date.

Fair value measurement of mortgage servicing rights

As discussed in Notes 9 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) as of December 31, 2023 was $1.1 billion. The Company purchases and originates mortgage loans for sale to the secondary market and sells certain of these loans on a servicing-retained basis. For these loans, the Company recognizes a MSR at the time of sale which is recorded at fair value. The Company uses an internal valuation model which utilizes an option-adjusted spread, constant prepayment rate, costs to service and other assumptions to determine the fair value of the MSRs. The Company obtains independent third-party valuations of the estimated fair value of MSRs on a quarterly basis to assess the reasonableness of the Company’s internal fair value estimate.

We identified the assessment of the fair value measurement of MSRs as a critical audit matter. A high degree of audit effort, including specialized skills and knowledge, and subjective and complex auditor judgment was involved in the assessment of the internal valuation model and significant unobservable assumptions, which included option-adjusted spread and constant prepayment rate. There was also a high degree of subjectivity and potential for management bias related to the timing and magnitude of adjustments made to the significant assumptions used in the valuation.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s fair value measurement of MSRs. This included controls related to:

assessment of the internal valuation model

evaluation of certain significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value

comparison of the MSR fair value to independent valuations.

We evaluated the Company’s process to determine the estimated fair value of MSRs by testing certain sources of data and subjective assumptions that the Company used and considered the relevance and reliability of such data and subjective assumptions. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:

evaluating the design of the internal valuation model used to estimate the MSR fair value in accordance with relevant U.S. generally accepted accounting principles


147


evaluating the significant assumptions, including the timing of any significant updates made to the assumptions during the year, based on an analysis of backtesting results and a comparison of significant assumptions to available data for comparable entities and independent third-party valuations.


/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1993.
New York, New York
March 14, 2024



































148


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

New York Community Bancorp, Inc.

:


Opinion on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting


We have audited New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries’subsidiaries' (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2023, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses, described below, on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2023, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.


We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated statements of condition of the Company as of December 31, 20172023 and 2016,2022, the related consolidated statements of operations(loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income, (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017,2023, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated March 1, 2018,14, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.


A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Material weaknesses related to the following have been identified and included in management’s assessment:

the Company's Board of Directors did not exercise sufficient oversight responsibilities, which led to the Company lacking a sufficient complement of qualified leadership resources to conduct effective risk assessment and monitoring activities,

the Company lacked effective periodic risk assessment processes to identify and timely respond to emerging risks in certain financial reporting processes and related internal controls, including internal loan review, that were responsive to changes in the business operations and regulatory and economic environments in which the Company operates,

the Company’s recurring monitoring activities over process level control activities, including internal loan review, were not operating effectively, and

the Company did not sufficiently maintain effective control activities related to internal loan review. Specifically, the Company’s internal loan review processes lacked an appropriate framework to ensure that ratings were consistently accurate, timely, and appropriately challenged. These ineffective controls impact the Company’s ability to accurately disclose loan rating classifications, identify problem loans, and ultimately the recognition of the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases.

The material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2023 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report on those consolidated financial statements.

The Company acquired Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. during 2023, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, Signature Bridge Bank, N.A.’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total acquired assets of approximately $38 billion and total revenues associated with the acquired assets and liabilities assumed of approximately $1 billion included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Signature Bridge Bank, N.A.


149


Basis for Opinion


The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’sManagement's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.


Definition and Limitations of Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting


A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

New York, New York

March 1, 2018


ITEM 9.
/s/CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSUREKPMG LLP
New York, New York
March 14, 2024

None.



150


ITEM 9A.
Item 9.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURESChanges in and Disagreement with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures


None.

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures


Under the supervision, and with the participation, of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our management evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule13a-15(b), as adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Disclosurereport because of the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below. Notwithstanding the material weaknesses, based on additional analyses and other procedures performed, management concluded that the financial statements included in this report fairly present in all material respects our financial position, results of operations, capital position, and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with GAAP.


Per Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), disclosure controls and procedures are the controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.


(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting


Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Our system of internal control is designed under the supervision of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).


Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets;assets of the Company; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with the authorization of management and the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Banks; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. ProjectionsAlso, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with policies and procedures may deteriorate.


The Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. on March 20, 2023. The scope of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, excludes the internal control over financial reporting associated with total acquired assets of approximately $38 billion and total revenues associated with the acquired assets and liabilities assumed of approximately $1 billion included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023.

As of December 31, 2017,2023, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). A material weakness (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement in our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

151



Based upon itson this assessment, because of the following material weaknesses, management concluded that the Company’sCompany did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 was2023.

Control environment – Our Board of Directors did not exercise sufficient oversight responsibilities, which led to us lacking a sufficient complement of qualified leadership resources to conduct effective using this criteria.

The effectivenessrisk assessment and monitoring activities.


Risk assessment – We lacked effective periodic risk assessment processes to identify and timely respond to emerging risks in certain financial reporting processes and related internal controls, including internal loan review, that were responsive to changes in the business operations and regulatory and economic environments in which the Company operates.

Monitoring – Our recurring monitoring activities over process level control activities, including internal loan review, were not operating effectively.

Control activities – We did not sufficiently maintain effective control activities related to internal loan review. Specifically, our internal loan review processes lacked an appropriate framework to ensure that ratings were consistently accurate, timely, and appropriately challenged. These ineffective controls impact the Company’s ability to accurately disclose loan rating classifications, identify problem loans, and ultimately the recognition of the Company’sallowance for credit losses on loans and leases.

These control deficiencies create a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement to the consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, and therefore we concluded that the deficiencies represent material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2017 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an2023.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, thatKPMG LLP, which audited the Company’s2023 consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, as stated in their report, included in Item 8 on the preceding page, which expressesthis Form 10-K, has expressed an unqualifiedadverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. KPMG LLP’s report appears on page 144 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Remediation Status of Reported Material Weaknesses

The Company is currently working to remediate the material weaknesses described above, including assessing the need for additional remediation steps and implementing additional measures to remediate the underlying causes that gave rise to the material weaknesses. The Company is committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment and to ensuring that proper oversight and a consistent tone is communicated throughout the organization. The Company expects that existing deficiencies will be remediated through implementation of processes and controls designed to ensure strict compliance with U.S. GAAP.

Specifically, we are in the process of strengthening our internal control over financial reporting as follows:

Appointed several new members to the Board of December 31, 2017.

Directors with extensive experience as financial experts in our industry and backgrounds in risk management. Additionally, several members of the Board of Directors resigned.


Appointed a new Chief Risk Officer and Chief Audit Executive, both of whom have large bank experience. We are in the process of identifying and appointing a new Director of Loan Review who has prior large bank commercial loan experience.

Increasing the frequency and nature of reporting from our internal loan review team and first line business units to the Board Risk Committee to support the Board's risk oversight role.

Expanding the use of independent credit analysis and reducing the Company's reliance on tools and analysis prepared by our lines of business.

Improving the internal loan review team's ability to independently challenge risk rating scorecard model methodologies and results.

Assessing the adequacy of staffing levels and expertise within the internal loan review program, taking into account, among other things, the size, complexity, and risk profile of the Company's loan portfolio.


152


Providing additional risk rating process training for all internal loan review employees.

We have enhanced our control environment, risk assessment and monitoring activities by addressing our Board composition and key members of executive management, including the Chief Risk Officer and Chief Audit Executive. Progress has been made on our remedial actions, but we are still in the process of developing and implementing enhanced processes, procedures and controls related to internal loan review. We believe our actions will be effective in remediating the material weaknesses, and we continue to devote significant time and attention to these efforts. In addition, the material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until the applicable remedial processes, procedures and controls have been in place for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are effective.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There


The Company is working to integrate Signature into its overall internal control over financial reporting processes. Except for changes made in connection with this integration of Signature, and the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting noted above, there have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules13a-15(f) and15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fiscal quarter to which this report relates that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.


ITEM
Item 9B.OTHER INFORMATIONOther Information


During the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2023, none of our directors or officers informed us of the adoption or termination of a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as those terms are defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K.
Item 9C.Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

None.



153


PART III


ITEM
Item 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDirectors, Executive Officers of the Registrant and Corporate Governance


Information regarding our directors, executive officers, and corporate governance appears in our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 5, 2018for fiscal year 2024 (hereafter referred to as our “2018“2024 Proxy Statement”) under the captions “Information with Respect to Nominees, Continuing Directors, and Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors,” and “Corporate Governance,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.


A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer as officers of the Company, and all other senior financial officers of the Company designated by the Chief Executive Officer from time to time, is available on the Investor Relations portion of our websites,website: www.myNYCB.com www.NewYorkCommercialBank.com, and www.NYCBfamily.com, and will be provided, without charge, upon written request to the Chief Corporate Governance Officer and Corporate Secretary at 615 Merrick102 Duffy Avenue, Westbury,Hicksville, NY 11590.

11801.

ITEM
Item 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATIONExecutive Compensation


Information regarding executive compensation appears in our 20182024 Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation and Related Information,” and “Director Compensation,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.


ITEM
Item 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT, AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERSSecurity Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters


The following table provides information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans at December 31, 2017:

2023:

Plan CategoryNumber of
Securities to Be
Issued Upon
Exercise
Weighted Average
Exercise Price (1)
Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans
Plan categoryNumber of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants, and rights
(a)
Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding
options, warrants, and
rights
(b)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c)
Equity compensation plans
approved by security holders
$—  16,143,893 —  7,135,071
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders
— —  —  —  
Total— 

$— 

16,143,893 

Total—  —  7,135,071


Information relating to the security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management appears in our 20182024 Proxy Statement under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Information with Respect to Nominees, Continuing Directors, and Executive Officers.”


ITEM
Item 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCECertain Relationship and Related Transactions, and Director Independence


Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence, appears in our 20182024 Proxy Statement under the captions “Transactions with Certain Related Persons” and “Corporate Governance,” respectively, and is incorporated herein by this reference.


ITEM
Item 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICESPrincipal Accounting Fees and Services


Our independent registered public accounting firm is KPMG LLP, New York, New York, Auditor Firm ID: 185.

Information regarding principal accountantaccounting fees and services appears in our 20182024 Proxy Statement under the caption “Audit andNon-Audit Fees,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.



154


PART IV


ITEM
Item 15.EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULESExhibits, Financial Statement Schedules


(a) Documents Filed Asas Part of Thisthis Report


1. Financial Statements


The following are incorporated by reference from Item 8 hereof:


Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;

Consolidated Statements of Condition at December 31, 20172023 and 2016;2022;

Consolidated Statements of OperationsIncome and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017;2023;

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017;2023;

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017;2023; and

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


The following are incorporated by reference from Item 9A hereof:

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting; and

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.


2. Financial Statement Schedules


Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or because the required information is provided in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.


3. Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission RegulationS-K


The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form10-K, and this list includes the Exhibit Index.


Exhibit No.
2.1

Exhibit2.2

1 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 26, 2022, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., 615 Corp., and Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.(2)
2.3
3.12.4
2.5
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.5
Certificate of Designations of the Registrant with respect to Series B Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, dated March 11, 2024, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and effective March 11, 2024 (9)
3.53.6
Certificate of Designations of the Registrant with respect to Series C Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, dated March 11, 2024, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and effective March 11, 2024 (10)
3.7
Certificate of Designations of the Registrant with respect to Series D Non-Voting Common Equivalent Stock, dated March 11, 2024, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and effective March 11, 2024 (11)
3.8
4.1
4.1
4.2
4.2
4.3
4.3

155


4.4
4.4
4.5
Form of warrant agreement for shares of Series D Non-Voting Common Equivalent Stock (14)
4.5
4.6Registrant will furnish, upon request, copies of all instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt instruments of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries.
10.1
10.1
10.2(P)
10.2Synergy Financial Group, Inc. 2004 Stock Option Plan (as assumed by New York Community Bancorp, Inc. effective October  1, 2007)*(9)

10.3(P)

Form of Change in Control Agreements among the Company, the Bank, and Certain Officers*(10)Officers (14)
10.3(P)

10.4(P)

Form of Queens County Savings Bank Employee Severance Compensation Plan*(10)

10.5(P)

Form of Queens County Savings Bank Outside Directors’ Consultation and Retirement Plan*(10)Plan (14)
10.4(P)

10.6(P)

Form of Queens County Bancorp, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust*(10)

10.7(P)

Incentive Savings Plan of Queens County Savings Bank*(11)

10.8(P)

Retirement Plan of Queens County Savings Bank*(10)

10.9(P)

Supplemental Benefit Plan of Queens County Savings Bank*(12)Bank (15)
10.5(P)

10.10(P)

Excess Retirement Benefits Plan of Queens County Savings Bank*(10)Bank (14)
10.6(P)

10.11(P)

Queens County Savings Bank Directors’ Deferred Fee Stock Unit Plan*(10)Plan (14)
10.7

10.12

10.8

10.13

New York Community Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan*(13)

10.14

10.9

10.15

10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21
21
22

11.0

23
Statement Re: Computation of Per Share Earnings (See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements)

12.0

Statement Re: Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (attached hereto)

21.0

Subsidiaries information incorporated herein by reference to Part I, “Subsidiaries”

23.0

31.1

31.1

31.2

31.2

32

32.0

97

101

101.INS
XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCHThe following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, formattedInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CALInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEFInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LABInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PREInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
104Cover Page Interactive Date File (formatted in Inline XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Changescontained in Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.Exhibit 101)


*Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, certain schedules and similar attachments have been omitted. The registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedule or similar attachment to the SEC upon request.

** Management plan or compensation plan arrangement.

(1)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2021 (File No. 1-31565)

156


(2)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2022 (File No. 1-31565)
(3)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 28, 2022 (File No. 1-31565)
(4)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2023 (File No. 1-31565)
(5)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2001 (File No. 1-31565)
(6)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 1-31565)
(7)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2016 (File No. 1-31565)
(8)Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.4 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 333-210919), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2017
(9)Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-31565), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 2024
(10)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2017 (File No. 1-31565)
(11)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 17, 2017 (File No. 1-31565)
(12)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 (File No. 1-31565)
(13) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2006 (File No. 1-31565)
(14)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Registration Statement filed on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-66852
(15)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the 1995 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on April 19, 1995 (File No. 0-22278)
(16)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the 2006 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on June 7, 2006 (File No. 1-31565)
(17)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the 2012 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on June 7, 2012 (File No. 1-31565)
(18)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Registration Statement filed on Form S-8 filed, Registration No. 333-241023
(19)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2022 (File No. 001-31565)
(20)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 1, 2022 (File No. 1-31565)
(21)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 2015 (File No. 1-16577)
(22)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (File No. 1-31565)
(23)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-31565), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 8, 2024
(24)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 (File No. 1-31565)

*
Item 16.Management plan or compensation plan arrangement.Form 10-K Summary
(1)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2001(File No. 0-22278)
(2)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003(File No. 1-31565)
(3)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the Company’s Form8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2016 (FileNo. 1-31565)
(4)Incorporated herein by reference to 3.4 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form8-A (FileNo. 333-210919), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2017
(5)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016(File No. 1-31565)
(6)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2017 (FileNo. 1-31565)
(7)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 17, 2017
(8)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form8-k filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2006

(9)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to FormS-8, Registration Statement filed on October 4, 2007, RegistrationNo. 333-146512
(10)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Registration Statement filed on FormS-1, RegistrationNo. 33-66852
(11)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to FormS-8, Registration Statement filed on October 27, 1994, RegistrationNo. 33-85682
(12)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the 1995 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on April 19, 1995
(13)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the 2006 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on June 7, 2006
(14)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the 2012 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on June 7, 2012
(15)Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2017 (FileNo. 1-31565)

ITEM 16.FORM10-K SUMMARY


None.



157


SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


DATE:March 1, 2018        14, 2024

New York Community Bancorp, Inc.

(Registrant)
/s/ Alessandro P. DiNello

/s/ Joseph R. Ficalora

Alessandro P. DiNello
Joseph R. Ficalora
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


/s/ Alessandro P. DiNello3/14/24/s/ John J. Pinto3/14/24

/s/ Joseph R. Ficalora

Alessandro P. DiNello
John J. Pinto3/1/18

/s/ Thomas R. Cangemi

3/1/18
Joseph R. FicaloraPresident and Executive Chairman (Principal Executive Officer)Thomas R. Cangemi

President, Chief Executive Officer,

and Director

Senior Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Alessandro P. DiNello3/14/24/s/ Bryan L Marx3/14/24
Alessandro P. DiNelloBryan L Marx

/s/ John J. Pinto

Director
3/1/18
John J. Pinto

Executive Vice President and

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)Officer

/s/ Dominick Ciampa

Marshall Lux3/1/1814/24

/s/ Maureen E. Clancy

3/1/18
Dominick CiampaMaureen E. Clancy
Chairman of the Board of DirectorsDirector

/s/ Hanif W. Dahya

3/1/18

/s/ Leslie D. Dunn

3/1/18
Hanif W. DahyaLeslie D. Dunn
DirectorDirector

/s/ Michael J. Levine

3/1/18

/s/ James J. O’Donovan

3/1/18
Michael J. LevineJames J. O’Donovan
DirectorDirector

/s/ Lawrence Rosano, Jr.

3/1/18

/s/ Ronald A. Rosenfeld

3/1/18
Lawrence Rosano, Jr.Ronald A. Rosenfeld
DirectorDirector

/s/ Lawrence J. Savarese

3/1/18

/s/ John M. Tsimbinos

3/1/1814/24
Marshall LuxLawrence J. Savarese
Presiding DirectorDirector
/s/ Peter SchoelsJohn M. Tsimbinos3/14/24/s/ David L. Treadwell3/14/24
DirectorPeter SchoelsDavid L. TreadwellDirector
DirectorDirector

/s/ Robert Wann

Jennifer R. Whip3/1/1814/24
Robert WannJennifer R. Whip

Senior Executive Vice President,

Chief Operating Officer, and Director

155


158